The Guided Tour

to
Standard Technology
2006 Print Edition

by C. Bird

About Ron Hubbard's Applied

Philosophy and Spiritual Technology

© Clearbird Publishing, 2006

 Clearbird is recognized by International
Freezone Association for giving a
technically correct rendition of Standard
Technology.

Clearbird is recognized
by the Plain English
Campaign for a straight
forward writing style and
no 'gobbledigook'

Visit our online bookstore at: www.Lulu.com/Clearbird

Clearbird Publishing is not affiliated with Church of Scientology or the official Dianetics organizations. Scientology,
Dianetics, L. Ron Hubbard, Standard Tech, Book One, E-meter, Happiness Rundown, Purification Rundown, etc. are
trademarked words owned by The L. Ron Hubbard Library (RTC, CST) and are as a rule not used in this publication. This
book is an independent presentation of L. Ron Hubbard's Technology of Scientology and Dianetics and does not violate any
laws within copyright or trademark. Clearbird is independent of organizational and financial interests of Church of
Scientology, the Sea Organization, etc. It is an independent textbook on the subjects of Scientology and Dianetics made
available totally legally based upon Clearbird Publishing's copyrights.
 Foreword
The present book is an in-depth introduction to auditing and standard technology. The
book is based on "The Road to Clear", published as a series of eight course manuals for
professional practitioners. The Guided Tour consists of selected and edited chapters from
these manuals; edited to make the subject easier to understand for new readers. Added to
that are a few chapters on study, which are edited excerpts from our Study Manual.
We understand there is a need for a less technical introduction to the subject of standard
technology. We have written/edited this Guided Tour for people just getting aware of the
subject but willing to spend some quality time to become familiar with the principles and
methods. It skips sections that mainly have interest to more in-depth studies and the
details on how to do auditing.
For those interested in receiving auditing, or do co-auditing, on the Grades and then
become Solo Auditors, where students can continue their spiritual quest on their own, it is
an ideal Guide as it will ensure a much better understanding of what is going on in an
auditing session. It is a read that takes some commitment, because we do cover the theory
of the mind and the spirit - and it is a fascinating and new journey for most readers.

Ron Hubbard (1911-86) developed this technology. He is best known as the founder of
Scientology®. This developed into Church of Scientology, a controversial organization,
now apparently acting as a for profit multi-national corporation. The Guided Tour is
however not about Ron Hubbard or about the Church, but simply about the auditing
technology Hubbard developed over a lifetime. We are not affiliated with the Church in
any way. We are as a matter of fact committing a "High Crime" and "Suppressive Act", in
Church terminology, by speaking up and publishing independent textbooks, etc. on the
subject. We believe, however, in the sacredness of free speech. We find the basic
principles of the subject are of general interest when all the religious ideas and unusual
group practices are simply discarded and the quest for self-improvement and a better life
are the driving forces. Our goal is not "conversion" or an attempt to "save the world"; nor
is it to make religious practices profitable. It is simply to present some tools and a secular
technology, though spiritual, for the individual readers' enjoyment and use.

C. Bird, The Editor, 2005, 2006.

Note, Second Edition, June 2006.

This work is being released as printed book and web-book in connection with our new
publication: "Clearbird's Concise Handbook in Co-Auditing". With the release of our
"Handbook" we now have a set of two books suited to be used by people wanting to apply
the technology on a part time basis as co-counseling, called co-auditing. Students study
the materials in the two books and counsel each other on an exchange basis. The
Handbook contains the technical procedures and the Guide explains the principles and
philosophy. The typesetting and graphic rendition of the Guide have changed; the text,
besides correcting typos, is the same.
 Guided Tour - Content Table

I. Introduction and Study

Introduction to Guided Tour 11

What is a Student 16
Barriers to Study 17
Understanding and Study 21
Conceptual Understanding 26

II. Basic Auditing and Processes

What is Auditing 31
Basic Definitions for PC's 42
Communication and Auditing 57
ARC and Scales 63
The Tone Scale 68
ARC & Training Routines 78
The Communication Formula 82
Indicators and End Phenomena 88
How the Meter Works 93
Auditor's Trust 99
Auditor's Code 100
Auditor's Beingness 107

The Grades - Outline 112

Assists 115
Recall Processes 119
Ability Clearing Zero - Communication 121
The Grade Chart 123
 III. Level One, Help and Problems

Level One - Outline 131

Objective Processes 132
Why Help Has to be Cleared 135
Confronting 138
Problems Processes 142

IV. Level Two, Relief

Ability Clearing Two - Relief 153

What is a Withhold? 156
What is a Missed Withhold? 162
Overts, Motivators & Flows 167
Responsibility 171
Confessional Auditor's Beingness 175

V. Level Three, Upsets

Ability Clearing Three - Upsets 181

Two Way Comm as a Process 182
What is an ARC Break? 186
Cause of ARC Breaks 193
Listing & Nulling - How to Find the Hot Item 199
 VI. Level Four: Fixed Ideas, Ability

Ability Clearing Four 207

Service Computations 208
Living with Right and Wrong 217
Fixated Purpose Rundown 224

VII. Level Four Pro: Tools & Repairs

Ability Clearing Level Four Professional 233

Potential Trouble Source 234
PTS Tech - Basic Definitions 239
The Anti-social Personality 244
PTS Phenomena 256
Troubles After Going Exterior 265
Dating & Locating Incidents 272

VIII. Level Five, Engram Clearing

Level 5 - Engram Clearing 279

Engram Clearing - Primer 280

The Time Track Illustrated 285
The Time Track and Engram Running 288
State of Clear 302
 Part One:

Introduction and Study

 Introduction to Guided Tour

The Guided Tour to Standard Technology describes the most important principles of Standard Technology. The
technology was mainly defined and developed by Ron Hubbard between 1948 and 1986. The Guided Tour is based
on our major textbook called The Road to Clear. The Guided Tour is not a textbook but is simply intended to be a
book you can read through without too much difficulty. We do believe that people new to standard technology will
find it a good and comprehensive introduction to the subject.
The technical procedures are not part of The Guided Tour, but can be found in the User's Manual, The Road to
Clear. Also, in 2006, we published "Clearbird's Concise Handbook in Co-Auditing" which contains the technical
procedures and processes up through Grade Four Expanded in one volume. Throughout our publications the subject
is referred to as Clearing Technology or simply CT; alternately it is called Ability Clearing. Note: in the 2004 editions it
was called Standard Clearing Technology or ST.

The reason for writing The Road to Clear was, that we found that this technology had never been written up in a
comprehensive textbook form, where you have the benefits of later research and hindsight to state it all in the
simplest possible form and in context. We were not trying to cut corners. The technology is what it is. It is precise
and well tested for over 30 years. But there didn't exist a user-friendly User's Manual in how to apply the
technology.
When it comes to teaching a subject it can be made easy or it can be made hard. In The Road to Clear we
chose to make it as easy as possible. By concentrating on the relevant data to practical application, and by
explaining it as plainly as possible, the ideas and principles are made more easy to grasp. We chose to use simple
words. We used a fair amount of illustrations to make the reading more enjoyable and more up to date. We tried to
build in the principles of Ron Hubbard's study technology into the presentation itself. With The Guided Tour to
Standard Technology we have made it even simpler. The Guided Tour is not a textbook but is intended to simply be
a good read. We simply ask you to find a good chair and sit back, have a cup of coffee within reach and enjoy your
reading.

The Clearing Technology Series

In The Guided Tour we are giving the reader a good piece of The Road to Clear. The full Road to Clear consists of
8 parts or Levels. It covers the full know-how needed to process somebody else to the state of Clear.

The Goal of Clearing Technology is to enable

the student to go Clear. Clear is a state, where
mental burdens contained in one's mind ('Bank')
are handled (pc's Bank eventually gets erased). This results
in greater well being, better performance and greater
interest in life.

What we cover in The Guided Tour are the main principles of these major levels. We have also included parts from

11
Clearbird's Study Manual. To study CT for application you need to find another person, who is interested too. He
or she will be your study partner or twin for the duration of the actual CT courses. You study The Road to Clear (or
Handbook in Co-Auditing) together, you check each other out on the theory. You do the drills together on a turn-
around basis. First you drill your twin, then she drills you.

The Road to Clear and

Handbook in Co-Auditing
teaches you how to audit.

You Help Each Other to Clear

When you have learned the necessary skills in theory and practice, you can start applying it on each other. This is
the most exciting part of the CT course. You learn to audit each other and do a long list of processes. You start with
processes that have to do with recall. These processes will improve your memory and your understanding of your
mind, your past and the recordings of your past in your mind. These recordings - as you will find out - can come to
life as a complete three dimensional movie with amazing detail of impressions and perceptions. These recordings in
the mind make up what we call the Time Track.
The next part you learn from The Road to Clear has to do with communication. Communication is one of the
most important abilities and skills a being or person has. When you improve that your life is going to change
forever. The practical skills you learn from doing the course will stay with you. And so will the gains you will get
out of co-auditing with another on the recall (memory) processes and the communication processes. The improved
communication abilities and skills will be of great value to you in your daily life and in dealing with other people,
your family, your job, your interests, etc.

The eight levels of The Road to Clear are, the five Grades levels (ST0 to 4), Engram Clearing (ST5), handling
special case situations, so-called repairs (ST4Pro), and Case Supervision (ST5 Pro-CS). Each Level teaches the
student how to audit one specific Grade. The Levels are based on Ron Hubbard's research papers. The Grades
taught have been put to the test for many years now. The current line-up (the processes) were designed and
assembled in 1971-72 and revised in 1976. There have been very little need for changes since 1980. Any changes
prior to 1986 were however taken into consideration. There has been changes in how the subject was taught and
there has been changes to what to do before and after these processes. But the information you get here has
certainly been applied successfully to tens of thousands of people from all walks of life and from all over the world.

The Levels are:

Grade 0: You gain

"Ability to
communicate freely
to anyone on
any subject".

CT 0, Ability Clearing Level Zero. This Level deals with the basic skills you need to practice this
technology. You learn to audit recall processes and communication processes. It also covers other things you can
co-audit (Drug Rundown, False Data Stripping and Assists).
CT 1, Ability Clearing Level One. On this level you learn a number of additional skills that you need for

12
this level. You learn to audit a number of so-called physical processes or precise physical exercises. They deal with
control, communication and recognition and how you experience the physical universe (called havingness). These
are practical walk-around type of exercises, where words play no or a minimal role. You learn to apply a number of
processes on the subject of Help. It is important in life to be able to give and accept help freely, and it is also
important to the success of your progress in processing.

Grade 1: You become

"Able to see source of
problems and make
them vanish".

The main part of CT 1 deals with Problems. You learn some theory about problems and you learn to co-audit these
processes. It helps you resolve old problems.

Grade 2: You gain

"Relief from hostilities
and sufferings of life".

CT 2, Ability Clearing Level Two. This level deals with responsibility, guilt and bad conscience. You learn to
deal with all the things, you wished you hadn't done or shouldn't have done. There is a lot of relief to gain from
dealing with this and from becoming more responsible.

Grade 3: You become

"Free of upsets of
the past; gain ability to
confront the future".

CT 3, Ability Clearing Level Three. This level deals with change and a more flexible attitude to change. It also
deals with past upsets. Upsets are often unwanted changes in the past that you never quite recovered from. You
learn to co-audit on these subjects and get free from these past upsets and broken down relationships.

CT 4, Ability Clearing Level Four. On this level you learn some other sides of responsibility and situations that
seem to repeat themselves in your life. People often get themselves into the same or very similar situations over and
over. How come? You may be surprised. But your own fixed ideas and set ways of dealing with things can possibly
be improved upon. On the auditing part of this level you take a good look at all these fixed ideas and fixed
solutions, so you can remove them if you want to.

13
 Grade 4: You gain
"Ability to do new
things; Moving out
of fixed conditions".

CT 4 Pro, Ability Clearing Level Four Professional. This level contains a number of actions and data outside the
Grades. They are helpful and needed in special situations. But it handles such fundamental things as a remedy for
students loosing their gains. A way to recover the benefits from earlier education and a number of specialized so-
called repair actions. If a student runs into problems with his own progress up the Grades, he may need a repair. CT
4Pro is well stocked with tools, remedies and boosters. There is a full chapter on how to handle illness and injuries
with auditing to speed up healing and improve health.

Level 4 Pro: It contains actions

that may be needed early on or
at one time or another. It's well
stocked with tools, remedies
and boosters.

CT 5, Engram Clearing. We have come to the level that will take you to the state of Clear. You may have
wondered if you have lived before this life. CT 5 is most likely the place where you will find out for real. You may
wonder where odd pains and aches and other inexplicable phenomena in your life stem from. This is the place to
find out. This is the level where you explore your own Time Track - starting from current complaints and tracing
them back in time. This is usually a wild and exciting ride and a true journey of discovery into the past. At some
point you may reach the state of Clear.

A Time Machine may be fantasy but

Time Travel into the distant past gets
a new meaning with CT 5 techniques.
The pc is returned to incidents of his
past and made to relive them with all
the original perceptions. He can
recover past experiences
with an amazing number of details.

Clear is a very exciting state of being and existence, where you feel a tremendous rise in power and freedom; you
will feel detached from all bad experiences of the past. You will see your own future as bright and promising. You
will be able to think and see clearer. But how exactly it will change you is for you to find out. Clear has an exact
technical definition that will be covered in due course.

CT5 Pro C/S, Case Supervisor's Mini Hat. Case Supervising (C/S'ing) is the art and skill to supervise auditors,
and auditing. What is included in CT is a C/S Mini Hat. It teaches the basics of case supervising and how to ensure
the expected results are obtained and special problems are handled. Students, whether doing auditing or receiving
it, are under the Case Supervisor's supervision and guidance when it comes to auditing.

14
 The Case Supervisor makes
sure the processes are run right
and the students get the expected
results and are winning.
Much of his work consists of
reading the auditor's
session reports.

How to Find a Twin (study partner)

The right way to do the course contained in The Road to Clear is to do it under the supervision of an experienced
instructor who knows the materials well. You need to do practical drills and receive instructions; drills can be
difficult to explain in book form. There are fine points and there are things it takes an experienced instructor to
point out to get right. But even if you have stumbled over The Road to Clear and you want to do it, but don't have
an instructor or even a twin to work with, you should get started. Study the manual anyway. Do the drills that you
can do by yourself. As your enthusiasm builds up you will interest your friends. Suddenly, you will find somebody
you can share your enthusiasm with. Pick someone you feel you can work with and who is willing to put in about
the same time as you do. It's a lot more fun to work together with somebody, sharing with him or her.

You need a
study partner, a
so-called 'twin',
to get the full
benefits from
the manual.

In order to do the processes you do need a partner. You can possibly put an ad in the local paper to find a twin
- you may end up with a whole group on your hands. Other possibilities are to attend meetings and fairs focused on
supernatural phenomena and make friends there. If you are a group of three, four, or many more, you can really
have fun and help each other. You can interest even more people and keep the momentum rolling.

The present publication, The Guided Tour to Standard Technology, is however just intended as a good read. It will
give you a taste and feel of, what CT is all about and you can take it from there.

The Editors and

C. Bird,
Class 8 Auditor.

15
 What is a Student?

A student is one who studies. He is an attentive and systematic observer. A student is one who reads
and studies in detail in order to learn and then apply. He understands the purpose of his study is to:
1. Understand the materials he is studying by reading, observing, demonstrating, and drilling.
2. He does this in order to be able to apply what he has learned.
3. He understands his studies have to come together so he can apply the data to a specific result.

His ultimate reward is: The ability to produce specific results or products and do it with ease and do it
right repeatedly. When he can do that he is no longer a student. He is a professional.

A student who consistently can

produce a professional result is
no longer a student.
He is a professional.

Study and Intention

The state of mind with which a student approaches study will determine the results that the student can
expect to get out of his studies. One of the first things a student has to determine is what he is going to
do with the materials he is studying. He must also determine what he is going to do with the information
when his studies are completed. If a student's intent is to study the materials only so he can pass the
exam he will likely be very incapable of doing anything with the subject once the exam is over. He
might be a great theoretician, but he would find it difficult to apply the data to a practical use.

A student with the goal of becoming an

astronaut would be very focused and know
what is important to him and what is not.

Some students don't have any clearly formulated intention with their studies. They are just there to get
through the course. They are just there by accident, studying away. They back off from doing
demonstrations of any kind, including clay demonstrations. They don't want to look up words for their
exact meanings. When forced to demonstrate something they may do so but try to maintain the attitude
that it has nothing to do with them. "It's all very interesting but I don't really care." Non-involvement is
the primary barrier in the ability to apply the material of a course. There can be many reasons to study.
Exam results, status, speed, glory, knowledge, whatever. There is only one valid reason to study:
Studying for understanding, application and be able to produce something of value.

16
 Barriers to Study

There are three distinct phenomena that form barriers to study. The description of these three types of
barriers and how to overcome them are an important part of this manual, "Study Manual - Study and
Application". Each barrier result in a type of mental and psychological reaction in the student. The 3
phenomena are:

'Lack of Mass'
To be able to study new things
the student needs pictures
or the physical objects involved.

(1) Lack of Mass: The actual mass of the subject is missing. If a student is taught to repair cars and never
shown a motor or even pictures of parts, or the tools and materials used in car repair, we have a typical
example of lack of mass.

There are many skills

needed to build a barn.
Each skill has to be
mastered before going
onto the next one.

(2) Too Steep a Gradient: One is going ahead to the next step before mastering the previous one. This
phenomenon applies especially to doingness, but also to understanding. If a student is studying barn
building he could be taught all about power tools before mastering the basics of carpentry and the whole
subject would be too confusing. This would be an example of too steep a gradient.

You must understand, the x#$ist is the most

impxxrtant xxx--____ xx__.....x..x..zx

The misunderstood word is 'x#$ist'

The rest of the sentence is a Blank

(3) Bypassing Misuderstoods: The third barrier to study is the most important one. It is bypassing
undefined words or misunderstanding words. This apparently innocent oversight can cause the most
serious reactions on the part of the student. Understanding a text, whether the written word or spoken
instructions, depends utterly upon the student understanding all the words. The moment the student goes
past misunderstood words and symbols he will experience a 'mental blank' and find the instructions
incomprehensible. When this accumulates due to many misunderstoods he will find the whole subject

17
incomprehensible and become hostile to it.

1. The Lack of Mass: Educating a student in a subject without including the mass of the subject leads to
the lack of mass phenomena. Let's say the student is given a text on how to repair cars but no pictures are
included and the student isn't allowed to go near a car. The whole thing will soon seem very theoretical
and weird to him.
Reactions: He will typically experience one or more of these reactions: It will make him feel
squashed, it will make him feel spinny and confused; he can experience a 'dead' feeling, feel bored, or
exasperated.

Lack of Mass
Symptoms: Handling the tools of a
feeling confused, subject you study is a
spinny, squashed, remedy for lack of mass.
bored or exasperated.

He is desperately trying to figure out what the text refers to, trying to visualize the parts and actions
described and this is very hard in the absence of any pictures or mass. The mass is especially important in
studying practical subjects. When a student is learning how to repair cars he needs illustrations,
photographs, videos, and actual car parts and tools he can touch and handle. If you try to teach him car
repair by only using printed or spoken words he will end up with a headache or his stomach feeling funny.
His face may feel squashed, he may become dizzy, and his eyes start to hurt. Much of these reactions stem
from his efforts to visualize what he is being told. But since he has to create it all as mental pictures it will
cause a lot of mental and physiological reactions.
This type of education taken to its extreme can cause the student serious doubts about his capabilities
and his very beingness. It's a sad fact that student suicides are more common in fields taught in this
manner. In less extreme cases it can cause illness in school children and adult students as well.

Remedies: Lots of practical work. Also, using pictures and videos to show parts and tools of the subject
taught. The student should do demonstrations as well, representing tools and parts with small objects.
Important data and principles should be demonstrated in clay. The student simply makes a representation
in clay of the things described and labels each part as he goes along.
Another simple remedy is to have the student do Reach and Withdraw on physical objects involved.
Let's say he is learning about car motors. Under supervision he is simply made to touch parts of a motor
pointed out by another student. Each time he touches that part he is acknowledged and a new part is
chosen. The student running this drill would simply point out a part and not demand the student explain
anything about it but simply have him touch it. By keeping this up for a while the student will feel his
'lack of mass' is being repaired and will feel more relaxed and happy about the whole subject. As a result
much or all of the described symptoms will disappear.

18
 You can go from beginner to
computer wiz if you do it on the
right gradient. Obviously there
are
many single skills to learn before
you master a computer.

2. Too Steep a Gradient: Too steep a gradient applies especially to practical skills and actions - what we
call doingness. But it also applies to understanding itself.

Reactions: If you push a student along on too steep a gradient he will experience one or more of the
following mental and physiological reactions: confusion, disorientation and being spun around. The parts
he is trying to learn seem to be less solid and in random motion.

Too steep a gradient means it was too much of a jump. He didn't understand what he was doing or was
supposed to do and he was started on the next step or skill level. Routinely he will feel the new level is
where his difficulties are. He will assign it all to this new level. But the truth is that is was on the previous
level. The remedy is to put him one step back and really make him able to perform that skill well. The
actual missed gradient was at the tail end of the previous level. As stated, this applies especially to
doingness, to practical actions.
If we again use repairing of motors as an example, the student may have learned how to use wrenches and
then start to learn how to take a motor apart. Let's say he finds this awfully confusing. Chances are he does
not know enough about using the wrenches he is supposed to use.
Remedy: The remedy is to put him back on the step he didn't master. Have him practice using the
wrenches on different knots and bolts without adding the complexities of a whole motor to it. Is he holding
the wrench right? Does he know how to overcome a resistant knot or bolt? Does he know how to loosen
up a rusty bolt with chemicals, and so on?

Sometimes an instructor has to be inventive in realizing what simpler skills go into a more complicated
skill. Maybe the materials themselves did not predict the type of difficulties and missing skills the student
could get hung up on. A good instructor will be able to remedy this and break a complicated action down
into the component parts. He then has the student practice each little skill before he is made to put it all
together. Instructors mastering this little point are often looked upon with awe as they can teach the "most
clumsy and stupid students" to become competent. It does take an ability to observe and analyze, but it
really does not take genius to overcome these things as an instructor.

This phenomenon of the skipped gradient is somewhat similar to the last phenomenon, the misunderstood
word, but it stands alone as it is not rooted in misunderstood words, but in too much motion or randomity
for the student to handle. It's the complexity of the action that throws him off.

3. Bypassing Misunderstoods: The third and most important barrier to study is bypassing misunderstood
words or symbols. These are words or symbols for which the student has no definition or a wrong
definition. Any uncertainties should be cleared up as well.

19
 Misunderstood words
can cause a blank feeling,
sleepiness, nervousness or
violent disagreement.

Symptoms: Bypassing a definition gives the student a blank feeling or washed out feeling. It is a sort of
'not-there' feeling. It can develop into a nervous hysteria, sleepiness (even completely falling asleep), or
utter non-comprehension, and violent disagreement with even simple facts.
Ultimately this barrier is what is behind students that 'blow', meaning they leave course or give up on
the study that otherwise seems very beneficial to them. The student may not necessarily blow as a result of
the first two phenomena. They may make him feel uncomfortable mentally and physically, but they don't
produce blows. It takes bypassed definitions to bring that about.
The bypassed definition is the most important barrier. It affects human relationships, the mind, and
subjects. It is a prime element of aptitude or lack of aptitude and it’s what psychologists have been trying
to test for years without knowing exactly what it was. It’s the definitions of words. Misunderstood words
and symbols. That’s all it goes back to. This produces a vast variety of mental effects and is all by itself
the prime factor involved in stupidity and the prime factor involved in many other mental phenomena. If a
person didn’t have misunderstoods in a subject he could perform in that field. His talent might or might
not be present but his doingness would be present.

Misunderstoods can prevent

an artist from painting. Finding
the MUs and clearing them up could
get him back painting. He may not
be a great artist but he can now go
through the actions of painting.

An utter inability to perform the actions in a field is a result of misunderstood words in that field. If we
take the task of pastry cooking we can't say Joan would be as good a pastry cook as Ann, but Joan's
inability to approach pastry making is ultimately based on having misunderstoods in the subject of cooking
or pastry cooking. There were some words in the subject of pastry cooking that the inept person (Joan)
didn't define or understand. This was followed by an inability to perform in that field. This is a very
important datum, because it tells us what happens regarding doingness and that the restoration of
doingness depends only upon the restoration of understanding, on clearing up the misunderstood words or
missed definitions.
Remedy: The remedy is quite simple. It consists of clearing the misunderstood words and definitions
and have the student restudy the materials. The difficult part can be to find these misunderstoods. There
exist a number of methods of Word Clearing that takes this up. The manual describes and defines these
methods and gives exact instructions on how to do the most common ones. You can trace these
misunderstoods back in subjects the student got dumb in and often back to earlier related subjects.
Clearing up the misunderstoods opens the door to education and understanding. Then re-doing the subject
with knowledge about these barriers makes it possible for the student to become competent and actually
perform in the field. And that is what the Study Technology is all about.
20
 Understanding and Study

A student usually studies something to increase his or her understanding and knowledge about a subject.
This is quite elementary. If we have a young woman, Jane, and she doesn't know anything about fine
cooking and she needs or wants to know something about it, she will get herself a cookbook and start to
read recipes. When she has done that for a while she will be ready to go out and buy some groceries and
try to make some of the dishes the cookbook describes. It is also possible her mother will teach her to
cook some fine meals and they will go through this together. Both these ways would be informal, of
course. No exams to pass. No formal school to attend.

But let's say Jane wanted to become a nurse. She would realize she didn't know much about nursing,
patients, medication, hospitals, and so on. She would soon realize that she would have to go to school for
several years to learn it all. Jane would have to understand the subjects she was taught to obtain the
needed information so she could actually practice as a nurse. She would of course also have to pass her
exams in all the required subjects in order to get her certificate and to be able to get a job as a nurse.

To gain understanding There are a lot of skills and

one needs to study special knowledge needed
or read about it. to become a certified nurse.

Whether it is done formally or informally, learning is a process by which you increase your
understanding, knowledge, and familiarity with a subject. Understanding plays an important and central
role. If Jane was unable to understand any of the information she was taught in nursing school, she would
flunk exams and leave the school. If she couldn't read and understand the concept of cooking from the
cookbook she would be lost in this subject as well. It is thus of great interest to any student, (and we are
all students in the school of life), to know what understanding is and how to increase it.

Anatomy of Understanding
The interesting fact here is, that there is something to understand about Understanding itself. It is
composed of certain elements. You may have thought of "Understanding" as something that needed no
explanation or wasn't possible to analyze. But the interesting fact is, that it is composed of three elements.
By understanding these three elements we will understand the idea of Understanding itself better.

The three elements are Affinity, Reality and Communication. Affinity means degree of liking of
something or somebody. Reality has to do with experiencing objective things, recognizing things that
are, and also agreement with others. Communication is the exchange of ideas and viewpoints. These
definitions are further explained below. These three elements can be seen to be joined together in a
triangle. There are always the three of them. They influence each other no matter which one you work on.
Let's give some examples from life. Later we will give some examples related to study.
Example 1: You talk to someone about the weather; that's communication. You come to an

21
agreement that this summer isn't really worth remembering. Agreement; that's a reality as we define it.
You begin to think he's a great guy. That affinity is the first step to a better understanding, a beginning
friendship.
Example 2: You ask your neighbor's little son, who is very shy, about his new bike. You ask him
something that is very real to him - reality. He'll bubble over with pride and excitement about it; that's
communication. You tell him you wished you had a bike like his when you were his age; that's agreement/
reality. He'll like you better from now on and be less shy; that's affinity.
Example 3: You pat your dog - expressing affinity. He'll jump up and bark at you playfully; that's
one way dogs communicate. You pick up the idea from him and take him for a walk; you establish a
reality with your dog.
This, then, is the ARC triangle. By increasing or decreasing each or any of these points of the ARC
triangle you can increase or reduce understanding. It all depends on your intentions. The relationship
between A (affinity), R (reality) and C (communication) is the anatomy of understanding.
Understanding, then, consists of A, R and C. Affecting one element in a positive direction will cause the
two other elements to move in a positive direction as well. The results would be higher or better
understanding. A drop in any of the elements A, R or C will cause a drop in understanding.
Let us look at the definitions of A and R and C separately and add some more depth to them.

Affinity means degree of liking

somebody or something. When
you are closely connected to
someone you have high
affinity for that person.

Affinity
Affinity is defined in terms of reaching or distance. One reaches for something in order to have it close to
one. Lack of affinity would be expressed as a withdrawal. Affinity is a phenomenon involving space. It
expresses the willingness to occupy the same space as the thing which is loved or liked. The reverse of it
would be anti-pathy (dislike)... which would be the unwillingness to occupy the same space as or the
unwillingness to approach something or someone.
It follows that the "mental space" of someone widens with the number of things or people he loves.
It follows as well that someone with a lot of affinity finds it easy to include a lot of things and people in
his space. He manages to look at life from other viewpoints as well as his own. That's a true sign of
affinity. He is able "to put himself in someone else's shoes" and look at things from their point of view.
Put in more technical terms: he can assume the beingness of another; the other person's role or identity.
This doesn't refer to people only but to all things, alive or dead (matter), such as plants and stones. Given
enough affinity, you can deliberately "become them". You can apply 'intuition', multiple viewpoints and
imagination to achieve that. Usually you have your viewpoint stably anchored inside your head. Yet,
some people have the ability to put a viewpoint into a withering plant on the table and "wander around
inside it" to find out what's wrong with it. They have for a moment assumed the beingness of this plant.

22
 Reality has to do with
Agreement. When something
is witnessed and signed it is
more real - also in
the eyes of the Law.

Reality
Reality is not looked at as something "objective" in our definition. It is certainly observable but not
necessarily objective.
Each observer of a situation takes his own viewpoint when observing it. This is true in two ways:
a) Mentally speaking: he sees things through the filter of his own attitudes and considerations, and
by the amount of affinity he happens to have at the time. (Someone, who is sad or angry makes a bad
observer.)
b) Physically speaking: each observer stands in a different location from the other and therefore has
a different angle of view. Therefore each observation, to start with, exists for each observer individually
only. This we call an actuality.
As soon as the observers share their observations and come to an agreement with each other there is
"reality" in the full sense of the word:
An actuality can exist for one individually, but when it is agreed with by others it can then be said to be a
reality.
This does not exclude that you might disagree with yourself occasionally. Off and on "one doesn't trust
one's own eyes", as we all know. So even for oneself you sometimes have to work out what is real and
what isn't. Reality-changes can easily be brought about by drugs and hypnosis, also by physical threats
and violence. An individual's own reality can be beaten out of him so he agrees with the aggressor. He
will agree with you because he wants to live. This way robots are made. In any case, when we talk about
reality we talk about agreement. Reality is the agreement of perceptions and data in the physical universe.
(All we can be sure is real is that on which we have agreed is real. Agreement is the essence of reality.)
Just because a few people have agreed on something does not necessarily mean that it is "truly so". Who
would determine that anyway? Ask some other people and you're bound to find a different agreement on
the same matter. Reality is therefore: the agreed-upon apparency of existence.

Communication is the
exchange of ideas
and viewpoints
over a distance.

Communication
Communication is the exchange of ideas between two points or terminals. It can be between two living
beings or between the physical universe and a being -- this last we usually call perception. Simply put, by
perceiving and sensing something you are already involved with communication and, thereby, with the
ARC triangle. The perceptions, such as sight, sound, smell, taste, are real to the extent that one can agree
to them or not. The use of the term "exchange" above shows that there are two terminals involved in a
communication. "Terminal" means in our language "the end point of a communication line". It can be a

23
person or a thing. There are two end points or terminals (typically persons) in a communication: a source-
point and a receipt-point.

The communication formula: Communication is: Cause, distance, effect, with intention, attention,
duplication and understanding.

Comm Formula:
The speaker is at Cause.
She communicates with Intention.
The listener is at Effect.
He listens with Attention
in order to Duplicate
Cause <Distance> Effect and Understand what she says.
(Source-point) (Receipt-point)

With the above, one important aspect of a study situation has been described: the student makes himself
receipt-point of the data and particles of the subject - typically coming from a teacher or textbook writer.
In case of printed information the author is 'Cause' the book is the particle carrying the message and the
student is 'Effect'. He or she duplicates and understands the information contained in the communication
until it has been fully included in her space (see illustration below). Now she really understands it. She
will master the data to the point she has ARC for them. They are to some degree real to her, Reality. She
can be around these data and occupy the viewpoint they express, Affinity. She can communicate about
these data, such as discuss them or relay them, Communication.

Comm Formula:
A book carries the message from
the author. Since the book is a
'dead' object the student uses ARC
to get the Intention. She still uses
Attention in order to Duplicate and
Understand.
Cause - <Distance> Effect -
Source-point (the book carries Receipt-point
(the author) the message) (the reader)

When observing the ARC triangle in life and study, one finds it usually works in the reverse order:
Communication, Reality, Affinity. Communication is the dominant part and "the easy way in". The
reason for this is, that the communication formula: Cause, distance, effect with duplication and
understanding can be seen to have all the elements of ARC. The affinity part is overcoming the distance
and the reality part is the amount of duplication taking place. It results in greater understanding when
successful. If not successful it results in lowered understanding. The simple action of communicating
causes therefore an increase or decrease in ARC. This is how it works in study:

24
1. The student goes into communication with the subject by permitting himself to perceive it.
2. He duplicates its reality until he can agree with the thing being this way and no other.
3. He includes it in his space and thinking and can understand the reality and point of view expressed.

As the student progresses through a study he regains more and more certainty about what he learns and
therefore becomes more relaxed and cheerful about it. We here assume the subject studied is free of
falsehoods, is useful, and worthwhile. As the student has advanced through a longer study he should be
able to learn related data faster and faster and often grasp new concepts even without having to read or
hear it all. This indicates a heightened affinity; an increased ability to occupy the teacher's or the textbook
writer's viewpoint.

A student with high ARC

for a subject will understand
new data at one glance.

No drawn-out or tedious communication is needed. No need to look at it this way and that way until
finally the whole thing can be partially understood. No! It's one glance at the data and she has got it. Let's
illustrate ARC and study with some examples:
Example: A green student is trying to learn to become a mechanic. When he is first thrown into it
the teacher uses a lot of new words. Communication is completely cut. The communication formula
states: Cause, distance, effect, with intention, attention, duplication and understanding. The student has
no duplication nor understanding as he doesn't know what the teacher is talking about. He hasn't been
around motors and can't agree or disagree with anything shown. He is completely incapable of "thinking
like a motor", meaning mentally occupying the same space as the motor, and thus having a feel for what
he is being taught. His ARC is at the bottom. If the teacher knows his business he will let the student look
at different motor parts and name them for him. Then have him touch them and lift them. This gives the
student some reality. The teacher will tell him the function of each part is. That makes duplication and
understanding possible. Actual communication is being established. By holding onto, lifting, fitting
together these parts the student will little by little loose his back-off and fear of these motor parts and feel
relaxed and quite cheerful about the whole thing. His affinity will come up.
Example: A master mechanic who has repaired motors for years can just by listening to a motor tell
exactly what is wrong or exactly what three things to look for. Through reading about it (communication)
and repairing a lot of cars he has gotten experience (reality) and is completely capable of "being the
motor" (affinity). He can feel any bad performance of the motor as a physical sensation as if it was
happening to his own body. When he hears the motor going 'clank, clank' it is painful to him. When it
purrs like a cat it is a great pleasure to him. Obviously he has high affinity for motors and high ARC =
Understanding for motors.

25
 Conceptual Understanding

There are two types of understanding when it comes to study. There is literal understanding and
conceptual understanding.

Literal understanding
means the person has a
hard time seeing the big
picture. He may understand
the words but doesn't really
get the idea behind the words.

Literal understanding is not what we want to accomplish in study. You see extreme examples of literal
understanding in persons who just don't understand jokes. They understand the words but don't get the
joke. You see literal understanding in action by the bureaucrat who makes others' lives miserable by
having them do strange things "to follow regulations". The religious fanatic, who is ready to kill for what
his holy book says - as he understands it - is a victim of literal understanding. These are the extremes.
Literal understanding means the person is fixated on the meaning of words and does not perceive the
ideas or intentions behind the communication very well.
Conceptual understanding, on the other hand, has a deeper but also simpler view on things. The
person going for conceptual understanding is not totally stuck in the symbols and meanings of words.
They are basically totally aware of the communication formula involved. They understand there is an
author or teacher presenting something for them to duplicate and understand. What the teacher is trying to
teach is in the teacher's mind as a concept, an idea, at the beginning of the action.

Real communication
and learning include:
Understanding the concepts.
The teacher has an idea he wants
to communicate (the seagull). He
translates it into words and symbols.
The idea gets transmitted via the
physical universe. The student is
able to duplicate the words and
symbols. He then understands the
idea. As a result he now has the
original concept in his mind.

To relay it, the teacher has had to use words and symbols. It is not always easy to find the right words to
express oneself. Even expert writers and poets can spend days getting it just right. There is a translation
process going on. The ideas may be crystal clear. Getting the ideas into words so they can be
26
communicated takes work and is far from 100% accurate. The writer or teacher may have to express it in
several different ways before he is satisfied. The student, on the other hand, may not have the language
skills necessary to understand the finer points of what the teacher is saying. They both have to work at it
to make a perfect transmission and duplication possible. The basic process in any communication is then
that the origination-point (teacher) has a concept or idea. He wants the receipt-point (student) to duplicate
and understand that idea. In order to do that he has to use words, symbols, and actions to get it across. It
has to travel through the physical universe. If the teacher is successful, the student will end up with a
perfect duplicate and understanding of the idea or concept. Now the student can think with it, put it in his
own words, discard it for that matter or realize it is very important. He owns that datum completely as he
has made it his own. It does not depend on words as it didn't depend on words when the teacher first tried
to formulate it.
In study for application that is what we strive after: conceptual understanding. Having that, the
student will have achieved the ability to evaluate and judge data from his own point of view. To make
such a high level of communication possible it is equally important that the student understands the words
or symbols used. Each word used should be understood by the student to a point where the student not
only knows the definition but is able to understand the word itself conceptually. The whole basis of this
comes down to the fact that the word isn't the thing. The word 'Rose' does not have a smell nor does it in
particular look beautiful. Only when you realize it is a symbol for a beautiful flower can you associate it
with a pleasant smell and beauty. Thus we have three elements here:

1. We have the physical thing, such as a rose.

2. We have words and symbols representing a rose.
3. Finally we have the concept or idea of a rose.

'ROSE'

Neither the word 'Rose' nor a picture of one

is the thing itself. But words and symbols are
necessary to make communication possible.

In Study Technology the words and symbols themselves should be cleared to conceptual understanding.
When the student looks up words in the dictionary he should read the small-print that explains where the
word originally came from. This is a great help in getting the concept of a word. When both teacher and
student have a conceptual understanding of the words, conceptual understanding through communication
is possible.

27
 When conceptual
understanding has taken
place the student will feel
bright and happy. He has
made the concept his own.

When studying we are going for conceptual understanding of ideas, principles, facts, and points of view.
Once that is accomplished we see the student brighten up. She has not only duplicated the words, she has
duplicated and understood the point of view from where they originated. Conceptual understanding has
taken place and the student will as a result feel brighter and smarter as her point of view has been
expanded. She doesn't need to memorize the words to memorize the datum; it is simply one extra concept
or point of view from which she can occupy and view the situation.

28
 Part Two:

Basic Auditing
and
Processes
 What is Auditing?

In this chapter we will cover in some detail the different elements of auditing. At the end of the chapter
you should have a pretty good answer to the headline question. Since the whole manual is dedicated to
answering the question we will approach it step by step. Getting some basic ideas, elements and
definitions solidly in place is important and that is the purpose of this chapter. First of all, for auditing or
processing to take place you need two persons: a trained practitioner and a client. This course will turn
you into a practitioner. You will also be a client and receiving auditing from your fellow student, so you
will learn a whole lot about both sides of this activity.

An auditing session.
It's an almost businesslike activity.
The auditor (practitioner) usually has a Meter
in front of him. It's the auditor's knowledge
and skilled use of the processes that makes
auditing work. The Meter is only a help.

The practitioner is usually called an auditor; that means a person that asks questions and listens to the
answers. The basic terminology and rules were defined by Lafayette Ron Hubbard ( Ron Hubbard) and
we will use his terminology where possible. The auditor's client is called a preclear. Auditing is usually
conducted as an one-on-one activity in a session where the auditor and the preclear are sitting at a table
facing each other. The auditor has different tools of his trade. He has printed materials with the exact
technical procedures, he has a report he keeps up. He has dictionaries and handbooks, so he can instruct
his preclear.
Maybe the most obvious tool of the trade is the so-called Meter. As explained briefly in the previous
chapter, it tells the practitioner what questions are 'hot' and that he should follow up. By exploring these
hot areas in the preclear and his mind, the auditor can help bring about amazing changes in the state of
mind of his preclear and eventually in his beingness and abilities.

The Meter. Meters come in different designs, but all work the
same way. The two cans next to the instrument are the
electrodes, the pc holds in his hands. When the auditor asks a
hot or charged question, he will see a reaction on the needle
you see at the top. Also, the Meter helps the auditor determine,
when a process has been discharged and should be ended off.
(The shown Meter is a clarity-meter)

So here are a few simple definitions and basics related to auditing:

Auditing is the application of CT processes and procedures to someone by a trained auditor.
An auditor is one who listens carefully to what his preclear has to say; he is trained and qualified in

31
applying CT processes to others for their betterment.
A process is a set of questions asked by an auditor to help a person find out things about himself and life
and so improve himself and his life and the conditions around him. Therefore a more exact definition of
auditing (also called processing) would be, the action of asking a preclear a question (which he can
understand and answer), getting an answer to that question and acknowledging him for that answer. He
continues a process until they reach its End Phenomena (EP), which typically includes a new realization
for the preclear and preclear feeling happy about it.
A preclear is a term used to describe a person who, through CT processing, is finding out more about
himself and life. Through processing he is advancing towards a higher state of being, called Clear.
(Abbreviation: PC).
Reactive Bank (also called the Bank or Reactive Mind). This is the subconscious or unconscious part of
the mind. It's that portion of a person's mind which is not under his volitional control, and which exerts
force and the power of command over his awareness, purposes, thoughts, body, and actions.
End Phenomena, those indicators in the pc and Meter which show that a process has fulfilled its
purpose. It shows that the pc has released the charge that the process addressed. Part of the End
Phenomena are: a new realization or cognition for the pc. A so-called Floating Needle on the Meter and
the preclear feeling great (called Very Good Indicators - VGI's). These definitions are correct, but by the
end of the course you will have learned a lot more about the subject matters.

Auditor with
his basic tool,
the Meter

The Auditor
As mentioned several times, the auditor is the practitioner in CT. To become a good auditor you have to
learn a series of basic skills. You have to follow The Auditors Code.
The Auditors Code. This is the professional code of conduct that you always have to observe when you
are auditing. It is based on experience over many years. When you observe it closely, your pc will usually
get excellent results and gains out of the processing. When you deal with it carelessly or break it, the pc
will get a lot less than the optimum results out of the processes. He may even become worse. Some of the
important points are:
No evaluation. Never tell the preclear what to think about his problems; never try to solve his problems
for him. Let him figure it out and help him to do that with the technology and the processes. To break that
rule in auditing is bad. It's called evaluation.
No invalidation. Never tell the preclear what you think is wrong with him -- or worse, tell him he is
wrong about something. Again, the whole purpose of auditing is to help the preclear become capable of
figuring these things out for himself. To make wrong or contradict the preclear is called invalidation. It's
bad to do as an auditor as it's very counter-productive.
Maintain communication. According to the Code you need to be in good communication with your pc.
You carefully listen to what he has to say. You know from what he says what is going on. You
acknowledge his answers appropriately and, if he comes up with something unexpected, you know how
to respond. (Communication will be the subject matter of several full chapters).

32
Never get angry. You never get angry with your preclear. You patiently work with him, so he can relax
and concentrate on finding the answers in his mind. You make the pc feel safe and relaxed, so he can go
where the process sends him with a feeling of security.

The goal of CT is to delete

or erase the Reactive Mind.
When that is done,
the person is Clear.

Auditor + PC > PC's Bank.

There is a basic formula, that makes auditing work: Auditor + PC > PC's Bank. That means Auditor plus
the PC is greater than the PC's Reactive Bank. That is the simplest way to say why auditing works. The
trained auditor is there to help the pc explore and gradually eradicate his Reactive Bank. Everything you
will learn on this course can be seen to support that. If it does, it is valid. If it doesn't, it is harmful.
Everything you will learn will directly or indirectly support this exploration. All your basic skills and
tools have to pass this test. Do you help the pc explore and overcome his Bank - or do you hinder it? If
you hinder him, you are definitely doing something wrong. Every procedure and process is seen in the
same light. The right process at the wrong time can work against this, as the pc isn't ready yet. The right
process applied wrongly by the auditor can work against this, and the auditor has to find out what he is
doing wrong and correct it or have it corrected by his instructor.
The Auditors Code, that we will cover in full later in CT, has this as its primary function: it contains
those points that it is absolutely necessary to observe in order for Auditor plus PC to be greater than the
PC’s Reactive Bank.

Who can become an auditor

There are roughly as many female as male auditors. To become a good auditor has little to do with the
practitioner's sex. Some pc's will prefer a male auditor, some a female one. If we mainly refer to the
auditor as 'he' or 'him' in the manual it is only for practical reasons. To become a good auditor you need
certain personal qualities. You need to have a desire to help your fellow Man. The stronger your desire
the better. You need to believe that in that you can help him. The course will help you develop that; but
unless you have a personal desire and belief in these things to begin with, you may not be able overcome
the difficulties you can run into. So keep your desire and belief in these things clean and strong - or get
your difficulty sorted out if you should suddenly feel less enthusiastic about your undertaking. You need
to be able to study and learn practical skills. You have to be able to turn written instructions into exact
actions and keep learning until you have it exactly right.

You need a certain type of courage. In auditing you are exploring unknown territory as far as your pc is
concerned. You need to do that courageously and keep going until you get to the End Phenomena. You
need to develop a positive and friendly attitude. It's not the auditor's "deep think" or "deep
understanding" that makes auditing work. It's more like: every time the pc looks up he sees the auditor is
right there with him encouraging him and supporting him in getting on with it. It's the auditors high
interest in his preclear and his positive encouraging attitude and being with the pc every step of the way,

33
that helps the pc overcome his Bank. You need to be persistent and insistent in a positive way. The
auditor should stay positive and encouraging even when the pc runs into problems or difficulties. You
don't agree with your pc's difficulties. You are there to help him overcome them and get him through it.
And this you have to accomplish without getting angry with or invalidating, or evaluating for, your pc.
You need to develop and continue to develop your one-on-one communications skills. There is a lot
about this in the course, as communication is the basic skill that makes the processes work. They will not
work on a mechanical level unless the pc is with it and feels in communication and understood.

The basic action

of Auditing is to
discharge the Bank.
Progress in doing this
can be seen on the Meter.

Auditing
Here are is another basic definition of auditing from Ron Hubbard's works: "Auditing is the action of
asking a preclear a question, getting an answer to that question and acknowledging him for that answer.
Auditing gets rid of unwanted barriers that inhibit, stop or blunt a person's natural abilities. It step by step
increases the abilities of a person, so he becomes more able and his survival, happiness and intelligence
increase enormously."
Here is how Geoffrey Filbert defines auditing or processing in his book Excalibur Revisited:
"Processing is the application of a precise technology based on principles of the human mind and life.
The auditor helps and listens to another person in order to "clear" that person of confusions. It enables the
person being cleared (the pre-clear) to increase his ability to be, to live, perceive, experience, understand
and act by freeing his attention from confusions. It can be applied at any level of awareness and through it
a person can solve his difficulties in life and thought."
The goal of processing is to bring a person closer to the state of Clear where he ceases to act irrationally
(re-act), is total cause over his existence if he chooses to be, and can handle anything that he is confronted
with. Clears have fewer problems, better health, higher IQs, higher perception, quicker reaction time, are
more stable, more oriented and have better personalities by traditional standards. They are highly
individualistic. The state of Clear is an obtainable and attainable reality."
Auditing is usually an exact question or set of questions or commands that the auditor gives to the
pc. This is what we call a process. These processes are well researched and tested. The processes you will
learn on this course have all been in use for over 30 years, some of them decades longer. Here is an
example of a simple process:
1. Recall a time that was really real to you. 2. Tell me about it.

The auditor gives the first auditing command to the pc and waits for his answer. The pc finds an answer
in his mind and answers with perhaps "Yes". The auditor acknowledges. The auditor says: "Tell me about
it". The pc tells the auditor about the incident he recalled. The auditor acknowledges the answer.

The above is part of an actual process; you will learn more about recall processes later. The processes are

34
designed to get the pc to look deeper and deeper into his Reactive Bank or look at mechanisms in his
mind that get their power from the Reactive Bank. Since recall is often used to get there, the Recall Grade
is important. The actual process quoted is used as an example as it isn't very upsetting or prone to get you
into a lot of difficulties.

Can Auditing be Harmful? The processes you will learn on this course will do you and your pc a lot of
good. But you may have asked yourself this question: can it be harmful? The rule at this level is: any
auditing is better than no auditing. Any of the processes you will learn here will benefit your pc even if
run in a less than perfect way. No auditor needs to audit with the fear that he will do some irreparable
damage if he makes an error. Ron Hubbard's book: "Dianetics®, The Modern Science of Mental Health"
provides the answer to the question, "What happens if I make a mistake?" The following extracts are from
the chapter "The Mind's Protection": "The mind is a self-protecting mechanism. Short of the use of
drugs..., shock, hypnotism or surgery, no mistake can be made by an auditor which cannot be remedied
either by himself or by another auditor. Any case, no matter how serious, no matter how unskilled the
auditor, is better opened than left closed."
This is good to know, when you are just starting out. You can always bail out the pc. But you will
learn the processes so well and make sure you drill everything thoroughly first, that you very rarely will
have a need to bail your pc out.

The typical Preclear is

doing fine in life, but
wants to "clean the slate"
- delete the Bank
and go Clear.

The Preclear
So, who is your preclear? Is it a patient ready to explode or commit suicide? Is auditing only for mentally
troubled people? Although an experienced auditor can handle all kinds of difficulties the subject as such
is far from the same as a "mental therapy". It is designed and intended for spiritual gains. You will have
the best time and best results with people that already do quite well in life, but are looking for more. It is
actually contained in the very word "Preclear". "Pre" means before; and "Clear" is a high and desirable
state of being.
Clear is a very exciting state of being or existence. A person who goes Clear will feel a tremendous
rise in power and freedom; he will feel detached from all bad experiences of the past. He will see his own
future as bright and promising. He will be able to think and see clearer. How exactly it will change you is
for you to find out. To determine if a person has obtained the state of Clear is a technical thing with its
own definitions and technology. The pc will probably feel great and something like this many times
during his processing, even on this level. It may not last for a long time early in auditing. A release is a
temporary state, while Clear is a permanent state. There are two states of being you pursue in CT
auditing. The one is the ultimate state of Clear. The other state is a state of release.
You are going for a release each time you run a process. It may be less spectacular than described
above. But from time to time you will hit a state of release that feels real great. The pc may think he went
Clear. These are the high points of auditing. This is what you are after. Every auditing question or
35
command, every little skill you learn and apply is done to get to this goal.
A process is complete, when it is taken to End Phenomena (EP). It may be less spectacular than the
state of Clear or a state of Major Release. But the pc will know that it is a step in the right direction. He
will know that he has handled one more stumbling block or one more confusion or source of feeling down
and bad about himself. Each EP of a major process consists of (1) Very Good Indicators (VGI's), (2) a
cognition or realization about himself or something important to him, (3) a feeling of release - and if it is
a metered session - the auditor will observe (4) a Floating Needle (F/N) on the Meter. That is a free
moving needle pattern, the needle swinging harmonically back and forth and nothing the auditor says is
going to change that.

CT is "a Western way to

achieve many of the goals
of Eastern belief systems"
- but really, it's simply a new
self-improvement system.

In a way the best comparison for auditing is Eastern Belief systems, where a student seeks a master in
order to reach perfection. He can do various mental, physical or religious practices in order to achieve
that. It may be meditation, prayer, or physical exercises as in yoga or tai chi. Auditing is however a more
businesslike approach to fulfill these old goals of Man. It does take commitment from the preclear to
achieve a major state of release or the state of Clear. But when we talk auditing, there is an exact
technology that does work when the rules are followed and the processes are run correctly, one after the
other. It isn't "just thinking the right thoughts" or "sending the right prayers" or sitting in the right
position long enough and hoping for the best. It's an exact route, one process after the other. The
processes are laid out in a certain order of increasing difficulty. You follow this program step by step and
you will end up at the top of the ladder. It can be both casual and quite businesslike, getting there. You
don't have to follow strange diets or rigid rules that make a normal life impossible. You do have to follow
a healthy lifestyle, eat and sleep properly, stay off drugs, take no excess of alcohol (and no alcohol 24
hours before a session), and not get yourself involved in unethical conduct. But these requirements will
not interfere with holding a normal job, pursuing your favorite hobbies and activities, having a normal sex
life and family life, and meeting your friends as always - and at all times appearing very usual, and
leading a normal healthy life.

The Reactive Mind

The Reactive Mind was described

by Freud as the sub-conscious or
un-conscious mind, but Freud
couldn't do much about it.
In CT you get the exact tools to
find the full extent of this mind
and how to eliminate it.

There is a lot to know about the Reactive Mind. The Reactive Mind, the Reactive Bank, or the Bank.
36
These terms all refer to the same part of the mind. The subconscious or unconscious mind was first
described by Sigmund Freud.

Sigmund Freud (1856-1939)

was the first one to open the
door to the subconscious. But
he concentrated on treating
'hysteria' and neurosis. His
work was trail blazing but not
very useful to normal people.

Ron Hubbard made a lot of new discoveries about the mind and the nature of Man and we prefer to use
his terminology as it is clear and coherent and the anatomy and structure was not very well known or
accurately described by Freud. He mainly raised a lot of questions but could not provide many workable
answers. Ron Hubbard's basic books like: "Dianetics®, the Modern Science of Mental Health" give a
graphic description of the Reactive Mind and its basic mechanisms. Also "Fundamentals of Thought",
that is part of this course, gives a good description of "The parts of Man", including the Reactive Mind.
Since this manual is about what you do rather than an extensive theory course, we will only bring a little
refresher section here.

The Thetan is the "I" or "Me" of

a person. It's a spirit and
not the body. The thetan is very
capable. When you remove Bank he
regains his natural but lost abilities.
Auditing doesn't 'change anybody's
personality', except by removing
what holds her/him down.

The Thetan. Ron Hubbard used the Greek letter Theta, to describe thought energy. This is basically a
non-physical form of energy that is senior to the physical universe. The unit that produces this form of
energy is called the Thetan. This is not an entirely new entity by far. You refer to it as "I" or "Me". It's
the core personality or soul of an individual. It's the spirit that is your basic self, a very powerful and
capable fellow that over time has been trapped and burdened with all kinds of luggage, false ideas,
confusions, painful experiences, losses, and relationships gone bad. The idea that you have a soul is
incorrect. The correct concept is that you are a soul. The soul or thetan is the very core of your beingness.
It's who you are. The real you. The mission of auditing is to restore this core individual to his own good
self. It is to free you of all the chains and burdens that hold you down. The power and abilities inside you
are very impressive. In the course of auditing this is who we want to find and work with. We don't want
to teach you anything new with auditing. Instead we want to strip off all these layers of added false ideas,
confusions, and burdens away. We will of course teach you what auditing is all about, how to run the
processes, etc. But when it comes to the processes themselves, they don't add new data or learning to
your mind, but restore the truth as you basically know it.

37
 You may look upon the pc as
the Genie inside the bottle.
Trapped and miserable.

You may look upon the pc as the Genie inside the bottle. Trapped and miserable.
We want to take the cork out and coax the pc out of the bottle and get him back to almost magic powers.
To accomplish that, we have to examine, what the cork and the bottle consists of - figuratively speaking.
Let's for now call it "luggage", false ideas, painful experiences, confusions, losses, and relationships gone
bad. That is pretty close, although not a very scientific description.

The next question is: Where does a thetan store all this and all his positive experiences? He stores it in
his mind. The mind is like a computer; the thetan is the computer operator. You see, the thetan is not his
mind either. The mind is something he has, something he uses and something he builds upon and adds to
as he goes along. His basic beingness as a thetan does not really change, but his mind does.

The Analytical Mind is Man's most

precious tool. This is what separates
him from the animals.

The Analytical Mind. The mind can be separated into several compartments. There is the Analytical
Mind, the Reactive Mind and the Somatic Mind. The Analytical Mind has to do with rational thought.
It's like a well-functioning computer. This is where you store all what you learn. This is the mind you use
when you solve problems and try to figure out predictions and estimations. The capabilities of the human
mind are quite impressive. The mind resolves a multitude of very different problems of any imaginable
kind. When you drive a car without problems, you use your Analytical Mind all the time when you
observe traffic and respond. You have to estimate speeds, directions, other cars' condition and
capabilities - maybe even the drivers' conditions. You do this almost automatically. When you analyze
what a driver has to respond to and keep track of it is quite impressive.
Let's follow a man called Joe during his day. Our driver, Joe, arrives at work after a safe drive. At
work there is a whole new set of problems he has to take care of. He has to make quick and accurate
decisions and act upon them. New and unsolved problems get thrown at him and he has to figure out the
correct response each time. He takes orders and gives orders. In the lunch break he sits down with his
colleagues and they discuss basketball and there is a whole new set of rules and facts he has to remember
and use to think with. Then he drives home after work. His wife asked him to do some shopping on the
38
way home. He parks at a supermarket and goes inside. Again he has to use a whole new set of facts and
abilities. He wants the best deal for his money; he has to find his way around. He compares products and
decides on products again and again. He remembers his wife was going to cook meat loaf, and he
remembers a few spices he would like her to add. These are not on his shopping list, but again: he knows
exactly what he is going for and gets it from the endless shelves.
When he comes home his family greets him. After dinner his young son captures him. His son needs
help with his school work. Again, our hero Joe finds the right set of data and rules in his analytical mind
so he can help his son with his math problems. He knows how he can treat his son so he learns what they
go over. This is a much different approach, than the one he uses at work with adults. With his son he is
loving, patient and full of smiles. Finally his son is satisfied. Our dad can finally sit down with his wife.
They decide to watch TV and they see a movie that takes place in Hong Kong. To enjoy that, Joe has to
find a new frame of reference and he has to let his imagination play a bigger role. He has to imagine
places and circumstances he has never been confronted with in real life. Still, he can "get into it" and get
an experience and excitement out of it. Well, it's time to go to bed. It has been a long day and Joe falls
asleep right away after kissing his wife good night. But soon he sleeps like a log, charging up the batteries
for another day. You see, that is just an ordinary day in an ordinary man's life. He has to use his
analytical mind constantly and in many different fields.

The Somatic Mind takes care of

physical skills and routine body
functions.

The Somatic Mind. There is another type of mind, that takes care of routines and bodily functions. That
is the somatic mind. We talked about driving skills above. The routines of hitting the gas pedal and the
breaks and moving the steering wheel is not something you have to think about. You do it all the time and
correctly without even thinking about it. This ability belongs to the somatic mind. Athletes work a lot
with their somatic minds to get all their movements right. Newborn babies have to learn an impressive
number of skills before they can even walk. The somatic mind also takes care of all the complicated
functions inside your body, like heart beat, breathing, digestion etc., etc.

The Reactive Mind

was intended as a system
that could warn and take
over in dangerous
situations. It does not work
in a complex world.

The Reactive Mind. The Reactive Mind has a special interest to auditors and auditing. The auditor's goal
is to eradicate it piece by piece, until it's completely gone. Let's first look at some basic definitions of the

39
Reactive Mind:
The Reactive Mind: 1) Is a portion of a person's mind which works on a totally stimulus-response basis.
It is not under his volitional control, and it exerts force and power of command over his awareness,
purposes, thoughts, his body and actions.
It works as a stimulus-response mechanism. That means if something in the environment activates this
part of the mind it gets an instant reaction by the person - and usually an irrational one. It can take control
over his power of command. It can control his thoughts, his awareness and even his body and actions.
An example would be somebody receiving bad news and have a violent or inexplicable reaction to it.
Another example would be somebody having a little accident or mishap occur and become all upset and
scared. You will see these things happen every day if you just keep your eyes open. Overreacting
observably is however just one manifestation. Another manifestation would occur when the Reactive
Mind has taken permanent control of a part of a person’s life. An example of this could be regular
thoughts of suicide. Another example could be avoiding crowds or certain places. Some people have
strong fears and dislikes for certain types of people. It could be the opposite sex, salesmen, or doctors. If
these dislikes have no rational explanation, it's a sure sign of the Reactive Mind at work. There is of
course a rational way to respond to these things. But when it's an overreaction, an inexplicable reaction,
or a permanent reaction for no good reason, it's a sure sign of the Reactive Mind at work. Let's look at
another definition:
The Reactive Mind: 2) Is basically that area of occlusion which the pc is unable to contact and
which contains within itself a total identification of all things with all things, and until released into the
realm of knowingness continues to react upon the person compelling him into actions, dramatizations and
computations which are not optimum to his or anyone else's survival.

Here are some other aspects of the Reactive Mind. This mind is occluded and out of sight. It controls the
person, but he doesn't really know, where this control, these impulses and commands, come from. The
next bit of the definition tells an important side of auditing. The auditing dives into the Reactive Mind
and releases its content piece by piece into the realm of knowingness; into the analytical mind. At that
point that piece of the Reactive Mind becomes powerless. Here is the next and last definition:
The Reactive Mind: 3) Is a stimulus response mechanism, ruggedly built, and takes over in trying
circumstances. The Reactive Mind never stops operating. Pictures of the environment, of a very low
order, are taken (made) by this mind even in some states of unconsciousness. The Reactive Mind acts
below the level of consciousness. It is the literal stimulus-response mind. Given a certain stimulus it gives
a certain response.
Here we see what the Reactive Mind supposedly is good for. It is supposed to take over under trying
circumstances. In other words it's a back-up or emergency mind. It is always at work: 'it never stops
operating' -- meaning that when the analytical mind shuts down, the Reactive Mind takes over. It works
as a stimulus-response mechanism, which makes some kind of sense when you are talking about an
emergency situation.

40
 The victim's Reactive Mind records what
happens - even when 'unconscious'. This
recording contains Pain and
Unconsciousness. It's called an Engram.
The Engram is supposed to help him avoid
accidents in the future.

Unfortunately this Reactive Mind is causing a lot more misery than good. The Reactive Mind is the major
cause of all your pc's mental difficulties and shortcomings. It holds on to past emergency situations. The
most severe ones are recorded as Engrams (see picture), but there are also recordings of lighter incidents.
Engrams and other traumatic recordings keep your pc in a constant feeling of danger or irrationality that
made sense at some point, but only in the context of that time, not of the present. He had one accident.
Now he never wants to get near anything that reminds him of that. He had one bad experience with a
doctor. Now he never wants to see any doctor again, etc.

These basic ideas and definitions give you pretty much an outline of what auditing is all about. The
auditor helps the pc dive into his Reactive Mind to find some irrationality. In session it is brought into the
light of consciousness and knowingness and thoroughly inspected. That causes it to lose its command
power over the pc. The pc can again think clearly in the area and make rational decisions based on the
analytical facts. (See also chapter, Time Track Illustrated for more data on the subject).

41
 Basic Definitions and PC's Hat
This is often called C/S Instruction No 1, as it is the first educational step to do with a new client
before actual auditing begins. C/S is the Case Supervisor - the person that guides and oversees the
activity through written instructions for the auditor to do in session. The basic vocabulary of any new
field is very important to learn well. Learning it will teach you all the new ideas in the subject that
you are new to. Unless you have them down cold, you won't be able to get into the subject and study
it with success.

Basic Definitions (C/S No 1)

Ability Clearing (1b) Dynamics (25) Preclear (5) PC Hat

Affinity (27) Earlier Similar (38) PT Problem (32)
ARC Break (30) Engram Clearing (1c) Problem (31) Alcohol, Drugs (3x)
Assess (41) Examiner (44) Reactive Mind (12) Discuss
Assessment (43) Floating Needle (24) Reality (28) one's case (6x)
Auditing (16) Flow (40) Release (21) Ethics (8x)
Auditor's Code (6) Key-in (19) Repetitive Process (39) Examiner
Auditing Comm Key-out (20) Rudiments (26) - statements (7x)
- cycle (16) Mental Image Clearing Tech (1) Food (1x)
Auditor (6) - picture (11) CT (1) Off-line actions (5x)
Bank (13) Mental Mass (18) Scientologie (2) Other treatment (4x)
Body (9) Mind (8) Session (4) Sleep (2x)
Clear (14) Missed Withhold (38) Thetan (7)
Cognition (23) Overt (33) Time Track (17)
Communication (29) Picture (10) Withhold (34)
Comm Cycle (15) Postulate (22)

These are the terms and ideas you have to grasp to successfully receive auditing. You will need a good
English dictionary, so you can look up any words you do not understand. If English is not your first
language, you also need a dictionary for your native language and English. You need the "Technical
Dictionary of Scn", which contains these and many other terms. You may need other books for reference,
such as Ron Hubbard's "Fundamentals of Thought" and possibly "Scn 0-8 - Book of Basics".

A Demo Kit consists

of anything you can
find around. Use it
to 'show and tell'
definitions, principles
and other theory with.

Finally you need a so-called Demo Kit (as described in the study manual). You use this to make small
demonstrations on the table to your twin (or to your auditor, if done in session). It simply consists of

42
small items you have put together in a little box - like paper clips, matches, screws and bolts, coins etc.
You show, demonstrate or illustrate what a definition means, by 'show and tell' with the bits and pieces.
You might say: "This match box is the pc; the coins and clips here are his Reactive Bank..." etc. You may
also give examples from your own observations and experience to demonstrate your understanding.
When, as an auditor, you have your client, (the pc) demonstrate for you, be sure to have him or her also
give plenty of observations from personal experience. If done in session, you would simply ask: "What
is the definition of __________?" and refer to one term at the time.

You let the pc tell you. If he is unsure of the definition, you look it up and clear it to full understanding. In
a session, if you use a Meter, you make sure each word is taken to a floating needle (FN), whether given
correctly by the preclear at first or you have to look it up. You have to make sure he understands all the
words used in the definitions. If there is a word he doesn't understand or is unsure of the meaning, you
have him look it up in a dictionary per study tech and clear it completely (to F/N if metered). You have
him demonstrate it with the demo kit and give you examples.

Ron Hubbard (1911-86).

Road to Clear is a textbook in the
basic spiritual technology
he defined.
(press photo)

You clear these terms:

1. CLEARING TECHNOLOGY (CT): (1). A spiritual technology, mainly defined and developed
by Ron Hubbard. An auditor applies this technology to a preclear in a formal session. The goal is the
spiritual betterment of the preclear. The application of the processes and technology will bring about this
change and, consequently, a change in the pc's conditions and life. For short we use the letters CT to
mean Clearing Technology. In this publication it is the exact same technology as what Ron Hubbard
called standard technology.
(2). You could say Clearing Technology or Standard Technology is the auditing technology part of Scn.
Scn is a broader subject. It includes philosophy covering the character of life, death, Man, the spirit, the
mind, and the physical universe; but also subjects like Ethics, Administration and Management, Logic,
and Data Analysis.
1 B. ABILITY CLEARING: Clearing Technology is divided into a number of Levels. Levels 0-4
have as their objective to improve the student's or client's abilities. Each Level (Grade) is devoted to one
main ability. Levels 0-4 are thus under one called Ability Clearing.
1 C. ENGRAM CLEARING: Level 5 of Clearing Technology is devoted to erasing painful and
harmful recordings in the Reactive Mind. Rather than working on abilities it is devoted to unburden the
client from pain and unconsciousness contained in his Reactive Mind. The key phrase is thus "Erasure of
Engrams" rather than "Improvement of Abilities".
3.The symbol used for Clearing Technology is the seagull. This is based on the story about Jonathan
Livingston Seagull by Richard Bach. This is a symbolic story about wanting to become a master in flying
(ability and wisdom) and pass this ability onto new seagulls. By putting Standard Technology on the web

43
we pass this wisdom onto you and ask you to 'return the favor' by passing it onto somebody else.
2. SCIENTOLOGY®: (Scn): 1.An applied religious philosophy. It deals with the study of
knowledge, which through the application of its technology can bring about desirable changes in the
conditions of life. (Taken from the Latin word scio: knowing in the fullest sense of the word, and the
Greek word logos: to study.) 2. A body of knowledge which, when properly used, gives freedom and
truth to the individual.

N.B. The German philosopher Dr. Nordenholz, who published the book “Scientologie” in Munich, Germany in 1934,
originally conceived this term. Its present form is based on Ron Hubbard's work. Hubbard called it Scientology® (different
spelling). He saw it as his purpose to gather wisdom and truth from many sources, refine it and make it into one body of
knowledge. As this is a common effort pursued by many philosophers throughout the ages, we keep the spelling of Dr. A.
Nordenholz: 'Scientologie'. We use however 'Scn' throughout the manual.

3. AUDITING: Also called processing. This is the application of CT processes and procedures to
someone by a trained auditor. The exact definition of auditing is: the action of asking a preclear a
question (which he can understand and answer), getting an answer to that question and acknowledging
him for that answer.
4. AUDITING SESSION: A period in which an auditor and preclear are in a quiet place where they
will not be disturbed. The auditor gives the preclear certain and exact commands which the preclear can
follow. The auditor starts the session and is the one who ends the session.
5. PRECLEAR: (PC): From pre-Clear, a person not yet Clear; generally a person being audited, who
is thus on his way to Clear. A person that is finding out more about himself and life through CT
processing.
6. AUDITOR: A person trained and qualified in applying CT processes and procedures to individuals
for their betterment; called an auditor because auditor means "one who listens."

The Thetan is
not the body
or the brain.

7. THETAN: From THETA (life), a word taken from the Greek symbol or letter 'theta', traditional
symbol for thought or spirit. The thetan is the individual himself, not the body or the mind. The thetan is
the "I"; one doesn't have or own a thetan; one is a thetan. It's his "real me".
8. MIND: It is not the brain. The mind is the accumulated recordings of thoughts, conclusions,
decisions, observations and perceptions of a thetan throughout his entire existence in picture form. The
thetan can and does use the mind in handling life and the physical universe
9. BODY: The organism with limbs, head, etc. It's the physical part of a human being or animal -
whether the body is living or dead.
10. PICTURE: An exact likeness; image - a mental image.

44
 A Mental Image Picture of a
dog and a real dog are two
different things. The pictures
in the Bank can 'bite', meaning
cause pain and discomfort -
especially pictures of painful
incidents in the past.

11. MENTAL IMAGE PICTURE: Mental pictures, facsimiles: a copy of one's perceptions of the
physical universe of some time or incident in the past. It can also be mock-ups, meaning produced by the
thetan with his imagination and not a copy of an actual incident.
12. REACTIVE MIND: 1.Reactive Bank. The portion of the mind that works on a stimulus-response
basis (given a certain stimulus it will automatically give a certain response) that is not under a person's
volitional control and which exerts force and power over a person's awareness, purposes, thoughts, body
and actions. 2. The Reactive Mind never stops operating. Pictures of the environment, of a very low
order, are taken (recorded) by this mind even in some states of unconsciousness.
13. BANK: An every-day name for the Reactive Mind. The mental image picture collection of the pc.
14. CLEAR: 1) A person (thetan) who can be at cause knowingly and at will over mental matter,
energy, space and time as regards the first dynamic (survival for self). The state of Clear is above the
release Grades 0-4 of CT (all of which have to be done before you get to clearing). 2) A Being who no
longer has his own Reactive Mind. (this is the valid technical definition).
15. COMMUNICATION CYCLE: A completed communication, including origination of the
communication, receipt of the communication, and answer or acknowledgement of the communication. A
communication cycle consists of simply: cause, distance, and effect, with intention, attention, duplication
and understanding.
16. AUDITING COMM CYCLE:
This is the auditing communication cycle that is always in use:
1. Is the pc ready to receive the command? (Appearance, presence)
2. Auditor gives command/question to pc (cause, distance, effect)
3. Pc looks in his Bank for an answer
4. Pc receives answer from his Bank
5. Pc gives answer to auditor (cause, distance, effect)
6. Auditor acknowledges pc
7. Auditor sees that pc received the acknowledgement (attention)
8. New cycle beginning with (1).

17. TIME TRACK: The consecutive record of mental image pictures that
accumulates through the preclear's existence. The Time Track is a very
accurate record of the pc’s past, very accurately timed and very obedient to the
auditor. If a motion picture film were 3D, had 52 perceptions and could fully
react upon the observer, the Time Track could be called a motion picture film.

45
 18. MENTAL MASS: Mental matter, energy, space and time. It exists in the mind and has physical
existence that can be measured by a CT Meter. The proportionate weight of a mental picture of an
elephant would be terribly slight compared to the real object. (Have somebody demonstrate CT Meter
here, if possible.) The Meter registers mental mass. The changes of the position of the needle indicate
changes of the mass in the pc's mind.

Key-In: Meeting a dog keys in a picture of

being
bitten by a dog. He gets a pain in his leg. The
Bank can't see the difference between the
friendly dog and the dangerous dog that bit
him in the past. It tells him to “play it safe”.

19. KEY-IN: Is a moment where an earlier upset or earlier incident has been restimulated and
affects the pc in a negative way.
20. KEY-OUT: The action of a reactive incident (or many related incidents) dropping away
without the mental image pictures being erased. The picture is still there but now far away. The pc
feels released or separate from his Reactive Mind or some portion of it.
21. RELEASE: 1. A preclear whose Reactive Mind or some major portion of it is keyed-out
and is not influencing him. 2. A series of gradual key-outs. At any given one of those key-outs,
the individual will detach from the remainder of his Reactive Bank. In CT processing there are
many major Grades of Release.
22. POSTULATE: 1. A conclusion, decision, or resolution made by the individual himself; to
conclude, decide, or resolve a problem or to make a plan or set a pattern for the future, or to nullify
a pattern of the past (as in New Years resolutions). 2. We mean, by postulate, a self-created truth.
A postulate is, of course, that thing which the individual uses to start a directed desire or order, or
inhibition, or enforcement; it is in the form of an idea. Postulate means to cause a thinkingness or
consideration.

23. COGNITION: A pc origination or statement indicating he has come to realize

something. It's a "What do you know? I ____ " statement. It’s a new realization of life. It
results in a higher degree of awareness and consequently a greater ability to succeed with
one's activities in life.

24. FLOATING NEEDLE (FN or F/N): A floating needle is a certain needle

behavior on a CT Meter. It is a harmonic motion sweep of the needle over the dial at
a slow, even pace. A valid floating needle is always accompanied by very good
indicators in the pc.

46
25. THE EIGHT DYNAMICS: THE EIGHT SPHERES OF LIFE

Right and wrong follow naturally when

you know where you are headed. If you
travel, a wrong turn would lead away
from the destination; a right turn would
lead you closer to the destination.

When Ron Hubbard discovered that the common denominator of all life impulses is SURVIVAL this had
a profound effect on how we view life and living and how we view good and bad, right and wrong. Ron
Hubbard defined survival as taking place along the individual's spheres of interest. The word Survival is
here used in a broader sense than mere basic survival. Once mere survival is ensured, in the form of food
and shelter, we strive to improve our lot in life. We seek to ensure the survival for the things that assist us
as we look further and further ahead. Survival, in human terms, could also be described as one’s degree of
success in life, including our surroundings and other life forms around us. The highest degree of survival
would be ultimate success in all spheres of life. These spheres of interest Ron Hubbard calls the
Dynamics. There are at least eight such Dynamics - possibly more. The eight Dynamics are:

First Dynamic: Survival for self. This includes the body and one's personal belongings. Here we have
self-interest and self-preservation.
We have the fundamental battle for existence, food and shelter, to keep our body alive and well. We have
self-interest and - as things improve - we have ensuring our good health, self-image, reputation, and a
constant upgrade of personal belongings and building up reserves.

First Dynamic: caring for our

immediate survival gets
extended to improving our lot
in life and building up reserves.

Second Dynamic: Survival through sex and family. This includes the sexual act plus the caring for
spouse and children, parents, grandparents, extended family and family belongings. We want to survive
through our children and we want our children to survive and do well in life.

47
 Second Dynamic: interest in
opposite sex, the sexual
act, marriage and care for
children and family.

Third Dynamic: Survival as a group member and survival for one's group or groups. This would cover
everything from work place, circle of friends, associations, clubs, congregations, to Flag and Country. If
our group or groups do well we will do well too.

Third Dynamic: we seek to

survive as members of various
groups. From
workplace, city and country to
interest groups as sports,
politics, etc.

Fourth Dynamic: Survival for mankind and activities that ensure that. This covers care for other nations
and races. Activities such as United Nations, humanitarian efforts and peace movements are all motivated
by the urge of survival for the human race.

Fourth Dynamic: There are more things that unites us as a species than separates
us as peoples or nations. Recognizing our common interests is 4th Dynamic
awareness. (Pictures from UN.orgs website)

Fifth Dynamic: Survival for animals and plants. We don't only need them for food, we want and care for
them as our pets and gardens; we take care of nature and wildlife, are environmentalists etc. We realize
down deep that we are part of nature and without nature, with its plants and animals, our survival will
sooner or later be seriously threatened.

Fifth Dynamic: We have a natural bond

with other life forms whether plants or
animals, wild or domesticated. We help
their survival and they help
ours.

48
Sixth Dynamic: Survival for the physical universe. We want to ensure the survival of the physical
universe, as it is our home. We enjoy it and depend on it in many ways.
This urge tells us to take care of material objects, large and small, and makes us continue to care for and
wonder about and explore the vast physical universe.
Survival itself as defined in terms of the physical universe is: persisting as a physical identity (body)
through the passing of time despite obstacles and oppositions.
Man is proudest when he through exploration, science and technology can demonstrate that he can
conquer a hostile physical environment. He is continuously, as a species, engaged in the conquest of the
physical universe.

Sixth Dynamic: we care for and

explore the physical universe as
it is our home. We want
ultimately to conquer it.

Seventh Dynamic: Survival as a spirit. We seek extended survival as spirits and through spiritual
activities, like the arts, philosophy, beliefs in life after death, etc.

Seventh Dynamic: we seek extended

survival through spiritual activities and
survival as spiritual entities (thetans).

Eighth Dynamic: Survival as part of a Supreme Being or Infinity. We seek to survive forever as part of a
Supreme Being and by worship of God and religion or as part of Infinity.

Eighth Dynamic: we seek to

survive through religion and as part
of a Supreme Being or infinity.

All human activity and any creation that can be perceived can be classified in one or more of these
Dynamics. Interestingly enough we can directly observe the first four Dynamics at work in other life
forms too, be it animals or plants. They too care for their offspring and their own kind as well as seeking
their own survival.
With the understanding of the Dynamics we gain a much clearer understanding of what good and
bad is, what right and wrong is and what Ethics is. You will see many individual differences from one
human to the next. The nun in the picture above has dedicated her life to God (the eighth Dynamic).
The criminal is totally consumed by his First Dynamic. Each lifestyle, profession, and individual can thus

49
be described in terms of the Dynamics he or she favors and opposes. In order to have a game we choose
not to do the absolute right thing. That would be "too boring" as there are no opponents and no game.

The next section has to do with the Rudiments. These are questions and small processes usually used
in the beginning of a session. Their purpose is to handle any mental distractions the pc may have when he
first arrives in session. By getting these handled and out of the way, the pc will have more willingness
and ability to do the major processes to the full-intended result. The Rudiments can also be used during
the session, if the auditor sees any of the signs of their need.
26. RUDIMENTS: 1. First principles, steps, stages or conditions. The basic actions done at the
beginning of a session to “set up” the pc for the major session action. 2.The normal rudiments are: ARC
breaks (upsets), Present Time Problems (worries), and Withholds (something pc feels he shouldn't say).

27. AFFINITY: 1.Degree of liking or affection or lack of it. 2. Affinity is a tolerance

of distance. 3. A great affinity makes you feel 'close' to somebody or something. It's a
tolerance of or liking of closeness or close proximity. 4. A lack of affinity would be an
intolerance of or dislike of closeness. 5. Affinity is one of the components of
understanding; the others are reality and communication.

28. REALITY: 1.Has to do with agreement (or lack thereof). It is the agreed-
upon apparency of existence. 2. A reality is any data that agrees with the
person's perceptions, way of thinking and education. 3. Reality is one of the
components of understanding. 4. Reality is what is.

29. COMMUNICATION: 1.The exchange or interchange of ideas or objects

between two people or designated locations (terminals). 2. More precisely the
definition of communication is the consideration and action of impelling an
impulse or particle from source point across a distance to receipt point, with the
intention of bringing into being at the receipt point a duplication and
understanding of that which emanated from the source point. 3.The formula of
communication is: cause, distance, effect, with intention, attention and duplication
and understanding. Communication by definition does not need to be two-way.
Communication is one of the component parts of understanding.

ARC break: 30. ARC BREAK: A sudden drop or cutting of one's affinity,
becoming upset reality or communication with someone or something. It is
- as here the busy
guy who sees his
pronounced by its letters: A-R-C break. 2. This is in common
colleague just language known as an upset or a condition of being shocked,
goofing off. disappointed, surprised, etc.

50
 31. PROBLEM: 1. Anything that has opposing sides of equal force, especially
postulate-counter-postulate, intention-counter-intention or idea-counter-idea. 2. It is
an intention-counter-intention that worries the preclear.

32. PRESENT TIME PROBLEM: 1. A specific problem that exists in the

physical universe now, on which a person has his attention fixed. This can include
practical matters he feels he ought to do something about right away. 2. Any set of
circumstances that occupies the pc's attention, so he feels he should do something
about it instead of being audited. Abbreviation: PTP.

33. OVERT: 1. A harmful act; a bad deed. 2. An Overt act is an act of omission
or commission that does the least good for the least number of dynamics or the most
harm to the greatest number of dynamics. 3. It is an aggressive or destructive act by
the individual against one or more living beings or things.

Withhold: She
ruined
the copier, but
nobody
saw it. She 34. WITHHOLD: 1.An undisclosed harmful (contra-survival)
knows that act. 2. After having committed an Overt, the person wants to keep it
is bad, but is hidden or secret. So he/she withholds the Overt.
afraid
of getting fired.
Solution: She
withholds it.
35. MISSED WITHHOLD: 1. A Withhold, which has
been restimulated by another but not disclosed. This is a
Withhold which another person nearly found out about,
A Missed Withhold
is a Withhold being leaving the person (pc) with the Withhold in a state of
restimulated by wondering whether her hidden deed is known or not. 2.
somebody else. The Missed Withhold is different from the Withhold as the
Example: pc's main worry in this circumstance is: Did the other person
The man walking
found out or not? 3.The action of another that has the pc
by.
thinking the other person nearly found out (the Overt) or to
raise the question that maybe he found out or guessed it, is
why it's called a Missed Withhold.

36. EARLIER means it happened before or further back in time, than the incident they were just
talking about.
37. SIMILAR means it was somewhat the same type of incident. It could have to do with the same
person or persons, the same place or the same surrounding circumstances, or perhaps of similar content.

51
 38. EARLIER SIMILAR: 1. When the auditor is checking the rudiments, he may run into the
situation that the difficulty doesn't resolve right away. To resolve the situation he will have the pc look
for an earlier similar incident. 2. The power of an incident is usually derived from Earlier Similars. The
pc is reactively being reminded of such incidents. In running a rudiment you take it to a key-out (F/N,
VGIs). 3. To ask for an earlier similar incident is used in many processes. The auditor, in running many
processes, will ask for an Earlier Similar Incident. 5. A reason the present incident does not resolve is
because it unknowingly reminds the pc about earlier times. When he is sent earlier and the exact
circumstances become known to him, the subject matter will clear up.

Picture: Meeting a baby elephant

reminds the boy unknowingly
about meetings with giant
elephants in the past.

Processes
39. REPETITIVE PROCESS: 1. A process, in which the same auditing question or command
is given many times to the pc. The pc is finding new answers every time. 2. The auditor will state
the command as if it has never been asked before in a new unit of time, but with no variation of
words; he will acknowledge the pc's answer and handle the pc origins by understanding and
acknowledging what the pc said. 3. This type of process will permit the individual to examine
his mind and environment thoroughly and sort out relative importances.

Repetitive Process:
A Hot question is being
asked over and over to
get all possible answers
and discharge it for
content. "Do birds fly?"
is used in drilling this.

40. FLOW: A stream of energy between two points. It is an impulse or direction of energy particles, or
thought, or objects between terminals. Many processes are run on different flows. This basically has to do
with who is doing what to whom. In processing the auditor works with four main flows:
FLOW 1: Something happening to self. Another doing something to you.
FLOW 2: Doing something to another. You doing something to another.
FLOW 3: Others doing things to others. You see it happen as a spectator.
FLOW 0: Self doing something to self. You do something to yourself.

Assessment and Prepared Lists

The auditor, trained in using a Meter, can use prepared (printed) lists to find the specific problem or

52
difficulty he needs to address to get the preclear out of an unpleasant or puzzling situation that has
suddenly arisen in session.
The list will contain all the possible difficulties for that kind of situation and the Meter will tell the
auditor, which one is the first one to take up.
A prepared list may turn up one thing or many things that should be tackled before the routine process
should be taken up again.
When done the auditor and preclear can resume work on the process they were doing before the situation
arose that took them off that process. Prepared lists can also be used to address a troubling area of pc's
life and 'clean it up'.
You can do many processes without a Meter, but one of the advantages an auditor trained in using the
Meter has is that he can use prepared lists to quickly locate the exact area he should address.

41. ASSESS: means to choose from a list of statements - which item or thing has the biggest read on
the Meter and the pc's interest. The biggest read usually will also have the pc's interest.

Assessment is done between the

pc's Bank and the Meter. The
auditor watches the Meter to see
which item has the biggest reaction.

42. ASSESSMENT: 1. It is a metered action done with the aid of a prepared list. An assessment is
done by the auditor between the pc's Bank and the Meter. The auditor reads each line from the list and
notes which line or item has the biggest reaction.
2. The auditor looks at the Meter while doing an Assessment. Assessment is the whole action of obtaining
a significant item from a pc.

The Auditors Code applies

to all auditing. It ensures the right professional conduct to
make a pleasant and productive session.

43. AUDITORS CODE: Below is the Auditors Code. It consists of an important set of rules, which
guides the auditor's professional behavior and attitude.
The purpose of these rules is to develop maximum trust between auditor and pc. Maximum trust leads to
quickest and most lasting results.
It's a joy to be audited by an auditor, who sticks to this code rigorously all the time. Remember the
important rule: Auditor plus pc is greater than pc's Bank (auditor + pc > Bank). The comments below
each code are added and are not part of the code.
(1) Never evaluate for the preclear or tell him what he should think about his case in session.
53
Comment: The auditor never tells the preclear what to think about his problems; he never tries to solve
the pc's problems for him. He lets the pc figure it out and helps him to do that with the technology and
the processes.
To break this rule in auditing is bad. It's called evaluation.
Also he does not tell pc what written materials mean, but helps pc understand them by clearing up the
words and having him do demonstrations and give examples.
(2) Never invalidate the preclear's case or gains in or out of session.
Comment: The auditor never tells the pc what he think is wrong with him - or worse, tells him he is
wrong about something. Again the whole purpose of auditing is to help the pc become capable of figuring
these things out for himself. To make wrong or contradict the pc is called invalidation. It's bad to do as an
auditor; it's very counter-productive. It breaks down the pc's self-confidence and trust in the auditor.
(3) Use only the standard application of CT to a preclear in the standard way.
(4) Always keep all auditing appointments once made.
Comment: Helps building confidence and trust in the auditor/pc relationship.
(5) Do not process a preclear who has not had sufficient rest and who is physically tired.
(6) Do not process a preclear that is improperly fed or hungry.
Comment: A tired or hungry pc is not up to his best, when it comes to confronting his Bank. Extreme
tiredness and hunger can lead to nervous breakdowns all by themselves. It's important to take care of
these factors beforehand, so the session will mean a big step forward. The auditor checks that the pc is
well fed and rested before each session.
(7) Do not permit a frequent change of auditors.
Comment: Helps in building confidence and trust in the auditor/pc relationship.
(8) Do not sympathize with a preclear, but be effective.
Comment: Compassion and sympathy are two different things. To sympathize is to feel sorry for the pc
and apparently agree with the pc's difficulties.
(9) Never let the preclear end session on his own determinism, but finish off those cycles you have
begun.
Comment: The pc can occasionally become scared and want to run away from his Bank. The auditor is
there to make sure pc gets through temporary difficulties and reaches the EP of the process. There is a
basic rule of auditing: "The way out is the way through". Only if the auditor runs into a situation he feels
he needs the case supervisor's help to resolve would he end off before completely done. He would get the
needed instructions and take the pc into session again to complete the action.
(10) Never walk off from a preclear in session.
Comment: Helps in building confidence and trust in the auditor/pc relationship.
(11) Never get angry with a preclear in session.
Comment: This would be a form of invalidation. Remember, auditor plus the pc is greater than the pc's
Bank. The pc must feel safe enough to close his eyes when he wants to and look into his Bank. An angry
auditor would make this impossible.
(12) Always run a major case action to its end phenomenon.
Comment: This is related to (9), but there is more to it. The auditor has to ensure that the pc gets the full
benefits available from a process or set of processes by not ending off too soon.
(13) Do not run any one action beyond its end phenomenon.
Comment: A process can be overrun, meaning beyond a point where it has culminated (EP'ed). A set of
processes may also be overrun. The auditor has to stay alert and know the exact point when the EP is
reached.
(14) Always grant beingness to the preclear in session.
Comment: In (8) we said 'don't sympathize'. To 'Grant Beingness' is a lot different. The ability to grant
54
(give, allow) beingness to others is probably the highest of human virtues. It is even more important to be
able to permit (allow) other people to have beingness than to be able oneself to assume it.
(15) Do not to mix the processes of CT with other practices except when the preclear is physically ill
and only medical means will serve.
Comment: If you as a pc are currently involved with other practices, you should tell your auditor. If you
think you need medical assistance, tell your auditor as well.
(16) Always maintain good Communication with the preclear and do not cut his communication or let
him overrun in session.
Comment: A mechanical or frozen approach won't do the trick. Only live communication will actually
be able to make the processes work.
(17) Never enter comments, expressions or enturbulence into a session that distracts a preclear from his
case.
Comment: Be sure to maintain a safe environment such as telephones off, etc.
(18) Always continue to give the preclear the process or auditing command when needed in the session.
Comment: "What turns it on will turn it off".
It can occasionally look like you are getting nowhere or things are getting worse. But when you keep
going, and do it with skill and ARC, it will soon be clear, that there is another side of the process and a
real result will be obtained.
(19) Do not let a preclear run a wrongly understood command.
Comment: Part of every process is clearing the commands or questions. This is done with dictionaries, etc.
(20) Do not try to explain, justify, or make excuses in session for any auditor mistakes whether real or
imagined.
Comment: If you start to do the above, you break down the pc's confidence in you and it may start
arguments.
(21) Always estimate the current case state of a preclear only by Standard Case Supervision data and
do not diverge because of some imagined difference in the case.
Comment: There is a known remedy for any pc situation. A case supervisor will between sessions look
over the reports to ensure that everything is done right and ensure the best course is taken. This is
Standard Case Supervision.
(22) Never use the secrets of a preclear divulged in session for punishment or personal gain. Comment:
There is a client/practitioner privilege. The auditor is sworn to secrecy and confidentiality in a similar
manner to lawyers, doctors and priests.
(23) Do not advocate CT only to cure illness or only to treat the insane, as it is intended for spiritual
gain.
Comment: Processing has been known to have a positive effect on people's health and even psychiatric
conditions. The auditor cannot and should not make any promises. He is pursuing spiritual goals and the
spirit or thetan can suddenly and unpredictably change things around that make medical conditions
disappear.

44. EXAMINER: In a large organization there is what is called the Examiner.

1. The Examiner is there to give the pc an independent inspection after session. She will seat the pc and
have him hold the Meter cans for a moment. She won't say anything, but simply note down pc's
appearance and Meter response.
2. The Pc can (and should) give a short statement about the session to her.
3. The Examiner is also the person a preclear sees if he wishes to make any sort of statement regarding
his case, or if there is something he wants handled regarding his case.

55
PC Hat
The following has direct relevance to what the pc is supposed to do and not do outside of session.
1x. FOOD: The Auditors Code requires that the pc be well fed. There is a little more to that. The
Meter responds better when pc's metabolism is good. Therefore he should eat extra healthy food,
including fresh vegetables and take multi vitamins/minerals while in auditing. This speeds up auditing. It
is recommended to take a daily mega-dose of balanced vitamins/minerals.
2x. SLEEP: The pc has to be well rested. Eight hours is recommended. Also, auditing should not be
done late at night or outside the pc's normal awake hours.
3x. ALCOHOL, DRUGS: Alcohol, drugs, and auditing do not mix. The rule is: Drink no alcohol 24
hours before session. Do not take painkillers, headache pills and the like while in auditing. The rule is
usually no auditing a week after such medication. Street drugs can take 4-6 weeks to wear off. You
should tell your auditor what medications you are on or take on a regular basis and clear up any questions
up with him.
4x OTHER TREATMENT OR PRACTICES: If the pc is currently involved with other practices he
should tell the auditor right away. For CT to be effective it has to be allowed to work. If the pc depends
on several types of therapy simultaneously there is probably a physical condition or a major problem in
his life. The auditor will make sure he gets any medical assistance needed and then handle the case
aspects of the condition with the pc fully being there.

We are not trying to replace

needed medical treatment with
CT. But a pc with his case
handled will have less medical
conditions happen to him.

5x. OFF-LINE ACTIONS: Related to the above is: Do not accept off-line actions. The pc should not
accept assists, do a full TRs Course, or accept "Coffee Shop Auditing" (meaning somebody informally
trying to audit you over a cup of coffee) while receiving auditing. Only when the auditor and the case
supervisor know what is going on can they be fully effective.
6x. PCs SHOULD NOT TALK ABOUT THEIR CASES: This can lead to invalidations and out
reality and undue restimulation by "helpful listeners".
7x. EXAMINER STATEMENTS: If something out of the ordinary happens outside session that the
pc feels it is important for the auditor to know, he can go to the Examiner and tell it to her. She will
ensure it gets in the folder and that the auditor (and case supervisor) will know. It can be illness,
accidents, either unhandled, or new problems. It could also be unexpected wins and successes.
If the pc feels bad about earlier auditing or a sudden situation in life, it becomes high priority for the
auditor to handle it and he should do so within 24 hours.
8x. ETHICS: If pc runs into heavy problems with relatives, employers (or the law), etc., the auditor
may need to address it before auditing is begun or continued. This is based upon the auditor's judgment,
but also on some technical facts. Heavy Present time problems need to be addressed in the physical
universe.
This concludes all the basic data needed to be able to receive auditing successfully. Make sure you know this very well as it
saves you time in auditing and makes it run better.

56
 Communication and Auditing

Axiom 51: Postulates and live communication, not being MEST and being senior to
MEST, can accomplish change in MEST without bringing about a persistence of
MEST. Thus, auditing can occur.

MEST: Stands for Matter, Energy, Space, Time= the physical universe. AS-IS or AS-IS-ING: To view
anything exactly as it is, without any distortions or lies, at which moment it will vanish and cease to exist.

What makes auditing work is communication. Communication is the interchange of ideas or energy
between two terminals or end-points. In this universe the thetan is prone to consider himself as being a
physical thing. He thinks he consists of mass and has to respond to the physical laws and the laws of
electricity and electronics. So he thinks if he is going to discharge he needs a second terminal - just like in
electricity or electronics. He thinks he needs a second terminal or pole to discharge his energy to. This is
why the PC needs an auditor. The auditor is the other terminal and the PC can direct his energy towards
the auditor and can feel the discharge. The auditor's acknowledgment of what the PC says is the
exchange, the back-transmission of energy; energy has been exchanged as far as the PC is concerned. The
circuit is hooked up; there is a connection and it is working.
Some auditors, new to this activity, can feel they pick up the PCs charge and will feel his aches and
pains and his discomforts. They consider that they are receiving this energy and these conditions the PC is
trying to get rid of. In fact there is no adverse effect from auditing PCs because there is no exchange of
physical energy. These auditors are imitating the PCs condition rather than receiving physical energy
from the PC that would cause it. In auditing you have set up a two pole system consisting of the PC and
the auditor but the apparent 'burning of mass', as it would happen if it were a physics experiment, is not
taking place. What is happening instead is that the PC is As-is-ing the mass in his Bank. He looks in his
Bank and tells the auditor and while he does that looking and telling, the energy in his Bank gets As-is-
ed. It disintegrates.
The auditor with the PC on the Meter can see the motion of the Meter's Tone Arm, indicating the
change in PCs Bank. It indicates that change is taking place and that is a very healthy sign. It means that
the PC is As-is-ing mass in his Bank. It takes place when the communication and verbal exchange
between the PC and auditor is smooth and businesslike, when the PC feels free to speak his mind without
having to worry too much about his auditor and any adverse reaction from him.
That's why it is so important that the auditor at all times observe the Auditors Code. It is designed to
make this communication and this apparent physical discharge take place in an effortless and effective
manner. That's why the auditor drills the communication cycles by doing training routines (TRs) for
hours and hours on end before he is ready to become an auditor. He has to overcome all his own bad
habits and social practices, all his earlier small social tricks, startling others to capture their attention and
score points with them. These practices would inevitably interrupt this smooth exchange, startling the PC
and making him cautious about letting it all out.

Part of auditing is, of course, to have the right process - to hit something in the PCs Bank that will
discharge. This is of course a whole subject in itself. But there is no technique that will work, there is no
process that will do the trick, if there isn't any communication in the first place. There are auditors that
will continuously ask for another and better technique or process because "the last one didn't work". You
57
get very suspicious when you hear that - especially on the lower levels - because you can actually get
excellent results on a green PC with just about any simple technique as long as the communication cycle
and the smooth exchange between PC and the auditor takes place.
The communication cycle is the very carrier wave that is needed to make any process work. It is the
vehicle needed to go anywhere and see places. What produces Tone Arm action on the Meter and what
makes the PC change color and makes him laugh and cry and suddenly feel better, is that he contacts his
Bank and starts to As-is things in it. Early in auditing the auditor does not have to look around for hours
and use sophisticated techniques to find something to audit. A totally silent auditor, who looks
interestedly and attentively at the preclear, will actually invite the preclear to start talking. Assuming
the PC is there to have his difficulties sorted out, he will begin to talk about them right away. An auditor
who just sits there quietly and makes notes and encourages the PC to continue, each time he seems to
stop, will see plenty of change and plenty of progress in his PC. He will on a metered PC see plenty of
Tone Arm action.
Usually the idea that somebody just will sit there and listen with interest and acknowledge what one
has to say without arguments, odd thrown-in remarks and disruptive comments and without loosing
interest or starting to yawn or go to sleep, is so novel and remarkable to a starting and green PC, he will
think he is being run on a marvelous process. Actually you can audit for hours and hours on end in the
beginning of processing without giving the PC much to work with.

"A process or technique is

usually designed to restimulate
a specific problem or area of
the PCs Bank and then during
the process discharge it."

A process or technique is usually designed to restimulate a specific problem or area of the PCs Bank and
then during the process discharge it. But when the PC first comes in, there are all kinds of things in
restimulation already. Life has taken care of that. His friends, his neighbors, his colleges, his boss, etc.
have already thrown things at him that have restimulated him to a point where he could explode. When he
sees the auditor in front of him, and realizes that the auditor will listen and keep him talking and
acknowledge him without making him wrong or argue with him, it will give him such a feeling of relief
and release so he may think that it is the most marvelous process he is being audited on. This discharge
all depends upon the communication cycle existing in the session and the auditor being careful he
maintains 'live' communication and not a mechanical affair in which the preclear feels he is not being
listened to or understood. The key to live communication is Interest. The auditor has to show he is
interested. This is different from interesting. An auditor who is interesting, who tries to be entertaining
or funny or social in session, is actually distracting his PC from the PCs case. The discharge has to go
from the PC and to the auditor. This does not happen when the PC has to respond socially.

But this is the most important rule: A communication cycle must exist before a technique can work.
If there is no communication cycle going on in session, no technique can be developed that will As-is the
content in the PCs Bank. The communication between auditor and PC is a process of reach and withdraw.
The auditor will reach the PC with a question or auditing command. The PC will withdraw for a moment
58
looking for an answer in his Bank. He will reach the auditor with an answer and keep that up for a while.
The auditor will withdraw a bit, paying attention to what the PC says and understand it. He will then
reach the PC with an acknowledgment; that in turn will have the PC withdraw and relax. He is satisfied he
has been understood and the matter is dealt with. If the auditor does not give that acknowledgment, the
PC may frantically go on and on in an attempt to reach the auditor and make himself understood.

The magic of this communication cycle and the exact anatomy and drills to perfect it (the drills: training
routines or TRs) are some of the most basic discoveries Ron Hubbard made, and what makes Ability
Clearing so different from earlier practices or therapies. Theoretically you could have a spiritual master
that had discovered the ultimate answers about life and people's difficulties, and a technique that worked
for him, that he now wanted to help his students with. But unless he could make the student discharge and
actually arrive at these answers on his own he wouldn't have much success. The communication cycle in
auditing does accomplish that. The PC experiences that he has a second terminal he can discharge to. The
auditor has an arsenal of techniques and processes, one after the other, that will keep his PC 'discharging
his Bank to him'.

As-is: The PC who is looking at his Bank is As-is-ing it piece by piece. The live communication between
him and his auditor gets emulated or copied by the PC and the PC will in his own right become more and
more able to penetrate the occlusions of his Bank by good communication under the auditor's leadership
and control and As-is the occlusions in the process. This is visible on the Meter, where you will see the
Tone Arm being active, going up and down. Going up means a new mass in the Bank has come into view.
Going down means this mass has As-is-ed and is gone. It goes up again, a new mass has come into view.
Going down, this mass has As-is-ed as well.
The auditor runs the session. He makes sure the PC at all times has an auditing command or question
the PC can work with and get results from. The auditor exerts good control. He gently pushes the PC
ahead in front of him, just enough to keep PC busy and working and winning. He will see plenty of
changes in his PC, visible as Tone Arm action (TA) on the Meter.

The Auditing Comm Cycle

Let's take a look at the exact parts of the auditing communication cycle. There are certain lines that are
always at work in a session:

1. Is the PC ready to receive the command? (appearance, presence)

2. Auditor gives command/question to PC (cause, distance, effect).
3. Auditor observes that PC received the command.
4. PC looks to Bank for answer (Itsa maker line).
5. PC receives answer from Bank.
6. PC gives answer to auditor (cause, distance, effect).
7. Auditor acknowledges PC.
8. Auditor sees that PC received acknowledgment (attention).
9. New cycle beginning with 1.

The Most Important Comm Lines in The Session

What you want to take place in a session is "itsa". This term means the PC is positively finding answers
and saying "it-is-a____". He discovers things; and he feels certain about his discoveries. The auditor will

59
put in "whats-it", meaning questions like what-is-this and what-is-that; and the PC answers with positive
definite answers 'it-is-a...', "itsa".
When you look at the above sequence it consists of eight different communication lines. Each
communication line is: Cause - distance - effect.
They are not all equally important. Some of them are terribly important and vital for auditing to take
place. Others are more routine but should still be present, of course.

The most important line is the The second most important line is The third most important line is the
ITSA-MAKER line - between the ITSA-line - from the PC to the WHATS-IT line - from the auditor
the PC and the Bank. auditor. to the PC.

The most important one by far is:

(1) The PCs line to his Bank. This one is called the Itsa maker line (see picture).
This is where the PC gets the content, that he uses in his itsa - it makes the itsa.
The next one in importance is:
(2) The PCs line to the auditor, the itsa line (see picture).
The third most important line is:
(3) Auditors line to the PC, the "whats-it" line (see picture).
This is the auditor asking the PC questions and giving him the process.

Itsa is what the auditor wants to invite the PC to do. It comes from the PC looking in the Bank and
finding something he can itsa about. Thus the itsa maker line is the one the auditor should always make
sure is at work. The PC can be silent for a long while and still be doing the exact right thing. He is
looking into his Bank. The auditor should simply wait patiently and not interrupt or distract the PC. Soon
the PC will tell the auditor what he came up with. That's the itsa line.
The whats-it line is the auditor giving the PC a new question or command so the cycle repeats.
There is a definition of a PC "being in-session". That means positively engaged and making good
progress:

In-session is defined as: PC is interested in his own case and willing to talk to the auditor. When
this definition describes the session in progress then, of course, the PC will be able to As-is and will
cognite.

It is however important to notice, that willing to talk to the auditor is not the same as talking to the auditor
all the time. The most important line was the itsa-maker line. When PC is looking into his Bank and
trying to find answers, he is not likely to take notice of the auditor at all. His attention is elsewhere. The
auditor lets the PC do his thing. He is not there to make conversation or anything like that. To audit is a

60
technical job. As long as he realizes that the PC is willing to talk, when needed, he knows things are on
the right track. If the auditor was to cut in to make the PC talk to him, he would cut the itsa maker line,
and this is likely to upset the PC or reduce the effectiveness of the process severely.
There is such a thing as a repetitive auditing cycle: the auditor uses the same command over and
over again. The PC will find new answers every time and the auditor would use the same 9 basic steps as
described above.

Handling Originations: There is another thing that can take place in session, of course. That is the PC
coming with an origination. He suddenly, out of nowhere, comes with a statement that apparently has
nothing to do with what is going on. The auditor, of course, has to respond to each origination as taught in
TR-4. He makes sure he understands what the PC means, he acknowledges and returns the preclear to the
process they were running. It's important that the auditor does this with good understanding and
positively (with ARC) so trust and communication in general is maintained. The mark of a good auditor is
that he can do TR-4 well, without the handling taking the session on a new course, but instead returning
the PC smoothly to what he was doing prior to the origination. You may be able to isolate other small
cycles that are going on in session. One thing you will become good at with experience, is to know when
the PC has finished his answer. This is a certain sensitivity you will develop. Different PCs have different
ways to signal that they are done. Sometimes you can see it on the throat, that the PC now relaxes his
vocal chords.

Auditing and ARC: Also, don't forget that communication is part of the ARC triangle. Communication
depends on affinity and reality. It is important to build up ARC before the actual session starts. You have
to get into communication with your PC. You have to feel comfortable in each others' company. A few
remarks and some genuine interest in the PC and his life will build ARC between auditor and PC and that
makes a huge difference. Remember there are two stages in any processing:
1. You get into communication with the person you want to process.
2. Having accomplished that you can actually do something for him with the process.

One (1) alone: Getting into communication with the PC can early on be an uniquely positive experience
for a PC that has never had anybody actually be interested enough in him to do that.
He may rave about auditing and "his" auditor, when the auditor hasn't even come to (2) doing
something for the preclear with a process. So it is important that you get into ARC with your PC before
session. A few friendly and understanding remarks may do the trick. Once you have built up that ARC,
the processes will run a lot smoother and better. In session you maintain this ARC by knowing what is
going on and not interrupting the PCs communication, but keeping him under good positive control. You
pay attention to his originations and keep him happy and progressing throughout. When all this is under
your control, you will suddenly realize that the processes certainly do a lot more for the PC.
If you haven't developed this rapport and ARC with the PC, but just robotically try to make him run
the process anyway, you will see all kinds of unexpected problems arise and auditing becomes hard on
you and the PC as well.

Comm Cycle Additives: Even though you have to maintain communication and ARC with the PC in
session you have to follow the training routines or TRs closely. There are no additives permitted to the
comm cycle. All that you do and can use you have drilled in the TRs. The auditor has to be very well
disciplined and at the same time appear at ease and relaxed and natural to his preclear.

61
Here are some examples of comm cycle additives. They are of course bad:
Getting the PC to state the problem after he just said what it was.
Asking the PC if that was his answer.
Telling the PC that a statement 'didn't react on the Meter'.
Also querying the PCs answer and leave him to wonder if he (the PC) is doing something wrong or not
saying the right thing.
These are all examples of bad auditing practices as far as the comm cycle is concerned. What you
use in session is all contained in the TR drills TR-0 (confronting), TR-1 (delivering a command) TR-2
(acknowledgment), TR-2 1/2 (half acknowledgment), TR-3 (giving a repetitive command) and TR-4
(handling the PCs originations). That is all you use in session. To do anything else in session can prevent
auditing results.
Ron Hubbard made an observation early on. He expressed it in this maxim: "All auditors talk too
much". The auditor is first and foremost an interested listener. He only says enough to get the PC going.
Some auditors, poorly trained on TRs, will bring small social communication tricks with them in session.
Like one auditor would lift his eyebrow every time he acknowledged. Another one would state his
acknowledgment in a questioning tone of voice. All these additives are gross auditing errors and should
be caught and gotten rid of in training, while you do the TRs.

Auditors Code Breaks

In Ability Clearing there is a standard approach and you use a standard set of questions that are well
researched and tested. You don't have to introduce new and odd questions into the session. Doing so
could all too easily lead to invalidations, evaluations or distractions that all are counter-productive to
auditing and against the Auditors Code. If you were to say: "Let's concentrate on what we are doing
here". That's an evaluation as you are saying, that the PC isn't concentrating enough. Or if you were to
say, "you are really not in as bad a shape as you thought you were". That's an evaluation. Or if you said,
"If you were in really good shape you would find it right away". That's an invalidation. Or if you said, "I
am not sure I looked at the Meter when you said that". That is a distraction and against the Auditors Code
as well.
So the observation "All auditor's talk too much" is especially true and necessary to remind auditors
of, when what they say breaks the Auditors Code and makes the PC feel uneasy. Running the session by
the book and only using what you learn in the TRs 0-4 add up to a great session. There is a lot of stuff
you have to 'unlearn' about the communication cycle, indeed. That's why the simple drills the TRs are
can appear to be an arduous program. At the end the students are usually amazed about all these additives
and social practices they had to struggle with and had to unlearn and drill out.
The TRs are really simple when you really get them down cold. It's all about communication with
no arbitraries thrown in. It's that simplicity and directness you learn, that is the real power behind them.
That power ensures optimum gains from the technology and happy PCs who will be back again and again
to get on with more processing.

62
 ARC and Scales

ARC: Affinity, Reality, Communication= ARC = Understanding. SCALE: A graduated thing. Something
with many small steps.

This chapter will teach you some basic data to help you observe your pc and his condition. It will help
you build up a positive relationship and enough understanding with him to make auditing work. This
information will also be very useful in your own life. Much of these data are covered in Ron Hubbard's
books - such as: Fundamentals of Thought, Self Analysis and Dianetics® 55!, which are all part of this
course. Bear with us, if you find we are going over things you already know. What we bring here in this
manual has direct relevance to auditing and handling your pc. As the data really are extremely important,
they deserve your repeated study throughout your career as auditor.
In the previous chapter 'Communication and Auditing' we emphasized the importance
communication and the drilling of the comm cycle (TRs) in your ability to audit successfully. We also
touched upon, communication as being one corner of a triangle called the ARC Triangle. Here we will
explain the ARC triangle in more depth and go over a number of scales that show the pc's mental and
emotional state, something you will have to develop an understanding of and new sensitivity for as an
auditor.
First of all in the basic definitions and in the Axioms we have the thetan defined as the spirit, the "I",
and the core personality of an individual. We have Theta defined as thought, or the thought energy the
thetan produces. In his writing Ron Hubbard furthermore gives these important definitions about what
theta consists of:
"The component parts of theta are affinity, reality, and communication" (from: 0-8 Book of Basics)
The same is true for understanding: "Understanding is composed of affinity, reality, and
communication" (Axiom 21).
So, when we talk about ARC and the ARC triangle, we are actually talking about the life force itself and
its manifestations.
Theta and understanding are one and the same thing!

This is actually easy to demonstrate. Any time you feel another understands you, your free theta
increases and you go up the tone scale. Increasing understanding and increasing theta result in the same: a
rise on the tone scale. In order to feel the other has understood you, must know he listened to you (that's
communication). Then you needed a sign from your partner to show that he got what you had in mind
(you transmitted your reality successfully). You must feel comfortable with him and well-liked (that's
affinity). When you have had such a conversation you feel relieved and happy. Maybe you came up-tone
from grief to anger regarding the thing you felt troubled by (which is quite an improvement!).

63
 In order to increase your theta you could do "something nice and relaxing" for yourself. Let us say
you have had terrible day in the office and are all upset about it. On the way home you decide you "need a
break". You take a walk in the park. That will get your spirits or tone up. You communicate with trees
and plants, feel in agreement with them and appreciate them. This increases your ARC in general.
Result: Your day at the office has lost its sting; it has become unimportant and trivial. Conclusion: You
do not have to be in touch with people in order to regain your balance. How you build up your theta is of
no importance. Building it up by watching nature is valid (you can do it also by completing outstanding
actions, or by helping another, and so on). As long as there is an increase in communication, reality, and
affinity, you will eventually feel better.
An understanding person could be described as "thetaful". Lots of ARC. "She has a lot of love to
give, a lot of free theta to spend, a lot of spare attention for everyone". Such a person will not have much
trouble in life. She may never be terribly successful in terms of rank and status, yet she will be well liked
and have great peace of mind. This quality was not given to her as a birthright. It is something she creates
causatively by using affinity, reality and communication.
‘Affinity, reality and communication co-exist in a close relationship... None can be increased without
increasing the other two and none can be decreased without decreasing the other two" (0-8).

They are side by side in a triangular relationship. There are always the three of them. They influence each
other, no matter which one you work on. You talk to someone about the weather (comm), you come to an
agreement that this summer isn't really worth remembering (reality), you begin to think he's a friendly
person (affinity).
Or: You ask your neighbor's little son, who is very shy, about his new bike (reality). He'll bubble
over with pride and excitement about it (comm). You tell him you wished you'd had a bike like his, when
you were his age (agreement/reality). He'll like you better from now on and be less shy (affinity).
Or: you pat your dog (affinity). He'll jump up and bark at you playfully (comm). You pick up the
idea from him and take him for a walk (reality). This, then, is the "ARC triangle". By increasing or
decreasing ARC you can increase or reduce understanding. It all depends on your intentions.
ARC, understanding, and theta all mean the same, as it turns out.

They don't exist without the thetan (the spirit or "I"). It follows that the thetan himself produces the theta
he works with.
Let's look at the tone scale for a moment. Now that we know the concept of ARC we can easily
recognize that the tone scale measures the ARC of a person. . We can say that it measures the person's
potential of understanding, his ability to understand.
Example: try talking to an angry man (1.5 on the tone scale). He won't understand. He has little free
theta; his capacity for understanding is relatively low. If he were in fear (1.0 on the tone scale), it would
be even lower. In antagonism (2.0 on the tone scale), he'd get it but throw it back at you. Up in boredom
(2.5 on the tone scale) he would at least get what you meant and not react to it, but he would not do
anything with it either. At enthusiasm (4.0 on the tone scale) you may find the fellow gets it and supports
you with - enthusiasm. Let us now look at the definitions of A and R and C separately and add some of
the philosophical depth.

Affinity
Ron Hubbard defines affinity in terms of reaching or distance. One reaches for something in order to have
it close to one. Lack of affinity would be expressed in a withdrawal.
"Affinity is a phenomenon of space in that it expresses the willingness to occupy the same place as the

64
thing which is loved or liked. The reverse of it would be antipathy (dislike)... which would be the
unwillingness to occupy the same space as or the unwillingness to approach something or someone".

It follows that the "mental space" of someone widens with the amount of things or people he loves. It
follows as well that someone high on the tone scale, having a lot of affinity, finds it easy to include a lot
of things or people in his space. He manages to look at life from other viewpoints as well as his own.
That's a true sign of affinity. He is able "to put himself in someone else's shoes" and look at things from
their point of view. Put in more technical terms: he can assume the beingness of another; the other
person's role or identity. This doesn't refer to people only but to all things alive or dead, such as plants
and stones. Given enough affinity, you can deliberately "become them". This is so because the thetan is
not part of the physical universe but places himself in the physical universe wherever he considers it
useful or pleasant to do so (Axiom 44, 45). Usually you have your viewpoint stably anchored inside your
head. Yet, at the same time you may put a viewpoint into a withering plant on the table, and "wander
around inside it" to find out what's wrong with it. You have, for a moment, assumed the beingness of this
plant. "Coincidence (sameness) of location and beingness is the ultimate in affinity".

There are many ways to assume a beingness, to be in the space of another or have another be in one's
space. There is (once again) a whole scale to it, paralleling the tone scale:

The "Know-to-Mystery Scale".

This scale is basically an Affinity scale. Affinity, Space, and Beingness are related concepts. Assuming
the beingness of another or sharing his space expresses a degree of Affinity. The degree form the
following scale. This may be done:
by knowing,
by looking,
by emotional tuning-in.
Beingness can be assumed:
by effort,
by intellectual figuring,
in symbolic form,
by eating,
by sex,
or by mystery rites.
(these are the steps on the scale).
Examples: An artist gets into the spirit of things and expresses it by dance, painting, or music (know,
look, emotion). A hunter shoots his lion to share the same space with him; a cannibal eats his victim's
brains to assume his beingness; sex orgies serve to be "close to each other" - at least physically. The
further you get down on this scale the more solid the means become to attain the end of tuning into or
assuming someone's beingness. Instead of theta, MEST is used (Axiom 25).
65
 Reality
Reality is not looked on as "objective" by Ron Hubbard. It is certainly observable,
but not necessarily objective. Each observer takes his own viewpoint, in both
senses of the word:
a) Mentally speaking, he sees things through the filter of his own attitudes and
considerations, and with the amount of affinity he happens to have at the time
(someone, who is sad and griefy makes a bad observer).
b) Physically speaking, each observer stands in a different location from the other and therefore has a
different angle of view. Therefore each observation, to start with, exists for each observer individually
only. It is actually in his mind. This is named an actuality.
As soon as the observers share their observations and come to an agreement with each other, there is
"reality" in the full sense of the word:
‘An actuality can exist for one individually, but when it is agreed with by others it can then said to be a
reality" (Axiom 27).

This does not exclude that you might disagree with yourself occasionally. Off and on "one doesn't trust
one's own eyes", as we all know. So even for yourself, you sometimes have to work out what is real and
what isn't. Reality changes can easily be brought about by drugs and hypnosis, even by mere physical
threats and violence. You can beat somebody's own reality out of him and make him agree to yours. He'll
do it because he wants to live. This is the way robots are made. In any case, when we talk about reality,
we talk about agreement.
"Reality is the agreement upon perceptions and data in the physical universe. (All we can be sure is real
is that on which we have agreed is real. Agreement is the essence of reality. (0-8)

But just because a few people have agreed on something does not necessarily mean that it is "truly so".
Who would determine that anyway? Ask some other people and you're bound to find a different
agreement on the same matter. Reality is therefore: "the agreed-upon apparency of existence" (Axiom
26). It's only an apparency. It may look solid one day; it may change the next. You never can tell. Even
our scientific description of the physical universe is only one way of coming to an agreement concerning
it. Cross-cultural studies (particularly in the field of medicine) show that other agreements are possible
and when acted upon, bring results, too.

Communication
"Communication is the interchange of perception through the material universe between organisms or
the perception of the material universe by sense channels" (0-8).
Simply put: just by perceiving and sensing something you are already involved with communication and -
thereby - with the ARC triangle. The perceptions, such as sight, sound, smell, taste, are real or not to the

66
extent that one can agree with them or not. Perceptions which you can agree with and approve of to some
extent, and which happen to be inside your scope of activity or survival efforts, will have your affinity.
Other perceptions, outside your scope of survival or against it, may be harder for you to accept as real but
you surely won't like them. When too rough, you may not even "see" them at all: no communication,
apathy. The use of the term "interchange" in the quotation above shows that there are two terminals
involved in a cycle of communication. "Terminal" means in Scn language "the end point of a
communication line". There are two end points or terminals (typically persons) in a communication: a
source-point and a receipt-point. Thus the definition of communication looks like this:
"Communication is the consideration and action of impelling an impulse or particle from source-point
across a distance to receipt-point, with the intention of bringing into being at the receipt-point a
duplication and understanding of that which emanated from the source point" (Axiom 28).
'Duplication' in the above means: seeing a thing exactly as it is - without any distortions, without adding
to it or subtracting from it. Duplication refers to the communication-part of the ARC triangle. When the
particle received is a perfect duplicate of the particle sent, we would have the ideal outcome of a
communication.
'Understanding' means: fitting what you receive into the data you already know, by doing comparisons,
etc.
From the definition above the communication formula is derived:
"Cause, distance, effect, with intention, attention, duplication, and understanding". It's a formula in
the same sense as a "recipe or prescription". When you mix the ingredients in the formula you get
communication. If you leave one ingredient out, it won't be real communication. With the above, one
important aspect of an auditing session has been described: the preclear makes himself receipt point of the
energy impulses and mass particles which emanate from his mental ridges or his Bank. He duplicates and
understands them one by one until all the information contained in the pictures have been fully included
in his space. Now the pictures will vanish. They won't have a compulsive influence on the pc any longer.
If he wants to, he can re-create the information at will (he can still remember it analytically). But there
won't be any compulsion to re-create it.
Observing the ARC triangle in session, one usually finds the pc works with it in reverse order (C-R-
A) because communication is the dominant part and "the easy way in". This is how it goes:
1. The pc goes in communication with the thing (mental ridge, picture) by permitting himself to perceive
it.
2. He duplicates its reality until he can agree with the thing being this way and no other.
3. He admires it (gives it affinity) for being the way it is instead of resisting it - at which moment its
power over him will vanish.

As the pc progresses through his sessions he regains more and more free theta and therefore comes up
tone. Near the end of a longer auditing program he will be strong enough to work with affinity only. He
sees the picture, permeates it with his affinity, and instantly picks up its reality. No drawn-out laborious
communication needed. No need to look at it this way and that way until finally the whole thing can be
confronted. No! It's one glance and the picture goes up in smoke. This is called "blowing by
inspection" (auditor jargon). It means that the pc won't have a long way to go before he is Clear.
Note: Section on ARC based on L. Kin's work.

67
 The Tone Scale

SCALES are the practical measuring sticks an auditor uses to determine the
condition of his pc. Since the purpose of auditing is to move the pc up on
these scales, the auditor that knows his scales well will be able to keep track
of his pc's progress or possibly lack thereof. The scales show gradients of
ability or beingness.
The term "gradient scale" can be applied to anything. It means a scale
of different steps or degree of something. It can go from zero to infinity.
Depending on the direction you follow on the scale, it could go to an infinity
of wrongness or an infinity of rightness. You could move in the direction of
more and more wrong, or of infinite right. Absolutes, however, are
considered unobtainable.
The difference between one point on a scale and the next could be wide, a huge step - or it could be
so tiny you need the utmost attention and closest observation to see it. Life in its highest state (top of the
scales) is total understanding. Life in its lower states is less understanding or absence thereof.
Understanding is composed of Affinity, Reality and Communication. Of the three, communication is by
far the most important. Affinity and reality, you could say, exist to support communication. Under the
heading of affinity we have the Tone Scale.

The characteristics and abilities of the top of the scales (or near the top) are: Unbounded creation,
outflow, certainty, certainty of awareness, outgoing, explosion, holding apart, spreading apart, letting go,
reaching, goals of a causative nature, widening space, freedom from time, separateness, differentiation,
giving sensation, lightness, whiteness, total awareness, total understanding, total ARC.

The characteristics and abilities of the bottom of the scales ( or near the bottom) are: Death, inflow,
certainty (of unawareness), implosion or collapse, pulling together, holding together, withdrawing, effect
goals (ambition to be an effect rather than a cause), space getting smaller, no time or infinite time in a
moment, being stuck, identification, fixed identity, being at the receiving end of sensation, condensation,
blackness, solidification, no awareness, no understanding, no ARC.

The various characteristics or intentions are observable for any dynamic and any universe.
Universe: A complete set of created things. There are 3 principal universes: The physical universe, Your
own Universe and the Other Being's Universe. Between these two extremes you will find your pc. In the
band between 3.3 on the Tone Scale and 36.5, there is constructive action.

By knowing the following scales well you will be able to find an individual on any of the following
scales. That will give any individual's level of ARC. As a person goes up-scale in auditing, he goes up-
scale in small steps, on gradients of ARC.

68
Basic Tone Scale
Basic References: Chart of Human Evaluation from the book: Self Analysis. Also: Scn 0-8, Book of
Basics (with Book of Scales). Science of Survival.
The basic tone scale is the most important scale to the auditor. Each level can be determined by direct
observation. Each emotional tone has a number of characteristics visible in appearance and behavior. If
things are going well in auditing you will see: 1) the pc moves up and down on the tone scale, 2) at the
end of a process he will be above 3.0 on the tone scale. 3) At the end of an auditing program his chronic
tone will have improved.

The same tone scale can be applied to individuals, to businesses, to groups, to nations, etc.

An individual will have a chronic tone. That is the tone that is characteristic for his general outlook on
life.
He will have an immediate emotional tone. Good news or events will bring him up the scale. Bad news
or events will bring him down the scale. He will have a different emotional reaction to different spheres
of life. His good friends, his interests, and his hobbies will put him in a good mood. Detested jobs, chores,
and detested people will probably put him on a much lower level.

During a normal day, you may find the person go through many different emotional tones, depending on
whom he meets and what he faces.

Basic Tone Scale

4.0 Enthusiasm
3.3 Strong Interest
3.0 Conservatism
2.5 Boredom
2.0 Antagonism
1.8 Pain
1.5 Anger
1.2 No Sympathy
1.1 Covert Hostility
1.0 Fear
0.9 Sympathy
0.8 Propitiation
0.5 Grief
0.375 Making Amends
0.05 Apathy
0.0 Being a Body (Death)

Here are some observable characteristics on the most important levels: (Taken from Chart of Attitudes in
Self Analysis).

69
4.0 Enthusiasm
Behavior: Excellent at executing things (work, plans). Quick reaction (relative to age group).
Speech: Capable of easily exchanging ideas and beliefs.
Reality: Can see others' reality. Searches for different view points and a change of reality.
How literally things are taken: Can easily differentiate facts from fiction - as jokes or lies.
Method used to handle others: Gains support by contagious enthusiasm backed by reason.
Condition of belongings: In excellent condition. In excellent repair.

3.3 Strong Interest

Behavior: Good at executing things (work, plans), also sports.
Speech: Will talk about 'deep' beliefs and ideas. Will accept or consider them.
Reality: Can understand others' reality and change viewpoint. Agreeable.
How literally things are taken: Good grasp of statements. Good sense of humor.
Method used to handle others: Gains support by creative reasoning and communication.
Condition of belongings: In good condition. In good repair.

3.0 Conservatism
Behavior: Fair amount of action. Sports.
Speech: Limited number of personal ideas, tentatively presented.
Reality: Acknowledges the existence of possible other realities. Conservative.
How literally things are taken: Can sort out the real meaning of statements.
Method used to handle others: Gets support by practical reasoning and built up 'connections'.
Condition of belongings: Fairly good.

2.5 Indifference, Boredom

Behavior: Somewhat inactive, but capable of action.
Speech: easy-going on pointless conversations. Listens only to ordinary affairs.
Reality: Indifference or refusal to match conflicting realities. Too careless to agree or disagree.
How literally things are taken: Accepts little, literally or not. Tends to take humor literal.
Method used to handle others: Not concerned about support from others.
Condition of belongings: Shows some signs of neglect.

70
2.0 Antagonism, Expressed Resentment
Behavior: Capable of destructive and some constructive actions.
Speech: Talks in threats; invalidations. Listen to threats. Invalidation of theta.
Reality: Verbal doubt. Disagrees. Defends own reality and undermines others'.
How literally things are taken: Accepts threats and remarks of tone 2.0 literally.
Method used to handle others: Nags and criticizes bluntly to get compliance and acceptance.
Condition of belongings: Very neglected.

1.5 Anger
Behavior: Capable of destructive action.
Speech: Talks mainly of death, destruction and hate.
Reality: Disagrees with or destroys reality of others. "You are wrong!"
How literally things are taken: Takes alarming statements literally. Brutal sense of humor.
Method used to handle others: Uses threats, punishment and lies to get own way and to dominate.
Condition of belongings: Often broken. In bad repair.

1.1 - 1.0 Unexpressed resentment, Fear

Behavior: Can do minor actions.
Speech: "Sweet talks" with vicious intent. Bad listener, but likes gossip, doubletalk and lies.
Reality: Insecure. Doubts own reality. Skeptical of others' realities.
How literally things are taken: Doesn't like to listen to anything. Tends to take things literally, responds
with doubletalk.
Method used to handle others: Seeks hidden control; blackmails and nullifies others so they can be used.
Condition of belongings: In poor condition.

0.5 Grief to Apathy

Behavior: Can only execute relatively uncontrolled action.
Speech: Talks little; only speaks in sad or apathetic tone. Listens to apathy or pity.
Reality: Easily overwhelmed by others. Doubts own reality. Shame, anxiety.
How literally things are taken: Literal acceptance of any remark of this tone (0.5).
Method used to handle others: Cries for pity. Wild lying and 'scenes' to gain sympathy.
Condition of belongings: Usually in very bad condition.

0.1 Deepest Apathy

Behavior: Alive as a body, but almost no action.
Speech: Does not talk. Does not listen.
Reality: No reality. Complete withdrawal from others' reality.
How literally things are taken: Accepts anything literally.
Method used to handle others: Pretends death to avoid others and dangers.
Condition of belongings: Does not care for belongings or realize ownership.

71
The Basic Tone Scale above is the directly observable scale on your pc or any human being. There is
however a wider range for the thetan. The range goes beyond what one can directly observe of facial
expressions and other manifestations as listed above or on the Chart of Attitudes.

Any human being usually has two different positions on the tone scale: There is one called the Social
Tone (thetan plus body) and one is the Thetan's Tone.

The Social Tone is

sometimes like a
mask, behind which
you find a sad person.

Social Tone: The social tone is found in the normally observable band between 0.0 - 4.0. Social habits,
upbringing and culture and "mental machinery" play an important part in how we behave to others and
respond in different situations. The Social Tone is the one you can easily observe directly. It has
sometimes been called a 'false' tone.

Thetan's Tone: This is different from social tone. This is how we 'feel inside'. We can experience a
wider range than the 0.0 - 4.0 as you can see below. The whole scale ranges from - 40.0 to + 40.0. You
need especially to pay attention to the band between + 4.0 down to -10.0. This is not directly observable
but will reveal itself in special situations and through a pattern of behavior and 'moments of truths', etc.
Finding it takes a little bit of detective work.

As you can see below, where the expanded tone scale (the thetan scale) is aligned with the Know to
Mystery Scale, a lot of normal human activity is depicted as taking place below 0.0.
In terms of the thetan, 0.0 expresses 'thetan death' - the point where one denies the existence of oneself as
being a thetan - a spirit. This is the commonly held viewpoint of science - "there is no soul; death is the
end-all of existence". But all these additional 'thetan emotions' will reveal themselves over time in
auditing. (They are well known in religion, art and literature.) Observing them in auditing is also how
they were first researched and classified. As in all the other scales, the sequence of tones was determined
by what was the next one, that a being would experience or observe when moving (up or down) on any
given scale.

TONE SCALE IN FULL (Next two pages):

72
TONE SCALE EXPANDED KNOW TO MYSTERY SCALE
Serenity of Beingness 40.0 Know
Postulates 30.0 Not Know
Games 22.0 Know About
Action 20.0 Look
Exhilaration 8.0 Plus Emotion 8.0 - 2.01
The thetan can experience tones above 4.0
Aesthetic 6.0
(but not directly observable).
Enthusiasm 4.0 Thetan+Body: range 4.0-0.0
Cheerfulness 3.5
Strong Interest 3.3
Conservatism 3.0
Mild Interest 2.9
Contented 2.8
Disinterested 2.6
Boredom 2.5
Monotony 2.4
Antagonism 2.0 Minus Emotion 2.0 - 0.0
Hostility 1.9
Pain 1.8
Anger 1.5
Hate 1.4
Resentment 1.3
No Sympathy 1.2
Unexpressed Resentment 1.15
Covert Hostility 1.1
Anxiety 1.02
Fear 1.0
Despair .98
Terror .96
Numb .94
Sympathy .9
Propitiation, higher toned. selectively gives .8
Grief .5
Making Amends, propit. Can't w/h anything .375
Undeserving .3
Self-abasement .2
Victim .1
Hopeless .07
Apathy .05
Useless .03
Dying .01
Body Death 0.0
Failure 0.0 Thetan+Body: range 4.0-0.0

73
Pity -0.1 The thetan can experience tones below 0
Shame, (being other bodies) -0.2 (but not directly observable)

Accountable -0.7

Blame, (punishing other bodies) -1.0

Regret, (responsibility as blame) -1.3

Controlling Bodies -1.5 Effort

Protecting Bodies -2.2

Owning Bodies -3.0 Think

Approval from Bodies -3.5

Needing Bodies -4.0 Symbols

Worshipping Bodies -5.0 Eat
Sacrifice -6.0 Sex
Hiding -8.0 Mystery
Being Objects -10.0 Wait
Being Nothing -20.0 Unconscious

Can't Hide -30.0

Total Failure -40.0 Unknowable

The area below apathy is so low it is fair to say it is

a no-affinity, no-emotion, no-problem and no-
consequence state of mind about things
which could be terribly important.
It is an area without pain, interest or beingness.
Thus this state of mind is a great danger.

More on Sub Apathy Tones (0 to -40)

74
The tone scale goes well below apathy and 'death' (that is, "death" as a tone rather than as a body
condition).

You will often hear people talk about 'what is worse than death'. Shame is often mentioned as being
worse than death, but there is actually a full scale of things out of usual sight.

Below 0.0 (death) we have no emotion and complete numbness about a subject.

Mankind's biggest problems often get shrugged off this way. Such was the attitude towards the atomic
bomb in the 1950s and even today about genocide in Africa, global warming, and so on. We should be
very concerned, but it seems so far outside our ability to control we are more often than not below apathy
towards these subjects. These situations are "not much of a problem" because "what can I do about it?"

People in this condition, or having an area they are in sub-apathy about, will, when audited, have to work
for quite a while before they start to feel anything about that problem or area. At some point they will
feel apathy about it. This may seem discouraging at first glance, but it is actually a solid step forward. At
least the pc has started to express himself in a way that shows up on the observable tone scale. It's a first
breath of life in the area. He himself has shown up on the scale and the problem can now be addressed
effectively.

The sub zero tone scale is about an utter dead feeling, a complete oblivion about important matters. In
going up from there one comes to the level of body death (as an emotional tone) and apathy. From there
the thetan goes through grief, fear, anger, antagonism, boredom, enthusiasm and at the top, serenity.

There are many small steps in between as shown on the scale. Also, the sub-zero tones can apply to one
area of the life of an otherwise normal and successful person. The practical use of the scale can be to
recognize numb and neglected areas of a normal person's life that sooner or later should be addressed
with auditing.

The below apathy area is so low so it is fair to say it is a no-affinity, no-emotion, no-problem and no-
consequence state of mind about things which can be terribly important.

The area below apathy is an area without pain, interest or beingness. Thus this state of mind indicates
complete neglect and potential danger.

In rough neighborhoods in the big cities you hear about people being murdered in bright daylight and in
plain view. Yet, when the police investigate, 'nobody saw it'. This may at first instance be a response to
real concern for being targeted by the same gangs and criminals. Over time it becomes a way of life of a
sub-zero emotion and attitude.

You can also see it in injured people paying no attention to their own injuries. They can be so numb to
their own well-being that they just carry on with their work as if nothing had happened and they don't
even feel the physical pain. This is sometimes described as a zombie-like or robotic attitude.

75
If you have a person in this state of mind operate powerful machinery he is a real liability. He may
accidentally hurt others and think nothing of it. He can't answer questions about 'Control' and 'Help' in
an intelligent and sensible manner - that is one clue to below 0.0 on the tone scale.

In this state of mind he can't stop anything, start anything or change anything. He depends completely on
training and automatic responses and his own 'mental machinery' to perform at all.

If an emergency or an unexpected situation arises he has no proper response and accidents happen. If
somebody is in desperate need of help, but the person seeing it has to go out of his way or break the rules
to give it, he would rather not. Control and help have somehow been disconnected with his personality
when he is in this state of mind.

If you want to observe examples of the sub zero tones you don't need to go ghost hunting or visit jails. I
would suggest to visit City Hall or some other bureaucracy. You will find most of the employees are
willing to bend the rules a bit and service their public. But you will also find a few that only have a rubber
stamp response to any request, "Against the rules and not approved!". Their help and control factor died
at some point; now they are bureaucratic robots.

Another way to clearly spot all these hard-to-observe-directly tones is to walk four o'clock in the morning
in a big city. You will see some individuals displaying a whole new set of human characteristics. They
only come out at night. These are just some tips for students interested in knowing the depths of human
frailty. They will have to do their own observations, of course.

If you wonder if you fall into this category I would say as a rule, we all have some skeletons in the closet.
We all have at least some dark passions and things we are deeply ashamed of or completely numb about.
It would probably apply to parts of your life as it does for 99% of Mankind. There is room for
improvement. That is what this manual is about.

When you look for people responsible for bad accidents or expensive mistakes or other big time troubles
you will usually find persons in a state of mind of the sub-apathy band in the center of such messes. They
can be well educated but there is "nobody home", no control or help, no heart or engagement in what they
are supposed to do.

Uses of the Tone Scale

How to do a " two-minutes psycho-metric test"
In a normal conversation you drop great news and see how your partner reacts.
("Did you hear that our team won last night?")
You talk about a cause most people are against (feel antagonistic about).
("The new taxes are terrible.")
You talk about something Scary (Fear).
("Did you read about the murder?")
You talk about something sad or dreadful (Grief, Apathy).
("Did you hear that the council man died?")
You can of course use tones in between and explore each tone with a number of subjects.
You notice the partner's response to each. Where his/hers reaction is most significant, that is where he is

76
on the scale.

Raising Somebody's Tone

This is a very effective tool in daily life. It ought to be called an auditing process. On the other hand it
ought not to, because it is in the very fabric of human relationships. If you learn how to use it smoothly it
will help you understand and handle all kinds of impossible situations. By drilling it knowingly in your
daily life you will see your willingness to talk to and deal with all kinds of people improve happily. You
can drill it on your own, simply as a part of talking with all the people you meet in your daily life. You
will see angry people, impossible to get through to, suddenly crack up and laugh if you use antagonism
(you don't have to attack who you are talking to - you can attack the government if that is appropriate).
Example: Let's say you find your friend, Sue, at the tone of grief (0.5) on the scale. Sue's dog, Fido,
has run away. You can raise her tone by 'matching tone'. You stay on a tone level 0.5-1.0 higher on the
scale. That would be Sympathy (0.8) and Fear (1.0) up to Anger (1.5). You could express sympathy for
her troubles, "Oh, that is terrible. You must feel awfully worried, Sue. It almost makes me cry too."
Then you can smoothly express fear about it, "I hope Fido keeps out of traffic..." This will get the
person's attention. It is already starting to wake her up. You wouldn't stop there, of course. Then you
could express anger towards something relevant, "Those drivers drive like maniacs around here. The
other day....". This is the way you get the person's attention and raise her from the original grief. She may
be worried, upset, or angry about what you just said. But that is progress - going up the scale. So you
have to keep up the process until the person is more cheerful, more ready to act. At some point: "Maybe
we should go and look to see if he ran into the park on his own." Looking for Fido would at least be at
3.3, interest. She may not fully have made it up the scale yet, but doing something about it helps. The
situation will usually give you the script and the things to address as a logical thing.

Trying just to be 'enthusiastic' about things to cheer her up wouldn't work at all, such as, "I am sure Fido
is OK, why don't we go and see this great new movie..." It is too much of a jump for the person to
consider and does not fit the situation in the example either. Doing the Raising Tone Routine is the ARC
triangle at work. Tone=A. Subject matter=R. Conversation=C.

Emotions are three things:

1) Engramic response to situations (such as irrational fears, outbursts of anger - like bad temper, etc.) 2) Endocrine metering of
the body to meet situations on an analytical level. To get the adrenalin pumping is an endocrine phenomenon. The glands
pump the adrenalin into the blood stream to make the body alert and ready to fight. Fear is a quick withdrawal from danger and
can of course be quite rational. The body is also given endocrine or biochemical commands to bring that about. 3) The
inhibition or the furtherance of life force. The higher on the tone scale the more life force or theta is present. (From: "Modern
Science of Mental Health")

77
 ARC and Training Routines

An important part of becoming a professional auditor is mastering the Training Routines (TRs), which are
the drills for the communication formula. It is however necessary to see how the drills fit into the whole
picture. Here we will first cover ARC and TRs. Then we will cover the main Axiom the TRs are based
on: Axiom 28, the Communication Formula. Without a good understanding of the inter-relation between
Communication and Reality, Communication and Affinity and Communication and Understanding the
whole subject of TRs can take a completely wrong direction. The TRs purpose is to improve the student's
live communication. We had in
Axiom 51: Postulates and live communication not being MEST and being senior to MEST can
accomplish change in MEST without bringing about a persistence of MEST. Thus, auditing can occur.
In other words: for auditing to occur we need live communication.
We know from the earlier chapter that when communication is improved, affinity and reality
improves as well. 'Communication' without the A and R being present isn't real communication.
'Improved communication' without the A and R being improved is just not live communication and has
no place in TRs. Let us quickly repeat what A, R and C are:
By Affinity we mean emotional response. It is affection or the lack of it. It's the whole tone scale of
emotion and misemotion. By Reality we mean solid things and objects. It is what is real. But there is
also a definite relationship between Reality and agreement. Things are real to the degree we agree they
are real. Those things are not real which we agree are not real. On those things upon which we disagree
we have very little reality. By Communication we mean interchange of ideas between two people or
terminals. The simple formula for communication is: Cause - Distance - Effect.
How these three points of A, R and C interrelate can be seen in some examples.

An angry man rejects

other views in a
destructive manner.

Example: Let us say you try to talk to a real angry man. An angry man's communication is at a level of
'affinity' - or rather misemotion - which rejects all people and terminals from him. His actual
communication factor is very low. He may be loud, but he is not communicating very well. In anger the
person is trying to destroy something or somebody. That accounts for that his reality is very poor. He
doesn't care about things. He doesn't see things clearly and is not truthful. What really made him angry is
not what he is attacking, but something else. He can be hard to follow, as the reality he is expressing, is
poor.
There must be good affinity, some affection, between two people before they are very real to each
other. Reality between people, as we talk about it here, must be seen as a gradient - a scale, where some
things are more real than others. There must be a good affinity between two people before they can talk to
each other with confidence and any truth. They start with a little affinity and build it up, gradiently.
Before two people can be real to each other there must be an interchange or communication between

78
them. They must at least be able to see each other or hear each other to have a live communication. Just
seeing each other, perception, is a form of communication by the way. Before two people can feel any
affinity for each other they must to some degree be real. So there is an interdependence, a close
relationship, between these three factors of A, R and C. When one drops the two other ones drop as well.
But also, when one rises the two other factors rise with it. That means if you work to improve one corner
of this triangle, the two other corners will improve with it. If you work on two corners the third corner
will automatically follow.

You can use

the ARC triangle
directly in social
situations.

Example: Let's say you want to make contact with a stranger. You start talking (communication). You
compliment him (that expresses affinity). You pick a subject you can agree upon (reality). Some mutual
respect and affinity will come about automatically. These three points also hang together when it goes the
other way. If one of them drops, the two others will also drop.
Example: You are talking to your stranger above. While you are talking a man with a dog comes by. You
say you hate dogs (you express low affinity for something). Little do you know your stranger is a dog
breeder. He gets upset with you since dogs are his professional life. He drops in affinity (from being
friendly to becoming reserved and maybe upset). His reality has been damaged (dogs are his livelihood)
and the conversation is over (the communication drops completely out).

"Good Roads Fair Weather"

Example: Lets look at another example of how this triangle is at work all times in human relationships.
This is a true story. A young girl had run away from home as the relationship with her parents had
become so bad so the parents wouldn't talk to her. The girl had taken a job in an office. She seemed quite
unhappy and depressed and she wasn't doing well at her job. An auditor was asked by the office manager
to see if he could help the situation. The auditor gave the young girl an interview and found out, that the
parents were very angry with her and refused any communication with her. They were upset with her
because she had refused to follow the career as a concert pianist that they had envisioned for her. In fact,
such a career was beyond her ability. They had spent a lot of money on her studies, that had come to
nothing. So they "washed their hands" of her and this unhappy situation had forced her to run away from
home to live in another city.
Since the break they hadn't communicated with her at all, but from people in her home
neighborhood she knew they were disappointed and felt bitter about her. Since she had been closely
attached to her parents the break and separation had a deep effect upon her. She couldn't do her work
properly. Her failure at work was jamming the communication lines of the office and the office manager
was concerned. She liked the girl, but her poor performance had to change or she (the office manager)
had to fire her.
Usually the girl would simply have been fired, but help was hard to find and the office manager had
a better idea. She asked the auditor to help. The auditor knew his A-R-C Triangle well and he knew
exactly what to do. It seems very simple, but it had a magical effect. He simply told her she had to write

79
her parents - whether she would get a reply or not. And so she did.
Naturally she didn't get a reply. Why didn't the parents reply? It is simple. The girl had disobeyed
them and had refused their advice and control and they had cut off all contact. To the parents she wasn't
very real at this point. They more or less denied her existence as far as they were concerned. They had
actually tried to 'forget her' and erase her from their lives due to their big disappointment. Therefore their
emotions had come to a point of apathy towards her. They had been unable to control her and this failure
made them apathetic in regards to her. It had also made her unreal to them. Actually, as they had started
her on a career she didn't have the talent for, she couldn't have been that real to them to begin with. The
auditor had her write a letter. This letter was "good roads and fair weather". Just simple, good news about
herself. She said she was working in another city, that the weather was fine there and she was doing all
right; she hoped they were both well and sent them her love. The auditor had instructed her carefully not
to mention any of the events before leaving home or anything else that could open old wounds. The
affinity, the A, of the letter was quite high. The C was of course there. What the auditor really wanted to
accomplish at this point was to establish the R, the reality. He wanted them to get used to the idea that she
actually existed; that she lived in another city and took care of her own life. She wrote several letters like
that without getting an answer. The auditor instructed her to just stay with the "good roads and fair
weather" subjects and tone. He was simply trying to establish the R. Since she in her earlier life had
depended so much on her parents the present situation had caused her to see her whole existence as unreal
and flimsy.
After about four letters along these lines, each letter carefully written in an optimistic and positive
tone with little attention to not getting any reply, there suddenly was a letter back from her mother. The
mother expressed anger, not against her daughter but against one of the girl's old friends. The auditor
instructed her carefully not to express anger in her reply, but instead write in pleasant surprise how happy
she was to hear from her mother. After her letter two replies came; one from her father and one from her
mother. This time they were both affectionate and they hoped the daughter was doing well. The girl
naturally wanted to reply to these positive letters. The auditor of course let her do so. Without his
intervention her replies would however have been very propitiative. He instructed her to send two happy
letters, one to each of her parents, and just be lighthearted and positive. In this way the auditor kept
repairing the break between the daughter and her parents. He was using communication and the ARC
triangle.
When this relationship was well repaired the girl felt a lot better about herself and doing her job. The
parents had now understood that she had chosen a job she could manage; and having their blessing
(reality) meant that she could take pride in doing it (affinity). As a result her willingness to communicate
with her colleagues and her tasks rose markedly and she started to become a real asset to the office.
So we see the ARC triangle and the tone scale in action in these examples and in just about any
situation in life. What we saw the auditor do, in the example with the young girl, was to control her
communication to her parents, knowing well that he had to pay close attention to the two other points of
the ARC triangle to make it successful.

The Tone scale and Communication

In a previous chapter we covered the tone scale. That the tone scale covers affinity and emotions is
obvious. But there is also a communication factor for each level on the scale. In the sub-apathy band (0 to
-40 of the expanded tone scale) the individual is not really communicating at all. It's some social response
or training pattern or mental 'circuit and machinery' that is communicating. From the scale it is obvious
the affinity is at its lowest. But so are the two other factors of the ARC triangle, including the
communication. In TRs there is a phenomenon known as 'Robotic TRs'. That is a dreadful condition
where the student by lack of understanding of the basic theory of ARC and TRs and through bad coaching
80
has developed 'TRs' that sound like a voice mail recording: "Press one, if you want the auditing
command repeated", "Press two, if you want an acknowledgement", "Press three if you want your
origination handled".

What make auditing work

is Live Communication.
Robots won't do.

The person himself does not really seem to be there and he isn't really talking. Therefore his
communication is strange to say the least. What's missing is live communication. There is no ARC.
When a person is stuck in any one band of the tone scale he voices communications in that emotional
tone.
A person who always finds something sad to talk about is stuck in grief.
A person who always talks about something scary is stuck in fear.
A person who always can find something to get angry about is stuck in anger. They are better off than
somebody in sub-apathy, but they can still be unpleasant to be around.
From a more causative viewpoint, how would you talk to people? It is clear if you were stuck in the
sub-apathy band you wouldn't be able to talk to anybody. You would have to have more affinity than that
to discuss things with anyone.

Your ability to talk to any specific person would have a lot to do with your emotional response to that
person. It is clear if somebody didn't care about a person (low affinity) it would be very difficult to talk to
them. The way to talk to somebody is then to find something you like about him or her and to discuss
something you can agree on. Things you agree on are more real. Reality and agreement in terms of ARC
are closely connected. In a group of three, the one that didn't agree with what was being said would soon
become unreal to the other two and his affinity would be seen to drop. There is one thing you have to
realize about ARC and communication. If the person starts out in apathy about you, he will have to come
through fear (being afraid of you) and anger (being angry at you) to make progress. Especially the
expression of anger can be puzzling to the untrained person. You just have to realize, that you have done
tremendous progress towards establishing a better relationship. It will still have to go through antagonism
and boredom as well before you can expect real interest to surface.

To be a good communicator one also have to really listen to what people have to say and acknowledge
what they say. The acknowledgment helps establish the reality. An acknowledgment is not necessarily an
expression of agreement. But a person that realizes he has been heard and understood does feel he has
made his point and his reality has been received. So the acknowledgment does have to express affinity
and understanding. We have a particle or impulse. It can be a letter, an e-mail, a gift, or even a blow or a
bullet, or simply spoken words. When an understanding is transferred from one being to another by the
means of a particle we have a successful communication. In case of a hostile communication (such as
shooting a bullet) you may not get understanding, but you do get some kind of duplication (or effect)
taking place. Therefore the delivery of the particle, the bullet, can be called a 'communication'.

81
 The Communication Formula

Axiom 28 Taken Apart

The simplest statement of the communication formula is: Cause -

distance - effect.
There is somebody who speaks (cause).
The somebody speaks to a second person over there (distance).
This second person listens (effect).
It is also defined as: the interchange of ideas across space.
Another definition is: communication is the action by which one
experiences emotion (A) and by which one obtains agreement (R).
This definition expresses the function of Communication in the ARC
triangle.

A Consideration is simply a
thought, a postulate, an idea
about something.

But since we have "Mind

over Matter" (Axiom 3)
even concepts as Distance,
Duplication, Intention,
Understanding, Attention, etc.
are called considerations.

Yet another definition says: the first and most basic definition of any part of communication is it's a
consideration. As 'duplication' is a consideration, communication is possible to the degree that the
individual can freely make considerations.
The last definition quoted here implies that 'duplication' is the purpose behind any communication. As
'Cause' you want to make yourself understood or your orders followed. As 'Effect' you want to
understand or know what to do. What arrives at Effect is the 'Duplication'.

Duplication - Idea at Cause

gets transmitted to Effect.
On a physical level that is:
Compliance or
Copy/Duplicate.

Compliance Physical Copy

82
It also says you are as good at communication as you can make considerations. This may be a little broad
for practical use. But it covers all the small component parts of communication - as well as the very
important factors of making up something to communicate (idea, message), and the ability of the receiver
to duplicate that.

Only live communication

includes Understanding.

The speaker
transmits his idea via a physical
particle to the listener, who is able
to duplicate it and understand it.

(Use the illustrations to

figure out where all the
parts of the formula fit in)

From Axiom 28 we have: The formula of Communication is: Cause, Distance, Effect, with Intention and
Attention, and Duplication with understanding.
Here 'Intention' and 'Attention' are mentioned. In a live communication the 'Cause' must have Intention
for the communication to be successful. The Cause must pay Attention to the receipt-points location and
condition. 'Attention' is of course also part of being a good listener, capable of receiving a
communication. The action of communicating has to result in Understanding. The 'Understanding' part is
unique to a live communication.
The full definition of communication is contained in Axiom 28: "Communication is the consideration
and action of impelling an impulse or particle from source-point across a distance to receipt-point, with
the intention of bringing into being at the receipt-point a duplication and understanding of that which
emanated from the source-point."

Components of
live communication.

"The formula of Communication is: Cause, Distance, Effect, with Intention and Attention and Duplication
with Understanding. The component parts of Communication are: Consideration, Intention, Attention,
Cause, Source-point, Distance, Effect, Receipt-point, Duplication, Understanding, the Velocity of the
impulse or particle, Nothingness or Somethingness. A non-communication consists of Barriers. Barriers
consist of Space, Interposition's (such as walls and screens of fast- moving particles), and Time. A
communication, by definition, does not need to be two-way. When a communication is returned, the

83
formula is repeated, with the receipt-point now becoming a source-point and the former source-point now
becoming a receipt-point."
There are a lot of data here. Let us break it down and look at the different parts.

We have the main definition: "Communication is the consideration and action of impelling an impulse or
particle from source-point across a distance to receipt-point, with the intention of bringing into being at
the receipt-point a duplication and understanding of that which emanated from the source-point."
Here 'Cause' is called 'Source-point'. That is of course where the communication starts. 'Effect' is called
'Receipt-point'; that is where the communication is supposed to arrive. Source-point has 'the Intention'.
'Ron Hubbard defines Intention as 'the carrier wave, that takes the words along with it.' Intention is a
command factor, a consideration of causatively wanting something to happen so it happens. It is not the
words (or particles). Intention is in other words a theta quality or ability.

Intention as: a consideration of

causatively wanting something
to happen so it happens.
It's a theta quality.

Picture: mountain climbing

takes a lot of this theta quality
in a person to succeed.

The receipt-point has to have 'Duplication and Understanding'. 'Duplication' can be a mechanical
action. A copy machine can duplicate. 'Understanding' is a theta quality or ability. It takes a live thetan
and live communication to understand.
We have a particle or impulse. It can be a letter, an e-mail, a gift, a picture, or even a blow or a
bullet, or simply spoken words. When an understanding is transferred from one being to another we have
a successful communication. In case of a hostile communication (like, shooting a bullet) you may not get
understanding, but you do get some kind of duplication (or effect) taking place, so it can be called a
'communication'.

Let us look at the list of 'Component Parts'

We have the physical set-up of Cause - Distance - Effect. We have a particle. Where do all these parts fit
in: Consideration, Intention, Attention, Cause, Source-point, Distance, Effect, Receipt-point, Duplication,
Understanding, the Velocity of the impulse or particle, Nothingness or Somethingness. A non-
communication consists of Barriers. Barriers consist of Space, Interpositions (such as walls and screens
of fast-moving particles), and Time? We will take them one by one, define them first, and make some
comments.
Consideration is: (1) a thought, idea, a postulate about something, the message in the communication.
(2) a continuing postulate (such as 'distance', 'duplication', 'attention', etc.). (3) The highest capability
of life, senior to the mechanics of space, energy and time. In the comm formula we have the
considerations 'Duplication', 'Intention', 'Attention'. Even 'Distance' is a consideration according to

84
definition (3) above. You see how the concept of Consideration pervades the subject of Communication.

Definition (1), a thought or idea fits most closely: the idea or message the Source-point wants to get
across and considers that it gets across, and which the receipt-point considers that it duplicates and
understands.
Intention is (1) the carrier wave that takes the words along with it. And (2) It's a command factor; a
consideration of causatively wanting something to happen so it happens. (3) It is a theta quality or ability.
This clearly belongs to Source-point. He has an idea or thought and wants to tell his friend. He uses
intention along with the words to get it across.

Too dispersed Too fixed Focused Interest

'Attention' is focused interest. Attention can be aberrated by becoming unfixed and sweeping; or it can
become too fixed upon something, fixation.

The Source-point has to be very aware of (meaning, have attention out on) the Receipt-point. Source-
point has to know where the Receipt-point is and what the Receipt-point is doing with his or her attention.
Is the Receipt-point ready to receive this communication? What tone level is best to express this message
to this Receipt-point in? And so on.
'Attention' also refers to the receipt-point. He has to focus with some interest on Source-point in order to
be able to receive his communication. A good listener would focus with high interest on Source-point and
should be able to do so at will (his interest is not too fixed nor too sweeping). [If you stare at your pc or
are too stiff when you audit your attention is on yourself; your communication suffers, the ARC in the
session suffers, and the pc suffers.]
Cause, Source-point. These are synonyms. It is simply the starting point or the point of emanation of
the communication. According to Ron Hubbard: "Cause in our dictionary here means only "source-
point."
In TRs, this is the person who speaks.

<Distance>

For a communication to be necessary there has to be a distance between Source-point and Receipt-
point which has to be overcome.

85
Distance, 1) The length between two points. 2) The linear space or interval between point A and point B.
For communication to be necessary there has to be a distance between Source-point and Receipt-point
which one or both has to overcome. If there were no distance, communication would not be needed as the
two points would occupy the same space. They would also experience total Affinity, as Cause and Effect
would be occupying the same space. Affinity is sometimes defined as 'consideration of distance'. [In solo-
TRs, where a solo auditor gives commands to himself to execute, the affinity factor is extremely
important.]
Effect, Receipt-point, These are synonyms. It is simply the ending point of the communication. In TRs, this
is the person who listens.

Perfect duplication - such as being

able to finish each other's sentences -
often exists between twins. There is
minimum distance, a perfect understanding
and little need for words and physical
particles. This is of course also telepathy.

Duplication, is Ideally an exact copy of the original. Also, the process of making one or many copies.
Duplication implies in normal use that it is a mechanical process. Ron Hubbard, however, is often using
the word as meaning: receiving exactly the communication that emanated from Source-point. 'Perfect
Duplication' or 'Perfect Duplicate' is taken to be total ARC. The tone scale (according to Axiom 25) is a
scale of less and less duplication. According to Axiom 20 a 'Perfect Duplicate' will cause a condition to
vanish in full or in part. Duplication is often a matter of how you transmit a reality or accomplish
agreement. It belongs clearly to 'Receipt-point' (nonetheless, Source-point has the responsibility of
emanating a message that Receipt-point can make an exact copy of).

Understanding, According to Ron Hubbard, "Understanding is knowingness in action.", "It is composed

of affinity, reality and communication. And, "Understanding is a sort of a total solvent, it washes away
everything." When we say 'Understanding' we are talking about a theta quality and ability. There is no
true 'mechanical understanding'. According to the Axioms the thetan consists of A, R and C =
Understanding and is not part of MEST. Receipt-point exercises his or her A, R, and C to achieve
Understanding; we presume that Source-point took responsibility for expressing the message in a way
that helps Receipt-point to receive it with A, R, and C and so bring about Understanding.

Too high velocity

can be deadly.

Velocity of the impulse or particle, Velocity means speed. In verbal communication you can talk too fast

86
or too slow. A speaker has to make sure to adjust his 'Velocity of particles' to the listener. Too high a
velocity can be deadly - as a bullet is. You can bore a listener to death by giving him too few ideas too
slowly. You can overwhelm her by giving so many ideas so fast she cant keep up. [As an auditor, you will
drive your pc out of session if you deliver the commands too slowly for her, or too fast.] This is the
responsibility of the Source-point.

Music is communication.
Important parts are
rhythm, timing and pauses:
"Nothingness" and
"Somethingness".

Nothingness or Somethingness, Spoken communication consists of sounds and pauses. A good example of
'Nothingness or Somethingness' being part of communication would be music, with its silences. So is the
transmission of Morse code. A speaker makes statements with pauses in between, perhaps expecting a
response and perhaps not getting it. The management of Nothingness or Somethingness in the
communication is in the hands of the Source-point.

She stood him up on

a date. She didn't
arrive, due to barriers.

A non-communication consists of Barriers. Barriers consist of Space, Interposition's (such as walls and
screens of fast-moving particles), and Time. There can be too many barriers to make a communication
successful. 'Too far away'., 'Not in the same room' or 'Missed appointments' could be examples. The
Source-point will have to bring himself into a position where these factors don't interfere. Part of this
course is to do Axiom 28 in clay. This analysis is meant as a help to understand the words in the Axiom
better and should make it easier to do the clay demo assignment.

87
 Indicators and End Phenomena

You are going to run the Recall Lists very soon; you will be doing real auditing. The Recall Lists are a
series of Major (case) Actions. Each List is considered one Major Action.
A Major Action is: Any auditing action designed to change a case or general considerations or handle
continual illness or improve ability. With this in mind, you need to know the ground rules for doing it
right. To this end, let us take a fresh look at some points of the Auditors Code:
(9) Never let the preclear end session on his own determinism, but finish off those cycles I have
begun.
Comment: The PC can occasionally become scared and want to run away from his Bank. The auditor is
there to make sure PC gets through temporary difficulties and reaches the EP of the process. There is a
basic rule of auditing: "The way out is the way through".
(12) Always run a major case action to its end phenomenon.
Comment: This is related to (9), but there is more to it. The auditor has to ensure that the PC gets the full
benefits available from a process . When the auditor ends a process before its EP appears, he denies the
PC the full range of benefits from running that process.
(13) Do not run any one action beyond its end phenomenon.
Comment: A process can be overrun, meaning beyond a point where it has already achieved its desired
result, or EP. The auditor has to stay alert to perceive the point at which the EP occurs.
As you can see, each process and each Major Action has a specific End Phenomenon that you work
towards.

End Phenomena
The end phenomena of a process are those indicators on the PC and the Meter that tell the auditor that a
process has been successfully completed. The End Phenomena on any major process include:
PC VGIs ("Very Good Indicators"). That means he is happy. He is at 3.3 on the tone scale or higher
at the end of the process.
PC has a cognition: that is, a new realization, a statement like: "I suddenly realize..." Or: "It just
became clear to me..." He has realized something new about his life, his past, his relationships, and so on.
It is a subjective new understanding the PC has obtained as a result of running the process. Sometimes it
can be a spectacular life-changing new knowledge. It is not always spectacular, but it is always a "What
do you know!" type of realization. It results in a higher degree of awareness and consequently a greater
ability to succeed with one's activities in life.

A Floating Needle. This applies of course only to metered sessions. You learn to run
many processes - such as Self Analysis - without a Meter. Most processes on the
Grades were developed and originally designed to be run without the use of a Meter.
They can be run with the PC on a Meter as well and a professional auditor would
usually do so.
If processes are done metered, you will see the Floating Needle at the EP. A Floating Needle (FN or F/
N) is defined as a certain needle behavior on a Meter. It is a harmonic motion of the needle over the dial
at a slow, even pace. A valid floating needle is always accompanied by very good indicators in the PC.

88
Extroversion of Attention: A PC that is still working on a process is introverted. He has his attention on
his case. When things are resolved he will extrovert and put his attention on the environment and the
auditor. The auditor never interrupts a PC that is still looking inward. She does not try to pull PCs
attention over on her, the auditor. The auditor is handling the PCs case; not just trying to perform the
actions she has learned.

In Metered Auditing: when the auditor sees the beginnings of the F/N she listens for the cognition. If
there isn't any she carries on with the process by giving the next command, etc. She is very alert to
anything the PC wants to say. If he starts on an origination auditor shuts up immediately. The real skill is
to know when to shut up. Auditor will get the cognition, the needle will start floating widely. The VGIs
will show on the PC and the F/N will become an even freer or wider F/N. Now the auditor can say,
expressing agreement with the PC, "Your needle is floating".
In Unmetered Auditing, being able to determine when the PCs attention has shifted from looking
inward to looking outward becomes even more important. Auditor looks and listens. When PC has
extroverted and he has finished expressing his cognition with VGIs it means he is ready and done. Now
the auditor can say, expressing agreement with the PC, "That is the end of the process".
So the EP you are looking for when doing unmetered auditing are VGIs and Cognition and PC now
extroverted (not looking inward any more). Here are some other technical words that you should have an
understanding of, when you run a process like a Self Analysis Lists:
Key-In: Is a moment where an earlier upset or earlier incident is restimulated and affects PC in a
negative way.
Key-Out: The action of a reactive incident (or many related incidents) dropping away without the
mental image pictures being erased. The picture is still there but now far away. The PC feels released or
separate from his Reactive Mind or some portion of it.
Release: A preclear whose Reactive Mind or some major portion of it is keyed-out and is not
influencing him.

Good and Bad Indicators

While the PC is in session or while he is on a program of sessions, there is a long list of Indicators the
auditor looks out for. When many Good Indicators are present the PC is doing well. If any Bad
Indicators are present the PC would be doing poorly and at risk of doing worse. Learn the lists of Good
Indicators and Bad Indicators well. If you see them at the beginning of session or during a session, you
should note down your observations in your report as they will give you and the case supervisor an idea
of how well your PC is doing. Always note the indicators at the end of session. If you see Bad Indicators
at the start of session you must address them before you begin any Major Action in the session unless the
Major Action for the session is designed to address the specific Bad Indicators you see. For example, the
PC comes into the session teary-eyed; the Major Action, already decided, is to address the recent loss of
her dog that has her so upset, so you just go ahead.

89
Bad Indicators in PCs
1. PC does not want to be audited, or has 'no time' for auditing
2. PC protesting being audited.
3. PC looking worse after session.
4. PC not able to find incidents easily.
6. PC less certain about self or auditing.
7. PC not doing well in life.
8. Aches, pains, emotions, not blowing or easing.
9. PC in trouble after auditing.
10. PC protests auditor's action.
11. PC wandering all over his past.
12. PC sad or upset at session end.
13. PC demanding special solutions.
14. PCs skin tone dull.
15. PCs eyes look dull.
16. PC attempting to self audit in or out of session.
17. PC continues to be plagued by old problems after they have been run.
18. PC depending the same as before on medical treatment.
19. PC uses, or continues to use, other treatments.
20. PC lazy, not working at the process and not keeping auditor informed.
21. PC not becoming happier.
22. PC wants 'special auditing'.
23. PC not getting cognitions.
24. PC is dispersed.
25. PC trying to repeatedly explain condition to auditor or others.
26. PC bored with auditing.
27. PC not available for sessions.
28. PC feeling tired.
29. PCs attention on auditor.
30. PC unwilling to run the process or incident.
31. PC feels overwhelmed.
32. PC taking drugs or drinking alcohol.
33. PC unsure that auditing works for him.
34. PC still doing former practices.
35. PC does not handle his surroundings more easily.
36. PC sick between sessions.
37. PC not going on to next Grade or level.

90
Meter related Bad Indicators
38. No TA action on running incidents.

The two fundamental Bad Indicators, which take precedence over all others:
1. PC not interested in own case. 2. PC not talking to auditor.

Good Indicators in PCs

1. PC cheerful or getting more cheerful.
2. PC cogniting in auditing.
3. Fundamental rightnesses of PC seem to prove themselves.
4. PC stating things to auditor accurately and briefly.
5. PC finding things quickly.
6. PC focusing on process question or commands.
7. PC running rapidly and processes going to EP as confirmed by Meter and cognitions.
8. PC finds information easily.
9. PC running well and when he runs into Somatics they discharge.
10. PC gets hot and cools off in auditing or gets warm and stays warm in session.
11. PC has occasional aches, pains, emotions turn on in session, but briefly.
12. PC not having many present time problems and they are easily handled when they happen.
13. PC stays certain of the session solution.
14. PC happy and satisfied with auditor. "He can do no wrong".
15. PC not against or protesting auditor's actions.
16. PC looks better after auditing.
17. PC has more energy.
18. PC not battling pains, aches or illnesses during auditing. He can have Somatics, but he doesn't get
sick.
19. PC wants more auditing.
20. PCs confidence increases.
21. PCs itsa's freely but he stays on subject.
22. Auditor finds PCs case explanations easy to understand.
23. PCs itsa and confront improving.
24. PCs Bank getting straightened out.
25. PC comfortable about getting auditing.
26. PC turns up for auditing voluntarily.
27. PC punctual and willing and ready to get auditing but is relaxed about it.
28. PCs trouble in life lessening.
29. PCs attention becoming freer and more under his control.
30. PC getting more interested in the data and the technology.
31. PCs havingness in life improving.
32. PC feels his environment is easier to handle.

91
 Meter related Good Indicators
33. Meter responding as expected.
34. What's being done gives good Meter reactions.
35. What is being found gives good Meter reaction.
36. Needle loose and responsive.
37. The Meter responds when PC gets a cognition.
38. Further Meter response when PC continues to talk about something.
39. Meter behaves as expected.
40. Meter's TA range between 2.0 to 3.5.
41. Good TA action on finding things.
42. Meter responding well on what PC (and auditor) think is wrong.

The two fundamental Good Indicators, whose presence allow all others are: 1. PC interested in own case.
2. PC in good communication with the auditor.

Being a good observer of indicators is a basic skill of permanent value. Many of these indicators apply to
life as well as to auditing. The usefulness of the ability to determine, by direct observation, how
somebody is doing and when they are done extends far beyond the auditing situation.

92
 How the Meter Works

There are many different models and

manufacturers
of Meters. Some are even computerized.
The basic functions and controls do however not
change. (Clarity Meter shown)

The Meter is in principle a simple measuring instrument. It basically measures electrical resistance. The
building of a good Meter takes however great skill. The Meter's movements are caused by the change in
electrical resistance of mental masses around the pc. Here is how it works:
a battery inside the Meter sends a low electrical current through the cans the pc will hold in his
hands (see picture). The current runs from the one can, through pc's body and is picked up again by the
other can. The battery is 3-9 Volts (depending on model), but only about 2 Volts actually go through the
pc. As the current "runs around through the pc's body" it runs into a certain resistance caused by the
body. It also runs into the mental masses produced by the pc. The pc produces these in order not to look
at the terrible things in his Bank. These masses add to the body resistance and make the needle rise on the
dial (go to the left). In order to keep the needle on the 'Set'-position on the dial, the auditor will move it
to the right. To do so, he turns the big knob on the Meter higher (clockwise). He "opens the throttle" and
allows more current to flow out to overcome the extra resistance. The big knob is called the Tone Arm
(TA). It has a scale with numbers on it. In other words, when the pc runs into a mental mass, the needle
"rises".

Small changes in the Mental Masses

are seen on the Needle. Bigger
changes are also seen on the Tone
Arm, that has to be adjusted.

When the pc has duplicated some part of the mass in his Bank and looked at it as it is, his tension
immediately relaxes. Therefore the electrical resistance of his "mental defense shield" lessens; the needle
falls (goes to the right) and the auditor adjusts the Tone Arm to put the needle back on Set. This blowing
of charge is called a TA Blowdown or BD.

The amount of charge "blown" can be seen on the Tone Arm (TA). Let's say the TA pointed at 2.5 at

93
sessions start. When the pc's resistance against looking at the mass was the highest the TA went up to 4.6.
Then, after the pc managed to look at and duplicate that particular part of the mass (and the content in it),
the TA moved down to 3.1. So the total charge blown at this point is the difference between 4.6 and 3.1,
which is 1.5 division.

The Tone Arm measures electrical
resistance of the body plus the resistance
of MENTAL MASSES of the mind. The
TA is adjusted by the auditor in order to
keep needle on 'Set'.
(Mark 5 E-Meter)
The Needle points to 'Set'. Watching the Needle
movements allows the auditor to steer pc into
mentally hot areas and discharge them.
Tone Arm Counter measures TA Action. Good TA
Action means the process is working well.

This can happen several or many times with the same mass. At the end of the session, when the pc has
seen the content and the details in the mass, and it has nothing left he couldn't easily look at, the TA will
not move anymore. The process has gone flat. Now the auditor can add up all the downward motions
(divisions) of the Tone Arm. (Or read the Tone Arm Counter). He can divide the total by the number of
session hours it took and thus get a figure per hour. Five divisions of TA motion per hour - the TA-
Action - would be quite effective and acceptable. The more the better. (See Meter Drill 6.) This figure
of "TA-Action per hour" is a valuable indicator of the progress the pc is making. When there is no more
TA action on a process it has done its work. Another process is found to again produce TA Action.
Being good at reading the Meter takes skill and experience. Therefore a lot of time in auditor
training is spent on the "Meter Drills". To the beginner the needle seems but a madly wiggling thing. To
the expert each needle motion allows exact conclusions about what is going on with the pc's attention.
The Meter does not tell the auditor what picture the pc sees. But it tells him when the pc is in a 'hot area';
when he is backing off from it, when he is right in it blowing it to pieces, and also when there is no
charge left on an item or mass and the auditing action is complete. The Meter allows the auditor to steer
the pc's attention exactly, and helps him do effective work in session.
Auditing takes place between two beings or thetans: the auditor and the pc. It does not take place
between the auditor and the Meter. The Meter is only a help. The auditor observes the pc's indicators,
such as his changing position on the tone scale (mood swings), his hesitation in answering a question
(comm lag), his blushing or smiling or crying, his change from brightness to dullness and back. All these

94
things show directly that the process produces changes and results. The auditor observes the needle
reactions on the Meter. This gives him a technical reading that something is happening. It gives him
visible evidence of some Reactive Charge, that may be so fine and minute, that the auditor wouldn't be
able to see it from the pc's face. When you see a reaction on the Meter the auditor will want to follow up
on it. If he sees a Fall on the Meter he knows there is charge on the process. The Meter does not and can
not replace the live ARC between auditor and pc, but it can give the auditor valuable information, which
helps him determine what to take up and what not. The Meter is a steering device. That's its whole
purpose.

What is a Read?
A read means: a charged subject was located and the charge was for a brief moment reduced. How does
charge come about? By the pc wishing to know something and not knowing it - at the same time.
Basically because he has postulated earlier that he won't know it or that he can't confront it. The harder
the pc wants to know, and the more difficult it is for him to find out, the more charge there will be. In
other words, the reduction of charge sets in when the pc moves away from the point of not-know towards
a point of being willing and able to know. Not knowing something one desires to know creates tension. It
is the same phenomenon as reading a thriller or wondering what one is going to get for Christmas.
Finding out and knowing brings relief. Anytime the pc (or any person) experiences relief there will be a
big read. For a little bit of relief only, there will be a small read. It all depends on the importance the pc
puts on the item in the first place and on the amount of reactive content he can confront at the time.

These are the most common reads:

Small Fall (SF): The needle moves 0.6 to 1,5 cm to the right. (about 1/4 - 1/2
inch).
Fall (F): 1.5 to 3 cm. (about 1/2" - 1"1/4)
Long Fall (LF): 3 to 4.5 cm. (about 1"1/4 - 2")

Long Fall Blowdown (LFBD or BD): When the needle does a Long Fall and stays on the right hand side
of the dial, the auditor must move the TA downward in order to bring the needle back up to 'Set'. This
way the TA "blows down".

Tick (T): A Tick is smaller than a SF. Usually it is not taken up; there is
apparently not enough charge there to deal with the item successfully. It does
not count as a read, strictly speaking, but just as a hint of a possible read. One
can look around a little in such an area, but when there is not more than another
Tick or two, one should not do anything with it.
Dirty Needle (DN): It looks like many small ticks going left and right in an
irregular fashion. It shows that something goes on in pc's mind which has not
been expressed yet.

"YES" and "NO"

Your Meter's language is simple: it can say either "Yes" or "No". You ask a question and get a read: that
means "Yes". You get no read: that means "No". The pc says something; it reads: "Yes". It doesn't read:
"No". The read confirms the auditor's question or the pc's origination as true. Why? - Because an As-is-

95
ness occurs, however small it may be. "Truth is the exact consideration; the exact time, place, form, and
event. Thus we see that the discovery of truth would bring about an As-is-ness by actual
experiment" (From Axiom 38. The "actual experiment" is the session itself.) Any partial As-is-ness
reduces some of the charge, so you have less electrical resistance; you get a read.

Examples: "Do you have a problem?" with a read = He has a problem. (Meter confirmed the question.)
"Do you have a problem?", no read = He doesn't have a problem. "Do you have a problem?", no read. Pc
says, "No, I don't think so", plus read = He doesn't have one. (Meter confirms pc's answer.)
Pc says at session start, "I feel great today", plus read: He had a release, but there is some charge
connected with it. Find out about the release and acknowledge it. If it F/N's, great, leave it at that. If not,
the read means there is some available Bank content connected with it. That should be found and dealt
with while it is restimulated. That will make the win brighter. Hence one should "rehab" the release point.
(See the section on "Rehabilitation" later in manual.)
Pc says at session start, "Last night I had a terrible dream", with no read. So there is no charge.
Acknowledge politely, but do not take it up (TR-4). Go into the process you have your instructions for.

The Instant Read: ‘An instant read is defined as that reaction of the needle which occurs at the precise
end of any major thought voiced by the auditor" "By major thought is meant the complete thought being
expressed in words by the auditor" (HCOB May 25, 1962).
It happens instantly as it hits the pc's Reactive Mind. The Reactive Mind, being a stimulus-response mind
will react instantly and every time it is 'hit' and that is what you see on the Meter. It is important for it to
happen exactly as described, that the pc is 'in-session' (interested in own case and willing to talk to
auditor). It is also important, that he actually understands all the words said by the auditor. A lot of skill
goes into accomplish this as part of drilling instant reads drill in the Meter drills (EM Drill 24). Instant
reads are depended upon in Assessment of prepared lists. Here you do an Assessment by reading quickly
to pc the questions on a prepared list. You take the read that occurs the moment you have finished saying
each line. (See EM Drill 24.) This works well when you have prepared the pc for it. He has to have
excellent duplication and understanding on what is going on and what is being said. The pc must have a
conceptual understanding of what the auditor says and be 'in-session'. Instant reads on auditor's
statements are not the only thing you take up. A valid read (that reads on the Reactive Bank) often
happens as under the definition of 'Reading Item'.

Reading Item, the read is taken when the pc first says it or when the question is cleared. This is the valid
time of a read. This defines what is a reading item or question. Calling it back to see if it reads is not a
valid test as the surface charge may be gone but the item or question will still run as it is charged.

The Floating Needle (F/N)

The F/N is maybe the most important needle movement of them all. It signals
that some mass is now gone.
Here is the definition: "Floating Needle: The idle uninfluenced movement of
the needle on the dial without any patterns or reactions in it. It moves to the
left at the same speed as it moves to the right; It ceases to register on the pc's
Bank. It just idly floats about."

How does an F/N come about? At the moment you give the auditing command the pc connects up with a

96
ridge (mass) in his Bank and a small As-is-ness occurs; you get a read. From this moment and forward
the attention of the pc is on the ridge/mass/ incident/picture until he has As-is-ed (blown) it fully. It can
be a key-out. Or the mass can have been completely As-is-ed and be gone. At this moment it goes "poof"
and the compulsive comm-line to the mass/item breaks. The pc has no more attention on the thing. And
that is the moment the needle floats! Its importance is that it indicates when to stop a process (as part of
the End Phenomena). It helps you determine when that particular auditing cycle is complete. When it's a
big release it will keep on floating for awhile. When the pc is in the middle of a series of processes,
though, which all deal with the same area of charge ("communication" for instance), then his F/N will not
necessarily last that long. It will stop as soon as the next ridge/mass has attracted the pc's attention.
Here it is in detail: He has had attention on one particular bit of Bank in this area; he has blown that
= F/N. Now he is drawn back into the area by the next bit of Bank. The F/N stops. You give the next
command, get a read, work it over, F/N; next command, read, work it over, F/N, etc., till the whole area is
discharged and the pc has a big release and a large F/N and VVGIs (Very Very Good Indicators).
F/Ns are usually "indicated" to the pc, which means one tells him that he just has one. This is a way
of acknowledging (TR-2) that an auditing cycle has been completed, that a release was attained. Make
sure you don't make the pc 'dependent' on this F/N indication! Make sure he has experienced his F/N
and feels it before you say: "I'd like to indicate, your needle is floating". (You say it as agreeing with the
pc). This way he learns to find certainty in himself and not in the Meter. So indicate the F/N's, but make
sure you have the VGI's in the pc that is part of the EP.

The False Read

You ask a question like: "Do you have a problem?" and get a read. The pc says: "No, not really" and has a
read on that, too. That is a "false read", according to the important rule which says: if there is any doubt,
the answer of the pc is right. There was a read all right, but it did not relate to what you have asked. It's
on something else - after all, there was an energy which pushed the needle over. The energy didn't come
from the thing you asked for; so where did it come from? If we exclude things like body motion and pc
sighing or coughing right at that moment, then it must have come from the Bank. So what button was
pushed that caused the read? Simple: being asked such a question at all. "How dare you. . . !"That's the
button. Therefore a false read is the pc's protest against what you are asking him. And that's why you
handle a false read with the question: "Did anyone say you had a problem when you didn't have one?
(read)". - Pc: "Yes (read), my mother always told me I was looking so confused when I wasn't confused
at all! (read)".
So the pc felt evaluated for or invalidated, and he was protesting it then just as he is protesting it
now. What you are really running here is a Chain of protests about invalidation/evaluation. Get all of the
incident (with mother), when/where/what happened exactly; and then: "Is there an earlier similar time
someone said you had a problem when you didn't have one?" At the end of the Chain you'll get a key-out
and F/N plus VGIs.

Completing Cycles of Action

When you pick up an item or a question, it must of course have a read. One never takes up unreading
questions and items as there is the danger that the pc starts imagining things or gets pushed into his Bank.
The read on the question or the item is the start of a cycle of action, the process its continuation, the F/N
and the EP its end. You must complete everything you have started because if you don't, if you work on
something over an incomplete cycle of action, there will be over-restimulation and the pc will feel
overwhelmed.
As one asks an auditing question, one has to make sure that the read occurs not only on the question,

97
but on the answer as well! Failing to do this may result in your running an unreading item -the one
mentioned by the pc - although there was a read on the actual question. Example: "Have you committed
an Overt?" (Fall). Pc: "Recently, when I took a walk in the park, I threw an empty cigarette pack on the
lawn instead of putting it in the nearest rubbish bin" (X, which means no read). The auditor should not
take this up as the 'Overt' didn't read. If he had the pc tell all about it and then went earlier-similar on it,
he would totally audit past the thing which actually caused the read. He would have taken up an
unreading item - the one offered by the pc. And soon the usual trouble would follow: needle tightening
up, TA rising, pc becoming disinterested, Chain not coming to an end. Incomplete cycle of action. Very
embarrassing!
The correct action in this case would have been to ask the pc: "Is there perhaps another
Overt?" (Again the F). "Well," says the pc, "When I drove my father's car the other day, I bumped against
the garage door and didn't tell my father it was me who made the dent" (SF). That is the answer the
auditor should take up. The read on the answer was smaller than the read on the question, yes, but that
does not matter That is merely a matter of the pc's confront of his Overt. The important thing is that there
was a read.
The lesson to be learned here: the read on the auditor's question must be echoed by the read on the
pc's answer. When this happens one can be certain that the cycle of action of this particular auditing
process can be taken to its proper end.
(Based on L. Kin's 'The language of the E-meter").

98
 Auditor's Trust

Pc's confront to the degree that they feel safe. If the auditing environment is noisy or prone to
interruptions, the pc's confront is greatly lowered and so are the results he can expect to get. If the
auditor's TRs go out or if he appears uncertain, the pc's confront falters. If the "auditor" is challenging,
evaluative or invalidative, it is even worse for the pc. This comes from a very basic set of laws: 1. Auditor
plus pc is greater than the Bank. 2. Auditor plus Bank is greater than the pc. 3. Pc minus auditor is less
than the Bank.

3. PC - Auditor < Bank 2. Bank + Auditor > PC 1. Auditor + PC > Bank

(By "Bank" is meant the mental image picture collection of the pc. It comes from computer technology
where all data are in a "Bank.") The main difference between one auditor and another is, the better one
has stricter adherence to procedure, better TRs, a more confident manner and a closer observance of the
Auditors Code.
Extensive technical knowledge is less important than this. The auditor who knows his procedures
and has good TRs inspires more confidence. The pc doesn't have to concern himself with the auditor. He
feels safer and can therefore confront his Bank better.
In the presence of bad TRs cognitions don't happen. Cognitions are the high points of case gain and
progress. When the auditor has smooth, usual TRs, does his metering well so the pc never has to worry
about that or notice it, the pc will make case gains. When the auditor follows the Auditors Code closely
(no evaluation or invalidation, etc.), the pc cognites and makes great gains.
The definition of in-session is "Interested in his own case and willing to talk to the auditor".
When this describes the session, the pc will be able to As-is and will cognite. If the "auditor" plus the
Bank are both overwhelming the pc, then the Bank seems greater than the pc.
The "auditor" who is trying to be interesting to the pc, who over-acknowledges, who laughs loudly,
forces the pc's attention on what the "auditor" is doing. The pc's attention is distracted and he doesn't As-
is or cognite. The pc's interest in his own case vanishes and he has no auditor to talk to. Auditor
invalidation and evaluation is plainly ruthless. It interferes with pc cognitions. All Code breaks are
distractive.

There's an infinity number of wrong ways. There are only a few right ways to do things. The right use of
TRs, metering and Auditors Code, depend only on understanding them in their simplicity and acquiring
good habits early on in training and stick to them.
TRs are for use in the session itself, not just drills. TRs are simply how you run the session.

99
 Auditors Code

This chapter covers the Auditors Code in depth. The Code consists of a set of rules, which guides the
auditor's professional conduct and attitude. It is 'do's and don'ts' that an auditor follows while auditing
someone. The purpose of these rules are to develop maximum trust between auditor and pc. Maximum
trust leads to surest and most lasting results. It's a joy to be audited by an auditor who sticks to this code
rigorously all the time.
Remember Auditors Trust: Auditor plus pc is greater than the pc's Bank.
And the definition of In-session: Pc interested in his own case and willing to talk to the auditor.
Theses are the guiding principles behind the Code. Here it is:

(1) Never evaluate for the preclear or tell him what he should think about his case in session.

The auditor is not a school teacher

"trying to knock some sense into the
students". Instead he works with
and brings out the thetan's
basic good sense and knowingness.

Comment: The auditor never tells the preclear what to think about his problems; he never tries to solve
the problems for him. He guides the pc to figure it out for himself by using the technology and the
processes. The goal of auditing could be said to make the pc fully self-determined. Evaluation would
work against that. The pc's Bank and the environment do that to him all the time. Also, auditor does not
tell pc what written materials or auditing commands mean, but helps pc understand them by clearing up
the words and do demonstrations etc.

Invalidation can be verbal or physical.

(2) Never invalidate the preclear's case or gains in or out of session.

Comment: Invalidation could be defined as any attempt to nullify another persons ideas or beingness. The
auditor never tells the pc what he thinks is wrong with him - or worse, tells him he is wrong about
something. Again, the whole purpose of auditing is to make the pc self-determined and capable of
figuring things out for himself. To 'make wrong' or contradict the pc is called invalidation. The auditor
accepts the pc's data, but not his orders. He guides the pc firmly but with ARC. Part of ARC is not to
invalidate. To do otherwise would break down the pc's self-confidence and trust.
100
 (3) Use only the standard application of CT to a preclear in the standard
way.
Comment: In today's processing we have the benefit of a long development of
the subject. Thousands of cases have been put through extensive auditing
programs. Therefore we can say, that there aren't any new and unknown case
problems that will suddenly sit in the auditor's pc chair. The chapter 'Gross
Auditing Errors' covers all instances where the technology apparently isn't
effective. You simply have to apply the technology as it is described in CT and
you will win to the degree you adhere to the standard procedures.

(4) Always keep all auditing appointments once made.

Comment: Cases have been known to fail, not because of the auditing, but because the
auditor was bad at keeping appointments; this made his pc's anxious about waiting or
being stood up. The auditor was indirectly telling the pc that he was not important or
of little interest. If an auditor has difficulty in keeping appointments he should not
make specific appointments in the first place.

(5) Do not process a preclear who has not had sufficient rest and who is
physically tired.
(6) Do not process a preclear who is improperly fed or hungry.
Comment: A tired or hungry pc is not up to his best when it comes to confronting
his Bank. The best process will not benefit a pc, who is being drained by a body
badly in need of food or sleep. Every bit of energy which the thetan puts out is
being absorbed by the body. Extreme tiredness and hunger can lead to nervous
breakdowns all by themselves. Therefore it is important to educate the pc in
getting enough sleep and food and check up on that it is taken care of.

(8) Do not sympathize with a preclear, but be effective.

Comment: Compassion and sympathy are two different things. To sympathize is to feel sorry for and
apparently agreeing with the pc's difficulties. It is very low on the emotional tone scale. To be effective
the auditor has to stay high on the tone scale and guide his pc to get through his difficulties. The auditor
has to stay positive and have understanding but be insistent to be effective.

(7) Do not permit a frequent change of auditors.

Comment: As much as possible a pc should be audited by one auditor. One good
reason for this is, that one auditor running a case has a better chance of completing
what he starts. A frequent change of auditors nearly always means a frequent change
of estimates of a case. It also tends to make the pc feel he has to tell his story all over
again and that he is less important.

101
 In TR-4 you handle the
pc's origination and then
complete the process.

(9) Never let the preclear end session on his own determinism, but finish off those cycles begun.
Comment: The pc can occasionally become scared and want to run away from his Bank. The auditor is
there to make sure pc gets through temporary difficulties and reaches the EP of the process. There is a
basic rule of auditing: "The way out is the way through". 'To spare a pc from emotional stress' is not part
of auditing. The auditor will on purpose restimulate one little part of the Bank and ensure it gets handled
to VGI's.

(10) Never walk off from a preclear in session.

Comment: 'Auditor plus pc is greater than the Bank'. If the auditor walks off for any
reason he violates this basic law.

(11) Never get angry with a preclear in session.

Comment: This would be a form of invalidation. The pc must feel safe enough
to close his eyes and look into his Bank. The pc is In-session when he is
interested in his own case and willing to talk to the auditor. An angry auditor
would make this impossible.

The auditor observes

the pc and Meter to
determine when EP is
reached. Different
processes may have
different EP's

(12) Always run a major case action to its end phenomenon.

Comment: This is related to (9), but there is more to it. The auditor has to ensure that the pc gets the full
benefits available from a process by not ending off too soon. The auditor controls the session and knows
what he is going for - the End Phenomena for that process.

102
(13) Do not run any one action beyond its end phenomenon.
Comment: A process can be overrun, meaning beyond a point where it has culminated (EP'ed). The
auditor has to stay alert and know the exact point when the EP is reached. Overruns can be rehabbed, but
will cause the pc to loose a little bit of trust and confidence.

A teacher Granting
Beingness to her students
will see them respond by
learning faster and better.

(14) Always grant beingness to the preclear in session.

Comment: In (8) we had 'don't sympathize'. 'Grant Beingness' is a lot different. The ability to grant
(give, allow) beingness or life to others is probably the highest of human virtues. It is even more
important to be able to permit (allow) other people to have beingness than to be able oneself to assume it.
There is a sharp division amongst auditors: dilatants, who use the pc as an opponent in a game; and
professionals, who are treating the pc as though he was something being created by the auditor. The last
state of mind produces remarkable results; the fist one will produce chaos. There is a maxim in CT: "That
which isn't admired tends to persist." Also remember Axiom 52: "MEST persists and solidifies to the
degree that it is not granted life." The Bank consists of mental Matter, Energy, Space ant Time = MEST.

You are not trying to replace

needed medical treatment with
CT. But a pc with his case
handled will have less medical
conditions happen to him.

(15) Do not to mix the processes of CT with other practices except when the preclear is physically ill
and only medical means will serve.
Comment: If pc currently is involved with other practices the auditor should find out from 'pc
information sheet' or interviews. For CT to be effective it has to be allowed to work. If pc depends on
several types of therapy simultaneously there is probably a physical condition or a huge problem in his
life. Make sure pc gets any medical assistance needed. Then the auditor can handle the case aspects of the
condition with the pc fully there. CT is effective when allowed to work.

103
 Frozen, mechanical comm Good comm ensures discharge
makes the pc wonder of the Bank and the auditor
what is going on. knowing when they are done.

(16) Always maintain good Communication with the preclear and do not cut his communication or
let him overrun in session.
Comment: A mechanical or frozen approach won't do the trick. Don't mistake the discipline of the TRs
for that. Only live communication will make the processes work. The skilled auditor is disciplined, alert
and alive and has his attention on the pc. The live theta energy of the auditor's communication is
perceived by the pc and makes him capable of As-is-ing his Bank piece by piece. It comes down to:
Axiom 51: Postulates and live communication not being MEST and being senior to MEST can
accomplish change in MEST without bringing about a persistence of MEST. Thus, auditing can occur.

A pc should not be The auditor uses a shield

distracted with all kinds to keep his reports
of irrelevant disturbances. and Meter out of sight.

(17) Never enter comments, expressions or enturbulence into a session that distract a preclear from
his case.
Comment: Give the pc peace and quiet. Take care of 'behind the scenes' business without involving the
pc. To distract the pc from his case violates pc being in session. He needs to have his attention on his case.

All processes published

in CT are fully researched.
There is a way through.

(18) Always continue to give the preclear the process or auditing command when needed in the

104
session.
Comment: In (9) we had "The way out is the way through". There is another rule "What turns it on will
turn it off". It can occasionally look like the pc is getting nowhere or things are getting worse. But when
auditor keeps the pc going it will soon be clear, that there is a way through the process and a real EP.
Since all the processes published are fully researched and tested, the auditor can go ahead with
confidence. His confidence will be picked up by the pc and help them get to the EP.

Clearing commands
is an important part
of running a process.

(19) Do not let a preclear run a wrongly understood command.

Comment: Part of every process is clearing the commands or questions. This is done with dictionaries,
etc. Auditing is simple: you ask a question the pc understands and can answer. Auditor gets all the
answers pc has in his Bank and acknowledges each. As a result the pc will As-is something and feel
better. If the pc responds to a misunderstood command you have no guarantees as you are not running the
process.

(20) Do not try to explain, justify or make excuses in session for

any auditor mistakes whether real or imagined.
Comment: Related to (17). Also, if you start to do the above, you break
down the pc's confidence and it may start arguments. Positive control
and a non-defensive attitude accounts for smooth, professional auditing.

Pc's have different backgrounds and problems.

The basic mechanisms of the Bank are however
the same. Thus a standard approach is possible
to each type of problem.

(21) Always estimate the current case state of a preclear only by Standard Case Supervision data
and do not diverge because of some imagined difference in the case.
Comment: There is a known remedy for any pc situation. The case supervisor has a lot of technology not
included in every level. When he between sessions looks over the reports and ensures that everything is
done right, the auditor will know the best course is taken. Any factors outside his training level are taken
into consideration as well. That is Standard Case Supervision. Also, you take a pc's data but not his
orders. You use your technical knowledge to determine what is going on.

105
 Confidentiality and trust are essential.
Using interrogation is deadly

(22) Never use the secrets of a preclear divulged in session for punishment or personal gain.
Comment: There is a client/practitioner privilege. The auditor is sworn to secrecy and confidentiality in a
similar manner as lawyers, doctors and priests. If this is violated pc's willingness to speak to the auditor
would not exist or be lowered seriously.

Work sheets are written as

a running record of the session.
They are clarified as to be easy
to read before the report is sent
to C/S. This enables the C/S to
give the correct directions.

(23) Do not falsify auditing reports or worksheets.

Comment: The case supervisor needs the raw data to be able to supervise auditing correctly. Auditors that
cover up or explains away mistakes are not doing themselves or pc's any favors. Auditor mistakes can
easily be corrected in the auditor and the pc, but the C/S has to know exactly what was done to be able to
do that.

The goal of CT
is to go Clear.

(24) Do not advocate CT only to cure illness or only to treat the insane, as it is intended for spiritual
gain.
Comment: Processing has been known to have a positive effect on people's health and even psychiatric
conditions. The auditor can not legally, and should never, make any promises. He is pursuing spiritual
goals and gains. The spirit or thetan can suddenly and unpredictably change things around and make
medical conditions disappear; but there are no guarantees for how or when such a condition would change.

106
 Auditors Beingness

One's profession, physical characteristics, or role in a game - all of these things could be |called one's beingness.
It is the person one should be in order to succeed and survive.

When you as a student auditor have covered all your basic training, such as metering and TRs, when you
have sorted out all your technical uncertainties and done all the drilling required, you can move up to a
new level of competence. You can assume the full beingness of a professional in your field. At this point
you should apply the Auditor Beingness step. You would have to be confident about all your basic skills
and tools or it wouldn't be successful.
Beingness is: The result of having assumed an identity.
Attitude: The opinion one holds or the behavior one expresses toward some person, space, thing or
symbol as a result of the concept he has of it.
TRs reflect the auditor's attitude. What is behind attitude is Certainty and Beingness.

Your TRs, at this level, expresses your beingness and your attitude towards your pc's. If you as an auditor
would simply try to get by with a robotic imitation of an attitude, identity and tone level, you wouldn't
have any presence at all. It would be apparent in your TRs. Beingness comes first. That gets reflected in
your attitude. Your attitude will be expressed in your TRs.
What influences a professional Beingness? First and foremost Certainty! Before you can assume the
beingness of an auditor you must have gotten the certainty on the materials of processing. You must know
your tools of the trade, the basic data and actions. The most basic skills of an auditor are the TRs and
Meter skills. Assuming a professional beingness and doing the steps leading up to it will directly have an
effect on your pc's. With this put in they will be easier to get 'in-session', meaning, 'Interested in own
case and willing to talk to you'.

TRs, Meter and In-Session

Any auditor, new, green, or experienced, should have as his first and foremost goal to bring about case
gains in his pc's. If that is not his goal, he is not truly an auditor. Your first task as an auditor is to be able
to put the pc in-session. Unless you can do that nothing in terms of progress and case gains will happen
for the pc. With your TRs in, in a natural and in-ARC manner, the pc will feel he is being listened to; he
will feel he is receiving your undivided attention and he will be willing to talk to you.

107
 Let's say you still had all kinds of uncertainties about your basic tools. Would you be able to give
him your undivided attention? No! All your uncertainties would be major distractions. You would fumble
around with the Meter, not know what to say next, etc. But if your metering is spot on the reality factor
will start to build up between you. You say something reads and the pc can feel it and he can easily find it
in his Bank and he trusts you a little more. So he will quickly be in-session with you. This in-session
definition can not be stressed enough. The basic thing that has to be in for case gains to happen is: Pc
interested in his own case and willing to talk to the auditor. That deserves to be repeated: The basic thing
that has to be in for case gains to happen is: Pc interested in his own case and willing to talk to the auditor.

TRs and In-Session

There is an interesting anecdote stemming back from the 1950s, before the TRs were taught as part of
auditor training. Back then Ron Hubbard had a funny experience happening to him. He would audit
somebody in London, then go away and some time would pass. He would come back six or eight months
later, after having spent the intervening time in USA. When he came back he would audit the same pc and
find him at the exact same point as a case as where he had left him. In the meantime the pc had been
audited by several other auditors for quite some hours. The staff in London would explain it away with,
"Well, of course, Ron is a good auditor," quite naturally they said that about him. But it was actually quite
a critical statement concerning the other auditors as there were quite a lot of processes being run in those
days. So how could it happen that that a pc stayed parked right where Ron had left him? The answer is
simple. When Ron Hubbard was auditing him, pc was interested in his own case and willing to talk to the
auditor. In-session! That was all.

The phenomenon was quite evident. Another anecdote adds to this. Every now and then Ron would arrive
at the London Office and people would come in from the surrounding areas and hang around in the
reception. Ron was busy and walking around the offices a lot, and as he would get out in the reception
area someone would rush up to him and tell him an awful story. This person's wife had just left him, or
that person had just gone bankrupt or something terrible like that. They would tell him these stories and
he would acknowledge them and then start to say something about what could be done about it. But they
usually didn't hang around to hear the advice after the acknowledgment. They would go off and seem
perfectly happy after the ack. This didn't just happen one time. It happened many, many times. He never
did anything to solve any of these problems, and there were tons of them. Very odd indeed. He began to
wonder what exactly this phenomenon was and a senior staff member said: "They just want you to know
about it and that makes them feel better." But what it really was, was simply TR-2, acknowledgment at
work. They were willing to talk to Ron about their problems and he was concerned, he was interested in
them, and he did acknowledge that it was a bad situation and so on. This apparently was enough to
convince them about that they had now talked about their troubles and been heard, and that was it.
Simply, he was willing to listen to them and acknowledge it. Apparently that would blow it. That is TR-2.
The whole point of this story is, that if your TRs were good enough you could almost skip using
processes and get a surface level of case gain. You wouldn't get anything in depth but you would get a
feeling of relief and case gain in the person.

Earlier Practices
This is the same mechanism used in confession in the Catholic Church; and it has probably been used by
other religions and practices long before that. But it is a powerful thing. Powerful enough to carry the
Roman Catholic Church through hundreds of years of out TRs. The Father confessor goes into the
confession box and stays hidden behind a curtain. That's their version of TR-0. It is about the same

108
mechanism that gives psycho-analysis some workability - even though they haven't heard about
acknowledgment, let alone a drill like TR-2. The typical picture here, is a patient that goes on and on
talking. The analyst's TR-2 is obviously totally out or the pc wouldn't overrun that badly.
Very early on Ron Hubbard didn't think of communication as something that could be broken down
into drills like the TRs. One time, when he was demonstrating auditing to some students, one bright
student would say afterwards: "He acknowledges what the pc says!" This had never occurred to Ron
Hubbard as something special before or not as a natural thing all auditors would do. But apparently it
was. Then he started studying communication and developed what became the TRs. But the point of these
stories is, if your TRs were good enough you would gain a reputation as a great auditor without doing
anything else. Communication alone and being a good listener make people feel better. They feel they are
being listened to, understood and acknowledged. So this is why TRs have everything to do with in-
session.

The Meter and In-Session

The pc's in-sessionness is influenced by your understanding of metering. When you have confidence in
the Meter and your metering you build confidence on the part of the pc. It is important for the pc to
realize that metering has to do with his case too. There is a drill called the pinch test that makes this real
to the pc. You reach over and give pc a pinch. Then you ask him to recall the pinch and when he does a
Meter read occurs. The Meter is measuring reactions to impingements in life. That is all there is to it. In a
pinch test it is measuring the reaction to the impingement of the pinch. If the Meter reads when you ask
about "ARC break," it is reading either on the fact that the pc has an ARC break or that he is startled to be
asked if he has an ARC break when he really has a problem, but it is reading on something. You don't
just walk on past it.
You may have to check 'Suppress' and 'False' when all is not running well. Because for a Meter to
read, something must exist for it to read on. And normally it is exactly what you said. You said "Do birds
swim?" and it reads. There is something there. An accurate Meter does not read for no reason. Your
knowledge of the Meter and your skill with a good operating Meter has to be such, that you have certainty
on this and can't be given a sales talk and sold on the idea that "There's nothing there. I don't think there
is anything there" by the pc or anybody else.

Without that certainty it goes out the window. Instead of asking "What was that Withhold?" and really
clean it up, you'll say, "Well, maybe . . . All right, maybe it was something else...."
No! That's it. Pc can't be interested in his own case now. His own case has just been Alter-is-ed. He may
start playing games with you instead. Without certainty on the fact that when the Meter reads it reads on
something, you're going to be unsure of what to ask the pc. That will affect your attitude and beingness
and the pc goes out of session. An auditor must also know what the reads mean. He observes the Meter
reaction; that's an observation. After the observation there is a point of interpretation. These are two
different steps. You have to get observation down before you can do the interpretation. So there is
observation when you ask the auditing question and then you have to know what a Meter reaction means.
(1) The auditor determines to find out something. That is the question. (2) It is followed by an
observation; (3) and that is followed by an interpretation. It is 1, 2, 3, three different steps.

You've got to single out the observation as to what it is, and then the interpretation as to what it means.
You will have to have these things separated out from each other. There is nothing complicated about any
of this unless someone makes it complicated. There can be an infinity of "facts" and only one truth; one
truth gets lost like a drop of water in the ocean. Which is the real drop of water? I'll tell you what the drop

109
of water is: It is the point of observation. And part of that observation is the fact that the Meter is
connected to the pc and the pc does have a Bank. It then becomes clear that the Meter reads because there
is something there for it to read on. So there is an area of competence and confidence in the Meter which
has to be there. When this is accomplished it adds directly to the auditor's beingness. This then results in
greater confidence on the part of the pc which then helps the pc's ability to be in-session.

Auditor Beingness
When you have accomplished certainty on your TRs and metering, the next step is beingness. You may
ask: "How do I assume a beingness?" "Is it an artificial beingness I'm wearing?" "Do I need to adopt a
different beingness?" It is not a listing question, such as "What am I being?" It is something you simply
have to work out for yourself; there isn't anybody who can do it for you. In working this out, you can get
into things as 'interesting' and 'interested'. An auditor has to be interested. There is nothing worse than
an auditor trying to be interesting. If you don't like the chair you use as an auditor, it will color your
performance and beingness; say it is too hard - It will color your attitude. If your confront of evil is very
poor, it will show in your TR-0 and can cause you to all kinds of problems in session.
What does confront of evil have to do with beingness? Let us say a pc comes in and says, "I have
just killed a cat and I really enjoyed it!" and you get all upset. You are never going to get him in the kind
of shape where he doesn't kill cats. Why? Because he has just learned that he shouldn't talk to the auditor
about certain things.

Whatever you're doing as an auditor, if you're doing it through a colored beingness you've got a
misaligned attitude and your pc becomes unwilling and less in-session. You start developing session
Withholds in the pc. These will be innocent Withholds, such as "I don't have any interest in that but I
won't tell him so," or "I didn't really think that read...."
They will most likely be innocent Withholds, but you now have a pc who isn't in there working. And that
causes the session to deteriorate. He is being social or 'nice', critical or reluctant to you or whatever, but
these things are all what we call session Withholds and the in-sessionness and the session itself goes out
the window. If you're not sure of your beingness, if you haven't decided upon it yet; if your beingness is
uncertain, then your attitude toward the pc will be uncertain too. And your attitude toward the pc will then
color your TRs. In that case you can ask "Do fish fly?" until Hell freezes over and drill and drill and drill
continuously and religiously. And you are not going to get anywhere until you get your beingness and
your attitude settled.

What is auditor beingness? Well, what are you being as you sit in the auditing chair auditing the pc? Are
your beingness somebody he would be willing to talk to? Your general attitude as expressed in your TRs
is what signals this. Your beingness as an auditor is something you yourself must decide upon. It is a step
to be taken when you are certain of all your basics in auditing. It all has to come together in a focused and
aligned way. It could be done in minutes or it could take hours or days. But if you take a look at all of
these data and apply it, you actually could simply decide "What is my beingness as an auditor?" and
"Exactly what is my attitude toward pc's?" and your beingness as an auditor might suddenly go click.
Your attitude then will fall comfortably into place, and that will be expressed and reflected in your TRs.
These are the skills you need. But it is the basic simplicity you are after. It all has to click and fall into
place. Leonardo Da Vinci convinced the Pope of his time, that he was the right man for doing the
paintings inside the Sixteenth Chapel, simply by drawing a perfect circle for the Pope - free hand. It is a
real simple, but also an awful difficult thing to do. It was absolutely perfect. The Pope was so impressed
by this - and rightfully so - so he immediately commissioned Leonardo. He had demonstrated mastery of

110
his craft and an accomplished artist's beingness. In a similar way, you as an auditor, now ready to
graduate, have to put all your drilling and all the details aside. Your attention is no longer on the nitty
gritty details. It all has to come together as the natural thing to do. You have mastered all these skills so
you can do them effortlessly and without being distracted. You have worked out all the snarls and
practical problems of "What do I do if....?" They all add up as elements of your auditor beingness. But
your attention and focus, your attitude towards the pc, your TRs and metering have all come together to
accomplish one thing: put the pc in-session and audit him towards case gains, more self-determinism and
freedom.

It begins with certainty on technical basics, TRs and metering. It's then a matter of assuming an auditor's
beingness which comes across in your attitude. At that point your TRs, already well drilled, can be
brought up easily to a point of flawlessness. And from there it's a short step to your pc's, each and every
one, interested in own case and willing to talk to you.

Auditing is real simple

when it all has been put
together, but what you
have is a precision activity.

111
 The Grades - Outline

The general direction of auditing is to raise the cause level and responsibility level of the pc. Along with that
comes an increase in awareness. Increased awareness could be said to be the ultimate indicator of progress and
product of auditing. The awareness scale can be found as an indicator scale along with the Grades on the Grade
Chart (shown in table below).

The auditor's command makes pc look in her Bank and

causes a restimulation. TA goes from 2.7 to 2.9. Pc gets
an answer from the Bank, that she tells auditor. That
causes a destimulation. TA goes from 2.8 to 2.6 in
example. This is the basic action of removing charge -
one unit at the time.

What is most important as a practical measurement to an auditor is however Tone Arm action. Upward motion of
the Tone Arm means pc contacted and restimulated some mass in his Bank. Downward motion of the Tone Arm
means the mass was destimulated, reduced or As-is-ed by the pc. That is what you do as an auditor. An
archeologist may use a teaspoon to remove the sand and dirt covering a treasure. The auditor uses one auditing
command at the time to accomplish something similar. The Tone arm action is the session to session indicator of,
that the pc is confronting and As-is-ing his Bank little by little. It tells the auditor that the process is working.
When this happens the pc's case changes for the better. He will have cognitions, which are new
awarenesses. Given enough Tone Arm action the pc will move up the awareness scale and any other scale of
Clearing Technology. He moves towards his native state of being a very powerful being. Our assumption is
clearly, Man is basically good and an able being. By removing charge he regains these abilities gradually that he
basically had all along. The Grades are laid out in a way as to keep the Tone Arm moving on pc's. They are also
laid out to cover the most important areas of the pc's life and his case. They are laid out in a natural sequence
found by research and confirmed by experience. The Grades are laid out to tackle the next obstacle to higher
awareness and spiritual freedom. Having tackled one obstacle the pc's attention and interest will quite naturally
move onto the next one which is now coming into view; that is the next Grade. It is like a journey. You get over
one mountain and now you can see the next peak over there! Now we have to get up to the top of that one.
Basically Grade 0-4 (Ability Clearing) cover the subject matters of the rudiments, but on a grander scale.
As you know from Level 0, the rudiments are the factors that can prevent effective auditing from taking place. A
pc has to be in-session (interested in his own case and willing to talk to the auditor) for auditing to work. We had
the data from 'How to Fly the Rudiments':
"There are three common reasons that a pc isn't in-session. These are also the three common rudiments. They
are:
1) ARC Breaks, 2) Present Time Problems and 3) Withholds.
If you audit a pc, who has an ARC break he will become worse.
If you audit a pc who has a Present Time Problem or a Withhold, no change will occur.
So it is important to address these things right at the beginning of the session so the pc can benefit from the
Major Action."

In 'Auditors Rights' it states: "A pc to run well has to have his 'Rudiments In'. It is a major auditing error to
audit a pc on something else if his ruds are out." and, "An auditor should never begin a Major Action on a pc not

112
set up for it."

What is said about auditing and Major Action in these quotes could be said to hold true for life as well. Life and
successful living is being simulated in auditing you could say. If a person 'has his rudiments in solid' on life he is
more likely to enjoy life and succeed.

Awareness Grade Subject Audited Ability EP

12Production
Ability Release Service Facsimiles, Moving out of fixed conditions.
11 Activity
Grade 4 Justifications, 'Certainties' Ability to do new things
10 Prediction

9 Body
Freedom Release Free of upsets of the past; ability to
8 Adjustment Past upsets, change
Grade 3 confront future
7 Energy

6 Enlightenment
Relief Release Relief from hostilities and
5 Understandings Overts and Withholds
Grade 2 sufferings of life
4 Orientation

Help, Problems
3 Perception Problems Release Able to see source of problems and
(Also Objectives, if not
2 Comm Grade 1 make them vanish
done earlier)

Comm Release Ability to communicate freely to

1 Recognition Communication
Grade 0 anyone on any subject

-1 Help Recall Release Self Analysis, Recall Knows he won't get any worse

The 'Ability Attained' expresses a common denominator of wins -

The Awareness scale is tentatively aligned with these
a minimum if you will. If this is not obtained after running all
Grades. It is an expression of that the general purpose of the
processes of a Grade, additional processes exist, that the C/S can
auditing is to raise the awareness level of the pc.
use to get the pc there. The C/S would first double-check that the
On different versions of the Grade Chart they were placed
normal processes were run correctly and fully.
differently.

About Grades
On the Recall Grade the pc became able to contact his Bank and mental image pictures and started to look at
them and handle them from a causative point of view.

On Grade Zero, communication, the pc became able to be there and communicate. Since communication is
necessary to any successful living, and auditing as well, it was addressed early on. Communication is an undercut
to handling rudiments, be it problems, upsets or Withholds. Increasing ones ability and desire to communicate is
of course one first important step in handling Withholds as well.

On Grade One, Problems, we looked at problems and took a good look at the mechanisms behind confusions and
problems to a point where the pc was able to see the source of his problems and make them vanish.

On Grade Two we are taking a look at Overts and Withholds (O/Ws). To clear up Overts and Withholds is an
important step as these things could be said and understood to be behind any out rudiment phenomena.
113
On Grade Three we look at upsets. We clear up past upsets and relationships gone bad. This corresponds to the
ARC break rudiment.

On Grade Four we look at pc's computations. We are inspecting aberrated ideas and considerations the pc makes
himself. It's a type of 'crooked ideas' that restimulated his Bank in the first place and kept it in place. One
important type of aberrated computations we will find and inspect is the so-called Service Computation. It's a
computation that makes the pc feel 'I am right and others wrong' in an aberrated way.

Following in this section (Level 0) you will see the full Grade Chart to Clear. It is mainly a reference but it
outlines the basic program for any pc. He starts at the bottom and completes one Grade and is put on the next one.

The Case Supervisor

There are some different possibilities at the very beginning of that chart of what is the best starting point for the
individual pc. What we have listed above does not cover that. The Grades can be done by all pc's with
tremendous benefits. But to start a case on auditing that leads up to Grade 0 there are some choices. The
beginning steps are usually to handle any effects of drugs, medicines and toxins on a case as these are in the way
of auditing. Drugs reduces a person's ability to recall and do other mental exercises necessary to auditing so this
usually has to be addressed first. But it is much like a curriculum in school where some basics have to be
covered and you sometimes err to the side of caution. The case supervisor is the person who determines the pc's
exact program.

So usually there is a pc, an auditor and a case supervisor (C/S). The case supervisor oversees the activity and
gives the auditor written instructions. He writes up a program for the auditor to follow for that particular pc, but
the basic program is the Grade Chart. The case supervisor's first duty is to make sure that the pc makes it with all
the gains possible and available to him.

114
 Assists

The simple techniques of Assists, that are covered in this chapter, can serve
the student auditor well in explaining what auditing is all about and to do
demonstrations with. It does not use the Meter or the formal setting of a
session, but can be very effective when done right. It also provides the
beginning auditor with a simple procedure that will get him familiar with
handling a pc.
Assist are meant as a mental first aid, when the pc is in a state of chock or
pain after an accident happened (contact assist), as a relief from a confusion
(locational assist) or psychosomatic tension (touch assist). They reduce the
unconsciousness produced by the chock of the accident and they help to
undo the non-survival postulates made during it. They work extremely well
on children. The child is made aware of what happened and made to
confront the accident and pain and will usually cheer up very quickly
without developing a pattern of misbehavior. They will quickly clear up the
mishap and gradually become more responsible if Assists are applied to
them on a regular basis. A good comm cycle (TRs) and good control of the
pc are the primary skills required.

Touch Assist
Is used to relieve chronic or acute aches and pains, like headaches, bumps and bruises. It also relieves
body stress and mental stress of illnesses, like colds and fevers, etc. It does of course not replace medical
attention or medical first aid, but helps the patient deal with the condition and recover from it faster. Any
assist is only administered after a medical first aid is given, if needed.

Commands: "Feel my finger." "Thank you."

The communication cycle is not as important in the touch assist, but it must be present. You do give the
command, get an answer from the patient and acknowledge each time. This is done alternating from one
side of the body to the other, one command and answer and acknowledgement for each touch. The auditor
works his way up and down the body from toes, all the way up to fingers and to the top of the head and
back down. In case the assist is for an injury you would work around that area during the assist. But as
described below, you want to 'loosen up' locked up energy and will thus have to work the whole body.
It's important to cover the area further away from the head than the injury. If the knee is injured you
should give the lower leg and feet special attention.

Description: One of the factors of an assist is a balance of the nerve energy of the body. There are
12 nerve channels going up and down along the spine. The energy from a shock will make a standing
wave in the body along these channels. The brain is a shock cushion, that is all. It absorbs the shock from
a large amount of energy. The connection between the single nerve cells is a 'fuse'. It blocks or
disconnects under stress. A wave one way will have a wave reacting the other way. In the sympathetic
nerve system, the chock wave from the injury locks up on both sides of the body. So you need to do the
assist thoroughly on both sides of the body. Work over both sides and unlock the standing wave. The
purpose of a touch assist is to unlock the standing waves that are small electronic ridges of nerve energy

115
that are not flowing as they should. At first, you might just get an awareness of the area. Then maybe,
after the third or fourth assist (third or fourth day or many more days with one done each day), there is a
large jolt that will go through. The impulse tends to lock up in the spine so you have to do the spine, too.
End Point: Pain gone, realization. It may take several assists to achieve this.

Cautions: Both sides of the body must be worked and balanced. If you touch the right elbow, it is
followed by touching the left elbow in the same place, etc. You must go to the extremities (feet and toes,
hands and fingertips) beyond the area of injury. Avoid setting up a rhythm, as you don't want to
mesmerize the person. Also, depending of the character of the injury, you may have to do one Assist each
day for many days before you reach the full EP of the Assist. End off each session at a good point until
full EP is reached.

Put your Attention on my Hand

Description: This process can be used as an emergency assist. Let's say that you were a public school
playground supervisor and a child falls down and wrenches his ankle. You get to the child; you want a
minimum of talk in the vicinity always. You just ask the child, "Put your attention on my hand," and you
put your hand below that ankle (in other words, on his heel, his shoe, his toes and so forth), "Thank you".
Maybe the child is writhing around in pain but he will at least try to do it. You will feel the limb tremble,
you will feel the tremor abate, you will feel it cut-in again and then get quiet and for several placements
no particular result. And then, you will feel the tremble and you will feel it abate except that the tremble
each time will be less. The person will actually feel the impact over again that caused the injury. The
child will (if you do this well for about ten, fifteen minutes) quite ordinarily simply get up and walk
without a limp and no difficulty.

Commands: First, tell the person what you are going to do. Let him know that you want him to give you
a signal every time he has put his attention on your hand. "Put your attention on my hand." (Move your
hand, before giving the command). "Thank you."
"Put your attention on my hand." "Thank you."
"Put your attention on my hand." "Good."
"put your attention on my hand." "Okay." etc. to End Point.

End Point: Pain gone, a realization, and good indicators.

Contact Assist
Description: The contact assist is remarkable when it can be done. The patient is taken to an area where
the injury occurred and makes the injured member (as hand, foot, head) gently contact the object that
injured it several times. A sudden pain will fly off and the injury, if minor, lessens or vanishes. This is a
physical communication factor. The body member seems to have withdrawn from the exact spot in the
physical universe. This communication factor is restored. The restoration of awareness is often necessary
before healing can occur. The prolongation of a chronic injury occurs in the absence of a physical
communication with the location of the spot of injury in the physical universe.

Commands: There are no set commands. Take the person to the exact spot where the accident occurred.
Then have him duplicate exactly what happened at the time of the accident. For instance, if he hit his
head on a pipe, have him go through the action of putting his head against the exact spot on the pipe,
having the pipe also touch the exact spot on his head. He should be duplicating the whole thing. That is,
the rest of his body should be in the position it was in at the time of the accident. If the object is hot, you
let it cool first, if current was on, you turn it off before doing the assist. If he had a tool in his hand, or
116
was using one, he should be going through the same motions with it. Have the person repeat this several
times, until the somatic occurs again. It will occur and blow off when he duplicates it.

End Point: Pain gone, realization.

Cautions: Ensure hot objects are cooled off and moving machines stopped, etc.

Assist to Make a Person Sober

Description: This assist is not used to cure a person of alcoholism. The use of locational havingness will
make a drunk person sober in a very few minutes and the cause of his need for alcohol can be audited out
later. As society currently has no technology for handling the drunk who is an embarrassment to the
police, his family, and often to himself, this process has social value and may serve as a line of
cooperation and assistance to the police.

Commands: "Look at that ____(room object)."

Use very good presence (TR 0). A drunk is usually considered somewhat unconfrontable and he himself
certainly cannot confront. Repeat the command, each time pointing out a room object, as often as
required to bring the person to sobriety. Do not veer off the process (Q&A) with the frequent comment
"What object!" Just get the command carried out, acknowledge, and give the next command.

End Point: The person returned to being sober.

Cautions: Do not ever get angry with or strike a drunk, whatever the provocation.

Locating the Accident or Injury

Description: Of course, one does not open and close a session with any formality while doing an assist.
The person is always too tied up with the emergency to do anything but the process. This is the best assist
for a child, getting him to point each time he answers the question.

Commands: "Where did it happen?" Acknowledge.

"Where are you now?" Acknowledge.

End Point: Run repetitive until pc is well.

Reach and Withdraw Assist

Description: Reach and Withdraw in processing has long been used to bring about an increase of sanity
-- it has both mental and physical uses.
It is used to get a person into communication with anything that may be troubling him, be it a person, a
situation, an area or a part of the body. It also serves to separate him from terminals and situations so that
he is not compulsive toward them.
Reach and Withdraw can be used to restore communication to a sick or injured body part, and is often
used this way in assists.

Commands: "Reach that ____ (body part). "

"Withdraw from that ____ (body part). "
The following commands may be substituted if the wording is more appropriate to the particular person,
place or thing being addressed. "Touch that ____. (body part). "
"Let go of that ____ (body part). "
A person, place, or thing is named in the blank and the commands are given alternately (1, 2, 1, 2, and so
on repetitively, with an acknowledgement given after the execution of each command.) It is done on that

117
one thing until the person has a minor win or three consecutive sets of commands with no change in the
person's motions or attitude. Then another person, place, or thing is chosen and the commands are taken
to a win on that item, and so on.
The processor running Reach and Withdraw on another person always points to the object (or person,
space, et.) each time he gives a command so there will be no mistake made by the person doing it.

End Point: The end point of Reach and Withdraw is a win or realization accompanied by good indicators
on the whole area being addressed. Reach and Withdraw would not be run past a major win on the area.
In processing, Reach and Withdraw is run to a realization and good indicators.
Cautions: Overrunning this action will cause difficulty. This has been a problem particularly when the
person is supposed to run Reach and Withdraw on a series of items (as in Reach and Withdraw on the
course room). The person may hit the end point of the whole action on the second item, yet it is continued
on other items past the end point. One runs Reach and Withdraw to its stated end point and that's the end
of it. Don't go rote and plow the person in. When he's had his win and is brightly in present time and
feels good about the environment, end off.

Spinal Adjustment
Description
Sudden shock such as a fall, a jerk of the body, or the lifting of a heavy object with the strain on the back
may cause the disks in the spine to be pinched or pushed out of place.
Symptoms of this may be pain, dull or sharp, directly on the spinal column or along any of the connecting
muscles of the back. A numbness or buzzing sensation may be experienced on the backside below the
small of the back.
The slipped or pinched disk may not always be detected by running the fingers along the spinal column,
but can be detected by lightly running the hand or fingers along either side of the spinal column. The
reason for this is that the disk itself is very small and may not be felt, but the muscles and ligaments
connected to the spine will have strain on them and may be cramped or knotted. This is the reason that
there may be pain along these muscles and not directly on the spinal column. This can be easily felt with
the lightest of touches along either side of the spine.

Commands: Have the injured person lay down on a flat surface. Give him a standard touch assist, with
his agreement.
Afterwards, also with his agreement, check to see if there is a pinched or slipped disk. It will more than
likely be detected by the presence of a swollen muscle or knot on either side of a particular section of the
spinal column. Relax the muscle.
Use a light circular motion alternated with a sliding motion toward the spinal column. This is the most
important action. It is the muscle that is physically holding the disk out of place.
It is usually during the action of relaxation the muscle that the disk slides back into place. If it has not
slipped into place with the above action, you may gently slide it sideways into place. It will go easily,
without a snap, and the person will feel instant relief.

End Point: The slipped or pinched disk back into place.

Cautions: If there is no improvement by gentle treatment properly done as above by qualified
practitioners, have the spine x-rayed as it may be fractured and in need of medical setting.
Processes compiled by Christine, web-mistress of: http://www,lightlink.com/xine/objs/objindex.html. The
intro is based on L. Kin's book 'Scn, Handbook for use', vol.2.

118
 Recall Processes

Recalling Happy Moments

In recall processing you are making the pc communicate with his past. The normal human way to commit
something to memory, is to make a mental image picture of it. Then he can later recall it (or restimulate
it). In Recall you are thus having the pc communicate with mental pictures and the mental MEST stored
in his mind. There exists an elaborate recording of the past in the pc's mind. It exists with an amazing
number of details and different perceptions. We call this consecutive recording of pc's existence for the
Time Track. The Time Track is like a three dimensional motion picture, but it includes recordings of
emotional states, smells, motion, pains, etc., etc. It is actually complete with about 55 different
perceptions. All these perceptions are recorded in mental image pictures; and put together they make up
the Time Track and they can all be recalled in processing. Since the Reactive Mind for a large part
consists of mental recordings of bad experiences, recall processes are an important step to be able to
handle that. You are recalling happy experiences in this processing and that is a first important step.

"When the pc gets

restimulated the Bank
is apparent Cause and
pc at Effect."

When the pc gets restimulated the Bank is apparent Cause and the pc at Effect. In Recall processes the pc
is made to look at his pictures; the communication line is reversed and puts the pc at Cause and the Bank
at Effect of the comm cycle.

"In Recall processes the pc is made

to look at his pictures; the communication
line is reversed and puts the pc at Cause
and the Bank at Effect of the comm cycle."

This is the first important step in taking control over the Memory Banks and the Reactive Mind. In
session and under the auditor's control the pc suddenly finds it quite doable to contact memories and
mental image pictures at will, whether known or long forgotten, and review them in great detail in the
session. The normal sequence of restimulation and "Why did I suddenly think of that?" has been reversed
and the pc + auditor is greater than the Bank is at work. The auditor + pc team is in control and at cause.

119
 With Recall Processes the pc
gets his first experience with
the Itsa-maker line. He is
made
to find light and positive
experiences in his bank.

In Recall processes we usually concentrate on positive experiences. By simply working with the
mechanisms of memory and contacting the memory Banks, the pc will usually experience a considerable
raise in tone as well as in recall ability. The pc will work with the mechanisms of remembering as well as
forgetting. Forgetting is a mechanism of memory as well. This is clear, when you think of all the things
"You would wish you could forget happened". So these are both abilities of memory and part of the
Recall Grade.

Ability Attained from Recall Auditing, RECALL RELEASE: Knows he/she won't get worse.

120
 Ability Clearing Zero - Communication

What the pc can expect from the Communications Grade is simply an increased ability to communicate to
others. We are not shooting for sudden miracles of mental or physical recovery. Level zero is there to get
the pc's feet on the ladder and make a first important step up towards more abilities than they ever hoped
for. Communication and Level Zero is taking up an area from which beginning pc's usually can make the
most gains. Sometimes it can seem miraculous. All we go for at Grade zero is this: Recovering the pc's
ability to talk to others freely.

Earlier in the manual we have in great detail gone over how a pc isn't in-session unless he is willing to
talk to his auditor. You now have to realize he can't be in life until he is able to communicate freely with
others. Any process that forwards this is Level Zero material. Any process that doesn't, does not belong
here. Pc's may be frantic to go Clear quickly; but no matter how frantic they are, the most gain and the
best start is accomplished by doing Grade 0. The more hysterical the pc may be about getting advanced
and powerful processes the less likely he is to benefit from it. This frame of mind actually indicates, he
needs a feather light touch. What we do at Grade 0 is simply this:
1. Recover the pc's ability to talk freely.
Often in processing we go for 'Negative Gain', meaning eradicating a disability. On Grade 0 we go the
opposite way; increasing a natural ability by validating what is right about the pc.
2. We teach the pc by example, that the auditor is safe to talk to and won't betray, punish or
reprimand him.
By putting the 'magic of communication' in fully the pc is likely to benefit tremendously.
3. We apply the Effect scale by not using desperate measures. Real lasting gains in beginning auditing
is best achieved by light, positive gain processing.
On Recall processes we improve the pc's recall and his access and control over mental image
pictures. On communication processes we work directly with coaxing the pc's ability to communicate,
even about difficult subjects. This leads directly to steady gains, an increased ability and a greater ability
to take an active role in life.

Style of Auditing
The auditing style used is Listen Style. The auditor is a good listener and puts in minimum control. The
whole purpose is to get the pc talking happily and with confidence. The use of TR-3 is minimal. TR-2
1/2, half acknowledgments are used when appropriate to keep the pc talking. You can use "OK, tell me
more about it" as a half ack if the pc starts out with hesitant answers or you can use the Prompters below.
The pc is allowed to wander around a bit as long as he is going in the direction of freer communication.

The Prompters: In Listen Style: When the pc stops talking, the auditor must adjudicate whether the pc is
simply no longer interested in the subject, or has become unwilling to talk about some bit of it. If the
auditor believes the pc has stopped because of embarrassment or some similar reason, the auditor has The
Prompters he can use:
Prompter (a) "Have you found something you think would make me think less of you?"
Prompter (b) "Is there something you thought of that you think I wouldn't understand? "
Prompter (c) "Have you said something you felt I didn't understand. If so, tell me again."
Prompter (d) "Have you found something you haven't understood? If so, tell me about it."

121
The auditor must know these prompters. He uses as many as needed, in the sequence given, to start the pc
talking again. On Grade 0, everything done in the processes are in the direction of freeing
communication. The processes and the Meter Assessments are used to find areas that needs to be freed up.

EP's of Subjects and Processes

A chosen subject/person or process is not left until the pc is comfortable about it. By this is meant, the pc
would not feel disturbed talking to the subject or person chosen. If pc is shy, uncertain, or if he is
aggressive or annoyed, the process or subject is not flat or EP'ed. A subject or process is not left until the
pc really can respond cheerfully. When this is accomplished, a new process or subject is chosen and the
Grades processes are continued, using the new process or subject.

R Factor to PC
On Grade 0 the auditor tells the pc the purpose of the session (Reality Factor): "I want to get you used to
talking to another." "I want to improve your reach," etc. It's the auditor's goal at this level, not the pc's.
Pc's don't get a chance to set goals in Listen Style as they would set goals they can't attain at this level
and wouldn't have enough reality on auditing anyway to be sensible about it."

Ability Attained from Auditing on Communication (4 flows):

Flow Willing for others to communicate to him on any subject. No longer

1 resisting communication from others on unpleasant or unwanted
subjects.

Flow Ability to communicate freely with anyone on any subject. Free

GRADE 0 2 from or no longer bothered by communication difficulties. No
COMMUNICATIONS longer withdrawn or reticent. Likes to outflow.
RELEASE
Flow Willing for others to communicate freely to others about anything.
3

Flow Willingness to permit oneself to communicate freely about anything.

0

122
 Grade Chart to Clear

The state of Clear

is the goal of
Clearing Technology

The following spreads show the Grade Chart to Clear

and 'Abilities Attained' for each Grade.

123
 Awareness Grade Release prere-
Audited on Class Ability Attained
Level (5) name name quisite
A Being, who no
success-
Clear Clear longer has his own
ful C.Int
18 Realization Reactive Mind
17 Clearing
16 Purposes If Clear
Clear to determine if Engram Certainty if Clear or
confirmed: Int.
Intensive PC went Clear running not (4)
Clear specialist

15 Ability Engram Engrams and

Engrams Clear. Or a well and
14 Correction Clearing. other traumatic Grade 4 CT-5
completion happy Being
13 Result Grade 5 incidents

12 Production Moving out of fixed

Ability Ability Abilities (Service
11 Activity Grade 3 CT-4 conditions. Ability
Grade 4 Release Facsimiles)
10 Prediction to do new things

9 Body Free of upsets of

Freedom Freedom Past upsets,
8 Adjustment Grade 2 CT-3 the past; ability to
Grade 3 Release change
7 Energy confront future

6
Enlightenment Relief from
Relief Relief Overts and
5 Grade 1 CT-2 hostilities and
Grade 2 Release Withholds
Understandings sufferings of life
4 Orientation

Able to see source

3 Perception Problems Problems
Help, Problems Grade 0 CT-1 of problems and
2 Comm Grade 1 release
make them vanish

Ability to
Comm. Comm. Communication Recall communicate freely
1 Recognition CT-0
Grade 0 Release processes Release to anyone on any
subject

124
 Recall Determ.
Recall Self Analysis, Knows he won't get
-1 Help Grade by CT-0
Release Recall prcs. any worse
(ARCSW) C/S (3)

Released from
Recall Subjective effects Determ.
Drug RD harmful effects of
-1 Help Drug of drugs, by CT-0
completion drugs, medicine and
Rundown medicine, alcohol. C/S (2)
alcohol

CT-1
TR 0-9, Determ. Oriented and in
TRs and Objectives or
-1 Help Objective by present time re:
Objectives completion co-
processes C/S (1) MEST
audit

Freedom from
Medical
Cleansing residuals of drugs
Cleansing Biochemical exam
-2 Hope RD none and other toxins and
RD factors and OK
completion their restimulative
to do it.
effects

Handles life areas

Awareness of truth
(C/S Ser. 5).
Life Repair none CT-3 and the way to
Tailor made pgm
personal freedom.
by C/S.

Awareness Grade Release Prere-

Audited on Class Ability attained
Level (5) name name quisite

Notes (1,2) The need for the Recall Drug RD and Objectives at this point is determined by the C/S on the
basis of the pc's exposure to drugs, medicine, alcohol and possibly other toxins.
Note (3) For a pc without a history of excessive exposure to substances, Recall Grade can usually be given
as the first action.
The safest is to follow the steps, bottom up, and handle whatever is there to handle. But the consideration of
availability of trained auditors/ case supervisors do play a role.
Note (4) The Clear Confirmation can lead to the determination, that PC isn't Clear. If that is the case, he is
usually put back on Engram Clearing for further auditing and can be given a new Clear Confirmation at a
later date.
Note (5) The Awareness scale is tentatively aligned with these Grades. It is an expression of that the
general purpose of the auditing is to raise the awareness level of the pc.
There are a number of levels, the Advanced Ability Levels, above Clear. These are not covered by CT at
this point.

125
Attesting Actions and Grades
Each Grade is attested to by the pc declaring the full statement of the Ability Gained for all four flows.
The table given below lists the Ability Gained for each of the Grades below Clear and the State of Clear.

It is used by the Examiner when a pc is sent to Attest. The Examiner has the pc read the entire statement for the Ability
Gained for that Grade (including all four flows) and must accept only the pc declaring the full statement for the Ability
Gained. Each Flows statement is asked separately as a question to the pc: "Have you attained (ability stated)?" and should
F/N at Examiner.

STATE ABILITY ATTAINED

LIFE REPAIR
COMPLETION Awareness of truth and the way to personal freedom.

CLEANSING RD
Freedom from the restimulative effects of drug residuals and other toxins.
COMPLETION
OBJECTIVES
Oriented in present time of the physical universe.
COMPLETION
RECALL DRUG RD
Released from harmful effects of drugs, medicine or alcohol.
COMPLETION
Knows he/she won't get worse.
RECALL RELEASE

Flow 1 Willing for others to communicate to him on any subject. No longer resisting
communication from others on unpleasant or unwanted subjects.

GRADE 0 Flow 2 Ability to communicate freely with anyone on any subject. Free from or no longer
COMMUNICATIONS bothered by communication difficulties. No longer withdrawn or reticent. Likes
RELEASE to outflow.
Flow 3 Willing for others to communicate freely to others about anything.
Flow 0 Willingness to permit oneself to communicate freely about anything.
Flow 1 No longer worried about problems others have been to self. Able to recognize the
source of problems and make them vanish. Has no problems.

GRADE 1 Flow 2 No longer worried about problems he has been to others. Feels free about any
PROBLEMS problems others may have with him and can recognize source of them.
RELEASE Flow 3 Free from worry about others' problems with or about others, and can recognize
source of them.
Flow 0 Free from worry about problems with self and can recognize the source of them.
STATE ABILITY ATTAINED

126
 STATE ABILITY ATTAINED
Flow 1 Freedom from things others have done to one in the past. Willing for others to be
cause over him.

GRADE 2 Flow 2 Relief from the hostilities and sufferings of life. Ability to be at cause without
RELIEF fear of hurting others.
RELEASE Flow 3 Willing to have others be cause over others without feeling the need to intervene
for fear of their doing harm.
Flow 0 Relief from hostilities and sufferings imposed by self upon self.
Flow 1 Freedom from upsets of the past. Ability to face the future. Ability to experience
sudden change without becoming upset.
Flow 2 Can grant others the beingness to be the way they are and choose their own
GRADE 3 reality. No longer feels need to change people to make them more acceptable to
FREEDOM self. Able to cause changes in another's life without ill effects.
RELEASE Flow 3 Freedom from the need to prevent or become involved in the change and
interchange occurring amongst others.
Flow 0 Freedom from upsets of the past one has imposed upon oneself and ability to
cause changes in one's own life without ill effects.
Flow 1 Free from and able to tolerate others' fixed ideas, justifications and make-guilty
of self. Free of need to respond in a like manner.
Flow 2 Moving out of fixed conditions into ability to do new things. Ability to face life
without need to justify own actions or defend self from others. Loss of make-
GRADE 4 guilty mechanisms and demand for sympathy. Can be right or wrong.
ABILITY
RELEASE Flow 3 Can tolerate fixed conditions of others in regard to others. Freedom from
involvement in others' efforts to justify, make guilty, dominate or be defensive
about their actions against others.
Flow 0 Ability to face life without need to make self wrong. Loss of make-self-guilty
mechanisms and self-invalidation.
DRUG ENGRAMS Freedom from harmful effects of drugs, alcohol and
COMPLETION medicine and free from the need to take them.

ENGRAM CLEARING A well and happy being.

COMPLETION

STATE OF CLEAR A Being, who no longer has his own Reactive Mind

STATE ABILITY ATTAINED

127
 Part Three:

Level One,
Help and Problems
 Level One - Outline
Ability Clearing, Level One

There are a number of topics included in Ability Clearing, Level One:

Objective Processes: These processes are physical walk-around processes. They are based on data about
Control, Communication and Havingness. The Objectives are often run very early on on new pc's and
they can be done as co-auditing without a Meter. The section about Objective Processes can thus be done
separately as a course of its own.

Help Processes: Help is a good thing, but it can cause aberration when it goes wrong. Level One includes
some theory of Help as a subject and Help processes.

Problems Processes: The main topic of Level One is Problems. You get some useful theory about
Problems and the Problems Processes for Grade One. Grade One is usually called Problems Release.
Students audit each other on this.

Prep-check: A Prep-check means Preparatory Checking. A Prep-check gets the rudiments in thoroughly
on the area or subject being Prep-checked. This action has many uses. It is used to handle troublesome
subjects and areas and Prep-checking such subjects can give much relief to the pc. On Grade One Prep-
checking is used in a Problems Process as well.

Basic Auditing Skills for Level One include some very basic skills already covered on Level Zero.
There are additional skills taught in order to run Objective Processes and formal repetitive processes.
Since all these skills need to be drilled and improved upon on a continuous basis they appear on the
checksheet and in the printed materials for several levels. TRs and Meter Drills are done on all CT Levels.

131
 Objective Processes

From Pre-logics:
"Self-Determinism is the common
denominator of all life impulses."
"Definition of Self-determinism:
The ability to locate in space and
time energy and matter."

Objective processes are physical drills done with observance of the Auditors Code and other basics of auditing. The
objective processes do not depend on verbal commands and they apply ARC on a physical level; they are thus easy to
get excellent results with very early on. Objectives can be done as the first audited action on pc's. They are part of the
line-up of actions you do to handle the effects of drugs on a case. If not done before, they are done as part of Grade
One. If already partly done, any processes omitted earlier are run on Grade One. Even though all the Objective process
are not called the CCHs they all build on the same basic principles. CCH stands for Control, Communication,
Havingness. The definitions below outline the principles and elements Objectives build on:
Objective Processes, 1. Objective Processes deal with body motions and observing and touching objects in the
auditing room. 2. They are Look Around or Physical Contact processes and obviously 'objective'. Pc's who have been
on drugs obviously have to be run on Objective not subjective processes. Anyone can be brought more into present time
with objective processes.
CCHs, 1. Are a highly workable set of processes starting with control, going to communication and leading to
havingness in that order. 2. Several associated processes which bring a person into better control of his body and
surroundings, put him into better communication with his surroundings and other people, and increase his ability to
have things for himself. They bring him into the present, away from his past problems. 3. You apply control,
communication and havingness. When you apply control, you obtain communication which gives the preclear
havingness. It is a method of entrance on cases which is very workable.
Communication Lag, 1. The length of time it takes between a question and getting a logical answer. (In
Objectives - the length of time between a command and a correct execution). 2. It's a method of telling whether or not a
person is sick or well. A person who answers (or executes) quickly and rationally (or executes correctly) is in much
better condition than a person who answers after a long consideration. (Abbreviation: Comm Lag).
Control, 1. When we say control, we simply mean willingness to start, stop and change. 2. You are stating a
greater truth when you say that control is predictable change than if you say control is start, change and stop because
start and stop are, of course, necessary to change. You might say the thinking or philosophic definition would be
predictable change. 3. Positive postulating, which is intention, and the execution thereof.
MEST, a coined word, meaning matter, energy, space and time, the physical universe.

CCH - ARC on a physical level: The lowest entrance of the ARC triangle is control for affinity (the A). Bodies
respond very well to this. Any preclear responds to control regardless of his tone level as you are processing him via a
body, because this is the body's level of understanding. Control is solid. Bodies understand that. Therefore control is A.
This holds true in physical exercises and in military drilling as well. Control establishes rapport and affinity. If
somebody reaches over and controls your body he is certainly 'occupying the same space' to a degree; and this is a
basic definition of Affinity. Also, if you have good control over a piece of machinery - like a car - you develop affinity
for it. You feel a dislike for or get upset about things you can't control, including machinery and people.
On a MEST universe level and a body level we have havingness or solid mass in the place of reality; and we have
verbalization or physical interchange in place of communication. So understanding takes place in terms of control, mass
and communication. Understanding on a physical level always takes place in the framework of (a) mass and the
location of it, (b) verbalization, exchange or interchange, (c) and control for affinity. If one disliked somebody on a
mass level one would simply refuse to control him and just walk away. The choice we are talking about is to control or
not to control.

132
 Comm takes place as a physical Reality becomes mass or lack thereof:
Affinity becomes Control
interchange Havingness.

Don't get this wrong. We are not trying to rephrase or re-do the ARC triangle. We are simply stating the action level of
the ARC triangle - how ARC applies to action on a MEST level. Affinity becomes control or lack of it. The R becomes
mass and its location or lack of mass and C is some sort of particle interchange, symbols flying back and forth - in solid
form. The general sequence of the Objective Processes goes from direct physical control by the auditor of the pc's body
and its motions, to introducing distance, and then goes on to controlling pc's attention. So if you ever want to err, don't
err on the side of being sweet and light. Err on the side of being a heavy-handed parent; a lion tamer or a sports coach.
Keep the Auditors Code, but keep in full control. And if you do that, your pc's can't help recovering, because the
hidden factor of Control-Communication -Havingness (CCH) is present in whatever you're running.

It has nothing to do with yelling, antagonism,

Tone 40, 1. Giving a command and just knowing that it will be executed despite
overwhelming or a confrontational attitude. '40
any contrary appearances. Tone 40 is positive postulating.
style' auditing tends to run out bad control.

Tone 40: Many of the Objective Processes are run 'Tone 40' style. The auditor is of course bound by the Auditors
Code.
Intention is by Ron Hubbard defined as 'the carrier wave, that takes the words along with it.' It's a command factor; a
consideration of causatively wanting something to happen and it happens. It is not the words (or particles). It is in other
words a theta quality and ability.
As taught on the Upper Indoctrination TRs the auditor has to use intention to go along with the verbal
commands. When he gets real good at that he can theoretically state the commands in Chinese, Dutch or any other
language the pc doesn't understand and the body will still comply. If the Bank comes in the way and the pc can't
comply with a command, the auditor simply reaches in and elegantly physically enforces the compliance. You have to
think Control = Affinity when you do that and sort of be like a loving but firm parent teaching a child to walk. The idea,
that the pc can't do it does not enter your mind. Here is an actual description of a session running CCH 1-4 done by
Ron Hubbard. They are run 1,2,3,4,1,2,3,4, etc.
"Auditor and pc sat down; auditor chatted a bit about the coming session with the pc. He explained briefly what they were going to do. He
started the session. The auditor explained the CCH 1 drill and began on it. The pc had a bit of embarrassment come off. The auditor took the
physical reaction as an origination by the pc and asked "What is happening?". The routine CCH 1 drill went on and was shortly proved flat by
three equal responses. The auditor went to CCH 2. He explained the drill and they started to do it. This proved to already be flat. The pc did the
drill three times without change of Comm lag. The auditor explained and went to CCH 3. This also proved flat and after a three times test, the
auditor went on. He explained CCH 4, and they did CCH 4. This was found unflat and was gradually flattened to three equally timed correct
responses by the pc on a motion the pc could not at first do. About 50 minutes had elapsed so the auditor gave a ten minute break. After the
break the auditor went back to CCH 1, found it flat, went to CCH 2 and found the pc jumping the command and, by putting short waits of
different lengths before giving Commands, knocked out the automaticity. The auditor went on to CCH 3, found it flat, and then to CCH 4 which
was found unflat and was then flattened.
All commands and actions were Tone 40 (which is not "antagonism" or "challenge"). But the pc was kept in two way comm between full
cycles of the drill by the auditor. Taking up each new physical change manifested as though it were an origin and querying it and getting the pc
to give the pc's reaction to it, this two way comm was not Tone 40. Auditor and pc were serious about the drills. There was no relaxation of
precision. But both auditor and pc were relaxed and happy about the whole thing. These were the CCHs properly done. With high gain results.
There was no watchdog snarling, no antagonistic suspicion, no pc going out of session, no rough handling, no drill-sergeant screaming or
yelling. There was good auditor-pc relationship (better than in formal sessions) and good two way comm throughout."

133
Handling Originations on Objectives
The Objectives are physical processes so the originations you pay attention to are physical manifestations, like twitches,
hesitations, etc: visible body reactions. As illustrated above you don't address these by "Why did your eyes twitch?"
No, you would say after completion of a command and acknowledgment "What is happening?" "How are you doing?"
or the like. You don't pay much attention to verbal originations but would of course acknowledge them according to
Auditors Code # 16 (Always maintain good Communication with the preclear and do not cut his communication or let
him overrun in session). But you don't go into much more in terms of clarify or understand them because what you are
using for communication here are actions and body language. In Tone 40 auditing you let nothing come in the way of
having your command executed. When that is done you can do a bit of two way comm, not tone 40.
A Level One auditor would do the Objectives in Model Session. He would start by flying the rudiments on a Meter
to F/N VGI, as an Objective process is a Major Action (see Auditors Rights). Then they would leave the table and do
the objectives away from the Meter set up. So it takes a bigger room with space for a separate set of chairs, moving
around, etc. While running the CCHs and other Objective processes the auditor uses the pc's body and physical
manifestations as his 'Meter'. He handles any physical manifestation as a 'read' that has to be resolved or flattened. If
the pc has a big cognition about the whole thing, the auditor would take the pc over to the Meter set up, write down the
pc's statement and note down any F/N VGI's. He will have to complete his report immediately after session as it
shouldn't interfere with running the processes.

EP of Objectives
Objectives have to be run honestly and to an actual Objectives EP. Failure to run Objectives fully and completely -
especially on pc's with an extensive drug history - can set a pc up for less than optimum gains from future actions. A pc
who can't execute physical commands is not ready for subjective auditing as you don't know what the pc is doing with
the command.
At one time the following practice was "in style". The auditor ran the pc on a few commands; then took him over
to the Meter and had him "two way communicate" and got an F/N. Auditors would call that for "EP". What actually got
the F/N was not the Objective process but the two way communication. This is what we call 'Quickie'. Quickie is bad.
It means to do something in a hurry and "doing something less than what could be achieved". Objectives on a new pc
takes tens of hours for a full program. Typically 15 - 75 hours; sometimes longer. But it takes the time it takes. The full
results are achieved by actually doing the processes - not just talking about them. The auditor needs to have enough
understanding of the processes to know what he is working towards and what he can expect. He also has to realize that
his main focus are on physical manifestations and changes. "The pc's body is the Meter" is the maxim here. What the
pc says is less important.
It is not uncommon that pc's have significant gains from these simple processes, including going exterior, running
out incidents with bad control, increased efficiency in getting things done, etc. Besides "druggie" symptoms they have
proven to be effective to handle lack of concentration, lack of confront and lack of execution. Phenomena like
"Attention deficit disorder", very nervous and agitated behavior and "Hyper activity" are all caused by lack of confront
and physical ARC with the environment and will change radically when these processes are run right. The ultimate cure
for Q and A, "Man's deadliest disease", is to flatten all the Objective processes completely.
The Objective Processes are designed to break automaticites and so-called mental machinery. They are very
effective in doing so. All these 'machines' are what the pc is using to "confront" the environment. The pc is confronting
on a via. The pc may turn on many odd phenomena on the processes as these mental machines gets triggered.
Mannerisms, "weird ideas", obsessions, compulsions, distant memories can all be triggered as they are controlled by
'mental machinery'. When the processes are continued these automaticities will eventually be broken down and the pc
can now simply confront the environment and present time directly.

Done as Co-Audit
If the auditor is not trained in metering he will look for the good and bad indicators as taught on Level 0. This comes
quite naturally as 'the body is the Meter'. Since Objectives are often done as co-auditing they are often done by auditors
not trained in metering. This whole line-up can be done as the Objectives step after the Cleansing RD. You would omit
two processes near the end: Control Trio and Goals Process. These are subjective and metered processes. These, and
any other Objectives that are not done for some reason, would then be done as part of Grade One.

134
 Why Help has to be Cleared

Help is a basic necessity to life and to every person. Yet, if it goes wrong it can be dynamite. In other
words it's a hot subject. Help means basically to assist or aid somebody else and is of course an important
element in life and living. Let us first look at some Key definitions related to the subject of Help:
Help 1. To assist, to aid, to give a hand. 2. To contribute in some way; to further; to promote.
Help implies doing something for somebody else to assist them in whatever they want to accomplish. In
other words the helper aligns his efforts to the purposes and needs of the person receiving the Help.
Identify 1. To establish the identity of something. 2. In psychological sense it means: associating
oneself closely with a person or group up to a point of being unable to see oneself as separate from it.
Identification 1. (Ron Hubbard's use) Is the inability to perceive or evaluate differences in time,
location, form, composition, etc. 2. The lowest level of reasoning is complete inability to differentiate,
which is to say, identification. (This is of course closely related to 'misidentification' in the dictionary,
but 'identification' in Ron Hubbard's use is derived from (2) above).
Valence 1. What is usually meant by valence is somebody else's identity assumed by a person
unknowingly. 2. The valence mechanism produces whole people for the preclear to be and will include
habits and mannerisms and are a result of the preclear's reactive compulsion to copy certain people. 3. A
valence is a synthetic beingness, at best, or it is a beingness which the pc is not, but is pretending to be or
thinks he is. That beingness could have been created for him by a duplication of an existing beingness, or
a synthetic beingness built up by the descriptions of somebody else (like a fictional role model).

Auditing and Help

There are a number of reasons why Help has to be addressed in auditing at an early stage. As auditing is a
Help activity, the pc has to be willing to accept Help. The auditor has to be willing to give honest Help
freely. Any Help aberration in the auditor or the pc will reflect directly upon the effectiveness and success
of the activity. Thus the subject of Help has to be cleared in the pc as well as in the auditor. All too often
failed Help has led to betrayal. Take psychiatry. They were dealing with the psychotic - the real tough
cases. These cases are not easy to help. The result was - and this is well documented - that psychiatry took
up practices that made the patients worse. Brain operations, use of harmful drugs like LSD and electro-
chock. This is just an illustration of how failed Help turn into a harmful activity that mainly deal with
doing away with the patient's complaints by doing away with the patient. Practices like that are found in
many variations and at many points in history and thus there is a reactive fear in any human being of
being let down in a Help situation.

Help, Identification and Upsets

Help is the basis of all association. Of friendships, family relations and
work relations. Help is very basic - almost as basic as communication.
Association with the 'glue' of Help leads to identification. You help or
receive Help from somebody extensively and you start to identify yourself
with that person or terminal. This identification leads sooner or later to
situations of upset. After all, two persons are different and not identical. So
a too close identification contains a lie and it will blow up in one situation
or another.

135
As an example we could take troubles in marriages. The man and the woman got attracted to each other
because they needed one and another. They supplemented each other and had a lot in common and fell
in love. They started out being the ultimate in Help towards each other. In some cases it stays that way.
In far too many cases it doesn't. Instead, we see time after time how this close association and
identification leads to upsets and sometimes bitter fights. Due to this close relationship and identification
they "can't understand why you react that way. After all - we are one!"

Another human tangle related to Help can be observed in the typical teenager. Growing up the child has
been helped extensively by his or her parents. This has lead to an identification on the part of the child
with one or both parents. It often goes both ways, meaning parents identify themselves with the child.
"Peter would never do that! After all he is just like me." At some point a fairly normal teenager wants to
establish his or her own identity. They want to separate themselves out from the 'shadow' of their
parents. This is the motivation you find in rebellious teenagers. So many conflicts have a lot to do with
Help and association leading to an identification and to valences. A valence is an artificial beingness that
a person slips into, such as a spouse, a parent, a child, a boss or whatever. The person reactively
'believes' he is that person and acts that way.
As the examples illustrate, the Help leads to identification and this is one basis of mental upsets. If
you clear the subject of Help you clear up this identification as well. "Help is the button, when run, settles
all difficulties with association and identification and all problems of beingness", according to one
statement of Ron Hubbard.

How Help Became Betrayal

There is another button related with Help. It is: Help = Betrayal.
You could say, the psychiatry example above is an illustration of that. But this
is much broader. Time and again pretended Help has been used to lure
somebody as a calculated act. The pretended Help is put out as a bait on a
hook. This button of Help = Betrayal has a history on the track of mankind
and thetans. Back on the track there was not the same concern about hurting
others. After all, you can't really hurt a thetan as he is a Static and not part of
the physical universe. He has to agree to being 'hurt' for any damage to take
effect.
At some point the injured part decided, that was exactly what he was going to do: become a victim and
agree to, that he was being hurt. The aggressor would start to feel sorry for his victims. He would seek
to make up the damage by helping the victim. Some victims became 'Help sponges'. They would
provoke this aggressor/victim situation and suck up all the Help they could get this way.

However, these types of incidents established a cycle of events: You would have injure-victim-help
taking place over and over. Since injury and unconsciousness often was involved it would form a Chain
of Engrams. That means painful incidents that are part of the Reactive Bank. Due to the Bank's
A=A=A=A type of 'thinking' this association of injury and Help became a complete identification: Injury
= Help. This was the first step. As things gets worse and more reactive they slide down the scales and a
'complete flip' or inversion will take place at some point. From association and identification we
suddenly get a disassociation. This is a complete reversal of logic you could say. So "How-to-injure"
becomes Help. In other words, we now suddenly get: Help = Betrayal.

136
 Ron Hubbard explains what then happens: " With the intention to injure, one offers Help to create a
dependence on something disguised, which on use becomes injurious. It is this psychotic action which
finalized the trap as a trap. "Don't dare accept any Help because it is only an effort to betray", is the
fixed idea which has become prevalent. One can have neither games nor life with that idea."
And: "The majority in the world evidently believe that Help is only an intention to injure. This is
more than help-can-injure. This is "all-help-is-dangerous-because-anyone-offering-to-help-intends-only-
to-injure".

Examples of this are not hard to find. You can find it in any newspaper or magazine, novel, etc. If you
start to investigate ads you will find plenty of examples. But Help is just Help. Honest and sincere Help is
an intricate part of life and relationships and needs to be cleaned up and restored to good use.

Fear of Dependency
Another Button connected with Help is a 'Fear of dependency'. You will see individuals afraid of
accepting any Help for that reason. They will often eagerly offer to give honest Help, but will refuse to
receive any. It is of course always better to be at Cause than Effect of anything. But the Game of Life
requires that we can be both cause and effect or we end up alone and without a game. You will often see
small children's attempts to help being squashed. From the adult viewpoint it seems no Help when a child
clumsily wants to wash the dishes and smashes a few in the attempt. But if the adult doesn't handle it
with understanding and care, the child's whole outlook on Help gets aberrated right there. So there are a
number of reasons to clear Help as a button in auditing. Here is a final quote on the subject from Ron
Hubbard:
"My examinations have now led me to the conclusion that a person has a make-break point of sanity
on any given subject. This point is Help. The whole index of a personality could be adjudicated by an
examination of the person's reactions to various types of Help. Above this point a person can help, and
can be helped, providing, of course, the Help is sincere, and really is Help. Below this point Help
becomes betrayal. Help is always betrayal to a thoroughly aberrated person. This explains a great deal
to us when we understand it. The first example that comes to mind is the reaction of a very low scale pc
undergoing auditing. He invariably thinks, and may even sometimes tell the auditor, that the auditor has
not helped him but betrayed him."
Since a pc in-session is influenced by his Bank a lot, you can see this kind of reaction even in higher
toned pc's.

137
 Confronting

"One has to be able to face things in order to do something about them. This is an important first step. If one cannot face
something, if he avoids them instead, then he is not aware."

There are several definitions in the English dictionary of 'Confront', let us point out exactly what we are
talking about: "To face without flinching or avoiding". A sentence with that meaning: "A free society has
to be able to confront its problems and resolve them peacefully".
There is another meaning in the dictionary meaning: "To stand facing or opposing, as in a challenge,
defiance or accusation". The root of the word is "fron" meaning "face". Apparently 'to face' something
was to some so bad as being an act of defiance.

To stand facing or opposing,

To face without
as in a challenge,
flinching or avoiding
defiance or accusation

But one has to be able to face things in order to do something about them. This is an important first step.
If one cannot face something, if one avoids them instead, then one is not aware. Awareness is the ability
to perceive the existence of. So confront in our specific use of the word is: "Being able to stand up
without shrinking back and thus be able to be fully conscious of the real universe and others around
him." If you can confront you can be aware. If you are aware you can perceive and act. If you can not
confront you will not be aware of things and will to that degree be withdrawn and not perceiving. You
will thus be unaware of what is going on around you.

"That which a person can confront, he can handle". That is a basic law, the technology here.
The first step in handling anything is gaining the ability to face it. You could say that war keeps
being a threat to Man because Man cannot confront war. The more terrible weapons Man invents, the
more sure it is that war will continue to exist. As war gets harder and harder to confront the less Man's
ability becomes to stop fighting them. This is actually the basic anatomy of a problem. A problem starts
with the inability to confront something. One can trace the beginning of any problem back to this: an
unwillingness or inability to confront an area.
Lets take an example from work: let's say a person can't confront his boss; he will for sure have endless
problems with that job and will probably have to find another job after a short period of time. It's a basic
truth that one never solves anything by running away from it.
Of course, one could say on the other hand, you will never solve the problems of bullets and cannon balls
by just exposing yourself to them. By not taking cover. The ironic truth is that if no one cared if they got
shot or not, cannon balls and bullets as a means of controlling people would be useless and would soon
fall out of use as a way of control.
If you were to interview homeless people, that live on the street, you would soon find that there
wasn't one instance where their basic difficulties couldn't be traced back to their inability to confront.

138
An auditor once told me a story about a criminal, that he tried to help. The criminal was paralyzed in the
one side of his body as was his right arm. He made a living by walking up to people in dark places and
knocking them down and take their money and valuables. The criminal could not connect his paralysis
with the fact that he used his arm to strike people. Since his childhood he had been taught not to confront
men. The closest he could come to confront men was to seek them out in a dark alley and strike them
down. That is how he got started on his criminal career. The more terrible crime is made to look in the
press, on TV and in books; the more it gets surrounded with an atmosphere of glamour and terror, the less
society will be able to handle crime.
In education, the more intellectual and high flying a subject is made, the less the students will be
able to handle the subject. This is routinely done to a number of subjects as to make them inaccessible
and thus more 'respectable'. This is true in medicine, law and science.
Early 19th and 20th century psychiatry was made so complicated and so incomprehensible and
demonstrated such a basic lack of understanding of Man, that no student could possibly confront it. Man
was described so beastlike that no one would want to confront his basic nature and problems.
In CT we have to overcome the idea that the mind is such a complicated and formidable subject.
Many students come in with these ideas that it is a dangerous subject; that it is a very complicated subject
and it is a very risky undertaking to try to understand the mind. They are afraid their own sanity is at risk.
Indeed, that they have turned up for class at all speaks to their outmost courage and curiosity that got the
better of them. But they will often come in with these ideas they have from psychology and psychiatry,
that the subject is extremely complex and a little bit dangerous to get into. This is not due to anything else
but psychology's and psychiatry's inability to confront Man and his nature. It has over the centuries been
made into a scary field - a dangerous field one should keep out of if he had his own good interests in
mind. This tradition, to make Man, his mind and spirit look as scary subjects, is not an invention of
psychology. It goes back centuries and centuries. The old popular beliefs and superstitions around ghosts,
demons and evil spirits talk to this. They were made to look so evil and so dangerous, that Man in general
gave up on the idea that he could be anything else than a piece of meat and a brain. The idea that Man had
a soul or was a soul wasn't acceptable in that context.
This whole corruption of basic ideas may very well have been staged by hidden enslavers. By
making Man so confused about his basic nature, by making him incapable of confronting it, Man got
confused and weaker and easier to control. Communism was an example of this. They gave the soul and
spirit such a bad name and prohibited religion by law in order to turn the population into a heard of
manageable sheep. "The soul is invisible and thus it does not exist" seems to be the logic here. This has
been used by these enslavers to either deny its existence or paint it any way they thought fit. It is not an
easy task to confront the invisible; yet each time the invisible and the unknown has been confronted
honestly and courageously in history of science and exploration Man has made leaps forward. So
confronting is at the heart of gaining true knowledge, of gaining peace of mind and of throwing off chains
of slavery.

Confronting and the Mind

The content of the Reactive Mind could be reduced to being 'pictures'. What you find there are mental
image pictures with a very detailed recording of time, place, event, the exact consideration at the time,
etc., etc. - all these facts in great detail. Man in his normal state is not capable of confronting these
pictures. They make him depressed, make him sick and give him all kinds of non-survival ideas. They
make him unable to think clearly about things and make him act in irrational ways.

139
 "The content of the
Reactive Mind could
be reduced to
being pictures."

One of Ron Hubbard's basic experiments was, to 'run an incident'. He would ask a person, that had just
come into his office to lie down and relax. (they were using a couch or bed back then). He would instruct
him something like this: I want to run an incident. I will send you back to an earlier moment of today and
have you go through that incident moment for moment as if it was happening right now. He would snap
his fingers and say: "Be at the breakfast table of this morning." "Good". "Go through the event of eating
breakfast as if it is happening right now and tell me every single detail as you go along." The patient
would do this. His average patient could recount these recent incidents with an astonishing grade of detail
and many perceptions. He could be made to recall sounds, smells, feeling of fullness, etc., etc. He could
be made to recall conversations he had paid no attention to at the time and recall them word for word and
make out the meaning in session. So obviously it was recordings. You know, you make a recording or a
video so you can look at it later and make sense of it then.
It soon became clear in Ron Hubbard's research, that the 'unconscious mind', or Reactive Mind as
he called it, was full of these very detailed and sometimes horrible recordings. It became clear that often,
if a person was confronted with 'unconfrontable' things, he would shut down analytically. He would
become less aware and to a degree unconscious. But he would still make a recording of the incident! The
motto of the Reactive Mind could be said to be: "let's close our eyes and make a recording so we don't
have to look at it now and let's get the hell out of here." It is something like what a TV crew in a war
zone would do. They are near the front where all types of fighting and hostilities take place. They have no
desire to get hurt. They may not even want to see and know what is going on. But they set up their
cameras and their microphones and start them rolling and seek cover themselves. When the battle is over
they pick up their equipment and ship the tapes back to their news editor at the TV station and let him
make sense out of it all.

"Let's close our eyes and

make a recording of it - and
get the hell out of here."

So the Bank is full of pure recordings with no attempts to make sense out of it. It is full of recordings of
incidents that were never confronted. And here we are back on track: Confront. What is wrong with your
pc, you know this perfectly normal guy that sits in front of you, but has all these odd ideas and fears, etc.
that he manages to keep in check and sweep under the rug, is his confront. He has all these recordings in
his Bank of incidents he couldn't confront when they took place. So he said to himself: Let me make a
recording of this, seek cover, and get the hell out of danger. I'll look at it later. Well, now is the time.
That's why he is sitting in the chair in front of you. He is asking you to be his 'news editor' and help him
look at all these old recordings and hopefully make them less scary and help him make some sense out of

140
it. The ability to handle and confront recordings in the mind is an important first step. On the Recall
Grade on this level, you will get some subjective familiarity with that. On the recall step you deal mainly
with pleasant incidents, but you see, it is still a first important step like running the incident of 'eating
breakfast this morning'. As a pc goes along in auditing he gets more and more familiar with handling all
these recordings in his mind. Eventually he becomes so good at it so he realizes that there are no more
pictures in the Reactive Mind. And this we call Clear! A Clear in an absolute or ideal sense, would be
someone that could confront anything and everything in the past, present and future. This would be the
ultimate state of case. A Clear in the sense of CT is a person, that has confronted his Reactive Mind and
is at cause over mental matter, energy, space and time (= mental MEST). That is what his recordings
consist of. Unfortunately for the world of action it will become clear, that a pc that can confront anything
will feel no need to handle anything. There is a process on CT Level One called "Problems of
Comparable Magnitude". Observing this process in action supports that statement.
The pc is first asked to select a terminal which has caused him a lot of difficulties. The definition of
"terminal" is a 'live mass' or something that is capable receiving and sending communications. What
usually comes up are people in the problem category; they are in any pc's Bank as 'live masses'. The
auditor will then ask the pc to "invent a problem of comparable magnitude to that person". He is given
this auditing command many, many times. It is run as a repetitive process. It may start out with the pc
being all apathetic about this person in his life; this terminal which is also in his Bank. At some point half
way through the process the pc will be willing to do something about it. He is now suddenly willing to
consider doing this and that about his problem, often wild and violent things that at least would solve that
problem. Solving problems in a wild or violent way will however usually cause a whole new set of
problems, so that tells the auditor he isn't done yet.
The auditor keeps up the process "Invent a problem of comparable magnitude to that terminal". At
the end of the process a new and strange phenomenon is found to take place. The pc does not any longer
feel that he must do something about the problem. He has come up to a point where he can confront the
problem and the persons involved. He can look upon it all with the greatest peace of mind.
Now an almost mystical phenomenon is likely to take place. It will be found that the problem in the
physical universe, that had worried the pc half to death and wrecked his life, suddenly seems to have
ceased to exist. In other words the ultimate handling of this problem was to raise the pc's ability to
confront it. As soon as he could confront it completely it miraculously disappeared. It can be hard to
believe, that a woman who has the problem of an alcoholic husband could cure that individual from
drinking simply by processing her problem with it. Yet this has been seen to happen in numerous cases. I
am not saying that running 'problems of comparable magnitude' on a few people could solve all the
problems in the world. But for every individual that confronts the problems of the world, we are one step
closer. It could be a theoretical possibility, if there existed one person in the universe who could confront
the entire universe and all the problems in it the whole universe would become a better place; it would
feel less solid and uncooperative. Man's difficulties are his piled up incidents of flinching, avoiding and
cowardly retreating. To start having real difficulties in life all you have to do is to run away from your
problems and the business of living. After that huge unsolvable problems will be all over the place. When
people are prevented and restrained from confronting life they will for sure build up their proneness to
have difficulties with it.

141
 Problems Processes

What you are seeking to accomplish on Grade One with the Problems Processes is an increased ability on
the part of the pc to confront and handle problems. You don't sit down and suggest solutions or even try
to make him solve his problems in session. Trying to 'solve' problems has proven unworkable as it causes
a collapse of problems on the pc. The ability attained from the Grade is stated as: Able to recognize the
source of problems and capable of making them vanish. Somehow the pc wants his problems. It's part of
being alive. Axiom 39 states: Life poses problems for its own solution. It is a game. Axiom 48 states: Life
is a game wherein theta as the static solves the problems of theta as MEST. Also, If you have a purpose in
life - and that is close to be the definition of being alive - a counter-purpose will show up and now you
have a problem. The basic definition of a problem is: a postulate - counter-postulate; effort - counter-
effort.
There are good problems and bad problems. Good problems are called challenges. Bad problems are
called worries, confusions, hang ups and indecisions. It is when a delicate balance of forces develops that
we get what is usually considered problems, the stand-stills and confusions that hang up in time, multiple
confusions and so on. So basically we want to increase a pc's ability to confront and handle problems and
become more causative in the area so he will be able to handle the confusions, hang ups and indecisions
of his life and As-is most of them and move the rest of them over into the category of challenges. Here
are some basic definitions related to the subject of problems:

Problem 1. Is postulate, counter-postulate, terminal, counter-terminal, force, counter-force. It's one thing
up against another. There are two forces or two ideas which are stuck to each other. They are of
comparable magnitude and this causes things to stop right there. We have these two things, one stuck to
the other, and it causes 'timelessness'; it floats in time and results in indecision. 2. A multiple confusion.
You have a minimum of two confusions that are stuck to each other in a balance. 3. An intention counter-
intention that worries the preclear. 4. Something which is persisting and doesn't As-is easily.

There are Problems... ...and Challenges.

Present Time Problem (PTP) 1. This is a special problem that exists in the physical universe now, on
which the pc has his attention fixed. 2. A Problem that exists in present time, in the real universe. It is
any set of circumstances that engages the attention of the preclear to a point where he feels he should be
doing something about it instead of being audited. 4. Any worry that keeps a pc out of session. To be a
PTP this worry must exist in present time in the real universe.

142
 The operator wasn't
expecting all that;
the random motion
makes him confused.

Confusion 1. Any set of factors or circumstances which do not seem to have any immediate solution.
More broadly, a confusion in this universe is random motion. 2. Plus randomity, meaning motion
unexpected above the tolerance level of the person viewing it. 3. A number of force vectors traveling in a
number of different directions. 4. A confusion consists of change of particles in space and time in an
unpredictable or unpredicted manner.

Knowing the buttons

of the copier is a
good stable datum
in this situation.

Stable Datum, 1. The one thing selected and used to align other particles in a confusion becomes the
stable datum for the rest. 2. Any body of knowledge is built from one datum. That is its stable datum.
Invalidate it and the entire body of knowledge falls apart. A stable datum does not have to be the correct
one. It is simply the one that keeps things from being in a confusion and on which others are aligned. 3.
A datum which keeps things from being in a confusion and around which other data are aligned.

This guy seems to have chosen

a gun as his stable datum. It
keeps any confusions under
control.

Doctrine of the Stable Datum: A confusion of motion can be understood by assuming one thing to be
motionless. Until one selects one datum, one factor, one particle in a confusion of particles, the confusion
continues. The one thing selected and used becomes the stable datum for the remainder. A stable datum
does not have to be the correct one. It is simply the one that keeps things from being in a confusion and
on which others are aligned.

143
 He is the center of
the 'Prior Confusion'.
What he does next is
what sticks with him.

Prior Confusion 1. All stuck moments, decisions, emotions or pictures on the Time Track stick because
of a prior confusion. The most stuck point on the track is a problem. The confusion occurred minutes,
days, weeks before this problem. 2. All somatics, circuits, problems and difficulties including ARC
breaks are all preceded by a prior confusion. Therefore it is possible to eradicate somatics and problems
by addressing the area of the confusion which occurred just before the pc noticed the problem or somatic
for the first time.

A chronic disability is
of course a condition with
many chronic somatics.

Chronic Somatic, 1. A stuck moment on a Time Track, which is the stable datum of a prior confusion.
2. An obvious demonstration of a help-failure cycle where the individual has used an effort to help and
has failed and has gotten a somatic back. 3. Psychosomatic illness, as it is called in the field of medicine,
is named in CT a chronic somatic, since it is not an illness, and cannot be diagnosed as such but is only
some former pain which is in restimulation. 4. A psychosomatic illness is only the restimulated somatic
of some Engram and it goes away when the Engram is contacted and reduced or erased.

Somatic 1. By somatic is meant a pain or ache, sensation and also misemotion or even unconsciousness.
There are a thousand different descriptive words that could add up to a feeling. Pains, aches, dizziness,
sadness - these are all feelings. Awareness, pleasant or unpleasant, of a body. 2. Body sensation, illness or
pain or discomfort. "Soma" means body.

"I only need to get

rid of my rheumatism
to be all right again"
could express
a Hidden Standard.

Hidden Standard 1. Is a problem a person thinks must be resolved before auditing can be seen to have
worked. It's a standard by which to judge CT or auditing or the auditor. This hidden standard is always an
old problem of long duration. It is a postulate-counter-postulate situation. The source of the counter-
144
postulate was suppressive to the pc. 2. Is not just a physical or mental difficulty but one by which the pc
measures his case gains. A case measurement thing used secretly by the pc.

Three General Approaches

There are three general approaches used on Grade One, Problems. (1) There is working with the ability of
the pc to be able to confront and create problems at will. (2) There is the As-is-ing of old problems
through running past solutions. (3) Finally there is one process that makes the pc look at the prior
confusion that preceded major decisions or solutions in his life.

In all the processes the element of communication and ARC is of course present, which are known as an
universal solvents.

Axiom 48: "Life is a game wherein

theta as the static solves the
problems of theta as MEST."
Axiom 49: "To solve any problem
it is only necessary to become
theta, the solver, rather than
theta, the problem."

Confront and Create

In the majority of the Problems Processes we actually seek to increase the pc's ability to create problems.
We must here include 'confronting problems' as that is a good step in the direction of create at will. The
maxims are: what you can confront you can handle; and, what you can create you can As-is. As you can
see in the Axioms, creating and As-is-ing are closely related.

According to Axiom 11: "AS-IS-NESS is the condition of immediate creation without persistence, and is
the condition of existence which exists at the moment of creation and the moment of destruction, and is
different from other considerations in that it does not contain survival". In other words, the theory
behind this is: when the pc can make anything into a problem at will he can unmake it as well. This can
actually be understood as applying the havingness scale to problems (see below). In Creation of Human
Ability Ron Hubbard states: "The complete remedy of problems, of course, takes place when the preclear
is convinced that he can create problems at will. Until he is so convinced, he is going to hold on to old
problems. The way to convince him that he can create problems is to have him pick out, or pick up, an
object. Have him examine this object until he is sure it is real. Then ask him the question: "What
problems could this object be to you?" Have him begin to name off various problems. It will be
discovered at first, that he begins to drain the object itself of the problems which are inherent in the
object, and then will eventually begin to invent problems. The process should be run until the preclear is
convinced that he can create problems at will. Many objects can be used rather than just one if it is
discovered that the preclear's attention is fixing too strongly upon the object." (The above are in the
instructions to the process 'R2-20', which is part of the Problems Processes).

As mentioned above, what we are doing with Confront and Create processes can be plotted on the
Havingness Scale:

145
 Create
Responsible for (willing to control)
Contribute to
Confront
Have
Waste
Substitute
Waste substitute
Had
Must be confronted
Must be contributed to
Created

Usually the pc is way down this scale regarding the subject matter of the problem. It "must be confronted"
but it is hard to do so; or it is "created", meaning, created by circumstances or somebody else without any
idea of him having anything to do with it. You could say solutions is a substitute (see scale) for the actual
confront of the problem. When running problems you will observe a lot of phenomena which can be
plotted along this scale. As it can be seen from the scale, running Confront or running Create by 'get the
idea' or 'invent' you will get the pc up the havingness scale until he easily can handle his problems. Just
below Create we have 'Responsible for (willing to control)', which is of course a frame of mind where
the pc can deal with his problems easily.

Running Past Solutions

Axiom 41: "That into which Alter-is-ness is introduced becomes a problem."
Another reason you don't just sit down with the pc and find 'good solutions' to the problems he has, is
the relationship between Problems and Solutions. You will find they tend to form Chains. "Yesterday's
solutions are today's problems" is what we usually find. You could say a 'solution' is usually a
'substitute' on the above scale. It's still short of confront. To 'solve' would just add another incident to
an aberrative Chain of events. In that respect it must be noted, that the general rule of auditing is to find
something earlier similar on a Chain of events in order to get an As-is-ness and resolution. You can
however run past solutions with success. There is a maxim: "Reduce the complexity of the problem by
reducing yesterday's solutions."
The old solution is what the pc is sick from. The old solutions of yesteryear or yesterday became
today's problems. It is this endless Chain of cures that call for new cures that call for more drastic cures
and so on. Axiom 41 states: That into which ALTER-IS-NESS is introduced becomes a problem. Solutions
usually falls under that. It is no use to try to solve somebody's problems for him. So we aren't trying to
give people solutions. The basic error that made a problem freeze solid is the most fundamental part of
that problem; and that can be As-is-ed, because it's earlier on the Chain of solutions. As an auditor, you
are not giving the pc new solutions for his life and livingness. You are taking out of existence old
solutions, which now exist in the form of problems. You're As-is-ing what has been solved in the past
and which caused the person to become more unaware. You are back-tracking the process by going back
up the way he came down. Running solutions is running yesterday's problems. You are taking out the old
think that made him drop doing something about it and confronting it and become unaware.

You ask for solutions. If you asked for problems, you would run it below its proper level of awareness.

146
Because a problem, by definition, is something that you can't confront. A solution is a way by which you
don't have to confront something. When you ask for problems, you are asking for something that the pc
couldn't confront. When you ask for solutions, you are asking for something that the pc could
confront. It's the difference between running no-confront and confront. You are actually running the
same thing, but from a different point of view. If you call them problems, then you are saying the
individual couldn't confront them. If you call them solutions, then you are saying he could confront
them. So when you run solutions you get rid of the problems that he sets up to avoid confronting things
by backtracking it. When you do this, the pc becomes more aware and more capable of confronting, up to
the point where he can confront the problems that made him decide to become unaware in the first place;
and he finds that those, in turn, were solutions, so he finds out what it was a solution for, etc., and he is all
set to move on out to freedom from it.

Examples of Problems and Solutions

The most illustrative examples are found in criminals. You have this guy that is out of money so his
solution is to rob a bank. He holds up the cashier and gets a bag full of money. For a brief moment his
problem is solved. But instantly he of course gets a new problem: the crime. His immediate problem is
how to get away without getting caught. He solves that by shooting a security guard. That solved, he gets
outside the bank. The shooting is of course an additional crime and now he really has to get away fast. So
what does he do now? He solves the get-away by hijacking a car.

"Solutions" leading to
new problems seems
to be the way of life
for criminals.

He drives away at great speed and causes all kinds of traffic accidents. His trail of solutions is his trail of
new problems and trail of crimes. It gets worse and worse as the solutions add new problems to the
existing ones and add severity to the situation. This is of course a dramatic example of how 'yesterday's
solutions are today's problems'.

Medicine is full of examples,

that a cure for one condition
leads to new medical problems.

147
But let us look at a more everyday example: Let's say somebody has a bad leg. He has this injury from a
sports accident. He goes to the doctor and the doctor decides, what is needed is reconstructive surgery.
Our athlete gets his surgery. This is of course an Engram on top of the Engram he had from the original
injury. He finds he is getting 'better', but he is not up to his old performance level that is so important to
him and his game. He has to take pain killers to cope with the whole thing. He goes to rehab and has a
special brace fitted on his leg. His performance gets worse and worse. But then he realizes, if he takes a
heavy dose of a certain drug before a game, he can perform almost as well as he used to during the game.
But this solution creates new problems for him in life as he gets a number of additional medical problems
from this; he gets less mobile and alert - all stemming from the cure. You will see something like this as
a recurring situation in medicine. Not to say medicine is bad and not needed - but it has downsides. They
talk about the side effects and we have these new cures that are needed to cope with the created side
effects. A similar thing can be observed in politics and the effects of many 'political solutions'. The
politicians agree upon a solution for the farmers, but now the consumers need a solution to cope with it.
That done, the food processing companies are all upset. A new solution is needed again.

Problems Collapse
There is a phenomenon known as Problems Collapse that happened when one solved the pc's problems.
When you asked someone to invent a problem of comparable magnitude, his problem went further away
in distance. When you asked someone for a solution to his problem the problem approached closer. There
seems to be a "penalty of solving" when we talk auditing. Pc's become victims of problem-collapse when
they solve things. This is why people won't solve their problems, why they "have to have problems". This
is true in life as well, not just auditing. Failure to make solutions (or postulates) stick elsewhere makes the
thetan "believe" that solutions collapse problems on him. A process that would demonstrate this collapse
would be "Invent a problem of comparable magnitude" and getting the pc to then "solve the
problem" (this last of course is not "therapeutic"). A process to overcome this collapsing of problems
upon the pc is "What solution could you make stick?"

Handling the Prior Confusion

This is a very effective method of handling problems in a pc. You find the
prior confusion to the problem and clean up the Overts and Withholds in that
area. It has been used since its discovery in the early 1960s. The theory of this
is, that any fixed idea or condition is the result of a postulate made by the pc.
Just prior to that postulate there was a confusion - an unconfrontable
disturbance. The postulate is a stable datum, adopted in an attempt to solve
that confusion. By getting off the pc's Overts and Withholds in the area of the
confusion, one can key out the postulate and fixed condition. This approach is
used in the 'Problems Intensive Process'.

On Grade One you handle the aberrated stable datum, that was adopted after the fact, by doing a Prep-
check. The Prep-check system was originally developed to clean up the pc's Overts and Withholds in an
area. It actually handles all kinds of out rudiments. We had from the definition of 'Prior Confusion'
above: "All stuck moments, decisions, emotions or pictures on the Time Track stick because of a prior
confusion. The most stuck point on the track is a problem. The confusion occurred minutes, days, weeks
before this problem. It is possible to eradicate somatics and problems by addressing the area of the
confusion which occurred just before the pc noticed the problem or somatic for the first time."
148
 We have a pc, that self-determinedly selected a Stable Datum at a later time. It's: "A datum which
keeps things from being in a confusion and around which other data are aligned." The pc made a
decision (self-determined change) to solve or put a lid on the confusion. Now, the confusion still exists on
his track but are kept under lid. It holds this bad decision in place as well. To unstick such a bad decision
the prior confusion is found and cleaned up by Prep-checking it. If you call the confusion 'a body of
knowledge' you can see the idea of the process in this definition of stable datum: "Any body of knowledge
is built from one datum. That is its stable datum. Invalidate it and the entire body of knowledge falls
apart. A stable datum does not have to be the correct one. It is simply the one that keeps things from
being in a confusion and on which others are aligned."
This is being used in an orderly fashion in 'Problems intensive'. We find the 'stable datum' (the self-
determined change), clean up the prior confusion and the whole thing can be As-is-ed and it can now be
examined by the pc in a new unit of time and in an analytical fashion.

Problems and Communication

There is of course a factor that is present in any of the Problems Processes; in

any auditing as a matter of fact. That is the live communication factor, which is
the key ingredient of ARC. Communication and ARC are the universal solvents,
including of problems. How communication affects the resolution of problems
can be illustrated by the processes stated in this quote: "There are numerous
ways of handling PTPs. One of them is "What communication have you left
incomplete about that problem?" A few answers and poof! no PTP. Another is
"What doesn't (that person, etc.) know about you?" Other versions of Overts and
Withholds can be used. These are all fast methods to get rid of PTP's." "Still
another process was "Tell me your problem" "How does it seem to you now".
This almost ran the whole case".

So you can resolve many problems simply by 'completing the communications' and by getting the pc
to talk about it. This element should be well understood by the auditor as well. By having good TRs,
the auditor ensures that the elements of communication and understanding do their magic.
The Ability Attained on Problems Auditing:
Flow 1 No longer worried about problems others have been to self. Able to
recognize the source of problems and make them vanish. Has no
problems.

Flow 2 No longer worried about problems he has been to others. Feels free
GRADE 1 PROBLEMS about any problems others may have with him and can recognize source
RELEASE of them.

Flow 3 Free from worry about others' problems with or about others, and can
recognize source of them.

Flow 0 Free from worry about problems with self and can recognize the source
of them.

149
 Part Four:

Level Two,
Overts & Withholds
 Ability Clearing Two - Relief

On Ability Clearing, Grade 2 we audit Overts and Withholds. This is done in such a way to make the pc
take responsibility for such acts and thus be able to As-is them; it enables him to clean up bad
consequences from past Overts and Withholds. The ability attained from Grade 2 is, "Freedom from
hostilities and sufferings in life". One thing that would be an enemy of pc progress would be to audit
Overts and Withholds in such a way as to make the pc feel accused or guilty. It violates Auditors Code.

Accusation and overwhelm does not work.

It violates just about all basic principles of auditing.
Pulling Overts under Auditors Code and have
pc take responsibility for them do work.

If you look at the tone scale you will find a series of well known emotions on it: Shame, Blame and
Regret. You will find these emotions in the sub-zero area. This is below apathy (+0.05) and failure (0.0).

You find Shame at -0.2. Blame at -1.0 and Regret at -1.3. That these well known emotions actually are in
the sub-zero area tells us, that auditing Overts and Withholds successfully is a delicate matter. It takes
skill and the right technique. Just to go ahead and accuse the pc would not make him better, but worse. It
wouldn't make him take responsibility, but make him cringe and feel embarrassed and guilty and avoid
the auditing situation altogether. Thus handling Overts and Withholds on a pc takes a gradient approach
by an auditor who knows what he is doing.

The gradient approach to this actually already started very early on in the pc's auditing. Let us examine
the different techniques in raising the pc's cause level and how it ties in with Overts and Withholds.
ITSA. The first step would be to have the pc discuss his or her feeling of guilt in himself with little
or no auditor direction. This you will find is taking place on Grade 0 and Grade 1. It is not looked for or
directly intended, but it is bound to come up in session now and then or the pc wouldn't be in-session; it
is dealt with as part of any auditing. The next level would be to have the pc discuss his or her guilt
feelings about others in a similar manner. Since the Grades below 2 do not push the pc in any such
direction, the pc can bring it up at any given moment and the auditor is just there to listen to it and
acknowledge and possibly handle it as an out rudiment.
Flying of the rudiments, as in beginning of each session, is a method by which the auditor would
pick up any such feelings and deal with them in the pc without being accusative. Any pushing the pc
down towards Shame, Blame and Regret would be an invalidation under the Auditors Code; it would be
harmful. But the pc may bring it up and express any such emotions or incidents at different points and the
auditor would deal with it as an origination or out rudiment at that point. If it was a straight answer to the
process he would simply acknowledge it and go on with the process as it should take care of it.

Grade Two
When we come to Grade 2 the situation has however changed. The pc should already have a number of
153
wins and many cognitions about himself, his life and livingness. His cause level has been brought up
considerably. On this background we can approach the subject of cause in a more direct manner. We are
up to the next level here. You will find the Level 2 processes on a gradient make the pc take more
responsibility for his Overts and Withholds. This is done by repetitive processes and repetitive style
processes. Typical questions are:

"What have you done?", "What haven't you done?", "What have you withheld?". Such types of questions
are run on a gradient of responsibility and on many different subjects, persons and terminals in pc's life.
Of course, we can't summarize all the aspects of Grade 2 in three commands. But when you get to study
the actual processes and run them, you will see how they tie in with this general concept.

Confessional Processing
The next level of handling the pc's cause level is attained by Confessional auditing. In Confessionals you
use prepared forms of questions addressing a certain area of the pc's life and activities. The questions are
a list of possible Overts pertaining to the pc, like jobs he has held, relationships, etc. - any particular
group, interest and dynamic of the pc and his activities in that area. The questions can be very detailed
and disrespectful. You need to have a pc, who has already had good case gains or he wouldn't be able to
cope with these types of questions. It also takes a new skill level on the part of the auditor to do
Confessionals successfully. But despite the disrespectful and hard nosed appearance, confessional
auditing still is auditing. Done right, it is a very effective way to raise the pc's cause level. It will increase
his reach and communication level as well; even his perception, like sight, hearing, etc. may improve.

At Level 4 we take up another aspect of O/Ws. That is under the heading of Justifications. This is part of
the non-survival computations and considerations we take up on this level. A Justification is an
explaining away of wrong conduct. When most explanations, no matter how far fetched, seem perfectly
right to the person making them, it is a Justification. It is an attempt to assert self-rightness and other-
wrongness. The central question regarding Justifications would be, 'why something wasn't an Overt'.
This of course may come up at other times, but at Level 4 we take on the subject of Justifications head on
as part of irrational or non-survival computations and considerations. As the pc's responsibility level is
coming up, more and more Overts and Withholds will come to view that need to be 'pulled' meaning
addressed, questioned, confronted and As-is-ed. This means, that auditing Overts and Withholds is
needed at different levels in order to get the pc's 'rudiments in with a bang'. You can still not expect a pc
on Grade 2 to be able to see - let alone take responsibility for - any and all bad deeds he may have done
since the beginning of time.

Responsibility and O/Ws

The realization that one has really done something is a return of responsibility. The hardest thing to take
responsibility for is of course the bad deeds one has done. On Grade 2 and in confessional auditing Overts
and Withholds are addressed directly and the pc is made to take responsibility even for the bad things he
has done. Most of the techniques described in the following apply mainly to confessional auditing. They
would not be appropriate to the repetitive style auditing of Grade 2 itself. You wouldn't start on using
confessional style techniques on a repetitive process. But it does come into play when we talk session
rudiments. The student also needs to have a better understanding of Overts and Withholds and the
mechanisms of the mind coming into play. But keep in mind, repetitive processes are repetitive processes
and they are done repetitive style, where the auditor is 'muzzled'. A muzzle being a leather device you

154
typically put over a dogs muzzle, so he can't bite or eat. Repetitive or muzzled auditing is using TR-0 to 4
and nothing else. TR-3 (repetitive command) is by the book as well as the other TRs. The theory of
Overts and Withholds and how it works in auditing is however valid for repetitive auditing as well as for
Confessionals. But since Confessional auditing is somewhat like detective work and an investigation as
much as auditing, we often go into explaining the mechanisms of Overts and Withholds by using
examples from Confessional auditing.

155
 What is a Withhold?

Since Level Two is dedicated to the auditing of Overts and Withholds we better get a good understanding
of what it is. Let us start with going over the two most important definitions, (a) Overts and (b) Withholds.
An Overt is a bad deed; a stupid act - something you know you shouldn't have done; or it can be something
you should have done but didn't. The Withhold is the attempt to keep it secret or hidden. Let us be a little
more formal:
Overt act 1. A harmful act done in an effort to resolve a problem. 2. That thing which you aren't
willing to have happen to yourself. 3. An Overt act is not just a bad deed or hurting somebody. An Overt
act can be an act of omission or commission. What makes it an Overt is, that it does the least good for the
least number of dynamics or the most harm to the greatest number of dynamics. 4. A harmful act.
A Withhold is an unspoken, hidden break of a moral code by which the person was bound. It is
something that a person believes, that if revealed, will endanger his self-preservation, status, reputation or
survival. It is the phenomenon which comes after the Overt, when the Overt act is being kept secret, hidden
or withheld.

The 10 Commandments
- the most famous
Moral Code

Let us take a closer look of what a Withhold is. In a Withhold there is a no-action after the fact of doing
something that was a violation or break of good conduct (a moral code). The moral code is an agreement
(written or unwritten) that the individual is supposed to keep to be a good citizen or group member. It is
formulated to guarantee the unity and survival of society in general or a specific group.

She ruined the copier, but

nobody saw it. She knows
that is bad, but is afraid of
getting fired.
Solution: She withholds it.

So the Withhold is different from the Overt as it comes later. It is a no-action or a no-motion after a
doingness; it tends to hang up in time and float along in time. It can be this big secret the person shouldn't
tell anybody but which is always on his mind. The action content he doesn't want known makes it
compelling, dramatic and alive and difficult to forget.
Example: Consider the mindset of a soldier, who has killed in battle. He has these violent incidents he
has to struggle with. When he comes back home, he decides he shouldn't tell anyone. After all it's a breach
of social conduct - and of the 10 Commandments. The violence of the battle keeps being replayed in his
mind. He tries to 'forget about it' (Not-is it). He never speaks about it; that is the 'no action after the fact of

156
an action'. He has these violent pictures and experiences, which he is trying to stop and Not-is. You see it
has an element of a problem too. He wants to stop it from replaying itself. The incident won't comply; it is
replayed by his Reactive Mind over an over. The impulse to withhold is smack up against the impulse of
the Reactive Mind to replay it all the time.
The Reactive Mind could be viewed as the collection of all the person's Withholds. They have been
piled up over time in the person's dealings and relationships with groups and people. It causes the person to
withdraw and individuate. At different points it has caused him to break off his relationships and
associations. This can happen as a result of him feeling more and more distant from and different from the
group. He has individuated. This usually happens gradually long before he leaves or breaks off. It is still
with him long after the break; he simply hasn't really left the experience behind. The action content of these
Withholds tends to be dramatized by the pc at the same time he is trying to forget about them. This
situation leads to all kinds of dramatizations and irrational behavior. Since the Overt can be viewed as an
action he committed in order to solve a problem he now uses the content of the Withholds to 'solve'
problems and commit new Overts that then have to be withheld.
Example: Let's say, an individual, we can call Joe, in the past belonged to the Holy Crusaders. One of
the mores (rules or 'now I am supposed to's) of the Holy Crusaders was, that all non-believers who
wouldn't accept their faith should be destroyed and killed. There is a neighboring tribe, which has no intent
to accept their faith. This tribe had its own beliefs which they worshipped and were comfortable with. So
the Holy Crusaders decided to take them head on and attack them in battle. The Holy Crusaders attacked
with ferocity. They felt united as a group and by the good fight. It was a bloody battle and many of the non-
believers got killed. However Joe saw a helpless little girl as he was searching a house. He did not kill this
child; but instead got her out of harms way and gave her food and water and left her behind, running out of
the house yelling, "I have taken care of things here!" and giving the impression that there were no survivors
in there.

After the glorious battle, which the Holy Crusaders had won, there was a great victory party. Each of the
warriors would step forward and tell their story how they had fought and killed their enemies.

Joe, the
"Holy Crusader"

Joe withheld from the group that he had not only failed to kill an enemy, but had actually saved the life of
one. Thus we have the 'no-action' of the Withhold after the action of saving the little girl's life. This was of
course a clear breach of the mores or 'now I am supposed to' of a Holy Crusader in battle. Because of this
breach of their code and other similar breaches, Joe finally individuated from the group of Holy Crusaders.
He left.

157
 Joe as
member
Joe finally looses it and smashes a
of "Save
computer with an ax. He used a
the
past survival pattern
Innocent
of the Holy Crusaders.
Children
Society"

At some point later in time we find our individual as a member of another group. Joe had experienced a
complete change of heart and attitude and is now a member of 'Save the Innocent Children Society'. Here
the mores dictates to show great love, respect and kindness for children and for all of humanity. The tone of
the group is compassionate and loving. But when our man runs into people that show indifference or
cruelty towards children, and when he runs into difficulties with his own group members he displays a
temper.

Joe will reactively try to solve his problems in and around 'Save the Innocent Children Society' with his
old methods and mores he adopted in the Holy Crusaders. This leads to numerous incidents and clashes and
it leads to a string of breaches of the mores and rules for good conduct of the 'Save the Innocent Children
Society'. He withdraws more and more from the group and finally Joe "looses it" and smash a computer in
the office. Joe has to leave this group.

Our individual now becomes a passport inspector at the customs department. Joe inspects
travelers and passports in an airport. His job is to do it by the book. The mores of his new
group dictates him to show no emotion, be polite and formal. This causes him many
difficulties as he still carries his mixed bag of values from the earlier groups along with
him. In some situations he is too forgiving and overbearing, especially when it comes to
children. In other situations Joe can't help but feel strong emotions and prejudices,
especially when he sees people of obviously another faith than his own come up to his
desk. His old mores are secretly acted upon in certain situations and gives him a new set
of Withholds and problems; because what at one point was right obviously is wrong in his
present job and functions. It is not what a passport inspector is supposed to do. So you see
how our individual carries these old methods and mores along with him. They got frozen
and recorded in the Bank thanks to the breaches he committed in the past. The action of
the Overt and the inaction of the Withhold make them float in time and in a way be ever
present.
The action of the Overt and the motionless nature of the Withhold locks up against each other. We have
an attempt on the part of the individual to Not-is their existence; simply get rid of them by pretending it
never happened. That is a Not-is.

Axiom 11 defines Not-is-ness as: "the effort to handle Is-ness by reducing its condition through the use of
force. It is an apparency and cannot entirely vanquish an Is-ness."
Axiom 18 pretty much tells the story: "The Static (the Thetan or individual), in practicing Not-is-ness,
brings about the persistence of unwanted existences, and so bring about unreality, which includes
forgetfulness, unconsciousness, and other undesirable states."

158
Even though Joe is trying hard to forget the original incidents, they are still with him. Reactively he is
living by these rules and mores and following them although they no longer fit the group or the situation he
is in. It is important to realize, that Withholds are always linked to a moral code, a code of behavior and a
set of 'now I am supposed to's. It starts with agreeing to such rules and then by accident or overtly break
them. When such a breach occurs the individual feels compelled to withhold it from the other group
members out of self preservation, fear of loosing status and possible punishment. As this goes on over time
the person is less and less active in the group. He becomes a passive member and finally not a member at
all. This is what we mean by individuation. The individual becomes more and more separated out or
individuated from the group.

Processing Withholds
When we start to audit this individual we find he has all these Withholds and Overts against the Holy
Crusaders. He has a new set of Withholds against the 'Save the Innocent Children Society' ; and then
another type against his former employer, the customs department. In auditing you have to recognize, that it
is three separate sets or types of Withholds. Each type can only be fully understood on the basis of the
moral code and mores of the group he committed them against. By pulling his Overts against the Holy
Crusaders he will eventually be able to leave this group entirely and leave the values he adopted behind.
The same is true for the two other groups. In repetitive processing you would run a process like "What have
you done to the Holy Crusaders?", "What have you withheld from the Holy Crusaders?" You would simply
keep this up until you get F/N VGI and cognition as on any other Major Action.
In Confessional type of approach, you would start with a prepared form or list of possible Overts. This
is the trick. Whoever makes the list should have an intimate knowledge of that group and its mores. It is no
big mystery what type of rules will cause what type of Overts and Withholds. Most rules begin with "You
shall not..." Doing it anyway is of course a breach. In Confessionals the trick is to get all of the Overts
available and get all of each Overt/Withhold. You don't want wild stories about "I have done all these
terrible things" (unless they are true). Some pc's will tend to dramatize it and make it much worse; they like
to tell dramatic stories. Other pc's will tend to try to minimize their bad deeds to "It's really nothing, but..."

Axiom 38 states (in part):

"1. Truth is the exact consideration"
"2. Truth is the exact time, place, form and event."

"Thus we see that failure to discover Truth brings about stupidity."

"Thus we see that the discovery of Truth would bring about an As-is-ness by actual experiment."

The 'Exact truth' per this Axiom is what we really want, because that is what brings about As-is-ness. You
could say a good Confessional is the 'Actual experiment', that brings about As-is-ness and the pc can again
feel free about that group and finally leave it and its values behind. He does not anymore have to dramatize
Withholds connected with that group. In relation to one's present group, it enables the pc to again fully
participate and enjoy his involvement.

The Bank and old Survival Patterns

All Withholds and the general way the Reactive Mind operates have something important in common.
You could say the Bank is a collection of old survival patterns. Originally it seems designed to be a safety

159
mechanism. By recording into the Reactive Mind situations that went wrong an automatic control system
was built up. If the organism and individual went partly unconscious the Reactive Bank with all these
automatic warnings against danger in place, would take over and dictate the course of action. This
mechanism seems to work on an animal level. Unfortunately it never worked very well in a human
civilization based on language and subtle differences: the Reactive Mind is not able to see differences and
nuances of situations. We have the A=A=A=A type of thinking dictated by the Bank.

Engram: A bite from a Doberman dog

was an Engram. As a result the Bank
tells him: Dogs= pain in leg= any dog=danger,
etc., so: "Stay away from dogs."

He still has a pain in his leg when the Engram

gets restimulated. That is the basic mechanism
of the Reactive Bank and the way it handles
survival.
The Bank can not tell the difference
between a friendly dog and an aggressive one.
As a result he 'withholds' himself from all dogs.

A Withhold has a number of survival considerations in it. The original Overt was done based on old
survival patterns (the mores of past groups) or it was done in an attempt to solve a problem for the
individual. That is old survival - just like the Bank. The withholding part is done due to the present
environment and group and its mores of "Don't do it!". That's survival too; new survival you could say. So
you have the Reactive Bank which is full of unconscious concerns about survival based on Engrams and
automatic recordings. The Withhold is the individual doing something similar, but based on analytical
experiences. But this activates the Reactive Bank and makes the Withhold the link between the pc and his
Bank. The individual withholds the Overts he has done against the group and its moral code in order to
avoid punishment or loss of status. This he does in an effort to preserve or enhance his own survival. As it
develops, he Withholds himself more and more from the group and finally leaves in an effort not to commit
any further Overts or to protect himself. All this is under the heading of 'Survival solutions'. This ties in
closely with the rest of the content of the Reactive Mind - Engrams, Secondaries and so on. The 'lesson' of
Engrams is to avoid future danger situations. You don't want to get into a situation that can lead to injury or
death. So the Engrams dictate these 'do's and don't on the basis of how dangerous they are recorded to be
to the organism. So the Withhold is the thing that ties the pc to his Reactive Mind by A=A=A=A and
restimulation. The Withhold 'does what the person's Reactive Mind does'. It operates in the same way and
becomes the bridge between the pc and his Reactive Mind.

160
 Withhold: Having the Withhold of breaking the
safe of his employer, our individual decides
to quit his job. After the crime, he performed
very poorly professionally; he couldn't look
anybody in the eyes and his eyesight got bad.
He ate his lunch alone, as he "couldn't make it"
to the regular break. In short, he was individuating,
got lessened ability to communicate and see.
The Overt - much like an Engram - was
in restimulation and told him the place was
dangerous. It probably was in this case.
It's more analytical than an
Engram, but works in a similar way.

Pulling Withholds
The pulling of Withholds and Overts, then, is an important step towards getting the pc to take control of his
Reactive Mind. The more Withholds he gives up and inspects in session, the more old survival mechanisms
of the Reactive Mind are 'destroyed' or As-is-ed. Pulling O/Ws also breaks the vicious cycle of having to
commit new Overts and Withholds. The Withhold creates ignorance on the part of others and it results in
ignorance to the person himself. So you could see processing of Withholds as a step in direction of
knowingness and increased awareness. When processing Withholds you are attacking the whole basis of
the Reactive Mind. Done under Auditors Code it is an activity the auditor should do earnestly and
effectively. The equation of Auditor + PC is greater than the pc's Bank should be at work. It is known as
'Auditors Trust'. The pc is assisted to be able to overpower his Reactive Mind and get the exact content of
the Withhold. You may run into all kinds of objections stemming from the Reactive Mind itself, but if you
keep your 'Auditors Trust' clean you will finally get it. To let the Reactive Mind win would consist of
another Overt.

Wrong way - accusative Right way - the session is for the pc.

In Confessional auditing you should get your answers without developing Meter dependency. This raises
the confidence between auditor and pc and a spirit of working together in overpowering the Reactive Mind.
The auditor should only use the Meter when needed to assist the pc in getting all there is to get.

161
 What is a Missed Withhold?

Missed Withhold, 1. An undisclosed contra-survival act which has been restimulated by

another but not disclosed. 2. A Missed Withhold is a 'should have known'. The pc feels
you should have found out about something and you didn't. 3. The Missed Withhold is
something people nearly found out. It's another person's action. It's nothing the pc did or
is doing. It is another person's action and the pc's wonder about it. Abbreviation: M/W/H.

She wonders whether the

bookkeeper saw her ruin the
copier or not.
What do you think?
The 'missed' happened when
he walked by.

A Withhold and a Missed Withhold are two different things. There has to exist a Withhold for it to get
missed, of course. But the manifestations and the exact thing you need to address are different for the two
phenomena. A Withhold is something the pc has done and isn't talking about. We covered that earlier and
we covered briefly how to audit it. Here of course, you want to know what the pc did. You want time,
place, form and event of the pc's action.
When we talk about a Missed Withhold it is another person's action. It's a Withhold that another
person nearly found out about but didn't. You need to find what that person almost found out. That is the
Withhold part. But It is not missed until someone else nearly found out about it. The Missed Withhold has
nothing to do with what the pc did or is doing. The 'missed' part is not the pc's action.
It is the other person's action of missing it and the pc then wondering about it. The wondering and
the worrying, the uncertainty and the misemotion stemming from this is what a Missed Withhold is all
about. Since the restimulation, the misemotions and the dramatizations on the part of the pc can be pretty
spectacular and pretty dramatic and destructive this is a very important datum.
So a Missed Withhold has nothing to do with the pc. It is another person's action and the pc's
wondering about whether this person knows or not. When you are talking about the 'missed' phenomena,
you are talking about the moment of restimulation. It got restimulated by this other person. You can
actually forget about that it even is a Withhold. You are looking for exact moments in the lifetime of this
pc when somebody else almost found out and the pc has never been sure since whether they did or they
didn't find out. We don't care what they almost found out. We only care that they almost found out
something. That is the essence of how you address and handle a Missed Withhold. You address an other-
person-than-the-pc's action; the moment of restimulation of something in the pc's Bank.

162
 Sherlock Holmes, The body could
fascinated be said to be a
by mysteries Mystery-sandwich

The Mystery Sandwich

The pc is stuck in the unknowingness and the uncertainty as to whether someone else knew. This blows
when the pc spots it. So a Missed Withhold is an Overt and a Withhold plus a mystery. The magnitude of
the Overt has nothing to do with its evaporation. The degree of mystery is what holds it in place. If you
want to know what is sticking a thetan to something, look for the mystery sandwich. The mystery
sandwich is the thetan's desire to find out but the character of what he wants to find out about is in such a
confusion so he never will. His desire to know is great but the confusion and resolution of what he wants
to find out about is too complicated. Even Overts themselves wind up in the mystery of whether you
should have done it or not. This causes withholding of further action. All things here can be boiled down
to right conduct and wondering about it. So when you ask the pc for Missed Withholds, be alert to
whether the pc is giving you Withholds or Missed Withholds. The number of Withholds a person has on
the whole track is undoubtedly staggering. You don't need to get them all to clear somebody.

Withholds and Games

The whole anatomy of a game is Overts and Withholds. You attack the opponent and defend yourself
against him. The Overt is a reach and the Withhold is a no reach. You gather things or mass for yourself
and try to prevent or keep down to a minimum the loss of mass or particles. It's like a bank account, a
household, any company or group or single individual. We are not necessarily talking about breaking
rules here. If the amount or mass is increasing you are winning. So you gather energies by the mechanism
of O/W which results in solid-mass terminals (like a fat bank account), making a game possible. You
don't have time enough in auditing to run all the pc's Overts, even for one lifetime. General O/W (a
process like' "What have you done?", "What have you withheld?") does have its uses. It could work for
getting the pc into session and smoothing things out, but it is generally too lengthy except for special
uses, like part of Grade Two, where it is a Major Action.

163
 In any Game you Offense and Defense are the basic
want to accumulate actions of a game. Offense = Overt
things by 'withholding'. Defense = Withhold

So a shortcut of this for rudiment purposes is to ask the pc for "nearly-found-outs". Those are the
moments of restimulation. When you pick up a pc's Missed Withholds, you are looking for and picking
up another person's action, not the pc's. And it is best characterized as 'nearly found out'.... You are
running the almost-discovered-track.

Why we are interested in these moments of 'nearly found out's

You'll never see anybody quite so upset as somebody who has been just barely missed. Look at a person
who was not hit by a car by a hair, or a bear that is biting at a bullet that flew by and just missed him; or
look at an exam that you failed by one or two points. It's the nearness of the misses that count. You can
even look for examples in violent acts done in a state of extreme emotional upset. Somebody nearly found
out about an Overt or crime and the sinner got so emotionally upset as to assault the unsuspecting
intruder. He wanted no witnesses. This is the wild animal reaction that makes Man a cousin to the beasts.
But this phenomenon is also based on the element of a mis-estimation of effort or thought. A thetan's
main attention and main mental activity is an estimation of thought, effort, and look (impressions). He
wants to know how much look is a look. His certainties are all based on proper estimation of thought,
effort, impressions, etc. When an error is made here, it is very upsetting to him. How much knowledge is
knowingness? That is an estimation; you can have a good opinion about that. How much emotion does it
take to be emotional? Enough to create the desired effect; that is easy. What is a proper symbol, etc.? You
can estimate everything except how much mystery it takes to make a mystery, because that is a mystery!
You are now into the no-estimation band, and it is all mysterious. The not-knowingness of it is confusing
and upsetting; but it keeps the thetan working at it, over and over. A Not-knowingness that is 'probably
known' is especially painful, because of the multiple not-know of viewpoints and flows involved. Take a
not-knowingness and play with it both ways: They knew, but they didn't or couldn't have known. You
know they knew, but you know they didn't know. The four-way flows of a Missed Withhold are painful
to a thetan. This is the stuff of which insanity is made.

Insanity in the effort band of the know to mystery scale is "can't reach/must reach". It's terribly important
to get something done, but at the same time impossible; but at the same time, maybe if..., etc., etc.
Insanity in the mystery band is a "did/didn't know; must/mustn't know". That is what we are discussing
here. That is what a Missed Withhold is and what it is doing to the pc. It's just pure mystery glue, ... and
the thetan will stick right to it. Just getting the Overt and Withhold off, when there is an added mystery of
a Missed Withhold, doesn't produce an As-is-ness of the section of track where the pc is stuck, because
the pc is not simply stuck with the Overt or the Withhold. The pc is stuck with the 'almost found out', so

164
of course nothing As-is-es. If you only get the O/Ws off you may end up with a recurring Withhold.

Recurring Withhold
A recurring Withhold is one which the pc keeps giving you. The charge keeps coming up because of the
restimulation in the 'Nearly found out'. The actual Overt, the pc action, may not be entirely known to the
pc either. Yet, it is the 'Nearly found out' that keeps being restimulated by being missed by people. The
Withhold the pc keeps coming up with hasn't been completely uncovered. In a case like this it is typically
because the pc does not know either. It can very well include unrecovered pieces of the Withhold the pc is
telling you; or it can be an earlier similar Withhold that is at the root of the Withhold he is giving. But
what really keeps that Withhold alive and recur in auditing is, that it keeps being missed (restimulated) in
life or in the auditing situation. This is a multiple mystery situation. The remedy is to make absolutely
sure to get the full Overt (including earlier similars) and get a full list of "Who missed it?" and "What did
he/she do that made you wonder?" and get that question completely answered. You could get remarkable
results from running, "Get the idea of people nearly finding out about you." You could run this on four
flows. This process would free up track that the pc had never seen before, but which had been right in
front of his nose.

This armed traffic cop

probably misses Withholds
in drivers all day long.
"Maybe he is going to
arrest me for...!?@&?"

So when pulling Missed Withholds, it is not what the pc did which is of interest. When pulling Missed
Withholds, "get the name, rank and serial number of the person who missed it". We couldn't care less of
what was missed. We don't want to focus on the pc's action. We want the pc's guesses about the other
guy; pc's desperate attempts to figure out what is going through this guy's mind. Get who the pc thinks
might know, etc., etc. If you have gotten off his Overts on something, as on a repetitive process, and he
still feels a bit weird about it, you may think that he must have more Overts, so you keep after him for
more. This will send him around the bend, since you are essentially cleaning a clean. What you really
have to find is:

1. Who nearly discovered the Overt.

2. When.
4. What action on the other person's part restimulated it.
3. Any other times this happened.

This type of questioning has to be exhausted completely. This is what is needed to complete the cycle that
was started when the Overt was almost discovered. Just as far as time is concerned, it is a mystery
sandwich. The thetan is wondering whether a certain consequence or punishment is going to happen or
not. "What is going to happen to me? If so, when? Or isn't it going to happen?"

165
 In the TV series
'Colombo', the detective
had developed 'missing
Withholds' to a fine art,
which led his suspects
to confess without him
having to find any
hard evidence.

Colombo and M/W/H

If you have ever seen the TV series 'Colombo' (Peter Falk) with the Los Angeles detective, you will
know what we are talking about. Colombo had refined 'the art of missing Withholds' in his suspects. By
turning up all the time in a sneaky manner and ask the suspect nosy questions, he would drive his suspects
completely nuts and they would finally confess just to escape the torture and insanity of the not-know and
mystery confusion. Colombo used this method when he didn't really have enough evidence. He would
never be able to convict the suspect without his confession. But he was having the suspect create this
mocked-up track of punishment that never actually was going to appear without a confession. But these
pictures of what Colombo might know, and the consequences of that, would push his suspects over the
brink. They would usually have some kind of nervous break-down before confessing. So in addressing
Missed Withholds you first ask, "What have we failed to find out about you?" That to establish the
Withhold and what you are talking about. But the important thing to ask is, "What have we nearly found
out about you and when did we nearly find it out?" The second question gets the Missed Withhold. The
worst type of Missed Withhold is where the pc is asking himself, "Which one of my crimes did he
(maybe) discover?" Here is an extra confusion of many scenarios added that is devastating to the pc's
peace of mind.
If anything like this should happen in session you just need to know what you are looking at and get
all the Missed Withholds and all the times they were missed and your pc will cool off, feel great and be
very cooperative. The good news in all this is, that the simple action of pulling Missed Withholds on the
pc seems a magic cure for a lot of auditing situations that, before this datum was known, seemed beyond
repair.

166
 Overts, Motivators & Flows

The Overt-Motivator sequence is the give-and-take in a not too friendly world. It seems to be an always
present element in sports, business and relationships. You see it in traffic, you see it in international
politics; in novels and movies, etc., etc, where 'Revenge' or 'Pay-back' is a recurring theme. It can be
quite friendly as in competition or it can be cut-throat and deadly as in wars among nations. In the
Mafia's family fights and vendettas it has become the right and 'moral' way to respond.

Any game has an

element of the
Overt-Motivator
Sequence

Let us put forward a couple of definitions and begin to explain what this has to do with auditing and
Overts and Withholds: An Overt is an aggressive or destructive act done by an individual against another
person or any of the 8 dynamics (self, family, group, Mankind, animals and plants, physical universe, life
and spiritual things, and the infinite or God).
A Motivator is the other way. It is to be at the receiving end of such an act. The viewpoint from which the
act is seen determines whether it is an Overt or Motivator. It is called a Motivator because it tends to
'motivate' a pay-back. One pays it back by in turn doing an Overt against the aggressor.

To the accuser it's pay-back time.

This gives the defendant a Motivator,
"The game isn't over yet!"
The prison system does not work very well,
because the inmates are never made to take
responsibility for their crimes. As soon as
they are released they have to 'get back at
them': Society, a group, or certain individuals.

This easily gets aberrated by lack of responsibility. Man is basically good and finds it difficult to accept
that he sometimes does bad things. When one has done something bad to someone, he tends to rationalize
that it was 'motivated' or justified; "It was not my fault", "He had it coming", "How dare you do that to
me - I'll get back at you", etc. The O/M mechanism also leads to that a person feels he must have done
something to deserve what was coming after he was hit by something bad. Cause and effect tend to get
mixed up in the person's mind.

Examples: You have people believe they were the victim of a car accident, when they actually caused it.
You have people believing they caused the accident, when they were actually the victim of one. Some

167
people will react to the news of a death by believing they somehow caused it, even if they were very far
away from the scene. It happens routinely in police departments in large cities, that the most unlikely
'suspects' turn up and confess to a murder they have seen in the news. Apparently they do it in an
attempt to explain their own feeling of guilt.
It is not a sign of being crazy to be subject to the Overt-Motivator sequence. It is at work
continuously in life in all kinds of conflicts and competitive situations. It is part of every single human
being's case. The auditor should be very aware of it when running Overts and Withholds as O/Ws are
isolated incidents and usually fit in beautifully in this bigger pattern. There are two extreme cases of these
phenomena. There is the person who only will give up Motivators - or things done to him. The other
extreme is the person, who has done only Overts - things done by him. Both are only giving part of the
story. These are two sides of the same coin. Both sides have to be addressed for things to unstick and As-
is.

The O/M Sequence and Engrams

You should have a good understanding of this mechanism when you run Engrams as well. When running
Engrams (incidents with pain and a degree of unconsciousness), you will find that Motivator Engrams
(where the pc got hurt) tend to hang up to some degree, until the Overt Engram (where the pc hurt
somebody in a similar manner) is addressed. They are two types of Engrams as far as the flows are
concerned, but they are tied together by the subject, place or persons involved and stick to each other.
When each flow is addressed, each in turn to EP, the whole subject will fly apart and be visible as a
bigger EP that once again puts the pc at cause in the area.
Example: An Overt Engram could be shooting a dog. The Motivator Engram could be, bitten by a dog.
The subject matter of 'Dogs' links them together.
You can run into situations, where the dog bite seems hard to run. This can be because the 'Shooting a
dog' Engram is in heavy restimulation and needs to be run first. In Engram running you usually go for
resolving pains, aches and misemotions. You find such 'somatics' and follow incidents containing them
and go back in time. If you have such a somatic, that doesn't seem to resolve by running the Motivator
side, it is because it won't resolve until the Overt side is addressed.

Four Flows
The Overt-Motivator sequence is thus part of the theory of running processes on four flows. You run flow
One - what was done to the pc (Motivator). Flow Two - pc doing it to another or others (Overt). Flow
Three - others doing it to others (Lock or restimulation); when pc sees others do it it tends to restimulate
his flow 1 and 2. Flow Zero - pc doing or causing it to himself - this is an undercut of flow 1, where the
pc regularly cognites on how he got himself into the situation in the first pace. Flow 0 goes directly to pc
taking more responsibility and become more cause. By checking each flow and run whatever is charged
and available you prevent things from hanging up because of 'The other side of the coin'. In Engram
running you want to find the very first time something happened to a pc and run that incident until it is
erased. This may take the running of several or many incidents to get to that basic incident and run it. If
an incident won't erase, you look for an earlier incident on the same Chain. It can however also hang up
because what needs to be addressed is the Overt side of the subject at hand.

168
 Flow 1: Being hit Flow 2: You hitting Flow 0: You causing
Flow 3: Others hitting others
by a snowball. another with a snowball. yourself to be hit.

Non-existing Engrams
This phenomenon can sometimes play a trick on the pc and auditor. An 'Engram' that seems to perfectly
fit the pain or ache is tried to be contacted, but it seems very unreal and difficult to run. The auditor is
trying to run 'being bitten by a dog', when it never happened. By use of a correction list or knowing these
data, he finds out that it is actually the Engram of 'shooting a dog' that needs to be run. When this is
done, the incident causing the pain and ache suddenly comes in plain view and runs out beautifully. It was
the Overt incident that was at the bottom of it. The 'being bitten by a dog' was a Motivator; the pc was
convinced it had to be there somewhere, but it wasn't. By checking the different flows for Meter reads
and pc interest (something you do when running Engrams), you ensure you run what is there and not run
what isn't. Thus the technology itself should prevent this phenomenon. But if it should happen anyway,
due to a false read or whatever, you should know what you are looking at.
When observing pc's and people in general you will see this datum of the Overt-Motivator sequence
at work in many shapes and forms. You can have a person that is stuck in grief on the tone-scale. Your
first thought may be, that the person has suffered numerous losses in her life. If the auditing of losses
doesn't seem to resolve the situation, or only partly resolves it, you simply have to find and audit
incidents where the pc caused other people losses and grief. This would apply to any emotion on the tone-
scale as well as many other complaints that seem resistive at first.

O/Ws and Failed Help

The mechanism of what you do to others will happen to yourself is a control mechanism that is special for
this universe. It comes about when a person's ability to duplicate is lowered. It is the same as Newton's
law of interaction - for every action there is an equal counter action of the same force.

You rise above these laws of physics when Help, Control and Communication are high. When these are
going low, the O/M mechanism becomes a method of enforcing peace. The Overt-Motivator sequence is
not a natural law of high order, but a mechanism that sets in as the person gets more aberrated. The laws
of communication, control and help are senior to this. The O/M mechanisms sets in after help has failed.
Help is a joining of efforts in life. If this joining of forces has failed - only then does the phenomena of
Overts, Withholds and Motivators come into play. Not until two beings have joined forces can they come
into conflict or dispute. This is what is behind the bitter fights among brothers or married couples.

169
There is a cycle like this:

Independent Beings
Communication
Mis-Communication
Control
Mis-Control
Help
Failed Help
Overts and Withholds
Overts and Withholds by Transfer (explained below)
Worrying Others
Worrying About Others
Being Critical
Being Critical of Self

Basically, O/Ws is an attempt to get back to the state of independent being without taking responsibility
for any of the steps in between. When we run O/Ws it tends to solve the most puzzling problems. When a
person kicks George in the head, he gets a headache himself. This makes him reactively think he is
George. That is called O/Ws by Transfer on the scale above. Overts, Withholds and Motivators resolve
problems and phenomena on a low humanoid level. It isn't a senior governing law. When the person
moves up, these mechanisms of the Overt-Motivator sequence falls away.

Newton's Law about

action and reaction
is the principle that
seems to apply in the
Overt-Motivator
Sequence

Isaac Newton

The O/M Sequence in Perspective

The Overt-Motivator sequence is an intimate part of aberration in any case. You could say it is built into
the physical universe itself. From Newton's Laws we have the Law about Action and Re-action - any
action will cause a counter-action or reaction of the same magnitude. That is the Overt-Motivator
sequence at work in the MEST universe. Since the pc or thetan is not MEST or part of the physical
universe he is capable to rise above this. Most religions are trying to make him do that. In Christianity we
have "Turn the other cheek" to somebody hitting you. In Christianity, Eastern philosophies and in many
other religions we have the Golden Rule: "Only do to others as you want them to do to you" in one form
or another. In CT we have the technology of the four flows and the pulling of Overts and Withholds as a
tool to take this destructive mechanism apart and make the pc rise above it.

170
 Responsibility

Definition: Responsibility, the concept of being able to care for, to reach or to be. Also,
the willingness to make and unmake barriers.

Responsibility is a gradient
scale. This man seems to
do great with plants and
gardening.

Responsibility goes hand in hand with case progress. You could say, what is wrong with your pc is his
inability to take full responsibility. In auditing you basically dig your pc out from under all the things he
couldn't take responsibility for in his past. This takes many different processes and techniques and lots of
auditing to achieve; but progress as a pc, increased awareness, and pc taking more responsibility are
almost interchangeable terms. When one of those improves the other two do as well. Eventually we want
the pc to reach the state of Clear and Operating Thetan. Let us explain what we mean: The definition of
Clear is: A person who can be at cause knowingly and at will over mental matter, energy, space and time
as regards his first dynamic. Above that there is the state of Operating Thetan. The definition of
Operating Thetan is: Knowing and willing cause over all his dynamics (Ideal state). So as you can see
from these definitions making it to Clear and further up the line to Operating Thetan are closely
connected with the person taking responsibility on a broader and broader scale. To see or assign the right
cause of something is part of As-is-ing. Thus it is also necessary for a pc to take responsibility for things
he has done to As-is the negative effects of it in order to make it up the line.

Past Identities
The reason people forget all about their past, and especially past lives and deny their existence, is due to
'Responsibility'. The person has become unwilling to be responsible for having been different identities
in the past. Lacking this responsibility for past identities (even this lifetime ones) he also looses his ability
to take responsibility for other people in general. He starts to fight other identities in the present,
becoming more and more selective of whom he can accept. Not taking responsibility for any number of
identities, he is more likely to dramatize these. They are outside his sphere of influence and takes a life of
their own. They have been put on 'auto-control' so to speak. This is also called Valences.

Joe, "Holy Fighter"

Joe, "Save the
Children"
Joe, "Passport
Control"

171
In the chapter, 'What is a Withhold' we discussed a guy, Joe, who was a member of the Holy Crusaders,
then 'Save the Innocent Children Society' and finally a passport inspector; he could illustrate that. He is
an example of someone who failed to take responsibility for past identities and instead they started to take
control of him. When a person takes less and less responsibility for any of his dynamics he becomes less
and less able to control and influence his dynamics and ends up a victim of them. Man is basically a
thetan upon which the environment and dynamics can have no effect unless he himself 'allows it to
happen' or pulls it in. This may sound like an impossible standard to meet, but when you investigate it in
auditing you will find that the things other dynamics seem to have the power to do to him was preceded
by him doing Overts against these dynamics. This is behind being prone to certain types of injuries,
recurring accidents and other repeated or inexplicable mishaps.
Example: If you have a person being chased by dogs all the time and being terrified about it, you
can explore what the person has done to dogs. If he is in good shape he will pretty soon find the Overts of
beating or shooting or starving dogs. By having him take responsibility for these Overts, he will
mysteriously find, that dogs are not scary to him anymore and they have stopped chasing him as well.
Now they come up to him in a peaceful manner to be petted. The way one separates out from his
dynamics and his fellow Man is due to Overts and Withholds and a gradual falling away from being able
to take responsibility.
An auditor who goofs up on one pc will be less willing to audit that pc and eventually all pc's. The
cure in this case is no different from other cases. You will have to pull the Overts and Withholds he
committed on that pc and on all his pc's and possibly other persons in his care in the past. When he again
can take responsibility in the area, he can get himself straightened out technically.

"An auditor who goofs up

on one pc will be less willing
to audit that pc and
eventually all pc's."

It is a liability to audit a pc if he is permitted to hold on to Withholds. Some auditors are afraid to find out
about the pc; they are afraid of pulling Withholds. Such an attitude, regardless of how tactful and social
acceptable it may seem, makes a dangerous auditor. Unless open communication is established with the
pc, he will develop Withholds from the auditor and will participate less and less in the session, make no
gains and may eventually 'blow'. The auditor has to be courageous and insist upon getting the pc's
Withholds. He has to be willing to be the pc. That's what is meant with the Auditors Code's # 14
"Always grant beingness to the preclear in session." It also ties in with taking responsibility.
Responsibility is an important factor and product of running Overts and Withholds. By giving up
Withholds and taking responsibility for them, the pc is on a gradient taking more responsibility for his
past, himself and gradually for all his dynamics. He is on his way to Operating Thetan.

Responsibility Scale
There is a scale that shows this falling away from responsibility - from Pan Determinism, where the
person can take responsibility for his opponents and himself at the same time, down to no responsibility.
172
It goes like this:
No Previous or Current Contact - No responsibility or liability.
Pan Determinism - Full responsibility for both sides of game.
Self Determinism - Full responsibility for self, no responsibility for other side of game.
Other Determinism - something else giving the orders or directions that are followed to the letter - often
unwillingly.
Valence (Circuit) - No responsibility for the game, for either side of the game or for a former self.
At the top you have no contact and thus no involvement or responsibility. You don't have to 'accept
responsibility', for things you were never involved with. To falsely accept responsibility does not help
anybody as it is an Alter-is-ness, not an As-is-ness. In fact it is no better than taking the credit for
somebody else's work.

Next we have Pan Determinism.

It is defined as 1. Controlling the activities of two or more sides in a
game simultaneously. 2. The ability to regulate the considerations of A good leader
two or more identities, whether or not opposed. 3. Full responsibility for should be
both sides of a game. 4. A willingness to start, change and stop on any Pan-Determined
and all dynamics. Here we have a powerful concept of the upper levels and be able to
see all sides
of responsibility. We have telepathy, controlling people and things by
postulate and we have a total willingness and ability to be the other
person - total affinity.
Next we have Self-Determinism. It is a healthy state of mind
with its limitations, because we will soon get a fight on our Being
hands. The other dynamics than Self are seen as opponents. One Self-Determined
is a healthy
is Self-determined in any situation where he is fighting or state of mind
competing. He is pan-determined in any situation which he is - as this salesman
controlling. ("Self-determined on all dynamics" was used early illustrates.
on in Ron Hubbard's writings to mean Pan-determined).

When we talk about Other-determinism we have someone in a

Soldiers are examples
somewhat overwhelmed state. He is under orders and has given over
of being
control to someone or something other than self. No responsibility for Other-Determined.
self.

A Valence is a person being someone else - unknowingly. It

was briefly discussed under 'Help' on Level One. It is also
covered in the text above. One has given up control of past Children can often be
beingnesses to the point where they have taken control, and the in one of their parent's
person is now being someone else unknowingly. It's not valence. This can last
uncommon to find the pc in the valence of one of the parents. into adulthood.
In such a case it is better described by reactive copying of the
parent.

173
 A Prince made into a frog is
how fairy tales describe the
'Out of Valence' phenomena.

Robots
There is a state of case known as a Robotism. A Robot is
basically a machine operated by others. When we talk
about Robotism, we talk about a person that only operates
when given orders. He may crave orders to be under
somebody else's control and avoid own responsibility. The A Robot "can do no wrong".
motivation behind this is, that he is afraid of what he might He has given over control
do on his own. He may have evil impulses that he knows completely and is thus
has to be carefully kept under control. If he would act on "not responsible".
his own he is afraid to dramatize these harmful impulses.
It accounts for a person with very low responsibility and a
slow and inefficient way of getting things done. The
phenomenon is in the band of 'Other-determinism' and
'Valence.'

Robotism and 'Harmful impulses' are best addressed in an advanced type of confessional called 'Fixated
Purpose RD (part of CT-4). In FPRD you pull the Overts and Withholds of the pc. When that has been
completed for one Chain of incidents, the auditor applies an additional technique to make it possible for
the pc to find and handle the harmful of evil impulse behind these Overts and Withholds. To be able to
master this technique, the auditor first has to be completely familiar and skilled in Confessional procedure
of CT-2.

174
 The Confessional Auditors Beingness

Priest? Detective? Police man? Interrogator?

At the end of Level 0 there was a chapter about Auditors Beingness. This present chapter is about the
Confessional Auditor's Beingness as it requires its own drill to assume it. To the new auditor
Confessional auditing may seem scary and confusing to do. Am I a priest? A detective? A police man or
an interrogator? You could probably add many more professions to this list.
To get to the truth, to 'get to the bottom of things' through tough questioning and other means, is
indeed an age old activity plagued with many abusive practices. In a sense you are a little bit of all four of
the professions above. But confessional auditing is first and foremost its own. It is auditing. It may
awaken all kinds of ideas and possible valences in the new auditor. To be able to do it right you need to
sort this out. The main thing that flies into your face are 'earlier practices'. Earlier practices, such as
psycho-analysis and the Catholic Church's confession, were also discussed in 'Auditors Beingness'. Here
is a list and brief description of some 'earlier practices' - not necessary practices to help the individual -
but all done in the 'quest for truth'.

The Religious Confession. In the Catholic Church you confess your sins to a priest in the
confession box. This is done to help the parishioner (sinner) come clean and get forgiveness from Jesus.
"Confess your sins, and Jesus Christ will forgive you." This seems to have good workability. Some
Christian practices arrange meetings where one member is on stage, confessing to the group. This is less
workable as it often becomes an act. The sinner may withhold some things and embellish others, which
are both working against As-is-ing of incidents; but the general practice does help the members to
confront sin.
Alcoholic Anonymous uses a similar technique to help alcoholics and substance abusers. Since it
stays on the subject of substance abuse, it probably has some workability and minimal risks. Also the
members get a handle on confronting alcoholism and substance abuse.
Psycho-analysis. There are many schools of psycho-analysis, but the classic form was to make the
patient go on and on. Q and A, as in free association, reduces its workability. Since 20% of any group will
improve just by having their difficulties addressed, it had some workability, probably above the 20%. The
problem was overrunning the patients, mainly discussing motivators and not getting the Withholds. Q and
A (free association) was used as the method to open a case. Thus Missed Withholds were left all over the
place - with following upsets and even suicide as a result. This nullified any professional claims the
practitioners could make as a group.

175
 Psychiatry. Since psychiatry is a branch of medicine they see any behavior outside the 'normal' as a
medical problem of the brain. Mental problems are described as a chemical imbalance of the brain. Their
'successes' consist of pacifying or subduing a patient with drugs at this time. When the patient is sitting
quiet in a corner in a drugged state he is 'cured'. They are not interested in the patients case or story.
They deny his spiritual nature. Any results or ill effects from confessionals are 'unscientific'. They also,
as a group, developed and administered 'truth-serum', which is a drug, that makes subjects unable to
withhold, but using sedation plays right into the Bank and no As-is-ing or improvements are taking
place.
Psychology. At this time it is a mix of many schools, including the two above. Results depend upon
the practitioner, not the subject. You find some caring individuals practicing with good sense and
judgment with some success and some to the harm of their patients. They completely lack a workable
professional code and TRs.
Justice and Military Use. Here we have a number of practices, which are done to get information.
They later punish or dispose of the individual. These practices have no therapeutic intent or pretense.
They are done to protect society or, as in the military, one's own forces. Police in some totalitarian
countries use torture, drugs, sleep deprivation, food and drink deprivation to get suspects to 'cooperate'.
They use electric chock, beatings and other means to inflict pain. The idea is of course, that at some point
the suspect will break down and 'tell all' or 'come clean' rather than be subject to more pain. They also
use threats of harming loved ones if the prisoner does not 'cooperate'. Other methods of blackmail are
also applied. Similar methods are being used by armies in times of war. No wonder both pc's and auditors
can find the confessional situation restimulative, at times, if things get rough.

Historical Examples
The Spanish Inquisition and other witch hunters also used cruel methods. They used torture like putting
boiling eggs under the victims arm pits; they would place the victim's body in a device that would stretch
it to a point where it almost came apart. They would use red hot irons to inflict pain. It was impossible to
prove innocence. They would take any statement as a proof of guilt. A stubborn denial was an even surer
sign of being 'possessed by the Devil'. So you get the idea. The Reactive Bank is full of images of telling
the truth equals pain and unconsciousness, danger and even violent death. Demanding the truth on the
other side, has it own Chains of inflicting pain, unconsciousness and death.

So what are we actually doing with confessionals? How do we stay clear of all the above? It could be
summarized in two words: Confront and As-is When we talk Confessional and Confront, we talk about
the 'confronting of Evil.' Evil is to Man the toughest thing to confront. Yet - since it is in his Bank - it
should be confronted to be As-is-ed. If not, you give it power and it will continue to be at work and
eventually take over.

Evil has an appeal to us.

From childhood and on.
We have these images
of evil characters, that
we usually don't act upon.
To act it out in play is
of course fine. It is a
degree of confront.

176
How evil can take over was explained this way by Ron Hubbard in a lecture: "It might interest you how
an evil person (suppressive person) becomes one. That's the guy who has enough Overts to deserve more
pay-back than you can imagine. The guy who keeps doing things to do others in. He's the villain. Now,
the reason he got to be a bad boy was by switching valences. He had a bad boy over there parked in his
mind; and he then, in some peculiar way, got into that bad boy's valence. Now he knows what he is - he's
a bad boy. Man is basically good but he mocks-up evil valences and then gets inside them and gets stuck
in them. He says the other fellow is bad. He keeps saying the other fellow is bad. He works on this
character all the time as something not to be. And eventually he has got this very live character all made
up in his mind. Then some day he becomes this other fellow. You see, a valence shift or personality shift
happens - he becomes the whole, complete package of personality. And there he is. So now he is an evil
fellow. He knows how he is supposed to act. He is supposed to act like the other fellow. That's the switch-
over. That's how evil comes into being." (Covered in SH Briefing 73, 1966).

So the key to handling evil is to be able to confront it in the first place. The difference between Auditors
Beingness and Confessional Auditors Beingness is only in degree. The confessional auditor has to have
an excellent ability to confront evil. That is what went wrong with the guy in the piece above. The person
who couldn't confront evil, but only mock it up as something not to be, eventually gave up and became it.
He was Not-is-ing, hating and detesting it. He was holding onto this evil personality package in his mind
as something not to be; and suddenly it had become so powerful so he became it. It simply took over.
This is how the Reactive Mind 'works'. It warns you against danger on a stimulus-response level and you
don't want to look at those terrible things. Suddenly it has become so powerful so you have no choice but
living it.

There are of course degrees of this. A complete switch does not happen suddenly, just because of one
incident. Long before it happens, the person simply withholds himself. But when you pull Overts and
Withholds you are preventing something like this from happening down the road. You are getting the pc's
ability to confront evil up. The 'demons' (evil valences) in his mind will loose power. He will regain
power over them and the basic goodness of Man will prevail in his conduct and thinking.

Confessional Auditors Beingness

In Auditors Beingness of Level 0 we got the following definitions: "Beingness is: The result of having
assumed an identity.
Attitude: The opinion one holds or the behavior one expresses toward some person, space, thing or
symbol as a result of the concept he has of it.
TRs reflect the auditor's attitude.
What is behind attitude is Certainty and Beingness."
It also stated:
"Before you can assume the beingness of an auditor you must have gotten the certainty on the materials
of processing. You must know your tools of the trade, the basic data and actions. The most basic skills of
an auditor are the TRs and Meter skills." All this applies. You simply have to get your confront up on
Overts and Withholds and on evil. It has to be up to a point where no human or inhuman act will surprise
you, upset you, tick you off or shut your communication down. The best way to do this in the context of
this course, is to use the included Confessional Form (Joburg) and drill it as an auditing drill on a doll.
You have your twin come with hard crime answers and you drill to handle it with perfect TRs. If you
encounter problems in that, you may have to go back to TRs, especially TR-0 Bullbait, and be drilled on
that to improve your confront of Overts and Withholds. Having done that your own confront of evil will

177
have come up and you can now perform Confessional auditing as auditing without getting it mixed up
with harmful practices of the past. When you can pull Overts and Withholds while maintaining high ARC
and perfect communication with the pc, you have got it. It does take courage to be a good confessional
auditor.

Some Stable Data

What you can confront, you can handle.
What you Not-is tends to persist. It eventually becomes so powerful so you become it (valence shift).
Confessional Auditing is auditing. It is done for the pc. You make him confront the hardest thing to
confront: Evil.
The auditor is bound by the Auditors Code; the Meter is not. This means you pursue and persist on
pulling Withholds and getting it all until the Meter, the pc and the auditor are all in agreement about, that
the question is now clean. According to Ron Hubbard, "a good Confessional auditor is marked by his
thoroughness, his willingness to pry, his swinish suspicion. He's a believer in the Meter and little else
when he is on the trail of a pc's Withhold. This does not, however, mean that the auditor should be
misemotional or accusative. It means that he sees what he sees. He knows that when his Meter tells him
something is there something is there - and he knows when he's gotten it all."
Confessionals are done under Auditors Code. Especially these points apply:
(15) Do not to mix the processes of CT with other practices except when the preclear is
physically ill and only medical means will serve.
You do not mix Confessional Procedure with any of the practices covered above. It is its own and it is
ultimately done for the pc.
(22) Never use the secrets of a preclear divulged in session for punishment or personal gain.
There is a client/practitioner privilege. The auditor is sworn to secrecy and confidentiality in a similar
manner as lawyers, doctors and priests. If this is violated the pc's willingness to speak to the auditor
would not exist or be lowered seriously.
All this should be reflected in your beingness. By making the pc understand how the Auditors Code apply
here and by having your own confront of evil handled, having drilled the procedures with lot of special
situations, you can now complete the Confessional Auditors Beingness step and put it all together and
assume the beingness of a Pro.

Right way - with a

Wrong way - Meter and for the pc.
before Effectiveness based on
the Meter. Auditors Trust:
Auditors Auditor plus PC
Trust violated. greater
than the Bank.

178
 Part Five:

Level Three,
Upsets
 Ability Clearing Three - Upsets

On Ability Clearing, Level Three, a number of skills are taught. They are aimed at handling upsets and
being able to locate and eliminate the causes to upsets. To make an auditor capable of that several skills
have to be mastered:

Life Repair: The student learns how to do Two-Way Communication as a formal process. This is used in
Life Repair and in many repair actions. It has other uses as well. All data needed for Life Repair are
included.

ARC Breaks: The student gets all the vital data about ARC breaks - how and why they come about and
how to handle ARC breaks occurring in life or auditing. ARC breaks, Change, and the handling of By-
passed Charge are the main topics of Grade 3.

Grade 3: The Grade 3 processes are of course taught here. Besides ARC breaks Grade 3 deals with
ability to cope with change. Students are expected to audit each other to Grade 3 Release.

Listing & Nulling: We cover the theory of Listing & Nulling. L&N is a precision skill based on the Laws
of Listing & Nulling. L&N has many uses in repairs and more advanced processing; the first use is a
process on Grade 3 itself.

Auditing by Lists - Repair Lists: Ability to use Repair Lists to find and handle By-passed Charge makes
a professional auditor that can handle just about any situation in auditing. All the major Repair Lists are
included and taught here on CT Level 3. These lists are also called 'Prepared Lists' or 'Correction Lists'.

Int Remedy: It is a major stumbling block to auditing progress when a pc has Out-Int. Out-int means
charge has built up on the pc's case after the fact of pc going exterior. Going exterior is usually a great
win, but sometimes it later leads to this case condition known as Out-Int. This type of charge is an 'out
rudiment' situation so severe that nothing else but this should be addressed on the case. The remedy of
CT-3 handles Out-Int. It is a Read-it-drill-it-do-it version of the Recall Int RD (full theory in CT-4Pro).
But since "Out-Int" is the first Item on so many Repair Lists co-auditors need a way to handle it here and
now. A chapter on this is included in Guided Tour.

181
 Two Way Communication
as a Process (TWC)

Definition:
Itsa, 1. A term made up from "It is a". The pc's action of answering an auditor's question in which the pc positively identifies
something with certainty. 2. Pc saying what is, what is there, who is there, where it is, what it looks like, ideas about,
decisions about, solutions to, things in his environment. (The pc talking continuously about problems or puzzlements or
wondering about things in his environment, is not itsa-ing). 3. A pc who is itsa-ing is simply looking at and identifying some
things. 4. TA comes from saying "It is ..." Itsa isn't even a comm line. It's what travels on a comm line from pc to auditor, if
that which travels is pc saying with certainty "It is...!"

Two way communication as processing can best be characterized as a style of auditing. The process has
everything to do with getting the pc to itsa about an area and keep him talking on the subject. To do that,
the auditor does not use set commands, but listens with interest and uses light questions and half
acknowledgements. The auditor would start by having a charged subject to do the two way
communication on. The C/S instruction for the session could be: Do a TWC on 'apples' to F/N, cog,
VGI's. The first thing the auditor has to ensure is that the subject of 'apples' is charged or he wouldn't do
the action.

The auditor would give this R-factor:" I am going to check a subject for charge. If charged, we will do a
TWC on the subject." He clears the subject wording by using 'Clearing commands': "First, what does
'Apple' mean to you?" The auditor is just as interested in the Meter response as in the pc's answer here.
PC: "Apple means a common fruit from a tree" (no read)
Auditor: "Thank You"
Auditor: "I am going to check the subject on the Meter."
(Watching Meter): "Apples" x
"On apples, has anything been suppressed?" x
"On apples, has anything been invalidated?" SF
The button 'invalidated' read. This means the auditor has a valid read on 'Apples'. He can now take up
the subject in two way communication auditing.

Two Way Comm is close to

'Listen Style'. The difference
is that the auditor actively
guides the pc into
Itsa with light questions.

He looks interested at the pc and says: "Tell me about apples", or some such question to get the pc started.
He sits back and listens. Two way comm is close to listen style from 'Styles of Auditing', but there is one
important difference. Under Listen Style it said: "Listen Style isn't the same as 'Itsa'. You could say it is
an invitation to the pc to Itsa. But technically 'Itsa' is the action of the pc saying "It is a..." In other words,

182
that is a pc action. So the auditor only uses a simple question, attention and interest to get the pc talking.
To get the pc to itsa is beyond the scope of Listen Style." So the difference is: in two way comm the
auditor asks light questions to get the pc going and itsa in the area. He uses his understanding of the
definition of Itsa above to formulate the questions. Here are some examples of questions:

Tell me some ideas you have about (apples)?

Any other ideas about (apples)?
Tell me some considerations you have about (apples)?
Any thoughts about (apples)?
Any decisions about (apples)?
Any feelings about (apples)?
Can you describe that scene to me?
When did that happen?

General Rule of TWC

Ask for significances: thoughts,
ideas, considerations, feelings,
reactions. You stay with light
questions to get the pc to itsa.

These are just examples. The general rule is: ask for significances: thoughts, ideas, considerations,
feelings, reactions. You stay with light questions to get the pc to itsa and keep the pc itsa'ing without
plunging the pc into the Bank too deep. You are really just trying to skim the surface of the Bank for
things already stirred up and restimulated by life in TWC.

Questions Not to Use: There is one important rule about what questions not to use: Do not use a
Listing Question in Two way comm. By a "Listing Question" we mean any question which directly or
indirectly calls for items. If you use subject questions with 'Who', 'What', 'Which' or 'Why' the TWC
turns into a listing action. You wrongly invited the pc to give a list of persons, places, reasons, etc.
Listing is guided by The Laws of Listing and Nulling, which is a subject of its own. Listing questions
wrongly done can lead to upset pc's. If you introduce listing questions into your TWC you may end up
with mysteriously upset pc's. So you never use such a question as the main question for a TWC. Using
Who, What, Which or Why after the main question can also turn the session into a listing action, but here
you can use it with caution to get the full answer to something partly answered.
Examples of wrong questions: "Who upset you?" You are asking the pc to give a list of persons
(items). "What are you upset about?", would also be a listing question as it asks for items. "Which person
did you trust the most?" would also ask for items. "Why are you upset?" may plunge the pc into the Bank.
"What happened?" is different than "What illness?" or "What town?", the last two being too close to
listing questions.
"Who were there?" (see definition of Itsa) is different from "Who upset you?" The real difference here is,
that an L&N action is designed to find just one final answer - THE Item. In other words L&N also
involves a process of exclusion, elimination and choice.
Other Examples of Correct Questions: "How are you doing lately?" is a correct TWC question. It
would uncover out ruds and cleans up easily. It gets off charge but does not get into items. "Are you

183
better these days than you used to be?", "How have you been since the last session?" are all light rudiment
type questions that let the pc Itsa, without going into a list or plunging the pc into the Bank. Your guiding
principle is to get the pc to itsa the charge already steered up and available.
TWC as a Rud: "How are you doing?" is sometimes used as a rudiment. When the pc is well into
auditing and seems to get on with it you can simply replace formal Flying Rudiments in the beginning of
session with "How are you doing?" If the pc has an out rudiment he will tell you. The question will
uncover it and you would handle the out rud with the obvious rudiment procedure (ARC break, PTP, M/
W/H). If the pc feels fine when coming in the "How are you doing?" will simply produce an F/N VGI
answer and you can go onto the Major Action.

TWC's Revealing an Out Rudiment

A TWC session on a major subject can also uncover an out rudiment in the area. Let's say you do the
TWC on 'Apples' and the pc comes up with an upset that happened some time in the past. The correct
auditor action is to take it up with ARC break procedure (you never audit a pc over an ARC break, but do
an Assessment instead.
Example: The pc is upset with somebody who stole her apples when she was a child; the TWC
uncovered it. You would ask: "Was that an ARC break?" (F) PC "Yes, it certainly was!" Auditor: "OK,
I'll assess that ARC break". Auditor does so and takes it E/S to F/N, VGI's. The pc may cognite on the
whole subject and have F/N, VGI, Cog on Apples. That would be the EP for the TWC as well. If no
subject EP occurred you would simply return to your TWC and complete the action to EP. In this fashion
you can take up out ruds as PTP's, Problems, Withholds, Missed Withholds and ARC breaks.

TWC a Class Three Action

The reason that Two Way Communication is a Class 3 action is, that the auditor should know how to do
different repair lists. A list as L1C is designed to handle upset pc's. The auditor may have to resort to that
if a simple ARC break Assessment seems insufficient. Also, as explained above, an auditor trained in
Listing and Nulling will know the dangers of getting into a listing situation, but also how to repair it if it
should happen.

Deadly Sins: Besides using Listing questions there are two other deadly sins.
One thing a beginning auditor has to be warned about is Q&A. The freer format of the TWC session
could tempt some poorly trained auditor to do just that. Q&A meaning: Questioning an answer.
Example: Pc: "I never liked my brother back then." Auditor: "What about your brother?" Pc: "He was
a teacher's pet." Auditor: "What about teacher's pets?" Pc: "I don't like them." Auditor: "What else don't
you like?" And so on and on.
In correct TWC the auditor holds the main line of the subject, no matter how he phrases it and listens to
and writes down what the pc says. The auditor may see a TA Blowdown on "I never liked my brother
back then". He would note that down, as it could be taken up as a later action. Remember what it said
under Auditors Admin: "When running a two-way communication process it is important that all items
(terminals, statements, etc.) that read are marked on the worksheets: SF, F, LF, LFBD. All reading items
are circled in green after the session". Now you know why. They can be taken up later and produce more
TA action.

184
 Warning! Worst example:
Pc: "I never liked my brother."
Aud: "What about your brother?"
Pc: "He was a teacher's pet."
Aud: "Why don't you like teacher's pets?"
Pc: "Hmm, they are too perfect."
Aud: "There is no 'being too perfect'!"
3 Q's and auditor Q&A'ed, asked a listing
Q and evaluated/invalidated pc's answer.

Evaluation/Invalidation in auditing TWC is the third deadly sin. The auditor asks and listens. He doesn't
explain or comment on anything to the pc. Wrong example: Pc: "I didn't get that much out of the
process." Auditor: "Well you see that process was intended to ..." and here he is into Evaluation. Even the
auditor's facial expression can be evaluation. Ask and listen and ack. Prompt only by varying the original
question now and then, that's what a good TWC auditor does.

Worksheets of TWC: When keeping the worksheets of the session you need to provide some specifics:
the question you ask (maybe abbreviated) and the pc's response. If a pc answer gives a large read or
Blowdown you want to note down pc's exact statement. Such statements reveal charged areas and can be
used by the C/S for later actions (as mentioned). If you take great care of noting down the exact pc
statement that gave a significant Meter reaction and handle it in a later action you ensure optimum gains
and no By-passed Charge left behind.

Repairs: If the pc is mysteriously upset after a TWC session the first thing the C/S would look for is, if
the pc started to list on a wrongly included listing question. If this is the case the correct repair action
would be to complete the list or do a repair list (L4BRB) on the action. This would have to be done by an
auditor trained in Listing & Nulling (L&N).

Summary
TWC is a great action to have available. It is easy to do on starting pc's as it does not use a lot of
technical terms. Thus it is easy to get results with on less educated pc's (less educated in auditing). Also,
even pc's in bad shape to whom more sophisticated processes would be unreal, usually respond well to
TWC. Yet, this action stays with the auditor as a basic tool in handling any level of pc to the most
advanced Ability levels of Operating Thetan. TWC's are usually done to destimulate areas heavily
charged. It is not classified as a Major Action. It is a tool of Repair. But pc's having troubles in life or
auditing can attest to the magic of two way communication done strictly under Auditors Code and all of
basic auditing. The trick is simply to get the pc talking about a subject that is in hot restimulation in his
Bank. Open the flood gates and drain the area for charge. To keep the area discharging you don't go
looking for more but simply keep the channel clear and the pc talking with light questions right down the
main stream. TWC is also used to get a pc to fully cognite on a subject recently audited. By taking that
subject up as a TWC and have the pc discuss his thoughts, ideas, etc. his cognition will usually widen and
bring about a stable EP. Sometimes it is used as a check-up on a pc. The reason it is done in session in
this case is, that the auditor can repair or clean up any non optimum situation right away.

185
 What is an ARC Break?

Sudden Drop - tone1.5 Scared - tone 1.0 Severe Loss - 0.5 Sad Effect - 0.8-0.05

A-R-C BREAK: "A sudden drop or cutting of one's Affinity, Reality or Communication with someone or something."

An ARC break is in common language known as an upset or a condition of being shocked, disappointed,
surprised, etc. The reason it is called an A-R-C break is, that it gives an inside look and the anatomy of
what is going on. By using the name A-R-C break we have included some important data about the
mechanism. In a dictionary, including slang, you can probably find hundreds of terms used to describe this.
Omitting the slang we can here add, getting angry at somebody, blow up, getting offended, saddened,
breaking one's heart, etc., etc. In other words these are very well known phenomena. We all know them
from countless situations. We see it happen to others and we get subject to it ourselves. the simple act of
defining it as A-R-C- breaks suddenly opens the door to do something about it.

For an ARC break to happen,

there must have been some ARC
in the first place. The more ARC
there was, the greater the
ARC break can get. This is
routinely seen in divorce courts.

First, for an ARC break to happen there must have been some ARC in the first place. The more ARC there
was the greater the ARC break can get. This is seen in divorce courts on a daily basis. The saying is, "Hell
hath no fury like a woman scorned". A woman betrayed by her husband can raise hell on him. The woman
wouldn't do this to a complete stranger. It was the tremendous ARC that was built up during their marriage
that laid the groundwork for this. Without that prior ARC there wouldn't be an ARC break. Family feuds
among siblings is another example of this - starting with Cain and Able.

Big Example: You could see the conflict of the Middle East as an ARC break. You have two populations, Arabs and Jews, in
Israel. They both love the land. There was a break in Reality following World War Two when the British and the French cut out

186
a new map for Arabia and, supported by UN, set up the Palestine Territory and later the State of Israel. For one thing, the British
(and especially the British officer Lawrence of Arabia) had promised the Arabs the land after they in World War One defeated
the Turkish who ruled the land. Endless confrontations and fights are now going on between the Jews and the Palestinians
apparently with no end in sight. Diplomacy seems the method of choice in handling ARC breaks in a political scene and even in
a social setting. But diplomacy, as being polite and underhanded, does nothing in terms of finding the correct BPC and indicate
it. As a result the diplomats on a regular basis have to pull out and give room for an outright war. When it comes to this stage all
kinds of out ruds are the order of the day; the basic problem: the land. The aggressive acts and acts of war: Overts and
Withholds. But it was preceded by an upset: an ARC break in Reality.

Let's refresh quickly what we know about ARC: 'ARC = Understanding': Affinity, Reality and
Communication are the component parts of Understanding. This is one of the most basic discoveries of
Ron Hubbard. It is simple, yet it affects all parts of life and livingness. Although statements of this
undoubtedly can be found in all kinds of philosophies and religious writings, there has never existed such a
clear statement of it that can be used directly in all human relationships; and if it goes wrong this
fundamental datum can be used to repair the situation with. And here we are at the center of Level 3: how
to repair ARC breaks!
ARC itself was covered extensively at Level 0. Why is it so central to what we are doing in CT? The
answer here is also simple. What we are engaged upon in CT is a freeing up of theta and life force. We are
seeking to restore the thetan to his full capacity. And here is the point: "The three component parts of theta
are Affinity, Reality and Communication" - ARC. So just by you being there, there is a presence of ARC. It
has nothing to do with putting on a big smile in the morning or feeling great. These things are of course
manifestations of ARC. But at the core it is always there no matter how bad we feel because life itself is
ARC. What all the scales of Level 0 show are measuring sticks of the amount of ARC present. Even at the
very bottom of these scales ARC is present at a minimum level. The way pc's go down these scales over
time happens in bumps, in sudden small or big drops; and these drops are the ARC breaks. On Level 3 we
learn to undo these pumps or drops in life and move the pc back up these scales by applying the ARC
break data of Level 3.
The most basic description of ARC is in the Axioms. Axiom 21 to 28 define different aspects at great
length. Basic books of Ron Hubbard, as Fundamentals of Thought, Problems of Work, Science of Survival
and Scn 8-8008 all have at least one full chapter about ARC.
So we have theta or ARC at the beginning and it may even build up over time - say in a friendship. Then
suddenly something happens and we have an ARC break. Since we in auditing are trying to restore ARC,
both in relationships the pc has but also as a quality of his very beingness, knowing what an ARC break is,
is very useful. We also need to know what is happening on a practical level so we can repair it if it should
turn up or happen in session.

A break in one component

of the ARC triangle will cause
all
three components to get
smaller.

We know we have a thetan with a certain amount of theta and suddenly it is lowered. A break in one of the
component parts of A, R and C has taken place. As a result all three components are reduced as they are
really different sides of the same thing. That's why it is called the ARC triangle. When one side is reduced,
the other sides are as well. The size of the whole triangle is reduced. There is this close relationship

187
between the parts. The communication formula: Cause, distance, effect with duplication and understanding
can be seen to have all the elements of ARC. The affinity part is overcoming the distance and the reality
part is the amount of duplication taking place. It results in greater understanding when successful. If
unsuccessful, it results in lowered understanding. The simple action of communicating causes thus an
increase or decrease in ARC.

Auditing over an ARC

break makes pc worse.
If done extensively the pc
will go into a Sad Effect.

ARC Breaks and Auditing

There is one technical reason which makes it vital to be able to handle ARC breaks quickly and that is:
Auditing a pc over an ARC break makes the pc worse. If you audit over a PTP or a Withhold the pc
doesn't benefit. You will see no improvement or benefit. That isn't good either, of course. But we already
know what to do about it. But if you audit over an ARC break, the pc actually gets worse! That makes it
vital, from a practical viewpoint, to have effective tools to handle the situation quickly. The maxim is
especially true, when the ARC break is between pc and auditor. This is called a session ARC break.

ARC breaks stemming

from M/W/Hs are usually
more like a blow-up.

ARC Breaks and Missed Withholds

On Level 2 we had a description of ARC breaks and Missed Withholds and how all ARC breaks can be
seen to stem from M/W/Hs. Viewing it this way is the causative view. It is valid, but is not always capable
of handling the situation at hand. A later Technical Bulletin of 4 April 1965 states: "The hardest pc to
handle is the Missed Withhold pc. They ARC break but you can't get the pc out of it. The answer is, the pc
had a Withhold all the time that is at the bottom of all these ARC breaks." Also: "ARC breaks occur most
frequently on people with Missed Withholds. Therefore if a pc can't be patched up easily or won't stay
patched up on ARC breaks, there must be basic Withholds on the case. One then works hard on Withholds
with any and all the tools that we've got." What is described here is a further analysis of the pc's case. It is
what you program a pc for who keeps getting ARC breaks. It is beyond first aid; it takes a series of
sessions to accomplish. It does work well as first aid in O/W type of auditing, because it is the primary
cause in this type of auditing. Also, the pc is tuned in to what to look for. It works well on pc's who have a
high responsibility level, because they are capable of looking at their troubles from the viewpoint of cause.
The statement of Level 2 was: "If you pick up the Missed Withholds at the first sign, the pc will stay
in-session"; "at the first sign" is key to be able to use only this tool. In other words, it is valid but does not
always open the door to a handling. Today Missed Withholds are viewed as one type of BPC. In practice

188
you would use the guidelines of Auditors Rights to pick the tool to use to handle out rudiments in session.

ARC Breaks and By-passed Charge

Ron Hubbard developed another method of handling ARC breaks. By viewing ARC breaks as a result of
BPC new techniques could be developed. These techniques were easier to do and teach and worked well
on pc's that were already in trouble. He stated the cause of ARC breaks in technical bulletin 27 May 1963:
"All ARC breaks are caused by By-passed Charge" (covered in the previous chapter). By-passed Charge
was defined as: "Earlier reactive charge that is restimulated, but not seen. Or, "charge available to the
auditor, but not picked up."
The connection to Missed Withholds is clear. A Missed Withhold is By-passed Charge, but the
definition of BPC is more flexible and broader. We can expand a little on this: By-passed Charge comes
about as a comm cycle that is started, but not wholly detected or understood. Charge is energy that is
mobilized and meant to go in a certain direction. But it never arrives because it is not wholly detected or
understood. So it always remains as BPC, then explodes in a dispersal of some sort. It does not always
explode. Sometimes it just results in a down-tone pc who is 'not feeling so well lately'.

BPC is a comm cycle that is begun,

but not wholly detected or understood.
Charge is energy that is mobilized and
meant to go in a certain direction. But it
doesn't arrive because it is not wholly
detected or understood. So it remains
as BPC until detected and discharged,
which is what you do in an ARC break
handling.

By stating ARC breaks as caused by BPC there is no attempt to blame it on the pc as a Withhold and no
demand for the pc to 'take full responsibility for it'. Find the charge with a Meter and indicate the correct
BPC is all it takes. This is a very workable approach as a first aid. This can be done on a pc who is already
suffering from a severe ARC break. This approach thus has a real practical value. And the value and the
techniques developed from this theory have proven to be extremely useful - way beyond being a simple
first aid. Locating and indicating (or handle further) the correct BPC is today the tool for repairing any
severe troubles pc's can run into. Repair Lists covering just about any possible situation have been
developed based on this principle. These lists also cover M/W/Hs.

A Generality or a 'Not There' is a common

cause of ARC breaks. Finding 'Who did
it?' goes a long way in curing it.

ARC Breaks and Generalities

There is a third statement of what is behind ARC breaks: "An ARC break occurs on a Generality or a Not
There." One advantage of this view is, that the datum can be used in a normal conversation. It can be used
in auditing as well.

189
 Examples of generalities: "They say you are always late". "Everybody thinks this suggestion is stupid".
"The will of the people". Using generalities is a well known method of people of ill will. Such people use it
knowingly to ARC break others. Let's say that a colleague tells you, "they say you are always late." In the
past such a statement could make you feel real bad and insecure. No need for that anymore. First ask, "who
said that?" You may get some arrogant answers but keeping at it and finding out who 'everybody' is and
what he/she actually said, you will finally get it nailed down to: "Bettie, noticed you were five minutes late
for work the other day". That is a lot easier to deal with and would not cause an ARC break. Knowing that,
it would even be easy to go to Bettie and explain to her why you were late.
Example: Little boy screaming and crying because he made a mistake in doing a drawing. You observe
the boy is upset: "What are you upset about, Little Bill?" Little Bill: "My drawing is no good!" You: "Who
said your drawing is no good?" Little Bill: (crying) "The teachers at school (plural)." You: "What teacher
(singular)?" Little Bill: (sobbing) "Not the teachers, the other kids (plural)!" You: "Which one of the other
kids?" Little Bill: (suddenly quiet) "Jimmy!" You: "How do you feel now?" Little Bill: (cheerfully) "Can I
have some candy?" What you are using is this formula:
1. Ask what the person is upset about.
2. Ask who thought so.
3. Repeat the generality the person used, and
4. Ask for which one person (singular).
5. Keep 3 and 4 going until the person is happy.
These steps work great; Meter or not.

Next time somebody says, "The teachers are mean," don't make the error of trying to indicate the charge
with "OK, you are ARC Broken because the teachers are mean." Instead you find out "What teacher is
teachers?" If you push it a bit you'll find it. You will probably find it wasn't " the teachers" or even "a
teacher" but somebody else entirely. And that somebody else will be one individual, not a group. If
somebody has the opinion, that "All salesmen are bad", you will know the next time to narrow it down to
one individual and one incident and find out what really happened.
An interesting use of this is "Who uses the word ‘everybody' frequently?" It's of interest only because
"everybody" makes a smoke screen (dispersal) which the person can't see through. It can take quite a while
sometimes for a person to spot such an individual and the question should be used with caution.
People, who have been victims of a violent crime, can develop paranoia of sorts as so many faces they
see could be that man. When the criminal is finally identified and caught they will feel a lot better as the
generality of "all men could be that man" has been narrowed down to one individual with a name and a
face. When he is sentenced and put in jail, the victim now has the benefit of knowing exactly where he is
and has nothing to fear. In accounts of murder cases you will often see the relatives of the victim being
very emotional about the conviction of the murderer. This is understandable. But any sense of relief they
may experience stems entirely from this mechanism.

The Not There is a special type of generality because it can be anywhere. But it is a special case. When
something becomes impossible to locate it can cause an ARC Break. The cure for this situation is to find
out what's gone. If you see somebody with a cold, ask them, "Who is gone?". Losses and ARC breaks can
cause a cold, you know. You'll see a few recoveries if you get the question fully answered. It's not so
much the loss, but not knowing where something or somebody is now. This makes it into a special type of
generality. You will often see the response to a sudden loss is to feel everything and everybody are gone.
This is what is behind anxiety. The nervous anxiety over seeing everything gone is also an explanation for,
why the pc is so fond of his pictures. At least he has a picture of it!
Dreams follow a sudden loss. Dreams are of course mainly pictures. It's an effort of the person to orient

190
himself and get something or somebody back.

ARC breaks of Long Duration

can color a persons whole outlook
on life. Clearing them up make
people think pc is a "new person."

ARC Break of Long Duration: ARC breaks can happen in life on a regular basis. Normally we recover
quickly from them or in a couple of days. Sometimes we are not that lucky. We have a more permanent
ARC break. The person experienced a drop on the tone scale and didn't recover. A person that has a
number of serious ARC breaks will eventually experience a permanent lower tone. If you have a pc
permanently in a state of grief or thereabout we talk about an ARC break of long duration.

Sad Effect: ARC break of long duration is related to what is called a Sad Effect, which is defined this way:
"When an ARC break is permitted to continue over too long a period of time and remains in restimulation
a person goes into a Sad Effect, which is to say they become sad and mournful, usually without knowing
what is causing it. This condition is handled by finding the earliest ARC break on the Chain." A Sad Effect
can however happen over a relative short time as a result of known events or even bad auditing.
On a beginning pc ARC Breaks of Long Duration would be addressed on Life Repair with Life Rudiments.
("In Life have you had an ARC break?" "In Life have you had a problem?" "In Life have you had a
Withhold?") These rudiment questions would simply be handled per "Flying Ruds", but the results can be
quite miraculous. You can also use a prepared list as L1C to find the BPC.

Session ARC Break: As mentioned above, ARC breaks during auditing poses a severe problem, when
they happen, and needs immediate attention. A session ARC break is an ARC break existing between the
pc and the auditor. You can not audit over a session ARC break. Instead you do an ARC break
Assessment. For a severely ARC broken pc you would take a Correction List and assess it (between the
Meter and the Bank) and only indicate the BPC. A Session ARC break is defined as "the pc's transfer of
attention from the Bank to the auditor and a dramatization of the Bank directed at the auditor."
What happened was the following: Charge that was restimulated by the process may provide a
background booster for a session upset. When you drag the pc's attention to the auditor the charge that had
been deliberately restimulated in the session doesn't get As-is-ed, and the pc ARC breaks. Thus, you can
often observe that something that outside the session could not cause an ARC break very well can cause
one if it happens in session. The ARC break is caused by the sudden shift of attention, the explosion of
charge that was held back by the fact that the pc's attention was on it. As long as the pc had his attention
on the Bank he was cause over its charge. The moment his attention is pulled away from it he no longer
controls it and the pc becomes the effect of that charge and dramatizes it in session.
A session ARC break is different from a pc telling about an ARC break he had with somebody before
session. Here the session or auditor is not at risk and it can be handled with using "Flying Ruds", often the
auditor simply has to flatten the process that turned up the ARC break. There is an element of judgment
here. The auditor has to determine if the in-session-ness of the pc is in jeopardy and if the process he is
running turned it on and should be able to turn it off, simply by being taken to EP.

191
 An ARC break Needle can look like an 'F/N',
be Dirty, Stuck or Sticky. Pc's Indicators
are the first thing to watch, however.

ARC Break Needle: There are different needle phenomena which accompanies an ARC break. An ARC
break F/N is an F/N with bad indicators on the pc. Indicators can include propitiation. It is quite usual that
a pc has just mentioned grief when the ARC break needle turns on, or some gloomy idea. A real F/N
means the pc is out the top; an ARC break F/N means he's out the bottom. The pc has disconnected from
his Bank due to the ARC break. You never indicate an F/N when the pc has bad indicators. The needle
during an ARC break may also be dirty, stuck or sticky. The pc will be upset and out of comm at the same
time. The best advice is thus to observe the pc first and the Meter second.

Summary
Remember, You are never governed or controlled by something you can handle or remedy with ease.
When you can control and handle something it does not scare you or put you at effect. So when you learn
to handle session ARC breaks it becomes just another phenomenon, like a runny nose. Your attitude
towards ARC breaks should never be such so you are driven by the fear of ARC breaks or consequences;
because you will be driven to not getting the auditing done right. You will start to take the pc's orders.
Such orders are usually the direct result of pc's dramatizations. The orders are the significance contained in
that which you just put him at the effect of: The By-passed Charge. By mastering the skills of ARC break
handling and Repair Lists you are ready for anything the pc can throw at you and you can get him through
it and restore him to his own shiny self.

192
 Cause of ARC Breaks
By-passed Charge

Definition: By-passed Charge (BPC), 1. Earlier reactive charge restimulated, but not seen. 2. Reactive charge that has been
by-passed. It was restimulated and could have been picked up, but was overlooked by both pc and auditor.

The reason for ARC breaks in auditing can be stated to have one common source:
Rule 1: All ARC breaks are caused by By-passed Charge.
Rule 2: To turn off an ARC break, you have to find and indicate the correct By-passed Charge.
Charge can be bypassed in a number of ways. It gets restimulated by life or it gets restimulated and not
picked up in auditing. You can make up a list of all the types of charge that can be bypassed and all the
principal ways this can happen and you will have a Repair List. (Also called a Correction List or Prepared
List). In CT there exists a great number of repair lists; each is designed to pick up the different types of
BPC that can come about from one particular type of auditing. By doing the list the auditor can find it and
handle this particular area.
Charge can of course also be by-passed by life itself. Have you ever seen a person who was
extremely upset because some little thing that happened to him in life? That upset was technically
speaking caused by By-passed Charge. To turn off that ARC break all you have to do is to find and
indicate the correct By-passed Charge.

Find and Indicate

First, how does BPC manifest itself on a Meter? If you read a Repair List to a pc in trouble while he is on
the cans you will see various reads and Blowdowns occur. That would show charge. The question that
gave the reaction tells the auditor what type of BPC it was. This is just like Meter drill 24. If you had a
very upset or bogged (in trouble) pc, you would simply take the right list, read the whole list to him and
tell him which line gave the most reaction and he would experience considerable relief. That is what rule
2 means: Find and indicate the correct BPC. The action described is called an ARC break Assessment.
Example: Let's say we have a very upset woman. She was upset due to things that happened at work.
A list that covers all types of By-passed Charge on a person in this situation would be the L1C. It is
designed to handle ARC Broken, sad, hopeless or nattery pc's. So we take the woman and put her on the
cans. We instruct her by saying she does not have to say anything, but just listen to the questions and
statements we are going to read to her. We read the first question and quickly note down the Meter
reaction on it; then we go on to the next line without expecting or asking for an answer. This way we go
through the whole list. When we have finished the list we look it over quickly to see which line gave the
most reaction. We find the line: "Has a reality been refused?" gave the biggest read, a Blowdown from
3.1 to 2.9. We have located the main By-passed Charge - or so we hope. We simply tell the pc: "I want to
indicate a reality had been refused!" We see her brighten up and feel a lot better. There is an additional
BD on the Meter - from 2.9 to 2.5. She begins to tell some details about the upset. There is an F/N. OK,
that tells us clearly it was a correct charge indicated. We wouldn't necessary have to know what reality
had been refused or do anything further with it. The indication alone would cause a significant
improvement in the pc's condition right away. That is what is meant by find and indicating the correct By-
passed Charge.
The action of locating the main By-passed Charge is an ARC break Assessment. It is not classified as
auditing the pc as any communication is held to an absolute minimum. It is described to be between the
Meter and the pc's Bank.

193
 Assessment is done by
the auditor. It is
between
the pc's Bank and
the Meter.

Assessment is defined this way: "It is the action done from a prepared list. Assessment is done by the
auditor between the pc's Bank and the Meter. The auditor reads each line from the list and notes which
line or item has the biggest reaction. The auditor looks at the Meter while doing an Assessment.
Assessment is the action of obtaining a significant item from a pc." - It is just like Meter Drill 24.
It is of course the same principle we use when handling the ARC break rudiment. There we would do two
quick Assessments. First we would find the ARC break incident.
Then we would do the Assessment: "Was it a break in Affinity?, Reality?, Communication?,
Understanding?" (ARCU).
We would find which one and tell the pc and ensure it was the right one. (In example R = Reality).
Then we would assess CDEINR: "Was it Curious about R? Desired R? Enforced R? Inhibited R? No R?
Refused R?"
The A, R, C, U and the CDEI scale is a very basic classification of types of BPC.

Philosophically you could say: to locate

and indicate the BPC is to point out
'Basic Truth' to the pc. All persistence
(including reactive charge) depends
on Basic Truth.
Axiom 37: "When a primary consideration is
altered but still exists, persistence is achieved
for the Altering Consideration. All persistence
depends on the Basic Truth, but the
persistence is of the Altering Consideration,
for the Basic Truth has neither persistence
nor impersistence."
The moment pc recognizes Basic Truth
behind the later incident (called the Altering
Consideration) the whole
thing is less serious. He can change
his mind about it = BD F/N.

Illustration: The first picture shows a pc being scared by a monster. Next picture
shows what is behind it. The Basic Truth here is that this man made it as a
computer-generated picture. The moment our pc spots this it will no longer have
any power or persistence. He will laugh it off or have a sigh of relief.
The pc will also realize the type of ARC behind it (the prank).
In this example the 'monster' was the Altering Consideration - it contained a lie.

194
The BPC - It's Earlier
The principal sources of BPC could be classified at much greater length than a simple ARC break
Assessment. ARCU will still be found in one form or the other at the bottom of it. A more detailed
statement of this is what the prepared lists have. The detailed classification has actually been built into the
various repair lists. It took a lot of trial and error, a lot of hardships on pc's and auditors to get all the
principal causes put together in a form pc's could understand and respond to. One key to understanding
the nature of BPC is "Earlier". It is some incident or charge earlier in time that gets keyed in or
reactivated. The cause of something is always earlier than the resulting effect. This incident or charge is
unknown to the pc. It enforces its reactive content upon the pc and he dramatizes it. He can be in pain,
agony, in a rage or grief as a result. When the correct type of charge is found with a Meter and indicated
the pc's upset will immediately cool off. That does not mean that you in most cases wouldn't do more
about it. The various repair lists have usually detailed instructions on how to clean up the charge further.
But in case of extremely upset or troubled pc's you would simply assess all the way through the list and
indicate the largest read and the pc will cool off. He will settle down and collect himself to a point where
a real communication can be established and now you can start to audit him.

It was restimulated, but not picked up

Another principal reason for BPC in auditing is: It was asked for directly or indirectly, but not picked up.
The auditor's question or action turns on a switch. It restimulates some charge in some corner of the pc's
Bank. If it is then picked up and acknowledged the charge is destimulated. That's how auditing works.
The auditor asks a question to the pc, which restimulates one little piece of his Bank; the pc looks for the
answer and tells the auditor. The charge is being destimulated by pc's communication; the auditor
acknowledges the answer as a completion of the auditing cycle. If this goes wrong, the pc can become
stuck with the BPC. This is more likely to happen in auditing than in life, although it happens in life too,
of course.

Being stood up on a
romantic date is a serious
disappointment of
expectations and can
cause all kinds of
BPC to kick in.

Example from life: A man wants to start a relationship with a woman he finds very attractive. He asks
her to meet him at a restaurant in another city, where she lives, for a romantic date. She agrees with
delight it seems. He goes through all the preparations to look his best, buy flowers and so on and he is
there exactly at the appointed time after going through hell and high waters. She never turns up. She
doesn't call or give him any explanation. In such a case he would most certainly get upset. She turned on
a switch. She gave him great hopes and expectations and then it came to nothing! Maybe she did call him
the next day and told him, that her mother had just died. He would tend to relax and feel some relief. If it
was true, the whole matter could go away and they would meet and establish a good relationship. Let's
say it was a lie, a false excuse. Then he would get really upset and end any possibility of a relationship.
She had given a wrong indication: It was a lie. The whole incident had restimulated all kinds of things in
his Bank: earlier lies, earlier times a relationship failed, earlier times somebody let him down, even the

195
death of his own mother. He wouldn't necessarily remember all these incidents, but they would kick in
and be the real reason for his extended misery and his extreme upset. It was "Earlier reactive charge
restimulated, but not seen" = BPC.

BPC and Auditing

When the auditor goes into session with a pc, there is an expectation. There is the expectation of
contacting some reactive charge and destimulate it. The close communication and the expectations are
what turns the switch you could say. When the pc is In-session the stage is set. When the auditor then
asks "How are you doing?" the pc's expectations and response is completely different from that he would
give a colleague at work asking him "How are you today, Joe?" If the auditor has a good communication
cycle and finds what his question restimulated all is fine. If this doesn't describe the session, things can
go wrong and result in BPC and a following upset. It can be a Withhold that gets missed or it can be
described broader as "Something restimulated, but not picked up". If the auditor had perfect TRs and a
perfect understanding of the situation it wouldn't happen. But the facts of auditing are, that it can happen
and probably will from time to time. You know a good auditor from a poor one by his ability to handle
the situation when it arises. The point here is however, that the expectations of finding something charged
makes the Bank come alive. The switch is turned on. If the auditor ran all kinds of processes and had no
TA on any of them the pc would also get upset eventually. Because the auditor never found any of the
things the questions called for.

Examples from Auditing: Let us give some examples of BPC in session:

An auditor doing Q&A, as

in example below, needs to be
retrained and drilled some
more. If it happened on
Engram running the pc is
repaired with a list
- called L3RH.

Example 1: The auditor asks for a painful incident. The pc tells him about a car accident. The auditor
doesn't acknowledge the pc's answer, but changes his mind about what he wants the pc to look for. (Q &
A). The lack of follow-through and the absence of even an ack mean that the auditor didn't end cycle on
the charge restimulated. Also, his question actually restimulated a number of painful incidents that the pc
is now stuck with. That is an illustration of the importance of completing cycles and having a good
auditing comm cycle. In the absence of this the pc will frequently ARC break. In terms of M/W/H the pc
is made to have an inadvertent Missed Withhold.
Example 2: The pc is on a Chain of incidents and have just finished telling the auditor about what
happened when she was 3 years old. The auditor asks for an earlier similar incident. The pc can't find
any, because she is convinced of that "nobody can remember incidents before the age of 3". The auditor
accepts that and the pc ARC breaks. (The same can happen if the pc refuses to go earlier than this life). In
cases like this, incidents and reactive charge unknown to the pc and auditor kicks in as BPC and causes an
ARC break. Overlooking an incident later in time does not cause the same kind of trouble. It is the earlier
charge that kicks in as BPC.

196
 In this example the auditor
needs to redrill TRs, especially
TR-3 and TR-4. An ARC broken
pc is usually handled with a list
called L1C, but it depends on the
type of auditing in progress.

Example 3. Auditor takes up flying rudiments related to "Trouble with your hip". The pc finds things
to run, but then suddenly ARC breaks. Her real trouble was not with the hip, but trouble with her back.
Running something close to this, and possibly related but not running the thing that pc has her main
attention on, causes the session to go up in smoke. The charge stemming from her back troubles is being
by-passed = BPC. Situations like this are usually caused by inability to read the Meter correctly. The
auditor overlooked the BD on 'back' and took up the Fall on 'hip'.

Handling the wrong thing,

but related to the real problem
can cause BPC. You would
correct troubles on ruds per
Auditors Rights. It can call for
a L1C, L4 or other List.

Example 4. The auditor does a Listing and Nulling question, "Who or what was the real villain?". The
action gets the item 'the butler'. The pc ARC breaks. The real villain was 'the maid' it turns out when
repaired. Wrong items from L&N actions on highly charged questions can cause a very violent reaction
due to BPC.

A wrong item in L&N,

like giving pc "The Butler" when
his correct item was "The Maid"
can make a pc furious and
make him refuse auditing until
corrected. There is a Repair
List for that - it is called L4.

Example 5. You are pulling a Chain of Withholds on a man that went to war. The pc can't bring
himself to tell all the terrible things he did in battle but tells a more acceptable version of the events and
how it wasn't really his fault. The auditor is buying it. At some point the pc blows up. The BPC is from
what he really did. Getting all the terrible details handles the situation and saves the pc and session.

197
 A pc blowing up while
pulling O/Ws is handled
with the Trouble Buttons
and if that doesn't help, a
Confessional Repair List
- called LCRE.

These examples cover some typical situations. Over the years a great number of situations have
happened in all kinds of auditing actions. The odds for avoiding BPC in session are much better when the
auditor has a smooth comm cycle (TRs), is better at reading and handling the Meter, and has a better
understanding of the mind and the pc. But from all this important lessons were learned. The items and
questions on the Repair Lists were added to and revised repeatedly until they were designed to detect and
handle any type of situation and BPC that could occur for a certain action. These lists are valuable tools
you can add to your auditor's tool box here on Level 3. You are ready to be armed so you can handle any
dragon or monster you can run into in auditing or life.

198
 Listing & Nulling

How to Find the Hot Item

There are three different actions of auditing it is important to keep apart:

A. List of Charged Terminals: On Grade processes we had instructions like: (1) Get a list of charged
terminals from the pc. (2) Run Process X on each. A variation of that was to inspect the pc's folder before
session and make up such a list and test items for charge with the Meter. You would usually take up all
charged terminals in order of size of reads.
B. Assessment by Elimination: In Assessment by Elimination you use Meter Drill 24, Elimination. You
have a prepared list that you read line by line to the pc noting all instant reads. You then repeat the
reading items until you have eliminated all but one item. This has its uses in finding the most charged
item from a prepared list.
C. Listing & Nulling: There is third action called Listing & Nulling. Here the auditor uses a carefully
formulated question to find The Item - meaning one high powered answer that is The Answer. Such an
answer will usually give a BD F/N Item.

A. Charged Terminals: So far on the Grades we have used 'list of charged terminals' to audit charged
areas on the pc's case. On Grade 0 we had: "2. Axiom 51 Comm process". We used a list of charged
terminals from the folder (complaints, out ruds, dominating or bothersome people from interviews, etc.)
This list was prepared before session and assessed per Meter Drill 26 to find which order to run the items
in. Items that didn't read we wouldn't use at all. We simply wanted to find reading terminals and run
them to bleed charge off pc's case.
In "Locational Body Comm Process" We used 'whatever body part(s) pc complained about'. We ran the
process "On charged body parts, culled from worksheets" or from "a list of body parts from pc". There
are many other such instructions on the Grades.
On Grade 2 we had: Dynamic Assessment. We made a 'Represent List'. We simply made a long list of
people, groups, and things in pc's life that represented his dynamics. We used this to bleed charge off the
pc's case with a process.
Also on Grade 2 we had: "O/W Process on Problem Persons". The instructions were: "Ask 'Give me some
persons you have problems with'. (We use persons (plural) to prevent pc from running this as an L & N
type list). Run following process on each reading item in descending order of reads:..."
These actions are all examples of getting charged terminals relevant to pc's life and case and just keep
at it to get TA action and bleed off the charge. In all these we use Meter Drill 26 to find the charged
terminals and run the most charged first; then the rest. There is no element of choosing or eliminating. It
is simply a matter of arranging the order in which we take up charged items. (We do of course eliminate
non-charged items).

B. Assessment by Elimination: In Assessment by Elimination you follow Meter Drill 24 (Elimination).

You have a prepared list of possible charged items and you only want to use the most charged one for the
process. The list can be prepared by the C/S or it can be a printed and published list of items. You do not
ask pc for items at all here. You simply do the Assessment on the Meter per the EM 24. Let's say you
have a prepared list with 10 items. On first Assessment you get a read on 3, 5, 8, 9, 10. Now you only
assess these 5 lines. You get 5 and 8 are still reading. You read 5 and 8 and find 5 is now null and 8 has a

199
small fall. 8 is your item here and you use that for your process. Listing & Nulling below is different from
the two actions above.

C. Listing & Nulling: Listing and Nulling starts with a carefully formulated question, which is designed
to get one and only one final answer from the pc. That basic or final answer is called The Item.
The auditor will have a question like: "Who or What......?"
(Example (not an actual auditing question): "Who or What have you tried to compete with?")
The auditor will check the question for read before he engages in Listing. He then asks the pc the question
and writes down the list of items from pc. When he has a list and pc apparently has given all the items he
could find the auditor narrows it down to one item. Usually this is a very easy procedure in modern
auditing. Sometimes it takes a little more work. The exact actions of how to nail it down to one item are
covered in the Laws of Listing & Nulling.
There are thus two phases in Listing & Nulling:
There is the Listing: The auditor asks the Listing question and writes down the all the answers pc has in
response to this question.
There is Nulling: The auditor reads this list back to the pc to narrow it down to one charged and final
answer. When he has found that, he gives pc his item and it should get a BD F/N VGI on the pc.

Example: The Listing question is:

"Who or What caused the car accident?" (F)
The auditor has a reading L&N question and asks pc:
"Who or what caused the car accident?"
Pc gives a list in response:

The clutch x
The weather x
The stray dog SF
The bad breaks SF
The passenger x
The driver F

The auditor has a list with 3 reads. He now nulls this list by reading it back to pc (reads in column N1):

Items: L1 N1
The clutch x x
The weather x x
The stray dog SF SF
The bad breaks SF x
The passenger x SF
The driver F F

200
The auditor has more than one reading item on Nulling the list. Per the Laws of L&N he extends the list.
This is done by asking the question again: "I am going to extend the List". "Who or what caused the car
accident?" The new answers are below the Extend line (reads marked in Lx column):

Items: L1 N1 Lx
The clutch x x
The weather x x
The stray dog SF SF
The bad breaks SF x
The passenger x SF
The driver F F
EXTEND --------
Blinding sun F
Dog owner SF

The auditor now nulls the whole list, including the extension (reads marked in N2 column):

Items: L1 N1 Lx N2
The clutch x x x
The weather x x x
The stray dog SF SF x
The bad breaks SF x x
The passenger x SF x
The driver F F x
EXTENDED --------
Blinding sun F x
Dog owner SF F

The list now has only one reading item on second Nulling. The auditor assumes that this is The Item.
He asks pc: "Is 'Dog owner' your Item?"
Pc answers: "Yes!" with a BD F/N VGI's.
The auditor says: "I want to indicate 'Dog Owner' is your Item". He marks this clearly on his list.

Admin: L&N actions are always kept on a separate sheet of paper. The list is paper-clipped to the session
report. This is important since L&N actions sometimes are reviewed later - either for verification or
correction. You write the pc's name, the date, the exact L&N question with read at the top. You always
cycle the Item with a pen and write Indicated to pc (IND), if you did so. Also the resulting Meter reaction.
You will still keep track of doing the action and what pc said in addition, reactions and indicators in your

201
work sheets. The List should just contain the raw data:

Pc: N.N. Date: xx/xx/xx

W/W caused the car accident? (F)
Items: L1 N1 Lx N2
The clutch x x x
The weather x x x
The stray dog SF SF x
The bad breaks SF x x
The passenger x SF x
The driver F F x
EXTENDED--------
Blinding sun F x
>Dog owner< SF F
Indicated to pc 2.8-2.6 BD FN VGI

General About L&N

Early on in Scn, the action of L&N was poorly understood. According to a lecture by Ron Hubbard in
1962, a list could go on and on. As many as 2,500 items were reported! In modern auditing more than 5-
10 items are unusual. Many times the listing question will go to BD F/N VGI item very quickly without
even have to null the list. The chapter in Road to Clear about the Laws of Listing & Nulling, contains the
exact procedure with some examples.

Let us here just make some remarks about the nature of L&N questions. You have to understand they are
highly charged questions. But if the pc is fully set up for the action and a standard question is used it is
usually a quick and easy action to audit.

Errors in finding the right Item can however cause serious upsets in session. L&N #12 states:
12. "An underlisted and overlisted list will ARC break the pc and he may refuse to be audited until the list
is corrected, and may become furious with auditor and will remain so till it is corrected."

Romantic love seems to

follow the Laws of L&N.
A question like
"Who is my true soul mate?"
calls for 'only one reading
Item on the List'.

Let's illustrate that with some examples from life. There are some situations in life which seem to follow
the Laws of Listing and Nulling. Both the examples we use are well known from life and literature:

202
 You have the romantic idea that there is one single partner in life you should marry. According to
romantics there is such a person, and only one, who is "my true soul mate". This is very close to an L&N
action. Let's say a man is looking for the woman meant for him. He finally finds her - the BD F/N VGI
Item - his soul mate. But now we can only hope, that he is the BD F/N VGI Item for her. With this you
can view the bliss and the utter upsets that happen in the field of finding the right one; and possibly later
on if they find out "They were not meant for each other", you find an explanation for all the blow-ups that
also can happen according to L&N Law #12 above. It seems like the rule in the case of a couple breaking
up is they are automatically worst enemies all of a sudden. We will not here go into a long discussion of
what of all this is justified or not. Just this: a better approach to a relationship is probably to work on it
based on increasing ARC. But it is an illustration of why you want only one item on the list - the right one
- when you are done.

Being wrongly accused or

convicted is a 'Wrong Item'
to the defendant. It can have
deadly consequences.

Another illustration of L&N is a criminal investigation. You want to find the guilty part and put him
behind bars in case of a serious crime. In a less serious crime you want to expose him and know not to
trust him. Let's say you had a serial killer. The police wants to hunt him down and put him behind bars so
he will kill no more. Arresting somebody "who fits the profile" isn't good enough. The person wrongly
accused will see his life ruined (he is getting hung with a wrong item). The criminal will still be out there
and more murders will happen. The police has a Wrong Item for their investigation. When they finally get
the killer, on the other hand, they have the Right Item. The random murders will stop and everybody
around can feel safer and better - including other suspects.
L&N is sometimes used as Why Finding. The Real Why is defined as the biggest aberration from the
Ideal Scene. This means, when you have isolated the Real Why you can turn the situation around. If you
find the Wrong Why and act upon it things may turn a lot worse. So L&N is powerful stuff. Done right on
a pc ready for it and with a standard question, it works real well and is easy to do.

203
 Part Six:

Level Four,
Fixed Ideas, Ability
 Ability Clearing Four

Fixed Idea Ability Release Evil Intent

"That which isn't admired tends to persist."

Ability Clearing, Level Four, covers several subjects. It could be said the common denominator is the
auditing of non-survival considerations and ideas. You could say the maxim for this level is, "that which
isn't admired tends to persist"; and this other quote from Ron Hubbard, "admiration is so strong its
absence alone permits persistence". The non-survival considerations taken up on CT-4 are usually not
subject to much admiration. But you will find they surrender and evaporate magically when the auditor,
using his good comm cycle and his close observation of the Auditors Code, goes to work. All these non-
survival postulates, including 'make wrong' and 'insisting upon own rightness' in the teeth of all
evidence to the opposite, seem so deeply rooted due to the lack of admiration. Using good basic auditing
and the data and technology of CT-4 the auditor wins - and so does the pc.
Grade 4. On this Level the theory of the processes of Grade 4 is covered and it is expected of the
students to co-audit with each other to Grade 4 release.
Service Computations. This is a type of fixed idea held by the being, that causes him a lot of
troubles and problems in handling life. The theory of Service Computations (service facsimiles) is
covered in depth and the full Service Computation RD is included as part of Grade 4.
Fixated Purpose Rundown, (FPRD). Besides Grade four we have included all the data needed to
be able to audit the Fixated Purpose RD. This Rundown was originally released in 1984 as False Purpose
Rundown™ and has proven itself to be a very effective and radical type of auditing. It builds basically on
Confessional tech of CT Level 2, but takes it one giant step further to be able to eradicate the factors
behind repeated messes a person gets himself into and repeated Overts and Withholds he may commit.
Since the theory and skills needed ties in very well with Service Computations we have included it here
on Level 4.
"Way to Happiness" Auditing. (Ethics Integrity RD). This is a complete RD that can be done after
Recall Drug RD. It is based on a booklet and a moral code. The rules of the moral code have carefully
been crafted as to be rules for good and ethical survival. The basic idea is to have the pc read the rules,
one by one, and peel off any false data, traumatic incidents, disagreements and considerations coming to
view and handle them with auditing. As a result the pc is now capable of breaking with immoral conduct
and adopt a more pro-survival and moral attitude. Thus it fits in with finding non-survival considerations
and the breaking of bad habits, the main theme of Level 4. It can however be audited early on and placing
it on Level Four does not mean it couldn't be taught to a lower classed auditor and be given to him to
audit. For more data, see The Road to Clear.

207
 Service Computations

A Service Computation is a type of consideration or fixed idea the individual holds onto firmly which is
of service to him. Let us define and explain:

Definitions:

Service: The action of giving assistance or support to. A way of providing a

person with the use of something. Work done. Duty performed.
Examples: A butler is of service to the master. An accountant provides a service by
keeping the accounts straight. A lawyer performs a service by defending his client
in court.

Compute: To determine the outcome of something

by a calculation or thought process.
Computation: 1. The act, process or method of
A Computation has
computing. 2. The result of computing. 3. A input and output. There
calculation. Examples: "If I work hard I'll is a calculation or
succeed". "If you eat your vitamins you'll grow up thought process
healthy". "2+2 = 4". "Real estate owners get rich, involved. But often this
is done automatically-
so I should own some real estate". Analytical
without inspection.
computations are useful. The type of computations
we are interested in on Grade 4 are the "stupid
ones". They have their own technical definition:

Computation (technical definition): That aberrated fixed idea that one must be in a certain state in order
to succeed. The computation may thus state: "I must entertain in order to be alive" or "I must be dignified
in order to succeed" or "I must own much in order to live". A computation is simply stated. It is always
aberrated. A computation is troublesome because it apparently tells the individual how to survive. All
computations are non-survival. Computations are held in place wholly to invalidate others.
Other Examples: "If I have a shiny car people will respect me". "If I cry and whine my mother will feel
sorry". "If only I know the tax laws in and out I will succeed".

A Service Computation: Is a type of computation held by the person himself (not the Bank). It is
designed to make self right and others wrong. Or to dominate others or escape domination. It is designed
to increase or enhance the person's own survival and injure the survival of others.

Examples: "People help whiners". "If I scream and yell I'll win". "If I'm invisible I'll survive". "Flashy
people succeed". "Crime is ok if you can get away with it". "I'll just bully others so I get what I want".

208
 A Service Computation is a computation, not a doingness, beingness
"I'll just bully
or havingness. In most of Ron Hubbard's writings it is called a
others so I
"Service Facsimile" but it is clearly defined as a computation on Grade get what I
4. Thus we will use the term Service Computation here on Level 4 to want", would
make it easier to communicate to students and pc's. It is a computation be a way to
that the pc adopted in a dangerous situation, when he felt threatened by dominate
others
something and could not cope with it. Instead he blocked it off. It is
and escape
called a Service Computation because he uses it; it is "of service" to domination.
him.
Aberration and Survival
Any aberration on any subject has been of some use to the person
having it at some time or other. When you trace it back you will run
into it. At some time it was of some use. It was good camouflage. An
illness or injury made him noticed by somebody and he received
tender care.
The accident was
People felt sorry for the guy and spared his life. People feared his reactively 'useful'
rage and outbursts and let him have his way. There are many other as it helped him
possibilities. But at some point it was of use, or he wouldn't keep on get the girl's
attention and
holding on to it. But if you look at it in his present environment, if care. Later when
you look at it in the light of survival, you will find it is very non- he realized this
survival. This is basically true for any type of aberration you run into the symptoms he
on a case. Usually he will just realize this in routine auditing. You had held onto,
take him down some Chain and suddenly he will cognite and the blew easily.
whole thing will As-is. "Oh, I was trying to be motionless so the
killers wouldn't see me! Ha, ha, ha... That's why I am motionless
when I am facing the boss!" The whole subject usually blows right
there.

There are however certain aberrations that has become so "dear and useful" to him so he just won't let
go. You can offer him a million bucks or immortality. The answer is still "No, I think I'll hang onto this
a little longer". To let go of it would to him mean that he would be buried in a complete confusion and
be wiped out. The pc picked them up because he couldn't stand the confusion in some situation, so he
found a safe solution.
A safe solution is always adopted as a protection against
the environment and its negative influences. He adopted
a safe solution in a dangerous situation and he survived.
His safe solution became his stable datum. He has held "Shoot first. Ask
questions later"
onto it ever since. It is the computation, the fixed idea, is a well known 'safe
he uses to handle life with, his Service Computation. solution'.
There can be many such computations on a case. But
some of them are more dear and considered an absolute
necessity by him to his continued existence.

209
The Thetan and Ideas

An idea is the 'thing' most natural to represent a

thetan. An idea as such doesn't have any mass. And it
appears to have some wisdom in it so it's very easily
put in the place of a thetan. Thus the idea, the stable An idea is what naturally
datum he has adopted, is substituted for himself as a represents a thetan. But
when you use it as stable
thetan. A thetan is capable of observations and of
datum in the place of your own
changing his mind. An idea is not. It is at best a bright good judgment and
light in the dark. It makes you understand something. observation you get into
At its worst it prevents you from looking, evaluating troubles. That's a fixed idea.
and understanding. That's a fixed idea, a prejudice, a
haste to judgment, a jump to conclusions. "Who needs
to look - all dogs are vicious ands should be shot."
How does this stable datum become a fixed idea? It gets fixed, and more and more firmly put in place as
time goes on, by the confusion it is supposed to handle but doesn't. It accumulates so many incidents of
meeting dogs, of shooting dogs, of chasing dogs and being chased by dogs; it really gets fixed. It gets
buried under these long Chains of incidents of Overts, motivators, ARC breaks, and problems, and so on.

Just take a look at clashes between population groups and races. If you take a look at racially charged
periods in history and around the world you will find people ready to kill or die for such fixed ideas on a
larger third dynamic and fourth dynamic scale.

The stable datum was put in place so the person

didn't have to observe directly and put himself at
risk. The person ceased to inspect; he withdrew
Hitler and his regime
from inspecting; he withdrew from living. He put was operating on the
the datum there as a substitute for his own direct fixed idea of the
observation and his own understanding and Arian race
coping with life. At that moment he started to was superior to any
other race or
build up a confusion. It became the barrier in the
population.
stream that all kinds of stuff would hang onto and
build up around - the dam that kept the water and
junk in place and prevented a flooding.
That which is not confronted and inspected tends to persist. Thus in the absence of his own confronting
mental mass piles up. (You can actually observe this on a Meter as the Tone Arm will go up when you
get into such an area. The rising TA indicates mass is being restimulated). This stable datum forbids
inspection. It's an automatic solution, a haste to judgment, a prejudice. It is 'safe'. It solves everything.
He no longer has to inspect to solve, so he never As-is-es the mass. He gets caught in the middle of the
mass. And it collects more and more incidents and confusions and his ability to observe and inspect
becomes less and less. The more he isn't confronting, the less he can confront. This becomes a
dwindling spiral.

210
So the thing the individual has adopted to handle his
environment for him is the thing which reduces his
ability to handle his environment. You have to be able
to observe and confront to handle something. But now To Ku-Klux-Klan-members
the "safe solution" is in place so he doesn't have to do their cloaks "solved
everything". They felt completely
that. A lot of these solutions will blow in routine
justified and right about crimes
auditing. But those aberrated ideas and fixed solutions done while wearing them. They
which seem to resist and persist despite any number of didn't have to think or use good
approaches are rooted deeply in this mechanism. judgment. It was a 'safe' solution.
These things are not beingnesses, doingnesses or
havingnesses. They are the Service Computations
behind that generate them.
So a Service Computation can be behind a compulsive doingness such as having to clean all the time. It
could be, "Only people with clean homes succeed", which would be the computation behind. This could
also lead to choice of profession, such as janitor (which is a beingness). The havingness could be a
spotless home.
We want however the computations here. So we have to use a different approach. We have to find the
ideas and computations directly that are so fixed. Pull the fixed idea itself and you will free the
individual up to be able to look and inspect and As-is all kinds of things. He will cognite on the
obsessive and compulsive beingnesses (such as valences), doingnesses (such as compulsions and
destructive fights) and havingesses (such as junk or possessions that really do him in).
When that happens all the built up mass and confusion will
suddenly have been unstuck. The barrier in the stream has
been removed; the dam has been broken; and now all the built
The fixed idea was
up water, the clutter and junk are going downstream fast. In like a dam. Once it
Service Computation handling you will see these phenomena is inspected it will
as Tone Arm action. When the fixed idea has been pulled the break down and all
confusion, which had been piling up and dammed up for so the dammed up
charge runs off.
long, is now running off.

Right/Wrong and Survival

Right and wrong are the markers of survival. In order to survive you have to be right. There is of course
an analytical way to be right about something. There is nothing wrong in seeking to do the right thing, be
the right way or have the right things for survival and recognize when this is the case. There certainly is a
level where true rightness is analytical. But at some point this gets abandoned. The individual gets caught
up in being, doing or having the right things but not willing to admit that this is not the case all the time.
The rightness and wrongness has ceased to be analytical or make sense. When it drops below that point
it's aberration. At some point you slide down from survive to succumb. You are not engaged in survival
anymore, but in being right. That is the beginning of succumb. The moment one becomes worried about
his own survival he enters into the practice to dominate in order to survive.

211
 It goes this way: it starts with insisting upon survival, followed by
the need to dominate, followed then by the need to "be right". These
postulates, following upon each other, are going downhill. So you have
now gotten an aberrated rightness or wrongness. The game of
domination consists of making the other guy wrong in order for self to
be right. That is how the Service Computation works and reacts. The
reason the Service Computation isn't rational is because the way the People will defend
Bank 'thinks'. If the individual is surviving he must be right. You the most fantastic
have reactive thing, the A=A=A type of thinking, along this line. To wrongnesses on
survive is to be right. To be right is to survive. To be wrong is to the basis of
"I am right!"
succumb. People will defend the most fantastic wrongnesses on the
basis they are being right. To admit they are wrong is to admit to
succumb. In the present and at any point along the track, the fellow is
trying to be right, trying to be right, trying to be right. Whatever he's
doing he's trying to be right. In order to survive you have to be right
more than you're wrong so you get the obsession to be right in order to
survive.
But there is a lie in this - because a thetan can't do anything else but survive. He is an immortal spirit
and as such above succumb and survive. He can identify himself with the body so closely so he is
convinced he can't survive. He can identify himself with his possessions and creations which are all part
of this universe and can be wiped out and destroyed. But as far as the thetan himself goes it is a lie. He is
being caught up in the game to an extent where he takes these losses completely personal. It isn't that
trying to be right is wrong - it's obsessively being right about something that's doing him in. That's
when the individual is no longer able to select his own course of action or behavior. When he is
obsessively following a course of behavior which he refuses to inspect or change in order to be right.
There is nothing sane about a Service Computation, there is no good sense to it. The computation does
not fit the incident or event occurring. It simply enforces or prevents perception. It destroys freedom of
choice, the ability to be happy or normal or active; it destroys his power.

In the zone or area to which he applies a Service Computation you'll see the individual follow a
dwindling spiral. But the irony is that he himself is putting it in place and holding on to it and enforcing it
to happen. The intention to be right is the strongest intention in the universe. Above that you have the
effort to dominate and above that you have the effort to survive. These things are strong. But when we say
intention we're talking about a mental activity. A thinking activity. An intentional activity. Survival
actually just happens, whether you intend it or not. Domination - that will just happens in certain
situations. Those are not necessarily intended things. But you get down along the level of intended things
and there you find right-wrong at the top. That is the strongest intention in the universe.

212
 A Service Computation is always an aberrated solution. It always
exists right here and now and he applies it on his environment. He's doing
it. It's his solution. Overwhelmed as he is by it, he is still doing it. It's
aberrated because it's an uninspected solution. And it is something that
everyone else is telling the pc is wrong, but that just causes him to insist
that he is right. It was the perfect solution when he first got hold of it. But
now it runs his life; it's living his life for him. And it doesn't even vaguely
begin to take care of his life. That is the anatomy of the Service
Computation.
"It was the perfect solution
when he first got hold of it. But You are going to find these on any pc you audit. A Service Computation is
now it runs his life; it's living his the clue, the key to a pc's case. The route to succumb which he blindly
life for him. And it doesn't even asserts is his route to survival. And every pc has more than one of these.
vaguely begin to take care of his Fortunately, we have the tech to get him out of the mess.
life". In the story about Dr.
Frankenstein the Monster took
over.

Service Computations and Evil Intentions

A Service Computation is closely related to evil intentions. We have for a while known what that looks
like on the Meter. The needle phenomena called a Rock Slam (R/S) is a wild slashing back and forth of
the needle. This needle behavior indicates an evil, destructive intention on the case is in restimulation.

An R/S can look like this. It means a

hidden evil intention is in restimulation
on the case. That is all it means.
It should be investigated before you
jump to conclusions.

When you understand the anatomy of Service Computations and the right-wrong, dominate and survive
computations that go into this it becomes obvious that this has to do with evil intentions. Also, you have
to understand that an R/S always means a hidden, evil intention - the total reason for an R/S is the
intention to make wrong. In order to get someone else to succumb they have to be made wrong. When the
Service Computation was first adopted it was absolutely right. Then it became a method of survival, and
after that it was a method of dominating, and then it was a method of being right in order to make others
wrong.

The evil purposes and Service

Comp's are closely related.
When first adopted the Service
Comp was absolutely right.
It ended up as a method
of 'Make wrong'.

213
And during all that the person piled up enough Overts so that the communication line got switched
around completely. What was right about it is now wrong about it; and what was once wrong is now
right. You see that is a 180 degrees turn-around. This is due to the Bank think of A=A=A. Here rightness
becomes wrongness. Overts and Withholds are committed due to these fixed ideas and get piled up on top
of this Service Computation.
A Service Computation isn't a facsimile in the Bank. But the guy himself keeps Bank facsimiles in
restimulation because he "knows what's best". The computation will keep selected masses and facsimiles
in the Bank in chronic restimulation. It can result in a 'bad temper' including high blood pressure and
alcoholic tendencies; it can be an illness that needs constant medical care; the appearance of being wise,
including long bird and strong glasses and being absent minded; or being tougher than anybody else,
including be a body building fanatic and loving war movies. Incidents and facsimiles supporting these
traits can all be found in the Banks of these individuals. Special traits can all be traced back to incidents
and facsimiles in the Bank. But these incidents are intentionally being kept in restimulation. It is the being
himself who does this. He is putting the fixed idea there; the fixed idea keeps the pot boiling - not the
Bank by itself.
Normally we see aberration in the individual as a dramatization. That means the individual is
unknowingly acting out the content of some incident or part of his Bank. He is at the effect point of his
Bank. But when we are talking about Service Computations something else is happening. The individual
digs up things from his Bank in order to make somebody else wrong.
It's somewhat like somebody suing for damages, pain and suffering after a minor traffic accident.
There is no end to the complaints he and his lawyer can squeeze out of the accident. Any little bruise or
discomfort is held on to and being documented so it can be used. A stomp of a toe is made into a life
ruining event. An unrelated bump of the head had to be caused by the accident. In other words, with a
Service Computation at work it's intended to keep all these things alive and restimulated and blame it on
somebody else in order to make them wrong and responsible for it.

When suing for damages

the victim will make sure
to show off any injury
in a dramatic way.

The intention is to be right and make others wrong, to dominate others and escape domination for self, to
aid own survival and hinder the survival of others. That is the Service Computation - a close relative to
the hidden, evil intention that is behind the Rock Slam.
This does not mean you will see Rock Slams in connection with every Service Computation you run.
You also have to understand that an evil purpose and a Service Computation are two distinctly different
things - each with their own definition. They are related - that's all we are pointing out. But if you in
general auditing run into a Rock Slam you should be aware of, that you have run into an area of a heavy
aberration. You have located a key point that keeps a case aberrated. You may find an evil purpose or a
non-survival Service Computation. Make good notes of any purposes or computations the pc expresses in
an area that R/S'es. Service Computations can be hard to catch in general auditing but a smart auditor can
catch a few of them on such occasions. He may even fish around a bit if it doesn't interfere with the
process too much (such as in confessional auditing). If he makes good notes, circles it and marks it in the

214
Folder Summary it can be handled at a later time. The least he should do is to make full notes of the pc's
statements and on what subject and auditor's exact questions so this can be checked out carefully later.
Because this is a key area to address and take apart in order to handle pc's aberrations. (The auditor
would of course not Q&A with the R/S by trying to handle right away. He carries on with what he is
doing after handling the 'origination' (TR-4), but he keeps excellent notes).
Rock slams means 'evil intent or computation'. But Rock Slams are not the only Meter phenomena
connected with Service Computations. A rising TA can be caused by that as well. A rising TA means
"non confront". Here are some early observations concerning that:

"Later the pc will start talking about Taxes, his problems, worries, puzzlements, wonders about Taxes - the TA will rise and the
pc will become gloomy. Then, even though the auditor puts in an Itsa line as he did earlier with the subject of cars, the TA
continues to rise and the pc remains glum. This is because the pc can not Itsa this area - he thinks he has "got it all made"-
"IGNORE THEM!" That is the Service Computation he uses and this does all his confronting for him. In other words, the
Service Computation is a substitute confront and so the TA rises (that's the old rule about rising needle equals no confront! ).
This is a glum area so the auditor lists "In this lifetime what would be a safe solution regarding Taxes?", completes the list,
nulls it, gets the Service Computation "Ignore them", runs it on R3SC and soon the pc will be able to Itsa on the subject of
Taxes."
Ian Tampion, 1963.

An R/S (to return to that subject) does not mean, that you should condemn a pc. The R/S means an evil
intention or evil computation is in restimulation on the case. It is something to investigate. The real proof
would be in the person's performance and production record. So don't fear Rock Slams or 'Rock
Slammers'. Only fear somebody dramatizing evil intentions in his or her behavior rather constantly. But
what you should suspect, when you see an R/S on an individual, is that he may be consumed by an evil
intention which he himself is generating in that instant. In its purest form this phenomenon means, that
the area in which the pc is R/Sing, is an area he only wishes to cause harm to. In such a case he will go to
great lengths and by many hidden back-roads to carry out his evil intention in a covert way as to not be
caught or suspected.
What is causing the R/S is the evil intention itself. The evil intention is not closely attached to
terminals. The evil intention can be associated with many terminals. The individual is looking for a range
of targets to destroy with his gun, you could say. The gun being the evil intention.

The evil purpose is like a gunman

looking for targets to shoot. It
is not closely connected
to specific terminals.

When the R/S is in restimulation it dominates the individual. He has been overwhelmed by it. In that area
he has no freedom of choice. The evil intention can consume him and make him act very irrational. The
Service Computation forbids inspection - including inspection of its own existence. That's why it does
not respond to ordinary auditing. But when addressed at the right-wrong level the pc gives it up easily
because it triggers its very reason for being. In that area the pc has no power of choice.

215
Numerous Service Computations
When handling Service Computations you will soon realize that you are not just dealing with one
computation. You will find many Service Computations which then add up to the big one. It is also
finding what the pc had done with the Service Computations to make others wrong which is important,
not just finding them. That is why the most effective processing includes Engram running. When you find
all the major computations and run them out this way you are likely to get a complete character change.
So by using Engram running, when possible, we have a more thorough method of handling Service
Computations than ever before - we also have a more reliable route to the handling of R/Ses.
You will actually see several Service Computations come off and run well and you may believe you
have gotten to the bottom of things. But all these contacted computations are actually covering the central
Service Computation that is in restimulation and in use in present time. As you get these lesser Service
Computations out of the way the central one will come to view. On the first ones you find the most you
can hope for is that you found something that blew the TA down and moved you closer to finding the
main Service Computation. So you take each of them and run them.
If you've found a valid Service Computation the needle will become looser and the TA will be in
reasonable range. You would take it in the Brackets right-wrong dominate-escape domination and so on
(see below for exact procedure). The pc will run off the automatic answers. But you should suspect that
you will have to find and run several such computations before THE central computation on the case
comes into view. You actually have to unburden the central computation on the case, but by doing so you
are already beginning to reverse the dwindling spiral the pc has been following. You are restoring the
individual's ability to handle his environment because he is now seeing it, he is now beginning to
confront it.
It can also happen, that you found something that isn't really a Service Computation - yet it was still
the pc's item to a valid L&N question. It could be a beingness, a doingness or a havingness and not a
computation. The way you would really find out (without evaluation or invalidation) is, that it does not
run in the right-wrong, dominate, survive Brackets. In such a case you have a reading item but obviously
not a Service Computation. Per the procedure below you simply Prep-check such items to get the charge
off and get an EP. It will help you in unburdening the central Service Computation all the same.
The central Service Computation is what you ultimately want. Not until you have pulled the main
Service Computation out by its roots are you done. By doing so you have returned him to sanity. He is
now able to inspect; he no longer needs a "safe solution." It is the most dangerous thing in the world to
have a "safe solution". People can do the most terrible crimes because of that or they can die from it. Any
sanity can go down the drain with it.

216
 Living with Right and Wrong

You have read a lot about service computations and about the insisting upon being right, 'make wrong'
and evil intentions. But let us for a moment look at all this from an everyday perspective. How do we deal
with this outside the auditing situation? There are certain data that apply to this and certain conduct you
can adopt to deal with this in an everyday setting in a much better way. It's a well known fact that
rightness and wrongness are the basis for endless arguments and struggles. Rightness and wrongness are a
very dominant pair of considerations in all human activity. It reaches very high and very low on the tone
scale.

To really know who is right

and who is wrong you need
a crystal ball to look into the
future. Rightness depends
upon viewpoint, interests
and a little bit of luck.

You can see the insistence upon "I am Right and they are wrong" goes way down and be the last hard
fought idea by a person who is very unaware of just about anything else. Things are not made easier by
that rightness and wrongness is very much dependent upon who is viewing it. It depends upon moral
codes and values. It depends upon what groups one belongs to and what groups one are naturally opposed
to. It can depend on future and unknown consequences of an action. The law defines 'sanity' as the ability
to tell right from wrong, but even that is based on opinion. When you realize that the common goal for all
activities in life is survival things become a little clearer. It isn't new that things seek to survive. The new
realization is, that this is really the only thing all life impulses seek to do. It is not only the thing humans
have in common with the smallest insect or weed. It is also the power and pulse and ever present intention
in every human activity. To understand that fully you have to realize, that we operate on eight dynamics.
Survival isn't only seen as "survival of the fittest", the formula Darwin made famous. Man's basic
goodness is that he ultimately seek all life forms to succeed. That doesn't mean he won't defend and fight
for his obvious interests, such as his own children, spouse and friends. But given no or little hostile
opposition from other people or life forms, he wishes them well; he wishes they will survive. In the long
run this also guarantees his own survival. There will be animals to hunt and crops to harvest and friends
to be made in the future if he takes care of other people, life forms and nature today. When we have
isolated survival on the eight dynamics as the dynamic force behind life we can suddenly define an Overt
act in a much more meaningful way. In religion, such as the Christian Church, it is called sin, but the
Church defines it based on the Ten Commandments and other moral codes and rules from the Bible. This
is defined on the basis of Divine Law and authority rather than reason. But a true Overt act can actually
be defined in terms of reason when we start with survival as the common goal and effort by which all life
impulses are motivated. The true definition of an Overt act is not just injuring someone or something: an
Overt act is an act of omission or commission which does the least good for the least number of dynamics
or the most harm to the greatest number of dynamics. A wrong action is wrong if it harms the greatest
number of dynamics. And a right action is right if it benefits the greatest number of dynamics. This
actually defines ethical behavior as different from moral behavior. Moral behavior is to follow the rules.
Ethical behavior is to seek to do the greatest good to the greater number of dynamics.

217
 Some people say, an action is an Overt (or sin) simply because it is destructive. To them all
destructive actions or omissions are Overt acts. But a failure to destroy something harmful can be an
Overt act as well. To help something that would harm a greater number of dynamics can be an Overt act.
The idea of not harming anything and helping everything are both faulty. The destruction of a disease is
not an Overt act. To help criminals commit a crime is an Overt act.

Right and Wrong

There are no absolute right or absolute wrong in this world. Since it is a matter of viewpoint and
convictions - and even a bit of luck as in the case of predicting what future effects some action is going to
have - a lot of opinions and false data get into right and wrong. Crystal balls, astrology, gut feeling and so
on. Being right does not mean being unwilling to harm and being wrong does not mean not harming
anything. You have people "who can't kill a fly", but they are not considered to be superior in terms of
rightness; merely good tempered and sometimes ineffective.
There is a strong impulse in all of us, to try to be right. This is an insistence and impulse which
easily gets separated from doing the right action. Because it casts a long shadow which is the effort to
make others wrong. You see this in people who are criticizing everybody and everything. We see
"defensive persons" trying to justify and explain away the most terrible actions or wrong conditions. Most
attempts to explain own conduct, no matter how wild, seem perfectly right to the person doing it since he
or she is only insisting upon their own rightness and others wrongness.

Scientists, who are not getting

understanding or admiration for
their work often get into insisting
upon their pet theory. They only
try to prove their own theory
right and others wrong. They have
long since given up on
searching for the truth.

We have long known that something which is not admired tends to persist. If no one admires a person for
being right then that person's "brand of being right" will persist, no matter how mad it sounds. Scientists
who are aberrated cannot seem to come up with many new theories. They are only interested in insisting
on their own pet theory and supporting that instead of keep looking for and finding the actual truth. You
will hear some very odd discussions and arguments in society. These are fueled by individuals who are
more interested in asserting their own rightness than truly seeking to be right. An individual tries to be
right and fights being wrong. These impulses exist independent of anything being true or not. An
individual insists as a matter of principle and out of personal pride, independent of the subject, the
obvious, or the evidence at hand. The impulse to always be right is often with an individual as his last
living thought.
If he thinks of that every living moment how can an individual ever be wrong? It starts with he does
a wrong action, accidentally or through oversight. The wrongness of the action or inaction is then in
conflict with his need to be right. So he can be seen to repeat the wrong action to prove it is right. This is
a basic aberration. All repeated wrong actions are the result of an original error - but then followed by an
insistence on having been right. Instead of admitting the mistake he insists upon that the error was no
mistake and to prove it he repeats it.
As a person goes down scale it gets harder and harder for him to admit to having been wrong. Such

218
an admission could be disastrous to any self respect, ability and sanity.
Rightness becomes the same as survival. This of course has a lot of truth to it. But as one is less and
less capable it becomes a blind insistence. To believe for a moment one has been wrong is to face being
wiped out. The last defense of any being is "I was right". This is true for anyone. When that defense
crumbles, the lights go out. That is why punishment and correction is no easy matter. The criminal will
defend his actions and boast about them. A neurotic or psychotic patient being 'corrected' will know to
fight for their right to be the way they are or being different. Instead of being able to bring about an
improvement you all too often see things turn into a battle between right and wrong and the outcome of
such a stand-off is that things turn to the worse. But there is one way open. You can approach these
things in a way as to bring about more livable conditions. The repeated and "incurable" wrongness came
about as a last defense of: "trying to be right".

Therefore the compulsive wrongness can be cured no matter how mad it may seem by: Rehabilitating
the person's ability to be right!

If you have the person explain what is right about their way of going about things you are starting out
right. You see, this has even been in the Auditors Code all along. This has wide applications - in marriage
and friendship. At work and casual social contact. In law and in dealing with children.
Example: A wife is always using too many spices in her cooking. Despite angry arguments, threats of
divorce, anything, it does not change. Her compulsion continues. One can change this wrongness by
having her explain what is right about her cooking. This may start a new heated argument in some
extreme cases, but if one goes ahead and flattens the question, it will all be overcome and she will happily
stop to over-apply spices in her cooking.
If this approach is run as a formal process you may very well run into a moment in the past when she
accidentally dropped too many spices into the dinner pot and could not face up to having done a wrong
action. To be right she thereafter had to over-spice all her future cooking.
If you were to go into a prison and try to find one sane inmate who said he did wrong you wouldn't
find one. Only the broken wrecks will say so out of fear of being hurt or further punished. But even they
don't believe they did anything wrong. But if you interviewed a hard core bank robber about what was
right about his crime and by giving him a bit of admiration for his inventiveness and 'professional skills'
you would find a very cooperative and communicative person. He will show you all kinds of tricks of the
trade. Keep this up and somewhere down the road he could suddenly realize, that this was not the only
profession he could pursue. He may realize where his real constructive skills were and start to apply those
to the benefit of others.
A judge sentencing criminals all day long would probably blow up in your face if you tried to tell him
that all these lawbreakers he sentenced would just have been hardened a little more by the process. The
judge might tell you he often had wondered about it. But he is more likely not to allow himself to say
that.
A social worker runs into social clients every day that apparently want to change their ways, but will
soon discover the majority only say so in order to receive the immediate benefits, such as cash or other
help. Using the above data and patience and a bit of time such a social worker could actually start to help
his/her clients for real by asking and flatten the question of what was right about the life-style they
seemed trapped in. This could lead to a complete change of life-style and real help for the clients.
These facts and this principle are valid in all of life. The student who can't learn, the worker who can't
work, the boss who can't lead are all caught up at one side of the right-wrong issue. They are being
completely one-sided. They are being "last-ditch-right". And opposing them, those who would teach

219
them, are fixed on the other side "admit-you are-wrong". And out of this we get no-change; often we get
destructive fights where two parties both insist upon their rightness and the other's wrongness. There is
nothing to win for either side, only losses for both when it is all added up. Thetans on the way down don't
believe they are wrong because they don't dare believe it. And so they do not change.
Sometimes you will run into a preclear in auditing who is only trying to prove himself right and the
auditor wrong, especially on the lower case levels, and so we sometimes get no-change for a session or
program. And those who won't be audited at all are all too often found to be totally fixated on their own
asserted rightness. Their problem is, they are so close to be gone that any questioning of their own past
rightness would completely destroy them - or so they feel.
You can be right! But how? By getting another to explain how he or she is right - until he or she,
becoming less defensive gradually, eventually can take a less compulsive point of view. You, the listener,
don't have to agree with what they think. You only have to acknowledge what they say. And suddenly they
can begin to see things for what they are and be truly right.
A lot of things can be done by understanding and using this mechanism. It does take some study of
these data before it can be gracefully applied, because we are all being reactive to some degree on this
subject. And those who sought to enslave us did not neglect to install, by implanting, a right-wrong pair
of purposes and items on the far back track. But even these purposes will get out of your way the moment
you realize how to rehabilitate somebody's rightness. And you can be right, you know. The road to
rightness is the road to survival. And every person is somewhere on that scale.
You can make yourself right, amongst other ways, by making others right enough for them to afford to
change their minds. Doing that will mean that a lot more of us will arrive.

Manners
Related to the above is the subject of manners. This is the primary system Man uses to oil the machinery
of relationships, "Good Manners". The subject is headlined with words like, politeness, courtesy,
etiquette, refinement of conduct, culture, respect and civility. To some these things may seem to be based
on arbitraries and the ultimate in indoctrinated, learned, artificial and unnatural behavior. But "Manners"
is an idea that has been around since the beginning of time. Each culture or social group may have their
own brand of manners. You may think of the Court of Louis 14 in France; King Arthur and his men or
your old boarding school. Maybe what comes to mind is your aunt, that always corrected and instructed
you in 'how to behave' when you were a kid. So the subject may seem very artificial and strange to you.
And some of it probably was and still is.

Manners can vary

widely, but there
are some sound
basics that will do
in any society.

Louis 14 of
Tribal man A tyrant boss
France 1638-1715

But it becomes clear that good manners do have a very basic function when you see how apparently

220
primitive peoples respect a very complex set of manners among themselves and in dealing with rival
tribes in a friendly manner.

You have the social rituals, the etiquette and social correct conduct as a practical system of establishing
ARC. The manners are the rules and agreements; that is the Reality corner of the triangle. The C -
Communication, is the willingness to listen to and acknowledge and respond in a disciplined way to the
other person's communication. The A - Affinity, is respect for the other person, his views, his habits,
culture and so on. You allow him to be as he is and in your space. When you add this up it becomes
understanding in a social setting. You can start to trade, exchange experiences and learn from each other
and live in peace.

So you will see each group and culture develop their own customs, habits, likes and dislikes. This
materializes in their social conduct, etiquette and manners. When you realize, what you are looking at is
the Reality part of the ARC for that group you have the key to be successful in dealing with such a
society, group or primitive tribe - or even one strange individual with "incomprehensible ideas and
beliefs". It applies to dealing with hostile persons or people momentarily upset with you.

In all races, groups and cultures "bad manners" are condemned. They may be defined very differently
from group to group. But those with "bad manners" according to the ruling agreements are rejected. Thus
you could call "Manners" the basic technology of social contact and Public Relations. Any person doing
Public Relations or diplomacy will have to realize that. And we all need to take care of such matters in
countless situations. If you want a job or position you need to present yourself in a good light. If you have
to negotiate you need it as well. Any delicate or difficult situation takes a little bit of PR, good manners
and diplomacy to be dealt with successfully.

"Bad manners", on the other hand, can make the best of efforts fail because the person is rejected up front
and never listened to. Bad manners on a broad scale would be arrogance, disruptive behavior,
unwillingness to listen to anything the other has to say. Simply being dirty, badly dressed, bad breath or
not being there in time for a meeting are all bad manners in anyone's book. It is repulsive behavior as it
breaks down the ARC. Insisting upon 'I am right - and you are wrong' is also perceived as bad manners
universally.

Good Manners
"Good Manners" can be summed up this way:

1. granting importance to the other person, and

2. using the two way communication cycle properly.

Whatever the local motions or rituals are, these two factors are involved. They are true in dealing with
King Louis 14's Court or a primitive tribe, the local labor union or the Mafia. Thus a person violating
them will find himself and his endeavors rejected. Arrogance and force may win dominance and control

221
in the short run; but will never win acceptance and respect. Many a brilliant man never won applause or
general goodwill and respect because he was arrogant beyond belief and held others in contempt. No
militant conqueror will ever win true dominance because they are covertly and overtly rejected and
fought. They certainly lack "good manners" as they do not (1) consider or give others a feeling of
importance and (2) they are total strangers to a comm cycle.

Social Relationships: All successful social contact is thus built upon the bedrock of good manners as
these are the first technology developed to ease human relations. Good manners are much more widely
known and respected than PR tech, diplomacy or 'Scientific proof'. You can be as right as you can and
you will still fail if you don't respect good manners and develop human relationships based upon that.

Importance: You have no idea how important people are. There is a stark contrast. Those at the bottom
have a self importance far greater than those at the top who actually are important. A cleaning lady's idea
of her own importance is far greater than that of a successful leader! If you ignore people it tends to back-
fire. Flattery is not very useful. It is suspect as it does not come from a sincere belief and is perceived as
false. A person's importance is made clear to him by showing him respect, or just by assuring him he is
visible and acceptable.
To see and acknowledge the existence of someone is to grant them beingness and importance. To
know somebody's name, background and connections also grants importance. Bragging about one's own
importance is about as acceptable as throwing rotten eggs. People have value and are important. Big or
small they are important. If you know that, you are half way home with good manners. Thus social
contact and exchange can occur.

Communication: The Two Way Comm Cycle is more important than the content. The content, the
meaning you want to put across to another or others, is less important than the fact of maintaining Two-
Way Communication. Communication, without the Comm cycle being in first, does not work. The comm
cycle must exist before it carries any message. Messages do not travel on no-line. Advertising is routinely
violates this. "Buy our tooth paste!" is dumped Into empty space. Good manners require two way
communication. This is even true of social letters and phone calls. Out of this one gets "telling the hostess
good night as one leaves". One really has to understand the two way comm cycle to have really good
manners. Without a two way comm cycle, social contact, diplomacy, advertising and PR are pretty lame.

US pilots, taken
POW's, use
manners as a
survival technique.

Prisoners of War
An interesting foot note to all this is, that US pilots are taught "Manners" as a survival technique. Pilots
are more than any other military men, liable to fall in enemy hands and be held as prisoner's of war. They

222
are being prepared to survive under such conditions by learning many things. One thing they learn to use
is being polite and respectful to their capturers when appropriate. They are taught to say "Good Morning"
and "Thank you" when they get a meal, a shower or personal care. This may be an appeasement technique
and as such not the first choice of a military man, but there is no falseness or humiliation connected with
granting importance to other people and maintain good communication. Even hostile capturers respond to
that; and that is the point we want to make here. So US pilots simply have it as a survival tool they can
use under the trying circumstances of captivity.
"Good manners" may be less apparent in our times than in the past. This is because the mixing of so
many races and customs have tended to destroy the ritual patterns, the etiquettes and cultural agreements,
which in the past were so well established in a smaller group or an isolated society. So one may think it is
ok with sloppy manners. But really, there is no excuse for ignoring the basics. One can have excellent
manners by just observing:
(A) Granting importance to people.
(B) Respect local rituals and customs as proper conduct.
(C) Maintain a 2 Way Communication Cycle.

These are the ABC's and ARC's of social conduct, diplomacy and public relations. Based on these one
can be accepted, be heard fairly and have a much better chance of succeeding.

223
 Fixated Purpose Rundown (FPRD)

There are two basic principles that are found to be true in CT - the technology builds on them.

I. Individuals are basically good. and II. They are seeking to survive.
An individual's apparent behavior, however, depends upon the purposes he operates on in any given
situation. Having a purpose is very basic to anyone - it is almost the definition of being alive. All
purposes are not pro-survival or good, of course. There certainly is evil in the world. But when examined
closely apparent destructive purposes still have their basic motivation from survival considerations, such
as self defense. But over time an individual adopts non-survival purposes and solutions, which are based
on aberrated situations and considerations. Some of these faulty purposes become fixated. They had some
workability in some dangerous situation, but are generally considered bad or destructive. It is much like
Engrams. They are motivated by survival, but they don't seem to work. They do the individual himself
and everybody else in.

Having purposes is almost the

definition of being alive. All human
activity is guided by many, many
purposes. You could say purposes
are the "software of life".

Over time an individual can accumulate such non-survival purposes and intentions. His beingness,
doingness and havingness are reduced by these. He will be far below his natural potential as a result.
These non-survival intentions and purposes make him commit harmful acts. As a result he restrains
himself from action in certain areas. His level of achievement, his stability, his level of certainty, and his
self-respect are lowered considerably. In short, the thetan's natural power and ability seem to go downhill
or disappear completely due to this. Through auditing it will be found that many of these contra-survival
purposes have been with him and kept him down for a very long time. The present Rundown, the Fixated
Purpose Rundown (FPRD) is designed to cut through to the root of such fixated non-survival purposes
and unwanted intentions and blow them. It has proven itself to be a very effective technique.

Implanters
On CT-2, In the chapter "Implants and Confessionals", we defined an Implant as: "An enforced command
or series of commands installed in the Reactive Mind below the awareness level of the individual. This
has been done with evil intent (sometimes masked with 'For his own good') to cause the person to react
or behave in a certain pre-planned way - without his or her knowledge. There are different methods of
implanting people." These practices have been in use for a very, very long time - unfortunately. It can be
found way back on the Time Track; a lot earlier than any history book knows about. It predates Planet
Earth. There were implanters who existed way, way back on the track. They were "mental technicians",
dressed and acting somewhat like hospital psychiatrists do today.
It was the aim of these implanters and their mind control operation to very carefully prevent
224
individuals from being, doing and having. These implanters were a bunch of terrified cowards; to disable
their "patients" from being able to reach out was one side of their operation.
Handling Overts, Withholds and non-survival purposes with the FPRD has proven highly effective in
undoing the effects of the 'work' of implanters and restoring the thetan's willingness and ability to reach.
You will not necessarily run into these incidents and these implanters when handling pc's, but
researching such incidents was what led to a full understanding of how evil purposes were installed and
fixated in a pc's mind. It also led to the Fixated Purpose RD where the pc can blow these non-survival
intentions, postulates and commands.

FPRD - fast and Direct

There are other benefits from this technology: it can be delivered to persons early on, on their way up the
Grades. Case prerequisites for the Rundown are determined by the Case Supervisor, based on the pc's
drug history and personality test results. Some pc's will need no prior case actions at all. Usually it is best
delivered to Grade 2 or above pc's, who really can run O/Ws. As a teaching subject it fits in well on
Level 4 as we cover non-survival considerations in different shapes and forms on this level. The FPRD
ensures a very high rate of case gain per hour of auditing with unwanted fixed conditions and
considerations dropping away left, right and center. As a result the individual's basic goodness and basic
purposes will shine. He will be freed from irrational self-restraint. Barriers to reaching - to be, do and
have - will evaporate. Greater enjoyment of life and ability to attain his basic goals and purposes will be
restored.

Background
The FPRD builds on the Confessional Procedure of Level 2 and the data about the Prior Confusion
included in CT-1 and CT-2. When the Prior Confusion was first researched in the early 1960s it was
usually handled by pulling Overts and Withholds in the area and time period of the confusion. It was
discharged and straightened out with the Confessional Procedure of the time. Later a process called 'The
Problems Intensive' was developed. It would address the Prior Confusion by doing a Prep-check on that
time period. Since Prep-checking originally was developed as a method of handling Overts and
Withholds all this was fitting together nicely. The Prior Confusion is of great interest to us because this
confusion is what makes a decision get fixated and stay in place uninspected. It becomes an aberrated
stable datum to the individual. But sometimes that decision is a non-survival purpose or intention which
later causes the individual all kinds of troubles. Until inspected and blown it can kick in when
restimulated and take the individual down a non-survival course and cause enough disaster to go around.
Famous characters from history like Josef Stalin, Adolph Hitler and Saddam Hussein can be seen to
have operated on such fixated purposes. Dictators seize their moment when a confusion or turmoil exist
in society. They have even been known to help create it first. The history of Germany and Hitler can well
illustrate the prior confusion and the evil purpose in action.

When Hitler rose to power Germany was in a turmoil. The effects of World War One were still felt
heavily. The economy was in ruins with the currency (the German Mark) loosing value on a daily basis.
The political situation in this period (the Weimar Republic 1919 - 1933) was very shaky too. The
Weimar constitution made it impossible to get anything but new elections done. Unemployment and
poverty were the order of the day. In short, Germany was in a confusion as a nation. When Hitler came
along he told the people that Germans and the Arians was a superior race. He convinced himself and his
own peoples, that they had a birth right to a better life. When he took power things improved. Roads got
built, people could again find work and have hopes for the future (the Volks Wagen was put in production

225
as an example). He had become the stable datum for the prior confusion. So it seemed so right and
logical at the time to do what Hitler told them to do. When he took Germany down the path that led to
World War Two even that seemed so right to a majority of Germans. After all, the Versailles Peace
Treaty after World War One was very harsh and unfair against Germany. Things had to be put right. The
stage was completely set for accepting a madman's word as law.

Hitler can be seen as an aberrated

stable datum to the Germans for the
prior confusion of WW1 and the
Depression. He certainly was em-
powered to dramatize an evil purpose.

With the FPRD we have a new and direct approach to handle these non-survival purposes. It builds
squarely on the data of the Prior Confusion and the aberrated stable datum that hold each other in place
and hangs up against each other and floats on the track as a timeless duo. In the example with Hitler, you
had 'the people' pushing him into the position of power as their stable datum. After that you have Hitler
keeping them in the same state of fear and convictions that got him there. He solidified the regime with
secret police, propaganda, hate of non-Arians, fear of the enemy and so on. Thus a new balance and
order was established that resisted change until it was completely defeated, causing millions to die.

What we do in FPRD is this:

A. We pull the pc's O/Ws with the tools of Confessional Procedure, and
B. We trace the O/W Chain back to the underlying Evil Purpose and are able to take the purpose
itself to a full blow.
Thus we free the pc from the endless cycle of going back and do the same non-survival acts over and
over. The confessional procedure is still valid and works very well in the hands of skilled auditors. But
now we have this very direct and powerful tech of the FPRD! This Rundown has proven itself by
producing spectacular results, including the undoing of implanters' suppressive actions of long, long ago.
But for an auditor to be able to use this advanced technology he must first be a skilled and accomplished
Confessional auditor.

Prior Confusion - New Discoveries

The very effective tech of handling problems on a pc by finding the prior confusion to the problem and
pulling O/Ws in that area has, as we have seen, been in use for a long time. The theory was and still is
that any fixed idea or condition is the result of a postulate made by the thetan. Just prior to that postulate
there was a confusion - a heavy disturbance. The fixated idea or postulate was a stable datum; it was put
in place in an attempt to solve that confusion. By getting off the pc's O/Ws in the area of the confusion
the pc can let go of the postulate and fixed condition. Based on research of the whole track an important
discovery was made on the subject of the prior confusion. This discovery proved itself to have a broader
application than was originally hoped for. It was discovered, that the implanters on the whole track
created a confusion. This confusion was used to knock out and overwhelm the individual and thus make
it possible to implant him. They didn't, at that early stage of the track, have any other tools to knock a
being out with. So the mechanism of prior confusion is very early and very dominant.

226
 The breakthrough in handling the prior confusion is, that it will blow when you can make the pc to
spot the first moment of it. This is good news! This does not mean that a pc, when tracing back an evil
purpose, necessarily is going to run into an incident containing an implant crew. But you as the auditor
should know that this is what this tech discovery is based upon. The bad news are, that this practice can
still be found in our society. Certain psychiatric chock 'therapies' (see "Implants and Confessionals" on
CT-2) are actually very similar to this. Hard core chock treatment is dramatizing this. These new
discoveries about how to handle the prior confusion is put to good use in the FPRD however. We use
them to handle the pc's accumulated evil purposes and non-survival considerations. Once such a purpose
or consideration is found, one locates the confusion which occurred just before it. If there is no blow of
the fixated purpose or no visible reaction, then one gets an earlier time for the same evil purpose and finds
an earlier confusion to that. When you find the first moment of the first confusion which led to the fixated
purpose, you can blow the whole thing.

You want to find the

very first moment
of the Prior Confusion
- when all was still
"peace and quiet".

When the first moment of that first confusion on that Chain is found, you will normally get a Blowdown
of the Tone Arm, a cognition, VVGIs in the pc and a persistent F/N, sometimes a floating TA. Getting the
first moment of the confusion is however important. It follows the fundamental auditing principle of the
"earlier incident" and "earlier beginning," as described in the Recall Int Remedy and in Engram running.
By locating the earliest moment of a confusion once the pc has contacted it and can perceive it, it will
blow.

Origin: The fixated purpose or evil intention may have been postulated by the person himself or it can
have been implanted by another. This makes no difference to the auditor. The same procedure in this new
use of the prior confusion tech has proven to be highly effective regardless of the origin.
Points to Watch: If one gets the prior confusion but the evil purpose doesn't blow in a spectacular way,
it could be due to a number of reasons. But it is usually one of these two things:
1. The auditor failed to get the earlier time the pc had that same purpose and then get the prior confusion
just before that.
2. The auditor did get the basic prior confusion on that evil purpose, but failed to get the first moment of
that confusion.
When running FPRD the auditor should be very aware of that. If he ensures that and handles it on the spot
the action runs a lot smoother and faster and with real spectacular results.

Evil Purposes and Sanity

An evil purpose is a destructive purpose, intention or postulate. Evil is the opposite of good. It is
anything which is more destructive than constructive along any of the various dynamics. A thing which
does more destruction than construction is evil from the viewpoint of the individual, group, species, life,
etc. that it seeks to destroy.
227
 Ron Hubbard stated in 1970 that evil purposes are the basis of insanity. He explains it this way: A
person who continuously commits harmful acts (to himself or others) has evil purposes. These irrational
and fixated purposes are behind the fact that he is committing continuous Overts. Such a person may
seek to keep these acts carefully hidden while he continues to do them. He may also mess up and fight
his own evil impulses and as a result do the strangest and most irrational things. (This last was discussed
as Postulate Aberration on CT-0.)
It is clear that irrational evil impulses can lead to all kinds of incomprehensible behavior and crime,
which have puzzled Man for eons. Man wrote it off as incomprehensible - insanity and senseless crime.
In a sad way raving insanity can be seen to support that Man is basically good as he is fighting his own
evil impulses.
Whether evil purposes completely explain insanity or not yet have to be proven. FPRD would not be
the place to prove it, since you would not apply this auditing to the insane or to dramatizing suppressive
persons. It is not a Rundown you would put people in such case conditions on. What the FPRD data do
mean to a 'normal' person is, that in an area where the person is prone to dramatize such evil purposes he
does experience a great deal of difficulties or conflicts. Blow ups and destructive dramatizations happen.
They are often triggered by a restimulation of such purposes. You have to see things in perspective. What
you see in such behavior is a little piece of insanity. This affects not only himself but indeed also those
around him. Such troubles can be handled with the Fixated Purpose RD.

"Evil purposes are the basis of insanity."

It can be dramatized as suppressive
behavior, trying to do others in. This can
appear quite 'rational' as in psychopaths
and suppressive persons (SP's). Or the
individual can loose all self-control
in trying to fight it in all kinds of
odd ways and appear completely irrational.
Part of the picture is, dramatizing
psychotics are subject to SP's evil purposes.

Evil purposes and Postulates

Evil purposes are basically postulates. Ron Hubbard's research on purposes and postulates and their role
in the general aberration of a case goes back to as early as 1950; he wrote and recorded a lot of material
on this. In early Engram running (as described in "Dianetics®
, The Modern Science of Mental Health"), there was quite a lot of material about command phases in
Engrams and how they affect a person's way of thinking and behaving. This is very relevant to the
subject at hand. These phrases were fixated in the Engrams. They could be found by direct search
(repeater technique) or they would just come out as a result of running the force and pain out of the
Engrams. In modern Engram running you trace back a Chain of painful incidents (Engrams). When you
get to the basic incident you have the pc go through that incident many times. If it doesn't blow (As-is or
erase), you ask for an earlier beginning. You are looking for the first moment of that experience. When
you really hit it a postulate will come off. The pc will realize the postulate he made at the time and the
whole Chain will blow (As-is, erase). The postulates and phrases in Engrams can be anything - not
necessarily evil. With FPRD tech we can go directly for the most aberrative purposes and postulates - the
evil purposes. In dealing with evil purposes we are actually dealing with a whole spectrum of what are
types of postulates: considerations, intentions, purposes, service computations and other computations.

228
These are all postulates. These Fixated purposes, flawed considerations, fixed ideas, somewhat evil
purposes and the like can be directly in the way of trying to educate or train somebody. They can be
found to be in the way when you try to get case gain on a person.

The evil purposes prompts the

person to continue to commit
the same type of harmful acts.
They are like small devils
whispering in his ear what to do.

Tracking it Down
Behind an Overt Chain you will very often find an evil purpose or destructive intention. In other words,
when you start tracking down O/Ws by going earlier similar and staying on that line of O/Ws, you will
very likely run into an evil purpose on the case. The underlying evil purpose prompts the person to
commit and continue to commit the same type of harmful acts. The evil purpose is the little devil on the
persons shoulder whispering "Why don't you just kick the cat when it meows?" But just as an evil
purpose can be found at the bottom of a Chain of Overts, so can a confusion be found just prior to an evil
purpose. Once the first underlying prior confusion on that Chain is located it is only necessary to have the
pc spot the first moment of it to cause it to blow.

The FPRD Forms

The Fixated Purpose Rundown procedure uses printed forms that consists of a series of questions related
to a specific subject or area. There are different FPRD forms which the C/S may include in the pc's
program. In using such a form the auditor goes through the whole form on the pc. This is the same rule
we had when doing a Confessional form. Every question is cleared and checked on the Meter as per basic
Confessional data. It is then rechecked and not left behind until it F/Ns on rechecking it. The form is not
abandoned half way through just because the pc had a good win. Some of the questions on the form ask
for Overts (like, " Have you ever stolen materials from your work place?") and other questions ask
directly for evil purposes and destructive intentions (like, "Have you had an evil purpose towards the
boss?"). Form questions which simply ask for Overts are taken earlier similar to basic, and usually lead
right to an evil purpose. (See Steps A to G below.) On questions which directly ask for evil purposes the
auditor takes up the procedure from Step C and carries through to EP.
The whole aim in doing this Rundown is to locate Overts and evil purposes on the case and fully
blow them. These two types of questions simply give two different approaches to one thing: getting onto
the hot trail that leads to an evil purpose and, once found, blowing the evil purpose. The Confessional
forms of CT-2 do not ask directly for evil intentions. The emphasis of Confessional is to get the Done, the
actual physical action where the pc was at cause. These forms can however be done FPRD Style, meaning
following the procedure of finding the evil intention and the prior confusion to that once the 'Done' is
found and fully exposed. For somebody trained in FPRD that would be the thing to do. This would have
to be determined by the C/S, however.

229
 Part Seven:

Level Four Pro,

Tools and Repairs
 Ability Clearing - Level Four Professional

Ability Clearing Level Four Professional includes Rundowns and repair

actions still needed for professional delivery up to Grade four. The actions
are not part of the Grades themselves but are used to handle special
problems that pc's can run into that need attention in order for the pc's to
make it all the way. The Word Clearing Intensive is a booster that clears
up earlier education. It is also included in Level Zero. A number of such
remedies and repair lists were already part of CT-3. The Lists here
compliment them. Level 4-Pro ties up a lot of loose ends of auditing,
mainly of interest for serious auditors. The PTS tech, the Int RD data and
Date-Locate should however be interesting reading for pc's as well. CT Level 4 Pro includes:

Word Clearing Intensive. You probably did this action as part of Level Zero. If not, it has to be done
now. It clears up misunderstoods in past subjects and studies. The result is spectacular. The EP is
recovery of one's earlier education.
PTS Data. This section gives the reasons some pc's may loose their gains and have ups and downs in
life. If your pc has to deal with antagonistic persons in his or her environment there is a lot of help to find
here. Audited actions include "PTS Assist", "The PTS RD" and the amazing "Suppressed Person RD".
Interiorization. On CT-3 we had the Int Remedy. The Recall Int RD of CT-4Pro gives the full theory
and additional procedures if all didn't run smooth. The Recall Int RD may be needed when certain
symptoms are present. When a pc goes exterior in auditing it is usually a big win. Ay some point later,
after he has gone back into his body, he may experience a list of symptoms, including headaches and odd
body aches and pains. The main indicator is high TA after lots of auditing. Such a pc should first of all be
checked for Out-int and have it handled.
Date and Locate, is an amazing procedure to handle stuck moments and incidents. It is a special process
that are called for on several correction lists. If you know the exact time and place of something the
charge of the incident will blow. It can also be used to rehab certain types of releases.
Expanded Green Form 40. This is a prepared list designed to handle resistive cases. If a pc does not
seem to make any progress or respond to good auditing, regardless of any past errors completely handled,
this list can be used to find the exact reason and will give you a handling for it. One of the RD's is the
'Out of Valence' RD.
Other Correction Lists. The following correction lists are also included: Int RD Correction List, End of
Endless Drug RD Correction List, Study Green Form and Repair Correction List.

233
 Potential Trouble Source

A Roller-coaster ride is known

from amusement parks. A PTS
is known to get better then
worse. Better then worse. His
case is on a Roller-coaster.

What is PTS
A Potential Trouble Source (PTS) is a specific case condition or type of case. A person or preclear who
gets better, then worse is said to "Roller-Coaster". This happens only when the PTS person is connected
to a person hostile or antagonistic to him or her or to what the PTS person is doing. It can be an individual
or a group expressing this hostility and disapproval. Such a person or group is called an Antagonistic
Terminal (AT). If such a relationship or condition exists it is the first thing to do something about. We
know a pc will not make gains over a Present Time Problem. If a PTS situation exists it is a Present Time
Problem of magnitude and the only thing that should be addressed until handled. It must be handled for
the pc in order to stabilize him or her. And it must be handled to some degree before any auditing is
attempted as no permanent gains or benefits can be achieved over such a problem. After such a situation
is handled to some extent by instructing and coaching the pc on how to deal with it, and have him do
something about it, the pc should be audited on it. And he must, in order to make permanent gains from
processing, only receive processing intended to handle such a condition until handled.

A PTS has a Present Time Problem

of magnitude. On the other side of the
problem is an Antagonistic Terminal.
This problem has to be handled in the
physical universe before the pc can benefit
from auditing or even enjoy life and prosper.

So a Potential Trouble Source (PTS) is somebody who is connected to an Antagonistic Person (AT), who
is invalidating him, his beingness, his processing, his way of life. It means the case is going to go up and
fall down. He's a trouble source because he's going to get upset. He's a trouble source because he's going
to make trouble. And he's trouble for the auditor and he's trouble for people around him and he's trouble
for himself. He is connected to a person or group opposed to him or processing or what he does in life. It
is a technical thing. It results in illness and roller-coaster and is the cause of illness and roller-coaster.

Handling PTS Conditions

PTS situations can come about at any time. It can happen while a person is being audited or it can happen

234
in daily life. For a pc receiving auditing or service it is a top priority to address and handle right away. It
has to be done competently to get the person back on his feet and back in auditing or training. Many pc's
new to CT need a PTS handling as one of their first actions.
Auditing or training must not be done or continued over an unhandled PTS situation. It would cause any
processing or study to be done under the heavy stress from the antagonism or suppression.
When you see such a situation you do not just go on hoping or try to ignore it. You have to look at it head
on and handle it. Handling PTS situations is not difficult. There is no excuse for not doing it. The data
and steps below lay out the many different handlings which can be used to bring about a full resolution of
all PTSness in all pcs.

Educating the PTS is an

important first step as she is
often the last one to suspect
it. She may not be ready
to accept the facts without
a good explanation.

Education: A person who has become PTS is often the last person to suspect it. He or she may have
become PTS in a stressed situation and it is often a temporary condition. Sometimes the person's
condition is very light. But he may also have been PTS for a long time and gotten so used to it so 'that's
life' to him. Whatever the case may be the first step is to educate the person in the subject.
PTS Basic Definitions: The PTS Basic Definitions, given in this section, must be done before any
other PTS handling is done.
Clearing the basic ideas and concepts prepares a person enough to understand his own PTS situation and
the mechanisms involved. This is an important first step and it is always done.
PTS Interview: Once the pc has been educated in the basic definitions a metered PTS interview can be
done. The pc can also be given a "PTS Assist". This is usually done on a Meter by an auditor in session or
another knowledgeable person (but it don't have to be metered). In most cases such an Assist will help
the person to spot the antagonistic or suppressive element. Once the AT is found the potential trouble
source can be assisted in working out a handling for that terminal. If it is not a terminal the pc depends on
the simplest handling can be to cease contact. If the PTS person depends upon that terminal a handling
should be worked out. There are a lot of data written on this subject, including chapters in the books
"Introduction to Scn Ethics" and "Volunteers Minister's Handbook". In this manual we concentrate on the
auditing side. But in the 2005 edition most of the data are included. For further reading the student should
be referred to the above books to get an in-depth understanding of it. If the AT cannot easily be found the
pc may have more 'case' related to the situation or condition. There are different categories of PTS
situations. In the simplest form the pc is under attack in present time from a source that easily can be
found. This is called PTS Type One (or Type A). A not uncommon situation is PTS Type Two. Here the
condition depends on a past PTS situation being restimulated by present dangers or persons. This needs to
be addressed by a qualified auditor with actions like the Audited PTS RD.

Suppression and Entheta: Antagonistic persons usually use and speak entheta. Entheta means
Enturbulated thought or life; this is especially destructive communications based on lies and wanting to
spread confusion in an attempt to overwhelm or suppress the PTS person. Entheta has no power in itself
but feeds on theta in a parasitic fashion.
This is an important datum as it is often the PTS person that "feeds" the suppressive terminal. Thus by
235
working with the PTS person you can find out what he or she is doing to fuel the situation and have him
change that. In some instances disconnection is the only workable option. You cut the feed-line
completely and the entheta will stop.

Physical Universe Handling: Once an antagonistic terminal has been located a handling is done. This is
done outside session, usually by a so-called Ethics Officer. To handle the pc's Present Time Problem
takes physical action. We had the definition of a PTP as: "A specific problem that exists in the physical
universe now, on which a person has his attention fixed. This can be practical matters he feels he ought to
do something about right away. Any set of circumstances that occupies the pc's attention so he feels he
should do something about it instead of being audited". This is exactly what you have in a PTS situation.
And the way to go about it is to do something about it. Such a handling should move the PTS person
from being effect of the situation to a point where he can take a bit of responsibility for it. He is gradually
moved towards being cause over the situation. This handling can include writing letters, making phone
calls, handle whatever he is continuously being attacked for or simply tell him to make up his mind about
something and act on it - whatever it takes to get the result. The handling and course of action depend on
the person and the situation.
A "good roads, fair weather-approach" to the antagonistic terminal is usually what is needed. The
handling must be understood and accepted by the PTS person and the person assisting him must be
focused on putting the PTS at cause step by step.
Handling may include coaching him along and look for things that brought about the PTS condition
in the first place. Did the pc antagonize the AT in some way out of lack of concern or rudeness? Did he
mis-apply any basic data, such as ARC and the tone scale? Such factors should be looked into and the
PTS person instructed accordingly. Often simple measures and good manners, 'Good Roads and Fair
Weather' will go a long way. Also 'Living with Right and Wrong' can be useful.
It will often be found, that a PTS situation exists between the pc and his or her parents. The situation
can be due to the pc's rebelliousness or the parents lack of understanding and respect of the pc as an
independent individual. They may 'have other plans' for the pc than what is right for him or her to do.
There are a lot to be said for a person skilled in handling PTS situations, but we will have to refer the
student to the above mentioned books for in-depth data.

The handling is best done with

a written program. The pc is given
a step-by-step program to follow. It
includes things to read, phone calls
and letters to do; drilling in handling her
situation and actually doing that for real.

Program: The PTS handling is best done with a written program. When the PTS person has been
interviewed and the matters and situation discussed, the Ethics Officer or handler should write a step by
step program for the PTS person to do. It may contain things to read, things to drill, and things to do. It is
a good idea to drill the PTS person on how to handle the situation in a practical sense. You simply run the
person through what to say and how to act in relation to the AT and correct anything that would make the
situation worse.

236
Example: The following is based on a real case story. You want to coach the pc from effect to being
cause. When the PTS person starts to become more cause over the situation the whole thing tends to cool
off. The communication formula is "Cause - Distance - Effect" in its simplest form. We once handled a
young woman being PTS to her mother. The daughter was living and working in another country now.
She had these long phone conversations with the mother, the antagonistic person (AT). Not only was the
mother giving her daughter a hard time; the calls were also expensive. We instructed and drilled the PTS
person in what basically amounted to TR-2 and TR-4, acknowledgment and handling originations. This
was after listening in on one conversation, where the daughter got very upset and apparently the mother
went on and on. The AT mother was basically trying to get the daughter not to study or do CT nor receive
auditing. Her mother was used to run her daughter's life and the present situation upset her. So we drilled
the daughter in handling this kind of criticism and attempts of dominating control. An important point
was simply acknowledgment. There were several more steps, of course, but this was really the one little
thing that turned it around. The next time she talked to her mother the daughter just did what she had
drilled. She listened and acknowledged with little comment. The comments she did make were well
prepared and drilled. After all, each phone conversation was not much different from the previous one so
responses could be worked out beforehand. When you give an acknowledgment you are occupying the
Cause end of the comm formula, you see. You are controlling the other person's comm to an extent. Not
only was the daughter's phone bill only a fraction of the previous ones - which all by itself gave her some
relief - she also realized she could do something about her mother without having to generate more
antagonism. She realized she could control her mother's communication and not only be at Effect but also
at Cause.

It may not always be that simple. Yet, beginning steps are usually best tackled with a light approach (see
Effect Scale). You are starting to resolve the situation.

If the situation does not seem to resolve with physical handlings alone the PTS person may need an
Audited PTS program. There may exist a PTS Type Two situation, where the real problem is
restimulation and the actual source and incidents behind are unknown to the pc. There exists a line-up of
techniques and Rundowns, designed to handle that:

Rudiments: Flying rudiments and Overts on four flows on the antagonistic terminal is often done to "get
the ruds in" and enable the pc to better confront the PTS situation he is faced with. This would of course
only be done in session by a qualified auditor. The commands for this can be found as part of the audited
PTS RD. This step can be done when the full PTS RD seems like an over-kill.

The PTS Rundown: The Audited PTS Rundown is done on preclears who have had successful PTS
handlings, but are found to get sick or roller-coaster at a later time. Pc becomes ill, slumps after making
gains, or continues to find additional terminals they are PTS to. Obviously there is more work to be done.
The PTS Rundown handles a pc's PTSness in more depth and is run to the end phenomena of a pc who is
getting and keeping case gains and never again roller-coasters.

Suppressed Person Rundown: This Rundown is simple, yet very effective. It can be done with great
success on all PTS persons of any case level, from those just beginning their first auditing to Clears and
above.
The end phenomena of this RD is a surprising - miraculous you could say - re-establishing of

237
communication between the AT and the PTS. At some point of the RD the Antagonistic Terminal will
actually originate such a communication to the pc.

Rest and Quiet: There is such a condition as a PTS Type Three situation. In daily language this is called
a nervous breakdown or a psychotic break. The person has been totally overwhelmed by the antagonism,
hostility and evil intentions he or she is subject to. If this should happen to a person in your care or
happen to a person you know, the best thing to provide is rest, quiet, and a safe environment. The thing
not to do is to run to the pharmacy to get 'nerve tablets' or any other drugs. Drugs may cover up the
symptoms, but it is not a cure. To remove sources of restimulation from the environment is the best first
aid. You may have to remove the person from where he or she lives as persons around and the
environment keeps him restimulated. The real reason for the Type Three condition is however heavy BPC
on terminals located in the PTS person's Bank but having to do with suppression.
A PTS Type Two condition exists when the AT in the environment is only the apparent suppressive
person (SP) or antagonistic terminal (AT). On the pc's track there will be a real suppressive person,
unknown to the pc, that some time in the past created such a chaos and threat, that the pc has it in
restimulation all the time. That is why it has to be found in auditing. The real source of suppression is not
in the pc's present environment or an associate - even when the pc feels and thinks it is. This can be
handled with the PTS RD. This is relatively easy to handle when caught in time.
When we talk about a PTS Type Three situation we are talking about a severe and acute
restimulation of a Type Two condition. The apparent AT and the SP's on the pc's track are suddenly
spread all over the world. Any contact with any human can set this restimulation off. It's a total A=A=A
in action on any human being. It can include more than all the people in the world. The person may
sometimes include ghosts or demons and imaginary beings as well. Peace and quiet is the best first aid.
Healthy food, safe environment, big solid objects to touch. Gentle care and minimal 'treatment' of any
kind. Eventually the thing will destimulate and key out. When the person feels stable and well enough the
pc can be given light touch auditing and eventually be run on a PTS RD which is the real cure. In dealing
with PTS Type Three any assignments and therapy should be done observing the effect scale.

Note: We use the term Antagonistic Terminal as the type of terminal a person goes effect (PTS) to. It wasn't defined clearly
this way until 1978 in the Suppressed Person RD. Quote: "...an antagonistic terminal... Where this terminal was antagonistic,
invalidative, hostile or downright suppressive, he will suddenly have a change of heart and seek to make peace with the PTS
pc."
The term Suppressive Person (SP) was the original term used for the person the PTS goes effect to. It was defined by Ron
Hubbard as an anti-social personality (1965) or what in psychiatry is called a 'psychopath' or 'sociopath' and in popular
culture, the villain - somebody operating on evil purposes. But at some point in Scn it became practice to declare critics,
opponents and 'political dissidents' for 'SP'. This eroded the term for technical meaning, clarity and usefulness. It was used as
name calling and no-one could be totally safe. It now simply meant 'enemy', 'bad guy' or 'witch'. In CT we still use the term
'SP' in a narrow technical sense (as originally defined), when called for, as they do exist. But our general term is Antagonistic
Terminal (AT) as it is used in the Suppressed Person RD.
It also became clear over the years (between 1965 when 'SP' was first defined and 1971 when the Audited PTS RD first
came out) that the "SP/PTS tech" had a much broader application than just handling the bad influences of true SP's on the pc.
We have elevated the use of Antagonistic Terminal as a new technical term for what we have actually been handling all
along. As most PTS situations have to do with all kinds of antagonism and confrontational situations and only occasionally
true SP's, we call such persons or groups for Antagonistic Terminals and use the abbreviation AT for such terminals. The
technology in this area we simply call PTS technology (not SP/PTS technology). The pc can go PTS and this is the tech for
handling that. The focus is the pc. The true SP is outside the realm of individual practitioners to deal with and remains 'the
villain'. It may be possible to develop institutions that can deal with these types of cases based on the technology (clinical tests
for diagnosis do not exist at this time. Only production records or life history seem to give a somewhat reliable clue). But such
projects would have to be very well funded and have solid back-up from the medical profession before they should be
undertaken.

238
 PTS Tech - Basic Definitions

(This is often called PTS C/S Instruction No One as it is the first thing to do before the actual handling of any PTS situation).

Definitions in 'PTS C/S 1'

Affinity (1) Overt (6) S & D (20)
Antagonism (12) Postulate (9) Search & Discovery (20)
Antagonistic Terminal (13) Potential Trouble Source (19) Suppress (14)
ARC Break (4) Problem (5) Suppression (15)
Communication (3) PTS (19) Suppressive Group (17)
Counter- (10) REALITY (2) Suppressive Person (16)
Hostile (11) ROLLER-COASTER (18) Withhold (7)
Missed Withhold (8)

1. AFFINITY
Degree of liking or affection or lack of it. Affinity is a tolerance of distance. A great affinity would be a
tolerance of or liking of close proximity. A lack of affinity would be an intolerance of or dislike of close
proximity. Affinity is one of the components of understanding; the other components being reality and
communication.

2. REALITY
The degree of agreement reached by two ends of a communication line. In essence, it is the
degree of duplication achieved between cause and effect. That which is real is real simply
because it is agreed upon, and for no other reason.

3. COMMUNICATION
"The interchange of ideas or objects between two people or terminals. More precisely the
definition of communication is the consideration and action of impelling an impulse or
particle from source point across a distance to receipt point, with the intention of bringing
into being at the receipt point a duplication and understanding of that which emanated
from the source point. "The formula of communication is: Cause, Distance, Effect, with
Intention, Attention and Duplication with Understanding." "Communication by definition
does not need to be two-way. Communication is one of the component parts of
understanding."

239
4. ARC BREAK
A sudden drop or cutting of one's affinity, reality, or communication with someone or something.
Upsets with people or things come about because of a lessening or cut off of affinity, reality,
communication or understanding. It's called an ARC break instead of an upset, because, if one
discovers which of the three points of understanding have been cut, one can bring about a rapid
recovery in the person's state of mind. It is pronounced by its letters A-R-C break.

5. PROBLEM
Anything which has opposing sides of equal force; especially postulate-counter-postulate, intention-
counter-intention or idea-counter-idea; and intention-counter-intention that worries the preclear.

6. OVERT
1. An aggressive or destructive act by the individual against one or more of the eight dynamics
(self, family, group, mankind, animals or plants, MEST, life or the infinite).
2. That thing which you do which you aren't willing to have happen to you.

7. WITHHOLD
An undisclosed harmful (contra-survival) act.

8. MISSED WITHHOLD
An undisclosed contra-survival act which has been restimulated by another but not disclosed.
This is a Withhold which another person nearly found out about, leaving the person with the
Withhold in a state of wondering whether his hidden deed is known or not.

9. POSTULATE
1. To conclude, decide or resolve a problem or to set a pattern for the future or to nullify a pattern of the past. (Example: New
years resolutions).
2. That self-determined thought which starts, stops or changes past, present or future efforts.
3. In CT the word postulate means to cause a thinkingness or consideration. It is a technical definition and is defined as causative
thinkingness.

240
 "Mind over Matter" or causative thinking
can change the present and future. It even
has a profound impact on the effects of past
on the present as we can see in auditing.

10. COUNTER-
1. (Prefix) Opposition, as in direction or purpose; for example counter-proposal, counter-act.

11. HOSTILE
1. Characteristics of an enemy.
2. Feeling or showing characteristics of an enemy;
antagonistic.

12. ANTAGONISM
1. Mutual resistance; opposition; hostility.
2. The condition of being an opposing force, factor or
principle.

13. ANTAGONISTIC TERMINAL (AT)

1. A person or group opposed to the pc or what the pc is doing. This can be due to a number of factors; misunderstandings, cross-
purposes, hate, opposite convictions, but can also include situations where the pc is actually provoking the person in some way to
antagonize him. Such a terminal could be called a Suppressive Person but this term is very loaded and often inaccurate and
problematic. Often pc's will have one of their parents as their Antagonistic Terminal. The parent is usually well-intended but the
relationship has gone bad. Since we are handling the pc and not the Antagonistic Terminal there is no need to pass judgment on
the ATs state of case or basic motivations. The pc can go PTS to an Antagonistic Terminal and it would be handled with standard
PTS tech.

Antagonistic terminals (AT's) to some

pc's look like their family album
with a dominating spouse or parent on
top of the list. List "usually includes
father, mother, wife or wives,
husband, brothers, sisters,
aunts, uncles, grandparents, lovers".
( Quote from PTS RD).

2. A possible Suppressive Person, but his state of case and motivations not determined.
3. A person or group antagonistic to the pc, but with no real thought of "doing the pc in", "weave a web" or any such thing. He is
simply opposed to the pc and fighting him in some way. Such a terminal on the pc's case is best dealt with using PTS tech.
4. An AT is simply a person or group that, to be correctly handled on the case, has to be addressed with PTS tech. Antagonistic
terminals (AT's) to some pc's look like their family album with a dominating spouse or parent on top of the list. List "usually
includes father, mother, wife or wives, husband, brothers, sisters, aunts, uncles, grandparents, lovers". ( Quote from PTS RD).

241
14. SUPPRESS
1. To squash, to sit on, to make smaller, to refuse to let reach, to make uncertain about his reaching, to render or lessen in any
way possible by any means possible. To the harm of the individual and for the fancied protection of a suppressor.

Discipline and Punishment are not

necessarily Suppression. It is of course
an attempt to suppress bad behavior.
True suppression does the least good to
the dynamics - only to protect the
suppressor's imagined interests.

15. SUPPRESSION
1. Suppression is "a harmful intention or action against which one cannot fight back." Thus when one can do anything about it, it
is less suppressive.

Suppression can be done by overwhelming

force or covertly. In both cases it is hard to
fight back. The intent - more than the actual
action - is what really determines it.

16. SUPPRESSIVE PERSON

1. A person with certain behavior characteristics and who suppresses other people in his vicinity and those other
people when he suppresses them become PTS or potential trouble sources.
2. A person who has had a counter-postulate to the pc you are handling (see Antagonistic Terminal).

17. SUPPRESSIVE GROUPS

1. A group acting as an AT on the pc's case.
2. Are defined as those which seek to destroy Scn or which specialize in injuring or killing persons or damaging
their cases or which advocate suppression of mankind.

18. ROLLER-COASTER
1. A case that betters and worsens. A roller-coaster is always connected to a suppressive person and will
not get steady gains until the suppressive is found on the case or the basic suppressive person earlier.
Because the case doesn't get well he or she is a potential trouble source to us, to others and to himself.
2. Case gets better, gets worse, gets better, gets worse.

19. POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCE

1. Somebody who is connected with an SP who is invalidating him, his beingness, his processing, his life, or even his group. It is
a technical thing. It results in illness and roller-coaster and is the cause of illness and roller-coaster.
2. The PTS guy is fairly obvious. He's here, he's way up today and he's way down tomorrow and he gets a beautiful session and

242
then he gets terribly ill. That's the history of his life.
3. The mechanism of PTS is environmental menace that keeps something continually keyed-in. This can be a constant recurring
somatic or continual, recurring pressure or a mass. The menace in the environment is not imaginary in such extreme cases. The
action can be taken to key it out. But if the environmental menace is actual and persists it will just key-in again. This gives
recurring pressure unrelieved by usual processing.

Symptoms of PTS: Roller-coastering, accidents,

illness and stupid mistakes

20. SEARCH AND DISCOVERY

1. Search and discovery of suppression is called an "S and D." It locates the suppressive on the case.
"Remember that the real suppressive person (SP) was the one that wove a dangerous environment around the pc. To find that
person is to open up the pc's present time perception or space. It's like pulling a wrapping of wool off the pc.
"The SP persuaded or caused the pc to believe the environment was dangerous and that it was always dangerous and so made the
pc pull in and occupy less space and reach less.
"When the SP is really located and indicated the pc feels this impulse not to reach diminish and so his space opens up.
"The difference between a safe environment and a dangerous environment is only, that a person is willing to reach and expand in
a safe environment and reaches less and contracts in a dangerous environment.
"An SP wants the other person to reach less. Sometimes this is done by forcing the person to reach into danger and get hurt so
that the person will thereafter reach less.
"The SP wants smaller, less powerful beings. The SP thinks that if another became powerful that one would attack the SP. "The
SP is totally insecure and is battling constantly in covert ways to make others less powerful and less able."

Search & Discovery is a

precision process to locate an
SP on the case. An SP using
covert means can be almost
impossible for the pc to detect.

243
 The Anti-Social Personality
The Suppressive Person

There are certain characteristics and mental attitudes which cause about 20% of Man to be against any
betterment activity or group. Such people are known to have anti-social tendencies. When the laws and
political life of a country come to a point, where such personalities can easily advance and reach high
positions the constructive and decent organizations of that country become suppressed. Barbarism,
suppression, criminality within and outside government follow. The economy becomes one-sided and
honest, hardworking people can hardly make it. Criminal behavior is what succeeds and gets rewarded.
Crimes and criminal acts are committed or accepted by anti-social personalities.

In a suppressive society criminal Insane patients in institutions

behavior, inside and outside can routinely have their
government, is what succeeds psychotic break traced back to
and gets rewarded contact with such personalities.

Insane patients in institutions can routinely have their psychotic break traced back to contact with such
personalities. It is thus important to be able to recognize and isolate such a personality type. You may
sometimes find them in high government positions, in the police force, in the courts, in health care or in
the field of mental health. At this time they remain relatively undetected and free to do harm by covert
and overt means.
It is estimated that as much as 20% of any population fall into this category. But furthermore is it
estimated that only about 2.5% of the population is truly dangerous. The 2.5% are known as Suppressive
Persons (SP's). The remaining 17.5% are known as Potential Trouble Sources (PTS). Depending of the
degree and type of PTS'ness, PTS'es can usually be processed if you recognize their condition and
actually handle it head on.
Note: The above figures are subject to much discussion. But the 2.5% matches roughly the figures psychologists and
psychiatrists have for 'anti-social individuals', sometimes by them called sociopaths or psychopaths - individuals that appear
normal but do much harm. One study found that 1% of women and 4% of men fell into this category, which is 2.5% of the
whole population. In prison populations the percentage is much higher; studies say as high as 50-70%.

244
 History is full of examples of
A straw-man is somebody suppressive regimes. They use
posing as an SP. They may fear and terror to their advantage.
cause a lot of trouble but High officials committing crimes,
usually do not belong to taking bribes or close their eyes
the hard-core 2.5%, but become the order of the day; but
still mean "trouble" = PTS. usually their 'success' is short-lived.
(Picture: Josef Stalin)

It would thus be a doable task to protect society and individuals from the destructive acts and effects of
such individuals, especially the 2.5% group (the SP's - often called the 21/2 percent'ers). Isolating or
handle this little group with justice would cause the situation and the PTS individuals to cool off and
destimulate. Well known historic examples of anti-social personalities would include Hitler, Stalin,
Saddam Hussein and numerous other dictators; and infamous criminals such as Al Capone, Jack the
Ripper, and other serial-killers, etc. You will see their deeds - big and small - in any daily newspaper; you
watch movies about them and their deeds. You will often see totalitarian regimes and organizations bent
towards this behavior. But although you can find all these clear examples you must not overlook the real
point here, that anti-social personalities exist in real life and they are very often hard to detect.

In the middle of a failing

Anti-socials exist in business you will often find
real life but they are an anti-social person hard
often hard to detect. at work, but he can
be hard to detect.

If you were to trace the causes for failing businesses and enterprises you will often enough find an anti-
social person right in the middle of it and hard at work. In other human tragedies, such as families
breaking up or constructive efforts fail and come to nothing, you will usually find an anti-social
personality was at work. If life is becoming rough or your hard work comes to nothing, where good health
and happiness seem to loose, the trained observer will be able to detect one or more such anti-social
persons working at it. Since 80% of the population tries to get along and make a go of it and only 20%
seems to work against this it would be of great benefit to us to be able to clearly identify such people. It
would save us a lot of hardship and help prevent failure and misery. So what is exactly the characteristics
and attributes of the anti-social personality?

Anti-Social Attributes
We have a list of 12 main characteristics and attributes to describe and identify the anti-social personality.
These applies mainly to Suppressive Persons, but Potential Trouble Sources may display them in greater
or lesser degree:
1. An anti-social person deals mainly in bad news. He or she comes with critical or hostile remarks,
invalidates and generally suppresses people around him. Also, you will rarely find such a person pass on
good news or give compliments.
2. Such a person speaks only in generalities. "They say ..." "They all think..." "Everybody knows..." etc.,

245
etc. are used routinely, especially when passing on rumors. "Gossip head" or "bringer of evil or bad
news" or "rumor-fabricator" often describes such a person. If you confront such a person with, "Who is
everybody?" or track down a rumor it usually turns out to be just one person at work. The anti-social
person made up what he or she pretended to be the only or dominating opinion of society or a group.
They usually see society at large as a hostile generality, which is set against the anti-social in particular so
the above activities come about quite natural.

Anti-social
The persons
Receiving
anti- speak in
any form
social generalities
of therapy
deals and deal in
terrifies
mainly bad news
the anti-
in bad and in
social.
news. starting
rumors.

3. The anti-social person typically alters to the worse any message going through him or her. Good news
are stopped and only bad news, often made worse, are passed on. Such a person may even "pass on bad
news" which were in fact invented to make the PTS person or others feel bad.
4. A truly anti-social person does not respond to treatment, processing, reform or psychotherapy. It
terrifies him.
5. Around such a personality you will find ill and 'humble' friends and associates. They will typically
behave in a crippled manner. They will be seen to fail in life; any little success is invalidated.

The PTS associates make

troubles for others. They are
The anti-social's
more noisy and visible than
associates are often ill and
the anti-social. The SP is
'crippled' with little success.
often invisible, but active
behind the scenes.

Such associates of an anti-social make trouble for others. When they are treated or educated, they have no
stability of gain but promptly relapse or lose their advantages of knowledge. They are under the
suppressive influence of the truly anti-social.
Treated medically, such associates commonly do not recover in the expected time but can get worse or
have a poor and long recovery time. It is quite useless to treat or help or train such persons as long as they
remain under the influence of the anti-social person.
The largest group of insane are insane because of such anti-social connections. They do not recover easily
for the same reason. Oddly enough we rarely see the anti-social personality institutionalized. Only his
"friends" and family are there.
6. The anti-social personality routinely picks the wrong target or blames the wrong cause.
If a tire is flat from driving over a nail, he or she blames a passenger, the cat or some other irrelevant
'cause' for the problem. If the TV won't turn on he blames it on whoever is present instead of checking if

246
it is plugged in and in good repair. He routinely blames any mishap or failure on others instead of finding
the cause.

The anti-social will pick

Anti-socials cannot finish
the wrong target or
cycles of action. As a result
blame the wrong cause.
their quarters and equipment
A flat tire
are often found in a mess.
"is the cat's fault".

7. Anti-social's cannot finish a cycle of action.

They routinely become surrounded with incomplete projects. As a result you will often find their homes
and equipment or office in a mess and in bad repair. Types of unfinished cycles may however vary so the
above is just a possible indicator. Usually an Anti-social person will 'specialize' in a type of incomplete
action; the source of this is the person's Bank, dictating a certain behavior. The point being, the Bank will
dictate the person to get started in a certain direction but not to complete that cycle.
8. As the police knows, many anti-social persons will have no trouble with confessing to alarming crimes
when forced to do so, but they will have no sense of responsibility. They see their actions as having little
to do with their own intentions or actions. It "just happened".
They have no sense of correct causation and especially cannot feel any guilt, shame or responsibility for
what happened.

Ku-Klux-Klan originally came

out of the US Civil War
(1861-65). But it soon
Anti-socials have a low
developed into a very racial
sense of responsibility
and very suppressive group
against any civil rights,
except their own.

9. The anti-social personality supports only destructive groups and attacks or rages against any
constructive or betterment group.
10. This type of personality approves only of destructive actions and fights against constructive or helpful
actions or activities. People defending a good cause or creative people will often be like a magnet for anti-
social personalities who see in their work something which must be covertly destroyed. The anti-social
may pose "as a friend", but try to poison and destroy.

11. True help of others can drive the anti-social person up the wall. Activities which destroy in the name
of 'help', on the other hand, are warmly supported.
12. The anti-social personality has a bad sense of ownership. To him nothing is ever really owned.
Ownership is an idea just made up to fool people.

247
 Activities that destroy in the "Ownership is an idea
name of 'help' are supported. made up to fool people"

The Basic Reason

The basic reason the anti-social personality behaves as he or she does is due to a hidden terror of others.
Such a person sees every other individual as an enemy. They see others as enemies that covertly or
overtly should be destroyed.
To them good survival depends on keeping others down or keeping them ignorant. If they hear about
programs seeking to make others stronger or brighter, the anti-social personality sees it as a personal
danger and will fight it. They see it as they would be much better off if people around them were weak,
obedient, fearful and stupid. It would be seen as an immediate threat to their survival if others got
stronger or brighter. Such a person has no trust in others. They are terrified of them. They usually cover
this up in clever ways and it can be hard to pinpoint or detect.
When such a personality goes insane the world is full of Extra-terrestrials. The police or the Marcabians
(a type of extra-terrestrials) have built in radio-transmitters in his and everybody else's heads and listen
in. But most of such people do not show obvious signs of insanity. They can function in society and
appear to be quite rational. They can be very convincing about their motives. On the surface they may
appear to be solid citizens.

To the anti-social
'good survival' consist
of keeping others
down, weak and ignorant.
They control others
with terror or deceit.

The 12 points above are things which such a personality cannot detect in himself or herself. This is so true
that if you thought you found yourself in one of the above categories you can now relax. Self-criticism is
a luxury the anti-social cannot afford. The last thing he will see or admit to is his own shortcomings. He
must be right all the time. They see themselves as being in constant danger. If you proved such a person
wrong, you might even cause him or her to become severely ill. Only the sane and well-balanced person
tries to correct his conduct and see other people's views.

Relief
The first thing in handling anything is to know about it. The second is to be willing and able to confront
it. Using the data of the PTS tech you can be given a proper search for and discovery of hard core
suppressive persons in your past that you have known and dealt with. If you then recognize their bad
influence and disconnect, you will experience great deal of relief. In society, if it were to recognize this
personality type as a sick being, they could isolate them as they do with people with contagious diseases.

248
This would result in a social and economic recovery for society at large. Things are not likely to really
improve when 20% of the population is permitted to dominate and damage the remaining 80%.
As democracy and majority rule is the preferred political system at his age, this would be a natural next
step: Majority sanity should rule our daily lives without giving power to the few to destroy or unsettle the
rest of society.
The worst thing about this situation is that anti-socials will not allow others to help or effectively treat
them. The sad fact is that they do not respond well to treatment, even when this is attempted.

Through Search & Discovery

the SP's on the case can be located.
To do so and handle or disconnect
will give the pc great relief.

Suppression and Entheta

Anti-social persons use and speak entheta. Entheta means "Enturbulated thought or life. This is especially
destructive communications based on lies and confusions in an attempt to overwhelm or suppress a
person or group. Entheta has no power in itself but feed on theta in a parasitic fashion. This is an
important datum as it is often the PTS person that "feeds" the SP terminal. Thus by working with the PTS
person you can find out what he is doing to fuel the situation and have him change that. In some instances
disconnection is the only workable option. You cut the feed-line completely and the entheta will stop.

Social Persons are best

recognized by their products and
effects over a period of time.

The Social Personality

Man is prone to witch hunting. The above 12 points can certainly lead to that. From a technical viewpoint
you don't need to call the terminals you handle on a pc for Anti-social Personalities or Suppressive
Persons. Often enough they are not. Yet they have to be handled with PTS tech to help the pc. Since a
basic structure of the Bank is said to be terminals confronted by opposition terminals (GPMs see note at
end) it can be hard to always sort out what is happening. In life SP's will dramatize being opposition
terminals to the pc and try to do him in. "Life imitates art" you could say. Just about any story has good
guys and bad guys in it. These types of battles have been happening for eons in real life and this kind of
Chain of incidents with terminals and opposition terminals are on the pc's Time Track as well. So a big
factor to consider in any PTS action is the restimulation of opposition terminals in the pc's Bank. Usually
it is a combination of the two: (1) actual opposition, threat or suppression in the present and (2) the
restimulation it causes. We have chosen to stay out of this heated debate of good and evil, and judging
people from second hand knowledge by introducing the term Antagonistic Terminal (AT) as a technical
term. An AT is simply a person or group that, to be correctly handled on the case, has to be addressed
with PTS tech. Period. We would estimate that 90% of all the PTS handlings done are actually on

249
terminals, where the dominant factor is the restimulation or the pc's own inability to deal with opposition,
antagonism, or radical different points of view. After all this is no easy matter and is the one element all
conflicts have in common. By far the highest percentage of handlings has to do with family members. A
dominant spouse or parent is the most common. Pc's often feel it is an Overt of magnitude to call family
members for anti-social or suppressive. Sometimes they are. In many cases they are not. A good ethics
handler (Ethics Officer) should always look at what the pc is doing to generate antagonism. A good part
of the situation can usually be handled by educating the pc.
A witch hunt is easy to start. All you have to do is to call the "people wearing black hats" for the
villains and you can start a hunt for people in black hats. But this mechanism of witch hunting makes it
very easy for anti-social persons to bring about chaos or a dangerous environment. The Spanish
Inquisition, McCarthy's blacklisting of 'communists' in the 1950s in USA, 'Ethnic cleansing' of Nazi
Germany or Yugoslavia are just a few examples of this. No one was safe and these things were very
suppressive by themselves.
But even the anti-social personality, in his twisted way, is quite certain that he is acting for the best.
The witch hunter is commissioned by God. He will often see himself as the only good person around: "I
am trying to do what is right; God's Will! It's for the good of everyone". The only thing that is wrong
about his thinking is that there are dead bodies all around. He is often so thorough that no one is left alive
to be protected from these imagined evils. His conduct over a period of time - towards other people,
towards his duties and work, and the products and effects he produces are the only reliable indicators to
determine his social character. It is the only reliable method to detect whether an individual is an anti-
social or a social personality. Their motivation for self are similar: self-preservation and survival. If you
just listen to them you may not be able to hear much difference in their explanations. They simply go
about doing things in radical different ways.
As Man in his current state is neither calm nor brave; anyone can be nervous and be on the lookout for
dangerous persons. He may think he sees such persons over there in the black hats and a witch hunt can
begin. It is therefore even more important to identify the social personality than the anti-social
personality. By doing so you avoid to shoot the innocent out of mere prejudice or dislike or because of
some short misconduct or dramatization.

Do a Comparison
The social personality can best be defined by comparison with his opposite, the anti-social personality.
It is very easy when you compare to see the difference. No test for finding anti-social persons should ever
be used without checking both sides. As so many other things in CT it is a scale. On the same scale we
must have the upper and lower ranges of Man's actions.
A test that declares only anti-social personalities without also being able to identify the social personality
would actually be a suppressive test. It would be like answering "Yes" or "No" to the question "Are you
still possessed by Satan?" Anyone who answered it could be found guilty. That is how witch hunting is
done. While this method worked for the Inquisition, it does not make a valid test. Society functions only
through the efforts and work of social people. These are the people that must be recognized and given
rights and freedoms. One danger in publishing a list as the above is, that anti-social people somehow will
be able to fit their enemies among good people into one or more of the categories and 'run them out of
town'. As society functions, prospers and improves solely through the hard work of social personalities,
one must know them as they, not the anti-social, are the worthwhile people. These are the people who
must have rights and freedoms. Attention is given to the anti-social solely to protect and assist the social
personalities in the society.
All democratic efforts, educational and cultural programs and even the human race itself will fail unless
one can identify and hold back the anti-social personalities and help and forward the social personalities
250
in society. For the very word "society" implies social conduct and without it there is no society at all, only
a dog-eats-dog barbarism.

You will note in the characteristics of the anti-social personality that intelligence is not a point. They can
be bright, stupid or average. Thus anti-socials who are very intelligent can rise to high positions, even
heads-of-state. Ability or wish to rise above others are not a sign of being anti-social. When they do
become important people or rise to power they can become very visible because of the consequences of
their acts. But they can be unimportant people, house tyrants, wife beaters, small crooks, thieves and
losers, spokesmen or supporters of bad causes, do 'science' to control and kill his fellow man or
whatever. Usually, if you deal with an SP of some status, you will find one hard core anti-social and a
crowd of imitators and supporters such as in a suppressive regime or organization.
The twelve given characteristics alone is what can be used to identify the anti-social personality.

You have to do a comparison

back and forth ('black and white')
and inspect actual products,
actions, records and personal
history in order to determine
the true social nature of a person.

The same 12 characteristics reversed are the only criteria of the social personality.
The identification of an anti-social personality cannot be done accurately unless one also at the same time
reviews the positive side of his life.
All persons under stress can react with moments of anti-social conduct. This does not make them anti-
social personalities.
The true anti-social person has a majority of anti-social characteristics. He has a track record of this.
Positive identification takes solid evidence. But if you sit down with a person and there is no way he will
reform his behavior because 'I am 100% right in doing what I am doing', you know that you have an
individual that is beyond a momentary upset or lapse. This is no proof either, unless that's how it is point
for point and rather consistently.

The social personality has a majority of social characteristics.

Thus one must examine the good with the bad before one can truly label the anti-social or the social.
In reviewing such matters, very broad testimony and evidence are best. One or two isolated instances
determine nothing. One should search all twelve social and all twelve anti-social characteristics and
decide on the basis of actual evidence, not opinion.

Social Attributes
The twelve primary characteristics of the social personality are as follows:
1. A social personality passes communication without much alteration and
if they change anything they tend to delete bad news or present things in a more
positive light.

2. The social personality uses specifics when describing things. "John Blow said..." "The News Magazine
wrote..." He gives sources of data when important or possible.
He may use generalities as "they" or "people" but will readily be specific when asked who said so. They
251
do not use generalities to hide behind or to upset people.

The social person uses specifics

(such as statistics) to make his points.
Social persons use
He is more interested in making
positive and constructive
others feel good and winning their
communication.
support than being critical, cheat
or try to bully them.

3. The social personality is happy to pass on good news and hesitate in passing on bad news. He may not
even want to pass on criticism when it doesn't matter. He is more interested in making others feel liked or
wanted. He may err toward comforting and reassure people rather than use criticism. He does not like to
hurt people's feelings. He sometimes errs in holding back bad news or orders when they seem critical or
harsh.
4. Treatment, reform and psychotherapy, even in a light form, work very well on the social personality.
The anti-social may promise to reform, but nothing changes. Only the social personality can change or
improve easily. It is often enough to point out unwanted conduct to a social personality. He will see the
truth of it and turn things around. Criminal codes and violent punishment are not needed to regulate social
personalities. Such punishment may restrain anti-socials, on the other hand, but are not seen to change
their conduct except based on fear.
5. The associates of a social personality tend to be well, happy and of good morale.
A truly social personality quite often produces betterment in health or fortune by his mere presence and
influence. He never reduces the health or morale in his associates. The social personality heals well and
will recover rather easily from illness. He accepts and responds well to proven treatment.

They They
They prevent
respond can
destructive
well see the
actions and
to cause of
crime.
treatment. things.

6. The social personality can see the causes of things and select correct targets for correction. He fixes the
tire that is flat rather than attack the passenger or kick the cat. If the TV doesn't work he checks if it is
plugged in and in good repair.
7. Cycles of action begun are usually completed by the social personality, if possible. He tends to have his
personal things in working order as he does not abandon them mid air.
8. The social personality is ashamed of his Overts and has to overcome himself to confess them. He takes
responsibility for his errors.
9. The social personality supports constructive groups and tends to protest or resist destructive groups.
10. Destructive actions are protested by the social personality. He assists constructive or helpful actions.
11. The social personality helps others and actively resists acts which harm them.
12. Property is property of someone to the social personality. He respects personal property of others. He
is against misuse and theft.

252
Basic Motivation
The social personality is motivated by the greatest good. He has a natural sense of ethics and what is right
and wrong.
He does not feel haunted by imagined enemies but he does recognize real enemies when they are facing
him.
The social personality wants to survive and wants others to survive. Here is a major difference; the anti-
social personality really covertly wants 'others to fail so he can survive'. His world is a 'dog-eat-dog'
kind of world where only the meanest survive.
Basically the social personality wants others to be happy and do well. The anti-social, on the other hand,
is very clever in doing others in and make them fail.
A key point to understanding all this is not to get fixated upon a person's outward signs of success, but
examine his basic motivations. You see some anti-socials amass great fortunes through suppression and
crime. The social personality, when successful, will often be a target for the anti-social. He will seek out
weak points or gain his confidence in order to make him fail.

So there can be great benefits to accurately determine the social intent of people. If you can detect the
social personality and protect his rights and allow him to work and if you can detect the anti-social person
and restrain him, society will prosper. If not, society will keep suffering from insanity, criminal acts and
senseless wars.

Unless we realize and correctly apply the true characteristics of the two types of personalities, we will
continue to live in an uncertainty of who our enemies are.
All men have committed acts of violence or omission for which they could be criticized, attacked or
punished. In all Mankind there is not one single perfect human being. And if there was one, there would
be about 5 billion different opinions about it.
But there are those who try to do right and those who specialize in wrong.

How a Suppressive Person Becomes One

The above text talks about the Anti-social personality and that this type of personality makes up as much
of 20% of the population. But what is of special interest is the 2.5% group. These are the suppressive
persons (SPs). Since Man is basically good, how come the SP seems to fall outside this? The best
explanation is contained in CT Level 4 where we covered Service Computations and Evil Purposes.
Studying that gives good insight in the reason why. But here are some definitions and data to supplement
that:

Suppressive Person, 1. He's solving a present time problem which hasn't in actual fact existed for the
last many trillion of years in most cases. Yet he is acting upon it in present time to solve that problem.
The guy is totally stuck in a past incident and thinks it is present time; that is the whole anatomy of
psychosis. 2. He covertly tries to destroy or speak bad about any effort to help anybody. He is violently
opposed to anything intended to make human beings more powerful or intelligent. A suppressive
automatically and immediately will oppose any betterment activity, calling it evil or bad. 3. the person is
in a mad, desperate situation of some past incident and is "handling it" by committing Overt acts today.

253
 An SP is 'solving' a present time problem
which hasn't in actual fact existed for ages
in most cases. Yet he is acting upon it in
present time to 'solve' that problem. The
guy is totally stuck in a past incident and
thinks it is present time.

In picture: Business man thinks and acts

as if he lived in the time of the Crusades.

So it is somebody who will overtly or covertly work against the auditor and the auditing. The handling of
such a person is outside the scope of Clearing Technology. The tech may hold the key, but it takes more
resources and can cause more upsets, attacks and lawsuits than you are prepared for. They are considered
to make up only about 2.5% of the general population. They should not be accepted for auditing. The
actual percentage and a truly objective, reliable and practical doable test has never been developed, so in
many respects it is a two edged sword. "Handle with care", but if you see it, don't fool yourself. A test
could possibly be developed. It would have to be based on production records, life history, and
affiliations over a long period of time. To try to develop a clinical test based on questionnaires, mental
testing, and interviews inevitably leads to witch hunting.

Evil has an appeal to us. From

childhood and on. We have
these images of evil characters,
that we usually don't act upon.
To act it out in play is of course
fine. It is a degree of confront.
To get stuck in one unknowingly
is how a person becomes an SP.

From Good to Evil

How evil can take over was explained this way by Ron Hubbard in a lecture:
It might interest you how a suppressive person becomes one. That is the guy who has enough Overts to
deserve more pay-back than you can imagine. It is the guy, who keeps doing things to do others in. He's
the villain. Now the reason he got to be such a bad boy was by switching valences. He had a bad boy
over there parked in his mind; and he then, in some peculiar way, got into that bad boy's valence. Now he
knows what he is - he's a bad boy. Man is basically good but he mocks-up evil valences and then gets
inside them and gets stuck in them. He says the other fellow is bad. He keeps saying the other fellow is
bad. He works on this character all the time as something not to be. And eventually he has got this very
live character all made up in his mind. Then some day he becomes this other fellow. You see, a valence
shift or personality shift happens - he becomes the whole, complete package of personality. And there he
is. So now he is an evil fellow. He knows how he is supposed to act. He is supposed to act like the other
fellow, the bad character. That's the switch-over. That's how evil comes into being. (Covered in SH
Briefing 73, 1966).

254
 Dr. Frankenstein couldn't confront his
Monster and it took over. If he had
been able to confront it, he could have
controlled it. The price of freedom is to
be willing to fight evil and rise above it.

So the key to handling evil is to be able to confront it in the first place. That is what went wrong with the
guy described in the piece above. The person who couldn't confront evil, but only mock it up as
something not to be, eventually gave up and became it. He was Not-is-ing, hating and detesting it. He was
holding onto this evil personality package in his mind as something not to be; and suddenly it had become
so powerful so he became it. It simply took over. This is how the Reactive Mind 'works'. It warns you
against danger on a stimulus-response level and you don't want to look at those terrible things. Suddenly
it has become so powerful so you have no choice but living it. There are of course degrees of this. A
complete switch does not happen out of the blue, just because of one incident. But sometimes one
powerful incident suddenly does it and the pc is stuck in that incident. Long before it happens, the person
simply withholds himself. But when you pull Overts and Withholds you are preventing something like
this from happening down the road. You are getting the pc's ability to confront evil up. The
'demons' (evil valences) in his mind will loose power. He will regain power over them and the basic
goodness of Man will prevail in his conduct and thinking.

Pick Your Fights

The focus of the PTS tech included in this manual is the pc and how to make him auditable. We are not
trying to say, that you always have to appease enemies or evil persons. As we are touching upon the age
old conflict between good and evil it is a very hot and opinionated subject. We are only saying "pick your
fights" and as far as auditing is concerned you want to keep the pc out of hot waters and make him
stronger first of all. This is best done on a gradient scale. Therefore the PTS tech as applied here is not the
ultimate answer to how to deal with evil but simply a practical guide to get your pc audited. If your pc's
ultimate goal is to become capable of taking on all evil in the world in a final glorious battle and win -
more power to him. The PTS tech presented would still be a good starting point to make him strong
enough to do that.

Note: Goals-Problems-Mass:, (GPM:) Persistent masses, ridges and problems in the PCs Bank with a certain anatomy. We
find Goals and beingnesses that have engaged the PC on the PCs Time-track. You will find Goals and beingnesses in Pairs of
items in direct opposition to each other. This created a super-problem and ridge. A GPM could be described as a series of
"eternal conflicts" the PC is prone to dramatize in present time.

255
 PTS Phenomena

In the previous chapter we took a good look at the anti-social personality and the social personality. This
is basically "good and evil" as we know it. Pro-survival and Counter-survival if you will. Now, nothing
in this world is well understood if we only understand the extremes. Extremes are of course a good
starting point but the truth is, that all in this world is only fully understood if we can see the different
grades of things between the extremes. That is what the scales in CT are all about. There are grades of
affinity, grades of reality and grades of communication. There are grades of awareness and grades of
cause and effect. "Absolutes are unobtainable in this universe" according to Ron Hubbard. In the same
way, there are no absolute good and absolute evil.

Stalin was a brutal dictator,

responsible for millions of
deaths - all in the name of
'The People' or the
good of his country.
He was near absolute evil.

When we deal with PTS phenomena and suppressive persons we are dealing with beingness, and we have
to use the same principle of "absolutes are unobtainable". But let us for a moment try to look for absolute
suppressive. It may be the easiest to get an idea of absolute suppressives in certain totalitarian regimes.
Usually a suppressive person, such as a Josef Stalin, Adolph Hitler, Saddam Hussein or whoever, have
schemed and murdered their way to the top. Now they are in complete control and should have little to
fear. Yet they do. They are apparently living in a constant state of terror. Obviously this isn't completely
unfounded. Attempts are made on their lives and only the tightest of security guarantees their continued
survival. It has become a self-fulfilling prophecy. The dog-eat-dog world they envisioned while rising to
power is real and they are the principal character in that world - just as we may assume they thought all
along. When we look at more free societies, as we know them in the West, things are apparently a lot
different. Such a person is not at liberty just to murder opponents or rivals or perceived enemies. The
whole game of these emotions, fears and hates doesn't go away, however, but become covered up and
regulated by society's demands, rules and laws. But unfortunately the passions may still run strong under
the surface. But even the most absolute suppressive person we can think of will be terrified in some areas
and more at ease in others. If you take serial killers of women you know what I am talking about. They

256
are possessed of an evil purpose to do away with all women (or maybe all women with a certain
appearance). They may be more at ease in other areas of their lives and able to appear to be normal at first
look. You have religious fanatics ready to kill anyone of other faiths, but be quite social when it comes to
their own group. You have the mafia characters, such as "Godfather". He was a notorious killer and
parasite, but also a great family man.
Crime investigators and so-called profilers, who are trying to predict criminal behavior and
characteristics, may have a lot to say about all these things. Historians of different suppressive groups and
individuals may have something to say about this as well. But when we talk about a near absolute
suppressive we have an individual motivated by terror and fear and using evil to protect his own survival
in many twisted ways. His solution is to damage or ideally kill anybody posing a threat. In society this is
usually seen to be done covertly, using the rules and laws in suppressive ways, using 'oversights' and
'mistakes' and using 'everybody knows', using 'duty', using patriotic or religious ideals to fight their
wars with, etc., etc.
"Remember that the real suppressive person (SP) was the one that wove a dangerous environment around
the pc. To find that person is to open up the pc's present time perception or space. It's like pulling a
wrapping of wool off the pc.
The SP persuaded or caused the pc to believe the environment was dangerous and that it was always
dangerous and so made the pc pull in and occupy less space and reach less. When the SP is really located
and indicated the pc feels this impulse to withdraw, his impulse not to reach out, will diminish; his space
opens up. The difference between a safe environment and a dangerous environment is only, that a person
is willing to reach and expand in a safe environment and reaches less and contracts in a dangerous
environment. An SP wants the other person to reach less. Sometimes this is done by forcing the person to
reach into danger and get hurt so that the person will thereafter 'know' to reach less.
The SP wants smaller, less powerful beings. The SP thinks that if another became powerful this person
would attack the SP. The SP is totally insecure and is battling constantly in covert ways to make others
less powerful and less able.
A full insight and reliable test is really beyond CT. The subject is more prone to lead to witch hunts
and wars than auditing. But you have to realize there are certain groups and individuals you simply
should leave alone and actively keep away from. Furthermore, you may have to protect yourself against
them as does society against criminals. They are just not out to play your game whatsoever. If you try to
help or reform such individuals you are in a war as they are dead against what you are doing. They don't
want to receive help or to reform anything about themselves. Sometimes they may pretend so just to come
close enough to cause damage.

Bottom Line: It is no easy matter

to pass judgment if a person is SP
or not - and not really helpful.
You are handling the pc. If a
person is harmful to the pc's case
it is an Antagonistic Terminal.

Our interest in this are the PTS individuals. Here we can do something. They are under the influence of
such suppressive persons and groups. They may at times display the characteristics of these. They may
use their arguments, display their emotions and dramatize their way of 'solving' problems occasionally.
But this is not as a deep felt conviction they are living by, but is a result of the influence the SP
257
individuals and groups have on them. Routinely the PTS person is the visible and noisy one. The SP
behind this is invisible but hard at work.

'Can't have-Enforced have' is

an element in any game or
conflict. The SP uses it to
drive the PTS around the bend
- such as withholding needed
money the PTS is entitled to.

Can't Have- Enforced Have

SPs are SPs because they deny Havingness and enforce unwanted Havingness. They also deny doingness
and enforce unwanted doingness. They deny beingness and enforce unwanted beingness as well. "Can't
have" means: The denial of something to someone else." Enforced have" means: Make someone accept
what they didn't want. Doing this, is one of the tools of suppression and antagonizing. This is of course
also part of any game with two opposing sides. You try to deny the enemy things he wants; and you try to
enforce things upon him he doesn't want. In war you would try to deny your enemy of supplies and
military help. You would force bullets, hardships, losses and death upon him. When we talk about more
subtle means of antagonizing and suppressing this is still at work. It may be right down to the AT denying
you the small pleasures in life and force you to accept meaningless things that are disgusting to you. They
deny Havingness and enforce unwanted Havingness. The AT will try to do the same with Beingness and
Doingness.
Examples: Some parents do this all the time and wonder why their child is misbehaving. You can't
see people you want to see. You have to accept the company of disgusting people. "You have to do as I
say - no time to play around" (doingness); and you can't have even the simple pleasures of life, "because
girls don't like that". Forcing a child into a profession he doesn't want would be an example of enforced
beingness.

Basically you can help any person,

who sincerely wants to change or
improve. Helping pc's without a
self-determined or sincere desire
are prone to lead to losses and
sometimes a lot of troubles.
But the real test is: do
you have enough pc there?

Who Can the Auditor Help?

From a practical point of view, here is what we are interested in and what we can do something about
with CT. With Clearing Technology you can help people, who are sincerely interested in self betterment.
They have to be there on their own free will and have a personal hope and engagement in what you want
them to do. To try to handle somebody who is not there on their own determinism is not something you
should get yourself into. People may walk through your front door for auditing. If they are there sincerely
to get help you can help them a lot. But the point of the pc being there on his own determinism - and

258
willing to and motivated for receiving help - is an important one.
You may have a parent coming with a child, that has problems, and seeking your help. The first
thing you will have to do, before any auditing can be seen to work, is to motivate the child. It can be a
simple educational step. Sometimes you need to find something the person really has a personal interest
in changing (the person's 'Ruin', something that ruins the pc's life). When you find something like that
you can motivate the child effectively to take part actively and of its own free will. Auditing is set up to
be a very permissive approach to difficulties in life. You use your knowledge of the mind and difficulties
in life to get the pc to basically resolve his own difficulties. It really comes down to the basic formula,
called Auditors Trust. You may remember we had to establish a relationship where 'Auditor plus PC is
Greater than the PC's Bank' (Auditor+PC> Bank). We could have situations where the auditor, not
sticking to the Auditors Code, would work against this. We could get Auditor plus PC's Bank is Greater
than The PC (Auditor+Bank>PC).
When we talk PTS and SP this formula is also at work, but in a different way. You have to have
enough of a pc there to be able to audit and work with him. If you have a pc completely being his Bank,
meaning completely dramatizing its content, you would have Bank+PC> Auditor. There would be no
'Auditor Plus PC' because the pc is there with a completely different purpose than the auditor. In the
case of having an Antagonistic Terminal or an SP in the pc chair you will have no success. He will be
dead against what you are trying to do and will see you as an opponent or enemy. In the instance where
you have a PTS in the pc chair you will have to address his Present Time Problem with the Antagonistic
Terminal first and head on or your Auditor+PC>PC's Bank will never be stable enough - let alone the
PTP you are ignoring. The above can also be understood in the terms of being In-session. Unless the pc is
interested in his own case and willing to talk to the auditor he will not be in-session and auditing is not
taking place. (See also "Gross Auditing Errors" of CT-0).

Ethics
That is why a non-auditing handling is required as the first step when you deal with PTS. Ethics is a
subject of its own. It's not bound by the Auditors Code. Yet a good comm cycle and good control is
required. The philosophical definition of Ethics is "Considering and doing the greatest good for the
greatest number of dynamics".

Ethics on a practical
level is a bit of policing
and putting in enough discipline
to make the technology work.

When we take this down to a practical level of delivering auditing we can be more specific. We are doing
this activity as a profession or as a worthwhile activity and we want to succeed on as many pc's as
possible. We also want to avoid getting into disruptive situations, fights and wars. We want to succeed
and make the pc's we take on succeed. So ethics becomes the discipline around auditing and pc's that
makes this possible. It becomes the discipline and rules around the activity that ensure success. In this
respect it is defined this way:

1) The purpose of Ethics is to remove counter intentions from the environment. And having accomplished
that the purpose becomes to remove other-intentionedness from the environment. What we have then, in

259
Ethics, is a system of removing the counter-efforts to the activity.
2) All ethics is for, is that additional tool necessary to make it possible to get technology in. That's the
whole purpose of Ethics; to get technology in. When you've got technology in, that's as far as you carry
an Ethics action.
So here we have self-discipline and applying discipline to your pc's and associates and other people
approaching the activity. A good Ethics Officer is a good cop, regulating things with a firm hand and
impossible to fool. Tough but just. He points out wrong things the pc is doing in his life and demands him
to do practical changes. The pc may not like this at first, of course. But the idea is to get the pc in line so
he can be audited. Auditing will make pc stronger and smarter and the pc will realize how to handle
things more effectively and smoother on his own as a result of the auditing. So eventually he can put in
his own Ethics. The Group Ethics exists to puts enough discipline in to make technology work. You have
to send the hostile people away and cut them off. As far as your actual pc's are concerned you will have
to handle the hostile influences of such AT's and SP's so auditing can take place. When you have handled
that as well as you can, through addressing it in pc's life and have him actually do something about it, you
should have enough pc there to be able to audit him. So you audit him with PTS tech. When his PTS
condition is handled he can continue on his Grades.
This is the practical side of PTS tech and Ethics. You will have to be able to confront evil in one
form or the other and be willing and able to do something practical about it. You have to be able to see
things for what they are. Counter-intentions, other-intentions and all. A child sent there by their parents
may have no personal interest in auditing and may try to fool you or please you. Get him motivated and
educated enough to actually participate honestly. A possible pc may have complete false ideas of what
auditing is and what you are trying to do. Get the false data handled and get him educated to be enough
there, so Auditor+PC> Greater than the Bank is working for you in session. Auditing is a very
permissive activity. That makes it somewhat open to attacks and sabotage. You need a couple of good
and knowledgeable cops to keep up security and create a safe enough environment to make it all work.

PTS Phenomena
There are a number of case manifestations and phenomena that can be traced directly back to the
influence of AT's and SP's on the pc. This is so much the case so this is one of the very fist things to look
for and handle if you find them.

Roller-Coastering: A pc who gets better, then worse is said to "Roller-Coaster". This happens only when
the PTS person is connected to a person hostile or antagonistic to him or her or to what the PTS person is
doing. It can be an individual or a group expressing this hostility and disapproval. If such a relationship or
condition is unhandled that is the first thing to do something about. We know a pc will not make gains
over a Present Time Problem. If a PTS situation exists it is a Present Time Problem of magnitude and the
only thing that should be addressed until handled. No permanent gains or benefits can be achieved over
such a PTS situation.

Illness always has an

Getting better then worse
element
repeatedly
of PTS'ness. When
is the most common
this is handled
phenomenon
the pc will recover
that needs a PTS handling.
quickly.

260
Illness: All illness stem to a greater or lesser degree from a PTS Condition. A PTS person may of course
have a physical disease, a physical deficiency or a body condition that can be diagnosed and proven
medically. This also means it will not mysteriously 'blow' just because the pc has a cognition. It is after
all real. But one has to understand that he became prone to that deficiency or that medical illness because
he was PTS. Unless the PTS condition is addressed, no matter what nutrition or medication he may
receive, he may not recover very well. He will not recover permanently. The way illnesses develop and
run out seem to be a physical thing - and of course there is the medical side of this as any doctor can tell
you. So of course there are deficiencies, bacteria and viruses, as well as accidents and injuries. But the
strange fact is, that before these took hold or happened the pc went PTS. In other words, the PTS
condition sets the person up and predisposes him to illness. If he hadn't been PTS he would have been
immune to the bacteria or wouldn't have had his mind on other things or slipped leading to an accident.
Medical doctors, nutritionists and other health professionals talk in a not very clear way about the
"stress factor" and that stress can cause illness and malnutrition. They do not have any real tech regarding
"stress"; so they can observe the effects, but can't really do anything about it. Yet, they have this nagging
suspicion. Doctors of early 1900s used to recommend "seaside air" or "mountain air" for illnesses they
had a hard time to cure. They recommended the patient should travel to such a location to breathe in the
fresh air. The change of environment this would include was the little element that had some workability.
The patient would, hopefully, key out his PTS condition. Today practicing doctors do recognize "stress"
as an important factor in many illnesses and accidents. Well, you could say the PTS tech is the technology
of these "stress phenomena".
A person under stress is actually under suppression on one or more of his dynamics. If that
suppression is located and the person handles it (handle or disconnect) his condition will be seen to
improve suddenly. If he also handles Engrams, ARC breaks, problems, Overts and Withholds connected
with this and does it on four flows, full recovery is suddenly possible. That is how we handle the "stress
factor" in CT.

Mistakes and
Bacteria and viruses do exist,
accidents
but the "stress factor" (PTS'ness)
can routinely be
is what makes the pc open to
traced
their attacks. A pc in great
back to a PTS
condition is immune.
condition.

Accidents: Accidents can also routinely be traced back to a PTS condition. Accidents happen when
people are completely distracted. It happens when people feel depressed and on the verge of giving up. It
happens when people are emotionally upset. Accidents are usually preceded by the pc being subject to
suppression. If a pc has an accident this factor should be looked into.
Mistakes: The same could be said about mistakes. An accident is a stupid mistake of sorts. But not all
mistakes lead to accidents. Meaningless waste is one type of mistake you will run into. It can be
understood as a dramatization of the can't have-must have squeeze. The PTS person is dramatizing a
can't have on money or property on self or others. "Forgetfulness", oversights, blunders, etc. can also
routinely be traced back to an underlying PTS situation. Also, a tool of suppression is to put so much
pressure on the opponent so he feels he is out of time and options and makes mistakes as a result.

261
 A Robot "can do no wrong".
He has given over control
completely and is thus
"not responsible". SP's want
Robots and are often seen to
actively making employees,
or friends and family
members, into Robots.

Robotism: There is a state of case known as a Robotism. A robot is basically a machine operated by
others. When we talk about Robotism, we talk about a person that only operates when given orders. He
may crave orders to be under somebody else's control and avoid own responsibility. This state of affairs
can be brought about by suppression. If the person acts on his own he is severely punished. As a result of
this he 'only does what he is told'. It results in a person with very low responsibility and a slow and
inefficient way of getting things done. The phenomenon is in the band of 'Other-determinism' and the pc
is often seen to be 'Out of valence.' (Also frequent valence shifts can be observed on a PTS person. An
auditor doing the PTS RD on a pc will actually be able to observe valence shifts in session).
A PTS person will usually withhold himself from SP's, SP groups or things. But he will respond to the SP
as a Robot. He only takes orders from them. Sometimes he consequently does the opposite. That makes
him a malfunctioning Robot (such as can be found among rebellious teen-agers and covert opponents of a
tyranny). The PTS person's Overts and Withholds against the AT makes the situation worse and handling
the O/Ws is part of the solution.

Hidden Standards: A hidden standard is a problem a person thinks must be resolved before auditing can
be seen to have worked. It's a standard by which the pc judges the auditing or the auditor. If you find an
SP terminal on a case you are facing a chronic problem. The person is facing a counter-postulate from the
SP. It is a problem - a postulate-counter-postulate. So you have the pc against the AT.

If a guy can't see anything clearly

it can become a Hidden Standard.
When you follow this
disability back you are likely to
find the real SP on the case.

A hidden standard is always an old problem of long duration. It is a postulate - counter-postulate

situation. The source of the counter-postulate was suppressive to the pc. Therefore you will always run
into an Antagonistic Terminal by following a Hidden Standard back to when it began. At the bottom of
this you will find a suppressive to the pc. Also, if you go from the other end and trace back persons and
groups who were suppressive to the pc you will find a hidden standard coming into view.
The Roller Coaster Case is always connected to a suppressive person. The Roller Coaster is caused by the
hidden standard going into action. The pc may be fixated upon improving his eyesight. Unless that

262
improves his opinion is, that auditing didn't work for him. If you can find a present time suppressive on
the case, and trace that AT back to others earlier, you will at some point see the pc brighten up and out of
nowhere say that his eyesight suddenly improved. But you should also realize, that a person who has gone
clear is now a being with a new view of life and with this comes new hidden standards. Thus finding
suppressives on the case can be used at different times up the Grades.

Degraded Beings: There is a state of case known as Degraded Being. It is related to Robotism; it could
be said to be a severe case of this. The person is so PTS that he only works for suppressives. He is a sort
of super-continual PTS beyond the reach of a simple PTS handling. The degraded being is not necessarily
a bad being. He is simply so PTS and has been for so long that it requires the highest level of tech to undo
it. A very degraded being will Alter-is or refuse to comply in secret. He finds any instruction painful as he
has been painfully indoctrinated by violent means in the past. Therefore he Alter-is-es any order or
simply doesn't comply. As a result he is a bad worker in need of constant supervision and correction. A
degraded being is not a suppressive as he can have case gain. But he is so PTS that he works for
suppressives only. Degraded beings will usually instinctively resent, hate and seek to obstruct any person
in charge of anything, whether good or bad.

A person, who doesn't know

how to do things or how to fit
in may appear to be 'PTS',
but basic training and
getting familiar with things
may be what he really needs.

False PTS: False PTSness means the person displays symptoms of being PTS, but it does not resolve
with PTS tech. In this case a number of other factors should be looked into. As a matter of fact a skilled
Ethics Officer worth his title will always look over these 'other factors' as they cause the pc to go effect
of the environment or his own case and routinely are part of the whole picture. Not knowing one's duties,
basic skills and responsibilities can play a role. Ignorance of basics for handling life, such as ARC, the
comm cycle, handling a confusion, good manners and other things that will cause the environment to
come down on the pc. It can also be personal Out-ethics, which causes the pc to go effect of things and
his own mishandled messes in the environment. By teaching such a person the skills of his trade and how
to deal with people, pressures and confusions he will become enough cause and enough of a stable
terminal so he won't appear PTS any more. Basic training and possibly "Way to Happiness" auditing are
suggested actions.

BPC and PTS: Past bad auditing can make a pc sick. Whether it is an Out-list, unhandled and
restimulated Out-int or simply unflat processes and actions. The By-passed Charge can cause the illness
and needs to be found and handled; the pc will recover as a result. Whatever is the case should become
obvious from looking in the pc's folder and interviewing him or her. If there is no history of PTS this
should be suspected.

263
 A pc, who has A pretended PTS is
received bad or usually provoking
incomplete auditing his own 'condition' and
can get sick. antagonizing
The cure is to repair people around him with
and complete false statements,
the auditing - not bad work and gross
PTS tech. behavior.

Pretended PTS: A person goofing up can be a pretended PTS. He may display symptoms of a PTS and
explain away mistakes and goof-ups as a result of 'suppression'. A close examination will in many cases
reveal that he is hard at work himself. In other words, he is doing things and acts covertly and is trying to
cover up his Overts and Withholds as a result of 'his PTS'ness'. You may not catch this the first time
around. After all, he is trying to fool you and gain your sympathy too. You may do a PTS handling and a
clean-up and things seem fine. Then a short while later history repeats itself. In other words, the person
was actively goofing up or committing suppressive actions while pretending to be PTS. He was busy
making people around him feel PTS. While apparently the effect of suppression or people talking behind
his back, he was actually doing it himself: he was using 'Public relations', lies and false rumors to cover
up his own Overt acts. This can however be handled as well, but it is not a PTS situation and should be
handled with Fixated Purpose RD. He is doing malicious things covertly and 'going PTS' as a result.
When the fixated and evil purposes are handled he will become his own good self.

Summary
As you can see there are rules and exceptions in all this. If you see a case that betters and worsens (a
Roller Coaster) it is safe to assume the pc is connected to a suppressive person and will not get steady
gains until the suppressive is found on the case or the basic suppressive person earlier.
A case that doesn't get well is a Potential Trouble Source. To auditors, to others, to himself. You can't
successfully audit that pc because there is a hidden standard, a suppressive, an antagonistic terminal, or
the pc is doing things that is Out-ethics and is trying to cover them up. When you start to investigate and
interview and work with the person it should soon become clear what the real trouble is.
The typical action is to find the suppressive influence, make the pc handle or disconnect. Then audit the
pc on the situation, if needed, and he is up and running.

264
 Troubles After Going Exterior

Happily exterior Stuck in head - afraid Urge to leave, headaches

"The Interiorization-Exteriorization Rundown" was first released in 1970. It resolved a problem that for
years had troubled pc's and auditors. It had been a major goal of Scn to be able to exteriorize a pc from
his body. That's the 'out of body experience' - the pc as a spirit moving out and seeing it all from above
or whatever. The basic early theory was, that this would enable him to separate himself from a major
source of aberration (his body) and enable him to straighten out his Bank on his own and get reoriented as
a spiritual being. When exteriorization happened, pc's would routinely have major cognitions as they
realized their spiritual nature. After all, this has been a major goal for many, many spiritual teachers and
practices throughout the ages to do just that.

Exteriorization has been an

age-old goal for Man and many
religious and spiritual activities.

Buddhism, Francis of Assisi, remote viewing, theosophy, shamanism and countless others have all been
into that. Ron Hubbard's technique for exteriorization was at the time (1950s) called "One Shot Clear".
This was described in his book, "Dianetics® 55!" and elsewhere. But this elated state could quickly be
followed by all kinds of symptoms - from headaches, to fear or even terror, to claustrophobia ('afraid of
going into things') to a general feeling of restimulation. This last could be seen on a Meter as a
chronically high TA. "You couldn't get the pc out of his head, not even with a can opener after that", was
the description at the time of the late 1950s.

Symptoms of Out-Int: Headaches, odd body aches and pains. Effort, Pressures from environment. It can
also be unwillingness to go into things, down to a physical back-off (claustrophobia). An urge to leave
can also sometimes be traced back to Out-Int. The main symptom is high TA at session start or TA up at
265
Examiner after EP at session end. Not all Out-Int cases suffer from high TA, but all who have high TA
after lots of auditing should first of all be checked for having been audited past exterior.

Exteriorization could lead to

a condition where the pc was
worse off. "You couldn't get
the pc out of his head
- not even with a can opener".
This is now called Out-int.

It was thus found, that pc's in many cases (but not all) could be very difficult to audit after such an
exteriorization had taken place. It was especially true after processes which tried to bring it about too
quickly. To be exterior has been an age old goal of Man in his desire for spiritual freedom, so it was no
wonder that it was pushed at the time. But due to the case problems it brought about it was abandoned as
a usable technique and direct goal for processing. Since it is still a very fundamental cognition for any
being to realize that he isn't his body, but a spiritual being, there was obviously something unresolved in
the whole complexity of the situation. At the time (1956 and forward) it was kept under control by not
going for the goal of exteriorization directly and if it happened, simply stop auditing the pc for a while. It
also became clear that there wasn't any single button or one magic repetitive command that could bring
about any desirable state of One Shot Clear. It was a dream, that was abandoned. It was realized that it
took dozens of processes and it took TA action, TA action, TA action to get enough charge off a case so
he honestly and with benefit for himself, could reach the state of Clear. But pc's were still going exterior
in processing and it is still considered a big win. This can routinely happen as early as on Objective
processes.

It takes lots of TA action to get to

the state of Clear. There isn't any
"Magic Bullet" or one single
command that somehow can do that.
The 'One Shot Clear' of the early
1950s was a dream that
proved unsuccessful.

Exteriorization
Let's define our terms. Exteriorization is defined as the act of moving out of the body with or without
full perception. It is the fact of this act which proves that the individual is not a body but a spiritual being.
Ron Hubbard was first able to bring this about through processing in 1952. It proved beyond any question
the existence of the thetan, that the individual was a thetan, not a body. It disproved that Man was an
animal or simply a body run by a brain. He was a spiritual being, timeless and deathless.

266
 Exteriorization is the act of
moving out of the body with
or without full perception.
The pc realizes he is not
a body as a result of that.

The Int Rundown

In 1970 a breakthrough was made. Ron Hubbard came up with a solution to the symptoms sometimes
caused by exteriorization. Two remedies or Rundowns were developed and refined over the next number
of years. His work on the matter was concluded in 1978. The two Rundowns that came out of this are:
Engrams Int Rundown: This was the original Interiorization Rundown. (We call it Engrams Int RD).
This RD uses Engram running with R3RA procedure, Engram running by Chains. It's use is however
restricted, as became all use of Engram running after discoveries of 1981. It was found, that people could
go Clear on Engram running. This was of course great news, but it also meant, that one should not audit
people on Engrams after this major state was attained. Furthermore, Engram Clearing became a Grade
after Grade 4. In other words you would not usually use Engram running before Grade 4 was completed
and you would not use it after the pc went Clear. In reality that restricted the use of Engram running to a
very small percentage of pc's outside the Engram Clearing level.
Recall Int Rundown: "The End of Endless Interiorization Repair RD" was the other Rundown. We
call it "Recall Int RD". This Rundown uses only recall techniques to handle the matter. It was originally
released as a remedy to handle sometimes recurring problems with Interiorization after the running of the
above Engrams Int RD. Recall Int RD has however routinely become the first choice and has by far
become the most used technique to handle the condition with. This came about, as mentioned, because
the use of Engram running became very limited and restricted after 1981. The writings on exteriorization
and Interiorization and the handling of Out-Int were written up and collected into the Interiorization
Rundown Series. The present chapter is based on those papers. In this chapter we cover the general theory
of the subject and the exact procedure of End of Endless Interiorization-Exteriorization Repair RD - or
the "Recall Int RD" for short.

Basic Theory
As described above it was known for a number of years that if you audited a person after he exteriorized
you would often get a high TA, a pc with somatics, headaches and an upset case. Due to this it was
considered better to simply stop to audit him for an extended period of time after he had exteriorized. To
audit him anyway was found to be the main reason for such pc's having troubles. This seemed a very
tricky state of affairs. Persons who exteriorize on lower Grades still needed their upper Grades. On the
other hand, if you go ahead and audit them it may mess them up. This placed a restriction on auditing; the
person would still have aberrations and somatics, but the fact that he had exteriorized would block the
road.

Exteriorization
Exteriorization is the act of moving out of the body with or without full perception. It was this act which
proved that the individual is not a body but a spiritual being. It proved beyond any question that a human
being is basically a thetan, the individual is his own spiritual self, not a body. It also disproved that Man
was an animal or simply a body run by a brain. He was a spiritual being, timeless and deathless.

267
 Techniques had actually existed since 1952 on how to exteriorize a thetan. These fell out of use
because (a) a person, still aberrated and not Clear, would soon return to his body and (b) when audited
after that had trouble. Exteriorization is a major problem a thetan sometimes has at death. "How do I
exteriorize?" He will make it eventually, of course, but he should be able to do that without problems.
It also seemed illogical that a person would be hard to audit just because he had exteriorized recently
and then re-interiorized. Looking at the whole-track of a thetan he has obviously done it over and over.
The thetan leaving the body happened at every death. And at every birth he went into and picked up a
body and he must have gone through that millions of times in his whole-track existence. So why should a
recent exteriorization make him hard to audit? Yet it did.

Engram Behavior
The answer to this riddle was gotten from reviewing some basics. It was known from Engram running by
Chains, that if you continue to only run the last part of an incident (one which actually has an earlier
beginning) the situation does not resolve. If the earlier beginning is ignored the TA will go up, meaning
more mass is being restimulated.

Unless you get to the very bottom

of things - like the earlier beginning
- the thing isn't handled completely.
It is like not getting the tip of the roots
of a weed you want to remove

The reason for this is, that you only can resolve a Chain completely by getting the earlier incident or the
earlier beginning. "Earlier" is where the BPC will be found. That is where the seed that built up the
charge was planted. The tip of the roots. The earlier beginning of the incident was what held it in place -
or possibly an earlier incident. Thus if you only ran the end of incidents you would get a high TA and no
erasure (As-is). If you only ran incidents late on a Chain of incidents you would get a high TA. Pc's get
uncomfortable, feel under pressure, when their TA is high (above 3.5 and up). If you don't erase incidents
or Chains of incidents when auditing (or at least key them out as in Recall release) you get a chronical
high TA.
From Auditors Rights you may remember, high TA is due to having been "overrun" on something.
That is however a simplified explanation. The truth is that a pc with high TA has been run on something
that didn't erase. The 'something' has an earlier beginning that was not detected or there was an earlier
incident. This also happens in life. A person has Engrams on a certain subject. Simply by going through
living, new incidents and restimulations will happen and be added to a Chain until something is "overrun"
or done too often. The TA, if it was checked, would be found to be high. The position of the TA shows
mental mass. This mass shows up by its electrical resistance. The Meter basically measures 'Ohms' (unit
for electrical resistance). It is a measurement for the trouble electricity has in passing through something.
The more resistance the more Ohms. This is seen on the Meter by the TA reading high. In other words,
you can restimulate the end of an incident. If the beginning of it is never touched then you will just
accumulate more and more mass.

268
 Before the Genie got into the
bottle he was outside. The
earlier beginning to being in
the bottle was going into it.

The Missed Beginning

What was happening here is, that there was a fascination with exteriorization. As a result everybody
concentrated on Exteriorization. But the simple fact is: If one is in something, he must have gotten into it.
Therefore the beginning of an exteriorization is the Interiorization. The being went into something before
he went out of it. Exteriorization occurs at death. That's an Engram. Interiorization occurs at birth, that's
an Engram. So when somebody goes exterior it is actually likely he keys-in having gone interior in the
first place. That's the mechanism in play.
When you exteriorize somebody, or he exteriorizes during auditing, he gets something restimulated
at the same time. The earlier incidents and earlier beginnings get restimulated. Without having addressed
the earlier part of going into the body he is being put in the last part (exteriorization) of an incident which
began with Interiorization. Not only are you touching on something (exteriorization) late on a Chain
which has millions of incidents earlier, you are also touching on something which is late in the incident -
the incident began with Interiorization. As you can see, there are two factors that both contribute to the
TA to go high.

The Remedy
This is remedied by auditing out Interiorizations - meaning times the person went in. In doing the Int
handling different wordings for 'going in' are checked and handled for charge. These different wordings
are called the Int Buttons. When all this charge connected with Interiorization is handled the pc can be
audited all he needs and wants after exteriorization.

Auditing out the Interiorization handles it and restores the pc so he can be audited after a recent
exteriorization. This can be done either with the Engram Int RD - using R3RA, Engram running by
Chains. Engrams are run to 'Erasure' (As-is-ness of basic incidents). This is the most permanent
handling. But the problem is, the use of R3RA is very restricted for technical reasons. It can also be done
with the Recall Int RD - using Recall processes and getting the pc to a state of release on the subject. This
is less permanent but usually quite effective. Any future troubles that might show up are easy to handle as
you don't have to worry about repairing Engram running, but simply can handle new restimulations with
more recall.

More Data on Int

There are some further data which you should know about Out-Int and flows. Basically, Int is a pile-up of
stuck flows and prior incidents. There is a stuck flow of keep going in, going in, going in. It is an
obsessive mechanism. The pile of the pc's Int incidents on the track - especially the Engrams - make up a
trigger mechanism which puts him into them. When you restimulate the incidents the Bank command is
"Go in!". But It is really an energy flow. That it contains real energy can be seen on the high TA. These
'Earlier beginnings' must be audited out and be blown, before you're through with Int. Unless you do that
the pc will still have that trigger mechanism there. Restimulate "in" and these earlier beginnings show up.
269
The trigger itself is based on stuck flows being somewhat loosened up. You have a two directional flow
working on him - he wants to get out. The Bank mechanism, when restimulated, puts him back in.

Out-int is the stuck flow of

The Out-int mechanism is like
keep going into things. This
a rubber band being stretched.
flow has a lot of energy to it
It pulls the pc back in.
that can keep the thetan stuck.

The stickiness doesn't show up until he suddenly gets blown out. The two flows will now work against
each other. The "Go in" is like a solid rubber band that is getting stretched. There is a flow and a counter-
flow working against each other. Originally they were frozen solid into a ridge. When you start to take
that apart you can expect it to sizzle for a while. The ridge is somewhat like a traffic jam on a busy road.
When it gets unstuck there is heavy traffic in both directions before the road is finally cleared. But to the
pc it may be more like a rubber band pulling him back in. When all this is handled the rubber band effect
is handled too. Example: The way this mechanism works in auditing could be, a pc may blow out of his
head with F/N, VGIs on Thursday. But he has not erased the basic on 'going in'. He went out on a
'reaction flow' (getting blown out) on Thursday. On Monday he comes in with his TA at 4.8. What has
happened is the unstuck flow has triggered the opposite direction. He's now being dragged back in on a
'reaction flow' (going in). That is the rubber band effect. If you just give him regular auditing he will
plow in deeper. You see, he is still standing in the middle of a busy highway as far as Bank particles are
concerned. All the traffic has to be handled before he is in the clear to go anywhere else. So you've got to
handle his Int fully.
One reason we early on got so many Int repairs was, that in many of these repair cases the pc never
ran it deep enough. He could get a key-out but not get the basic charge. You see, you have to run out the
energy in these flows - just by carrying on with the process long enough - of course.
In the early 1950s there was an exteriorization command which was "Try not to be three feet back of
your head," and it exteriorized people (a "One shot Clear" command). But what it did was simply unstick
the flow and send the person out of his head. All too often the counter-flow would put him back in and in
a worse condition. He would be really stuck in his head now. You're likely to get the same result if you
run Int Recall just to one F/N. You give the command " Recall a time.... and boom, he's out, F/N VGI's.
But he hasn't run the energy out of it or run the basic incident on Int. This is the mechanism that led to
that it had to be handled repeatedly. It was simply not run deep enough and there was still energy left to
trigger him in one or the other direction.

Time as a Stuck Flow

There is another phenomenon that can occur when running Int. Time itself can be a stuck flow. You will
run into a number of pc's who can't move back on the Time Track more than minutes. They are 'stuck'
on the stuck flow of time. Such a pc may F/N very quickly on a few recall commands. He may run
shallow and only run a few Locks and get an F/N quickly. Then suddenly he hits the time machine button
and goes way backtrack. The flow is reversed and he doesn't fire out of his head - he fires backwards on
the Time Track. This is a reactive mechanism. And you'll have Out-Int repeating itself all over again.
That's the rest of the mechanism.

270
 Time itself can become a stuck
flow. The pc can't go very far
back. Then suddenly he is
catapulted into the distant past.

So you just have to know about these things and realize there is a certain amount of force of flows
involved and it has to be worked out fully before all the frozen up energy is gone. It will eventually be
audited out. You handle the incidents and you dissolve the obsessive stuck flow of going in, and you have
the EP of Int. The EP is not going exterior, but simply having no trouble with going into things.

A Spectacular EP
It can also happen, in some cases while auditing the flow, that the whole phenomena gets unstuck enough
to 'erase itself', so to speak. It can be seen on the Meter as a big Blowdown of the Tone Arm and an F/
Ning TA. You have to keep moving the TA up and down to put the needle on 'Set'. This means that the
whole stuck flow phenomena of Out-Int suddenly got unstuck and ran itself out in a matter of seconds.
Should that happen at any point you have hit the EP of the action and you would end off right there.
Thereafter, the pc will usually have no more trouble or concern with Int.
The safest, when possible, is to enter the Int Rundown by running Engrams to begin with, and
running only Engrams on the Int Rundown with R3RA. We had better run the Engram Chains and their
basics out first and then, if repair is needed, repair them with Recalls, using the Recall Int RD. But due to
the limited use of R3RA this is seldom possible.

More on Recalls
Running Int with Recalls has its liabilities. As you only run to key-out you can't know for sure if you got
it all. In the Recall Int RD this problem is handled by the special way of assessing and rechecking for
unhandled charge. Then wait a week and check again.
But there are also definite advantages in using Recalls as the tool. You do not have to worry whether the
pc should or should not be run on Engrams for one reason or another. Any pc can be audited by the Recall
method as given here. The Rundown was originally a repair process but it has proven itself to be the
most universal method of handling Out-Int. It can be run on Clears and above to handle any Out-Int. It
can also be used to handle Out-Int on pc's not educated in or ready for Engram running. The use of
Recalls is also ideal in the handling of repair of Int, when it is necessary, after an Engrams Int Rundown
has been done. The Recall Int Rundown gives the exact method for Assessment of the Int buttons and
flows and running these with recalls as a repair action. And here we get a smooth run on the recall flows
and the resolving of any Int troubles.

271
 Dating & Locating Incidents

Dating is the action the auditor takes to help the pc spot the exact time something happened.
Locating is the action the auditor takes to help the pc spot the exact place something happened.
The essence of Date/Locate is to bring the pc out of a past incident and bring him into present time by
erasing the Date by spotting it. And then erasing the Location by spotting it. The pc was out of the present
(PT) and fixed by both date and location of the incident or event. Understand this simple point and you
will have no trouble with Date/Locate or have much need for a rote procedure.
A number of his attention units were fixated in the past - still trying to resolve a past event or
incident. It can be an engramic incident, which left the pc frozen in terror or overwhelmed by the
emotional content, or a threat to his survival at the time. But the process itself is simply to Date and
Locate anything on the pc's track - near or far, good or bad. It is a fast and highly precise action. It is a
very direct way of dealing with such images, events and incidents. It needs to be done smoothly and with
good TRs. The results can be very swift and remarkable.

Uses
On a practical level, D/L is typically used as a handling for different situations brought to light on
correction lists. It can be used as a special rehab process. In this case you pinpoint a release point or win
in the pc's auditing and put any wondering in his mind to rest. But you can also handle moments of loss
and trauma and unstick the pc from various other stuck points on the Time Track. It is also used to
correct wrong dates and locations found in earlier auditing. The auditor will in many processes ask
casually when and where something took place. Sometimes pc's can get hung up on that if it was wrong
in some way. In all these instances the pc will have his attention hung up on stuck points and finding the
exact 'when' and 'where' will unstick him from them.

272
 Finding the exact time on the
pc's track unsticks the pc's
fixed attention units and he
can As-is the stuck moment.
A stuck viewpoint of the past
is getting a "wake-up call".

Picture: Pc stuck in incident

as Roman soldier, now
given a wake-up call.

Background
A pc can have many confusions about time. He can have a wrong date for an incident. He can have two
incidents mixed up so they are collapsed into one in his mind. He can think the one happened before the
other (such as the effect incident happened before the cause incident). But worst of all, he can be
completely stuck in an incident and believe it is still happening right now. He is viewing things from that
stuck point in time. By dating that exactly you will blow such a stuck point of view. The pc will
experience it as a sudden blow or disappearance of mental mass.

A person can be completely

stuck in a past incident and a
past viewpoint so he thinks
it is happening right now.

Picture: Business man stuck in past incident.

He may think and act momentarily
as if he lived in the time of the Crusades.

With the Locate step you handle the stuck viewpoint of location. That is exactly where the pc was and
viewed it from when it happened. You may ask: If you have dated an incident to a Blow, is there anything
left to blow on the Locate step? The answer can be found in Axiom 38: "... Truth is the exact time, place,
form and event.... Thus we see that the discovery of Truth would bring about an As-is-ness by actual
experiment." When you put in the Locate step you blow the stuck Location (place) as well. Occasionally
the whole thing can blow on the Dating step alone. In D/L you deal with exact point of view and do not
pay attention to 'form and event' as you would in other processes. By dating and locating, getting the
exact time and place a specific event happened, the pc is able to blow the mass and energy connected with
the incident.

Taken to Blow
Both the Date step and the Locate step are taken to "Blow". It is defined this way:
Definition of blow: The sudden dissipation of mass in the mind with an accompanying feeling of
relief.
This definition must be understood by both auditor and pc. It is cleared with the pc before beginning the
Date/Locate steps. Have the pc demo it, using a demo kit as needed. A blow is a definite manifestation.
Vital data for the auditor is that the pc must say "Something blew" or "It disappeared" or "It's gone" or "It
vanished," not simply "I feel lighter. " It can also be demonstrated by the auditor this way: The auditor
273
puts his hand on the pc's arm. The pc will feel the light pressure. Then the auditor removes his hand and
the pc will notice the lack of pressure. That demonstrates a Blow.

Meter Dependence
During Dating/Locating the pc is on the Meter but the auditor is primarily interested in the pc's answers.
He merely keeps an eye on the Meter as well. He does not go into Meter dating or Meter locating unless
the pc himself gives up. A pc can be made more dependent on the Meter or can be made less dependent of
the Meter. This depends upon the auditor. If the auditor "asks the Meter" all the time he and the pc get
more and more dependent. If the pc's case is improving he will become more in-dependent of the Meter.
That is what you want to see.
The rule is: Use the Meter to find dates - but only after the pc has been unable to come up with the date.
The same principle applies to the Locate steps.

Time
You are using a system of measurement of time to date anything. There are various systems for this. But
time is basically a postulate or consideration so there is no absolute right system. It can be measured in
terms of years ago. It can be measured by year, month and day (2001 AD, September 11). These two
systems are the common ones for this planet. The term "year" is an Earth term. It is the time it takes
planet Earth to complete an orbit around the sun. In larger whole track dates different systems were used.
The whole point is to use the system the pc is using. You want to blow a past time the pc is stuck in. And
the pc will very often use the dating system of the time period he is stuck in. It doesn't matter what
system of time measurement the pc uses. It is important that the auditor accepts the pc's data. That means
he uses the system the pc is using and he doesn't try to change it.

The auditor accepts

the time measurement
system the pc uses and
does not try to change it.
If it was "one million hour
glasses ago", that's fine.

First you simply ask the pc, "When was it?". He may tell you in terms of "years ago" or "weeks ago." Or
he may say "It was 1792" or "It was the 24th of May 1492." Or he may come up with an earlier track
system of dating. Either way, you take it and if he has said "Exactly at Midnight on March 12, 1918" you
don't then ask "How many years ago?" He basically just told you and your question would be a form of
not accepting his data by trying to alter the dating system the pc is using.
Rule: You accept and use the dating system the pc is using.
It is a very remarkable thing that a pc can figure out in years when something happened earlier than this
planet. The pc has some sort of mental computer that can do this. But there is no point in trying to get the
pc to convert a date to some other system. When the pc has it the auditor sticks to the pc's exact
statement. He calls it back by that system (time ago or by date). To call it back is an indication. You use
the pc's exact wording when doing that.

Implant dates
Implant dates are dates which were implanted in the pc's mind by various bad practices of the whole-

274
track. They were implanted to mess up the pc's sense of time. Usually they only give small reads while
actual dates read well. If you suspect that you are getting false dates out of an implant you Meter check
"Implant date?" and you will get a read. After that is indicated the false implant date will no longer read.
The actual date will read well. Meter-check this:

a) a false date from an implant?

b) an actual date?
and the Meter will tell which and you indicate that to the pc.

Location
On the Locating step you use direction and distance. Just as time is basically a consideration, so is
distance. And there are many systems of measuring distance, both on this planet and earlier on the track.
Distance can be measured in miles, kilometers, light-years, etc. There are even many different types of
'Miles', Nautical Miles, American Miles, Danish Miles and even Metric Miles (10 kilometers, used in
Sweden). In one whole-track space civilization, intergalactic distances were measured in terms of how
long the distance took to travel for a particular type of spaceship called a Hylan; intergalactic distances
were measured by the number of "days of Hylan space flight." Pc's have a tendency to use the system that
was used at the time of the past location that he is stuck in. Just as a pc can use a sort of mental computer
to convert whole track dates into "years ago," he can also mentally convert some distances into "miles" or
"kilometers". But the auditor will never ask him to do so.
Rule: You accept and use the distance system the pc is using.
And once the pc has stated the distance the auditor sticks to the pc's exact statement. He calls it back by
that system. To call it back is an indication. You use the pc's exact wording when doing that.

You locate the exact past

location from where the pc
is. You find direction and
distance, using the pc's
system of measurement.
It can be next door
or galaxies away.
Pc can also give it in
relation to landmarks

Locating Step
As in dating the auditor may have to help the pc with the Meter. But the auditor never starts to Meter-
check unless the pc can't get it by himself. Sometimes you get the blow early in the procedure, on the
direction step alone or on the pc realizing it happened somewhere else, or "not here" or "Australia" or
whatever. The auditor must be alert for the BD and F/N and ask the pc if it blew. To go on is an overrun
and messy as it already blew. If you don't get a blow on finding the direction and distance, you will
usually get a blow on calling the location back to the pc as an indication. If not, suspect an error in the
direction or distance - or the auditor altered it in calling it back. In locating, the auditor is getting the past
physical location of the incident. The auditor gets the direction, distance, what galaxy, star, planet,
country, etc. In this way he pinpoints it to the exact location in space where it happened. In drilling and
doing the procedure, remember this: it is not done rotely; one uses the questions that apply.
For example, if it occurred "next door" one would not ask "What planet?". If the pc on the dating

275
step has said it's "two years ago" you wouldn't go on and ask "What galaxy?" when locating the same
incident, of course. If the incident happened outside a town in the open you wouldn't ask what city,
house, street or room, either. You use common sense and ask the questions that apply. The auditor does
not try to run incidents or Engrams at the same time he is doing the Locate step. It is simply location.
Where? What? How far?
(Joke. As they say in real estate: Location, location, location!). If there is no instant blow when the
location is fully spotted and it seems correct, the location is called back to the pc. It usually blows when it
is called back to the pc after it is known.

Two Separate Drills

There are two drills for both dating and locating. Which one is used depends upon pc's ability to find and
give the data. The first drill is where the pc gives the data. The second drill is where the auditor has to use
the Meter to get all the data. As with all processing, the pc's ability will increase as you go along; the
auditor must be alert for this and change from Meter dating and locating to only have to accept and take
the pc's data. It can also happen that a pc who was able to find and give the data may run into something
heavy and in need of assistance. The rules are:
Never use the Meter if the pc can find the data by himself. Never let the pc struggle if he can't find
it by himself. Never use the Meter to challenge or 'correct' the pc's data.

276
 Part Eight:

Level Five,
Engram Clearing
 Level 5 - Engram Clearing

The entry point in Engram Clearing are the aches, pains, etc. loosely listed in
illustration. The end result is a well and happy human being and, routinely, the State of
Clear.

The Engram Clearing Level contains all the data needed to do Engram Running by Chains with the
process known as R3RA. CT-5 starts with a Primer, giving the most basic definitions of Engram Running
and a short history of the subject.
Besides covering modern Engram running and all aspects of the process R3RA there is a chapter
about Engram Running, 1950 Style. It gives the exact procedure for running Engrams as they were
originally run. As this technique is quite workable and still in wide use, we hope it serves as an
inspiration for actually using that technique. The advantage, you could say, is its simple, easy to learn and
does not require the use of a Meter. Thus it has often be taught in week end seminars to people
completely new to the subject. Such a seminar could probably be put together from included materials
and the book, "Dianetics®, The Modern Science of Mental Health".
Also included in this level (and in the C/S section) are the exact rules and laws needed for C/Sing
Engram Clearing and Engram running at any point. Engram running was originally done before Grade 0.
Several Rundowns, such as PTS RD, Service Computation RD, Green Form 40 Expanded, Interiorization
RD and different Assists include options using R3RA, Engram Running by Chains. It's up to the C/S to
determine if the R3RA processes should be included in a particular pc's program.

279
 Engram Clearing - Primer

Short History and Primer of Engram running

A Time Machine may be fantasy;

but Time Travel into the distant past
gets a new meaning with Engram
running. The pc is returned to incidents
of his past and made to relive them
with all the original perceptions. He can
recover past experiences
with an amazing number of details.

Engram Running: Techniques used to run Engrams with. Also the activity of applying these techniques to
a pc.
Engram Clearing: This is CT Grade 5 - Engram Clearing. It uses Engram running by Chains, Routine-3-
RA as its main process.

"The Reactive Mind consists of

Pictures".
It is full of recordings of bad experiences
and incidents. These are very accurately
recorded but hard to reach.

The types of incidents are:

Engrams:
A 'film clip' in the mind of an accident
is a typical Engram. Here a motor
cycle accident. The victim recorded
what happened - even when
'unconscious'. It contains Pain and
Unconsciousness.

Engram
is a mental image picture of an experience containing pain, unconsciousness, and a real or fancied threat to
survival. It is a recording in the Reactive Mind of something which actually happened to an individual in
the past and which contained pain and unconsciousness, both of which are recorded in the mental image
picture called an Engram. It must, by definition, have impact or injury as part of its content. The Engram is
a complete recording, down to the last accurate detail, of every perception present in a moment of partial or
full unconsciousness.
 Secondaries:
A 'film clip' in the mind
of a loss - like one's motor cycle
stolen and damaged.
It contains Loss and Mis-emotion.

A Secondary is a mental image picture of a moment of severe and shocking loss or threat of loss which
contains misemotion such as anger, fear, grief, apathy or "deathfulness." It is a mental image picture
recording of a time of severe mental stress. It may contain unconsciousness.

Locks:
A 'film clip' in the mind of a
reminder of the Engram or Secondary.
Here the red scooter restimulates the pc's
bad experiences with motor cycles.
It's a Reactive Reminder.

Lock
A mental image picture of an incident where one was knowingly or unknowingly reminded of a Secondary
or Engram. It does not itself contain a blow or a burn or impact and is not any major cause of misemotion. It
does not contain unconsciousness. It may contain a feeling of pain or illness, etc., but is not itself the source
of it. A Lock is a mental image picture of a non-painful but disturbing experience the person has
experienced and which depends for its force on an earlier Secondary and Engram which the Lock-
experience has restimulated.

Engram Running:
When you run an incident the pc is made
to relive each 'film clip' in great detail.
You usually have to run a Chain of
incidents going back in time. You run one
incident, find an earlier one; run that one,
etc., until you find the first one...

A Chain is a series of incidents of similar nature or similar subject matter. A Chain of incidents is a whole
adventure or activity related by the same subject, general location or people, understood to take place in a
finite time period, weeks, months, years or even billions or trillions of years. Each incident (such as "a time
you rode your motor cycle") is a short period, but related to earlier incidents. Together they make up one
Chain.

281
 Erasure:
Going down a Chain of Incidents
and going through the Basic
Engram many times will rub it
out and empty it for reactive content.
It has been erased and the Chain is
gone.

Erase
To go over an engramic recording repeatedly until it has vanished entirely. There is a distinct difference
between reducing an incident and an erasure. Erasure is accomplished when you find the earliest part of the
earliest incident on a Chain and get the postulate the pc made at the time.
When the postulate comes off the incident will be erased. (The incident can still be remembered, but now it
is an analytical experience).

Short History
1950 - Engram running was first released to the public in Ron Hubbard's best-selling book, "Dianetics®,
the Modern Science of Mental Health." Students flocked to this new activity and was taught to audit Locks,
Secondaries and Engrams on each other. The method taught in the book is still in use as it is quite effective
and easy to teach. Originally the pc would lie on a couch, psycho-analysis style. No Meter was used.

Engram running in 1950

was originally done
with the pc lying down
psycho-analytic style.

1951 - Ron Hubbard discovered, that "past lives" could be contacted with Engram techniques. Later many
other techniques were developed and Engram running went out of use.
1952 - The book "A History of Man" was released. It is an amazing account of Man's history as it can be
viewed through auditing. Many pre-Earth incidents were contacted and mapped out.
1959 - The book, "Have you lived before this Life?" was released. The book contains a detailed record of
incidents contacted in Engram running by many different pc's. Engram running had a short renaissance
around this time, but went out of use again.
1963 - There was some work with dating Engrams and find their duration as a method of contacting whole-
track incidents. It later (1969) became part of Routine 3R, Engram running by Chains.
1966 - Engram running. An updated version of Engram running per "Dianetics®, the Modern Science of
Mental Health" was released. It was taught to new student auditors as a way to get familiar with auditing
and the mechanics of the mind. Running Secondaries and Engrams were early auditing actions, done on
new pc's.

282
 With Engram running using
R-3-R (1969) and later R-3-RA
(1978) the Time Track suddenly
opened up to most pc's. The Time
Track is the complete picture
record of the pc's past.

1969 - Standard Dianetics® was released and was a big 'Hit' for a number of years. It was audited as the
first major Grade on relatively new pc's. It was done before Grade 0. Routine 3-R, Engram running by
Chains was the central process used. Many different ways of locating Chains to run were used. Auditors
were assessing for emotions, feelings, somatics, pains, aches and attitudes connected to a subject in
question. Such a sensation, etc. could be tracked down on an Engram Chain until the basic incident was
contacted. By going through the basic incident many times it would erase. The mental image picture,
containing that particular somatic, etc. would be 'rubbed out' or erased (As-is-ed in the language of the
Axioms). Subjects used could be use of drugs, study, and many others. The most important tool in finding
Chains was a general listing of these somatics and attitudes on the so-called Health Form. Any way Chains
could be located was of interest. Pc's would quickly contact the whole-track and the tales around the
activity were amazing, entertaining, unbelievable and sometimes enlightening.
1974 - Expanded Dianetics® was released. The central process, R-3-R, was here used to handle evil
purposes. These could be traced back in time on an Engram Chain and the basic incident found and erased,
causing the evil purpose to As-is.
1978 - NED - New Era Dianetics®
was released. The central process was an update of R-3-R, now called R-3-RA. One of the major changes
was going for the Postulate in the basic incident. It was found there was a basic postulate behind an
engramic Chain that actually held it in place. The rule was "Postulate off = Erasure". NED uses Meter
Assessment to a large extent. This makes it a very precise and fast action compared to Standard Dianetics,
but it also demands excellent Meter skills on the part of the auditor.

Postulate off=Erasure
was the big discovery in 1978.
Unless you get to the very bottom
of things - like the earlier beginning
- the thing isn't handled completely.
When you get to the tip of the roots
and get the postulate off you are done!
You have "completely removed
the whole root system of the weed".

1981 - Dianetics® Clear. It was also found, that a majority of pc's would actually go Clear on running
Dianetics. This had apparently happened in great number since 1969 (and even earlier on 1950 style). When
this was clearly established it sorted out a lot of problems, confusions and mystery cases. Pc's audited on
Engrams after attaining Clear had run into a lot of problems and odd phenomena. Following this discovery
NED was made into a Grade done after Grade 4. Its use became more restricted as it was now recognized it
was better done on pc's after their Ability Grades 0-4.

Ability Grades Versus Engram Running

One of the major differences between the Grade processes of 0-4 and Engram running is, that most Grade 0-
4 and repair processes take the subject to a state of key-out or release, while Engram running erases the
283
basic incident and the postulate behind the difficulty. When something is taken to key-out only, it may key
in again later and again bother the pc. But with the gradient approach of doing the Grades 0-4 first and then
Engram running the pc is ensured wins all the way and final victory in the form of the state of Clear.

Ability Clearing; Positive Engram Clearing;

Big Bank - Small PC Gains: Increased ability. Negative Gains: erasing
something has to be done! PC gets bigger. Bank things. Bank made smaller.
keys out and seems small. PC seems bigger.

The Ability Clearing, Grades 0-4, concentrates on increasing the pc's abilities. They go for positive gain (as
a rule). It makes the pc bigger. Engram running erases the negative incidents and disabilities caused by
them. That is progress by 'absence of barriers' and disabilities - often called 'Negative gain'. It makes the
Bank smaller. Both approaches are necessary for optimum gains.

Recall Versus Returning

Engram Clearing has its own set of Axioms, the Dianetics® Axioms of 1951. But in terms of the 1954 Scn
Axioms, listed in CT-0 the difference between Engram running and recall can be understood this way:
1. Recall: Pc is made to communicate with his past and the pictures in the Bank. Cause-distance-Effect is
the basic comm formula. The pc is in present time, the pictures are in the past. By getting the
communication formula established, the pc becomes Cause, the pictures Effect and the pc establishes the
correct distance, including distance in time. The Bank keys out and moves away.
2. Engram running: The pc is returned to the incident - as if it was happening right now. By doing this
you take advantage of his ability to make a perfect duplicate. It is best defined in Axiom 20. The 'Object' in
this case is the engramic incident: "Bringing the static (pc) to create a perfect duplicate causes the
vanishment of any existence or part thereof. A perfect duplicate is an additional creation of the object, its
energy and space, in its own space, in its own time, using its own energy. This violates the condition that
two objects must not occupy the same space, and causes a vanishment of the object".
In terms of the Scn Axioms, that is what Erasure means, a perfect duplicate. The downside is, that there are
millions of such incidents. The approach thus is, (1) to key out wholesale parts of the Bank. (2) To fully
erase the most resistive and nasty incidents.

The State of Clear is routinely attained on

Engram Clearing after Grade 4. Things are permanently
erased with R-3-RA. Clear is a state, where the pc no
longer has a Reactive Mind ('Bank').
The whole Bank basically gets erased permanently. This results
in greater well being, better performance and greater interest in life.

284
 Time Track Illustrated
Time Track: The recording
in mental image pictures of
the preclear's existence. The
Time Track is a very accurate
record of the pc's past, very
accurately timed and very
obedient to the auditor. If a
motion picture film were 3
dimensional, had 55
perceptions and could fully
react upon the observer, the
Time Track could be called a
motion picture film.

"The content of the Reactive

Mind could be reduced
to being pictures."

What the illustration is supposed to show are different Chains of associated incidents going back in time.
The Chains shown are numbered 1 to 5. The incidents in a Chain are held together by similar content.
Example: "A time you felt pain in your shoulder" goes back to earlier times pc had the same pain in the
shoulder. Chains are held together by (1) subject, like "A time you lost money"; or by (2) 'Somatic',
meaning a body sensation, pain or emotion ("a time you felt sad", "a time you felt happy", "a time you
had a stomach ache", "a time you felt sexual attraction").

The factors holding one Chain together are similar to a search criteria in a data base. You can 'search' -
go earlier similar - on a specific Somatic or on Content and find the basic source of it - the first time it
happened.

The 55 perceptions mentioned under The Time Track were found and classified simply from what type of
details many, many pc's in sessions were capable of recalling. When this was all added up the list below
was put together. Pc's/Students will get a good understanding of this in Recall processes, such as the Self
Analysis Lists.
On Grade 5, Engram Clearing, the somatics Chains with painful and traumatic content are tracked
down. They go way back in time and can be recalled and be re-experienced in great detail, leading to an
As-is-ness of the pictures and the pains and misemotions, etc. contained in them. When this happens the
Engrams and the Chain is said to be erased.

285
The 55 perceptions that are recorded and are possible to recover in processing are:

1. TIME (when it happened and the duration of an

incident).
28. EXTERNAL TEMPERATURE (other bodies and objects).
2. SIGHT
29. BALANCE
3. TASTE
30. MUSCULAR TENSION
4. COLOR
31. SALINE CONTENT OF SELF (salt content inside body or on
5. SOLIDITY (barriers)
the skin).
6. RELATIVE SIZES (surrounding bodies and
32. FIELDS/MAGNETIC (magnetic fields, electronic fields).
scenery).
33. TIME TRACK MOTION
7. SOUND
34. PHYSICAL ENERGY (personal state of energy or tiredness).
8. PITCH
35. SELF DETERMINISM (relative on each dynamic).
9. TONE
36. MOISTURE (self, including thirst, sweat).
10. VOLUME
37. SOUND DIRECTION
11. RHYTHM
38. EMOTIONAL STATE OF OTHER ORGANS (as pain or
12. SMELL (4 subdivisions).
malfunction of an organ).
13. TOUCH (4 subdivisions).
39. PERSONAL POSITION ON THE TONE SCALE
14. PERSONAL EMOTION
40. AFFINITY (self and others).
15. ENDOCRINE STATES
41. COMMUNICATION (self and others).
(awareness of adrenalin or sexual arousal for instance).
42. REALITY (self and others).
16. AWARENESS OF AWARENESS
43. EMOTIONAL STATE OF GROUPS
(the thetan is also called 'The awareness of awareness
44. COMPASS DIRECTION
unit').
45. LEVEL OF CONSCIOUSNESS
17. PERSONAL SIZE
46. PAIN
18. ORGANIC SENSATION (including hunger).
47. PERCEPTION OF CONCLUSIONS (past and present).
19. HEARTBEAT
48. PERCEPTION OF COMPUTATION (past and present).
20. BLOOD CIRCULATION
49. PERCEPTION OF IMAGINATION (past and present).
21. CELLULAR AND BACTERIAL POSITION (like
50. PERCEPTION OF HAVING PERCEIVED (past and present).
infected body parts).
51. AWARENESS OF NOT-KNOWING
22. GRAVITY (self and others' weight. Weight of
52. AWARENESS OF IMPORTANCE, UNIMPORTANCE
objects.)
53. AWARENESS OF OTHERS
23. MOTION OF SELF
54. AWARENESS OF LOCATION AND PLACEMENT
24. MOTION (other bodies and objects.)
(a )MASSES
25. BODY POSITION
(b) SPACES
26. JOINT POSITION
(c) LOCATION ITSELF
27. BODY TEMPERATURE
55. PERCEPTION OF APPETITE (a special condition under18)

Not all pc's will have all these perceptions available to them - especially not early on. The pc's ability to
recall it or even re-experience or relive it in session will however develop during processing. Some pc's
may have a 'shut-off' of one or more perceptions. This may be handled down the line. That does not
mean, that this perception wasn't recorded at the time of the incident.
The Time Track is peculiar in, that it responds real well and accurately to the auditor's command -
like "Go to an incident containing (somatic or other content)" and "Go to an earlier incident containing
(same somatic or same content)". Most of the Time Track is unknown to the pc. This part only seem to
react on the pc - meaning not under his voluntary control. Instead the pc experiences this reactive part of
his Time Track by the reactive pictures forcing their content on him as pains, upsets, emotional
disturbances, strange ideas, odd behavior, etc. This collection of reactive pictures is also called the
Reactive Bank.
The common purpose of life and all its activities can be understood to be Survival. The original

286
purpose and function of the Reactive Bank seem to have been to warn the pc about dangers and take over
control to steer him out of danger; thus help him survive in critical situations.

This can illustrate how the Bank

was supposed to help survival:
take over in a situation of emergency
and get the person out of danger.
He is knocked out and survival
is out of his hands.

The Bank is a warning and control system. It sets aside the analytical mind and takes over - like a
surgeon or first aid crew would do in an emergency. It makes the person unconscious to a degree, when
activated, and controls the persons behavior. It inflicts commands (including pain) upon the person to get
compliance. But the Bank (by design) only responds well to signals from the environment as it monitors
that for danger. Since the auditor and his actions are part of that environment it responds better to him
than to the pc himself.

The patient is our pc. In his knocked

out state the Bank has taken over and
set his analytical mind aside. He over-
reacts to anything in the environment
that can be seen as a danger. Old
reactive experiences on his Time Track
try to guide him through and help
him survive; but it does more
harm than good.

The way the Time Track responds is why the formula called Auditors Trust, is so important to successful
auditing. Auditor plus the PC is greater than the Bank (Auditor+PC>Bank).
The attempt of the Reactive Mind to control the individual with commands does not work in a
complex world. The Bank's A=A=A type of thinking can cause a lot of mishaps, overreacting and
repeating of bad incidents and the pc is a lot better off without his Reactive Bank.

(A=A=A, Anything equals anything equals anything. This is the way the Reactive Mind thinks, irrationally
identifying thoughts, people, objects, experiences, statements, etc., with one another where little or no
similarity actually exists. Example: Mr. X looks at a horse, knows it's a house, knows it's a school teacher,
so when he sees a horse he is respectful. This is the behavior of the Reactive Mind. Everything is identified
with everything on a certain subject).

287
 The Time Track and Engram Running

The pc's past is recorded on his Time Track. It is an almost endless and very accurate record. It is
recorded in pictures (mental image pictures). It is very complete and with an amazing number of
impressions of different perceptions. There are a total of 55 separate types of perceptions - as listed in
"Time Track Illustrated". This track is available to the auditor and under the control of his auditing
commands. Oddly enough it responds very well to the auditor but only reacts on the pc and is not under
his control at all. These rules apply:

The Time Track obeys the auditor.

The Time Track does not obey the pc early on in auditing.

If a motion picture film were 3 Dimensional and had 55 perceptions and could fully react upon the
observer, the Time Track could be called a motion picture film. It is at least 350 trillion years long,
probably much longer, with about 25 scenes per second. Only a fraction of this track is readily available
to the pc by himself.

The Time Track is an

almost endless record
and poorly under the pc's
control early on in auditing.

Some Basics
Free Track. Only a part of this Time Track has an aberrative influence on the pc. Most of it is free of
pain and bad adventures and this part is simply called the Free Track. It has no negative effect on the pc.
He may recall it or not; that is not the criteria.
Facsimiles. In the pc's mind you are dealing with three basic types of pictures, Facsimiles, Mock-ups and
Dub-ins. The pictures, which are actually part of the Time Track - actual experiences - are called
facsimiles. These can be Engrams, Secondaries, Locks and even pleasure moments and anything from the
pc's free track. But these are the recordings of things the pc went through and actually experienced.
Mock-Ups. Any knowingly created mental pictures that are not part of a Time Track are called a Mock-

288
Ups. These are fantasies, imagination, attempts to envision things and the like.
Dub-Ins. Any unknowingly created mental pictures that appears to be a record of the physical universe
but are in fact only altered copies of the Time Track are called a Dub-Ins. These are failing or distorted
memories, "I think what happened to me was so and so", etc. when in fact it wasn't. The pc can have all
kinds of ideas of what must have happened or should have happened and believe this to be true.
Engramic Incidents
The most important classification from the auditor's viewpoint is (1) Facsimiles, (2) Dub-ins and (3)
Mock-ups as described above. These are three different things to the auditor as they respond and behave
quite differently when run in session. In Engram Clearing our total focus is on facsimiles. This is
important to point out as that makes this type of auditing distinctly different form Grades auditing 0-4. It
also makes it distinctly different from such activities as different schools of psycho-analysis, including
free association techniques, dream interpretations and many other off-springs of Freud's work. In Engram
running you are primarily interested in recordings. You are interested in physical universe experiences.
They usually read well and instantly on the Meter, while Mock-ups and Dub-ins read poorly. As far as
what the pc thinks about the whole thing, his ideas, dreams, associations, etc., etc. these are seen to be
thinking activities and not recordings. They are "the smoke coming off the fire". As good firemen we
have to quickly get past the smoke and find the fire and put it out. That is what we do in Engram running.

Freud and psycho-analysis are mainly

interested in aberrated thoughts,
dreams, ideas, etc. Aberrated thought
is all ultimately by-products of actual
Engrams. Only erasing the Engrams
ensure permanent results. Freud did
use regression therapy for
a short while, but gave it up. It
could get to the Locks - not Engrams.

The subject matter of Engram running and Engram clearing is thus recordings of aberrative incidents.
Those are the incidents you want to address and erase. We classify these incidents in three main types:
Engrams, Secondaries and Locks. The classification is for practical purposes to make it easer to talk about
things. Since they are all "pictures" or Facsimiles and respond the same way to the auditor's commands it
makes little difference how they are classified. But this classification do help us to determine how far
back on a Chain we are and how far we still have to go - that is all. These facsimiles are all part of the
Time Track.
Engrams are those parts of the Time Track that contain moments of pain and unconsciousness.
Secondaries are those parts of the Time Track which contain loss and misemotion. Their intensity is
based on earlier engramic experiences. Key-Ins are those parts of the Time Track which contain the first
moment an earlier Engram got restimulated.
Locks are those parts of the Time Track which contain complete recordings of Key-ins.
An Incident is the recording of an experience, simple or complex, related by the same subject, location or
people, understood to take place in a short and finite time period such as minutes, hours or days.
A Chain is a series of similar incidents of Engrams, Secondaries or Locks. They have something in
common that binds them together. They can be far apart in time but the one restimulates the next which in
turn restimulates the earlier one and so on.
A Basic is the first Incident (Engram, Lock, Overt act) on any Chain. We usually expect to find an
Engram.

289
One particular Chain of incidents has only one Basic. The Basic is the earliest Engram received from or
Overt act committed against the subject, area or being.
Basic Basic is the first Engram on the whole Time Track. At this time this is a theoretical concept. But as
the theory goes - if we could find and erase the very first Engram of the whole Time Track, that would be
the end of the Time Track itself as we know it. To the pc or auditor the incidents may seem to be in piles
on top of each other or in a filing system. The basic record is however simply part of the almost endless
and consecutive Time Track. The similarity in content is what apparently piles them up. To the auditor
the Time Track responds in a similar way as a data base. He will "do a search" on a certain criteria and
"Bang!" an incident appears. He will ask for an earlier incident on the same Chain and "Bang!" it appears
right away! The original records, if you were to look at the 'basic computer files', would be endless lists
of data. There may be 10.000 plus entries between the first incident found and the next earlier similar one.

Searching the complete Run by Chains the Time

records piece by piece Track responds like
would be an endless task a computer data base.

The Time Track and the PC

Shakespeare said that life was a play. He was right in so far as the Time Track is a Three Dimensional, 55
perceptions movie. It is somewhat like what in science fiction is called a hologram where the viewer is in
the middle of it all. The Time Track is a whole series of plays about the pc and with the pc as the main
character. The Time Track's influence upon the preclear removes it however from the class of pretense
and play. It is not only very real, the content of his Time Track is what holds the pc down and back and
depresses him to what he is today. It can be brutal, savage utterly unbelievable to a point where nobody
will believe it and therefore "it didn't happen". But when you exhaust it for content, with all its brutality
and incredible content, the preclear can recover - and only then. With Engram running we are not into
science fiction or the occult what so ever. To a casual reader or audience it may seem that way. We are
simply into finding what we find, running these incidents and empty them for reactive content - come
Hell and High Water - and get the pc safely through it all and out on the other side. When this is
successfully done the pc will recover. There is no other valid or workable road.

A little illustrative story: What comes to mind is the story of Odysseus and the Sirens by the old
Greek writer, Homer. On his extended sea travels Odysseus came to the cliffs where the Sirens lived.
The Sirens were mythological women. They were known to lure sailors off course by their alluring
songs. They would sound like the sailors' loved ones or a seductive woman. The sailors would go
mad and immediately set course for the rocks and wreck their ships. Odysseus wanted to hear their
songs but knew the dangers. So he had his crew tie him to the mast and had them stuff their own
ears so they wouldn't hear him nor the Sirens or anything else. He also instructed them to stay on

290
 course - no matter what. When they came close enough the Sirens began their songs. And right on;
Odysseus got half mad and screamed to his crew to change course and head for the rocks. His dear
wife he hadn't seen for years on end apparently asked him to come to her and go ashore. Then his
mother. Neither the man at the helm nor the men at the oars could of course hear him or the Sirens
so they stayed on course and took the ship safely away from there.

The parallel here is, when running Whole Track incidents you may visit the strangest of places and
hear the most amazing stories. To the auditor, as for Odysseus' crew, the thing to do is to stay right
on course. The auditor would of course not stuff his ears. Instead he would trust his training, the
Meter and the pc's indicators and not much else. As an auditor I used to try to predict what incidents
the pc's were about to tell me from the looks of them. This is quite doable. One pc would sway and
bend in the chair and I guessed he was in a vehicle. Right on; he was on a space travel. I would see
a pc turn red as from fire - right on he was being burned as a witch. One pc was gasping for air as
from drowning; she told me all about it moments later. There are an amazing variety of such
manifestations. As the pc runs an incident he or she will dramatize and relive it and give you all
kinds of clues. These are part of the indicators of course. You can't see the pictures but you can see
the effects on the pc. As indicators they are important to the communication, but much less
important to the process as a technical procedure. You are just handling facsimiles. You are handling
video's neatly boxed so to speak. As an auditor you simply have to stay on course and stick to your
procedure by "pulling your oar" in terms of Odysseus. In terms of a store, make sure you get paid for
the video and put it in a plastic bag for the customer before you politely wish him a good day,
whether he bought a nasty video called "The Chain saw murderer hits again" or "The Little Mermaid".

You may see many strange and

incredible things going down the
Track. The rule is: Stick to your
procedure and stay on course.

There are other phenomena in the Reactive Mind, such as valences, circuits and machinery. There are
masses and ridges with a more complex structure (such as GPMs) (see footnotes). But these all have their
place on the Time Track and are part of the Time Track. The pc, the thetan, is the effect of all these
recorded experiences and almost all of it is unknown to him. There is nothing else influencing the
preclear than the Time Track and Present Time. And Present Time, a moment later, is part of the Time
Track.
(Valence: Is the assumption at the reactive level by one individual of the characteristics of another individual. An individual
may have a number of valences which he puts on and off as he might hats. Often these changes are so marked that an observant
person can notice him dropping one valence and putting on another. The shift from valence to valence is usually completely
outside the awareness and control of the individual doing so. In other cases an individual has one valence, not his own, in
which he is thoroughly stuck.
Circuit: is a part of an individual's Bank that behaves as though it were someone or something separate from him and either
dictates or takes over his actions. (Circuits are the result of engramic commands.)
Machine: (Mental Machine:) An actual machine in the mind (like ordinary machinery) constructed out of mental mass and
energy, that has been made by the individual to do work for him, usually having been set up so as to come into operation
automatically under certain pre-determined circumstances.
Goals-Problems-Mass:, (GPM:) Persistent masses, ridges and problems in the PCs Bank with a certain anatomy. We find
Goals and beingnesses that have engaged the PC on the PCs Time-track. You will find Goals and beingnesses in Pairs of items

291
in direct opposition to each other. This created a super-problem and ridge. A GPM could be described as a series of "eternal
conflicts" the PC is prone to dramatize in present time.)

Creating the Time Track

The preclear makes the Time Track as time goes on. He does this as an obsessive creation on a sub-
awareness level. It is done as an involuntary continued postulate. It happens below his awareness and is
not under his control. In the 1950s Ron Hubbard explored various processes designed to expose this
mechanism to the pc, the idea being that the pc could be made to undo this mechanism and go Clear as a
result. This proved unworkable. The processes produced usually results well short of that and only for a
limited number of pc's. Another method was researched, namely to exteriorize the pc and thus make him
leave his Time Track. The results from this were not stable. Usually the state was of short duration and, as
discussed under Int Rundown of CT-4 Pro, it could cause serious problems for pc's later on.
The approach that consistently has produced results and Clears is handling the pc's Time Track. The
bulk of techniques of the Grades are dedicated to that, from the Recall Grade and onward. On the Grades
0-4 we remove all kinds of charged incidents, including Overts and Withhold and motivator incidents. All
these processes are all designed to remove or release charge from the pc's Time Track. As a general rule
this is done to Key-out. But the full road to Clear must include running Engrams to erasure. It must
include all the Grades 0-4 as well or the pc will only have a remote chance of handling the heaviest
Engram incidents successfully. Besides that the Grades by themselves will give the pc gains in ability he
won't obtain from Engram running. Pc's in the past, before 1981, were run on Engrams before the
Grades. Sometimes they went Clear before they even got started on their Grades 0-4. But it became clear
that they still needed the abilities gained from this auditing. The solution to all this was to arrange the
Grades as they are today. You do the Ability Grades 0-4, which handle abilities and key out large portions
of the Time Track. Then you do Engram Clearing where you go for erasure of the heaviest and most
persistent incidents on the pc's case and as a result you usually end up with erasing the whole Bank.

How Accurate Is the Time Track?

The Time Track is actual. It is made of matter, energy, space and time as well as thought. Those who
cannot confront MEST think it is composed only of thought. As it can be seen on a Meter it actually
contains an electrical type of energy which is directly measurable on a physics level. Certain Engram
incidents (called Groupers) can make a pc fat and another type of Engrams (Bouncers) can make the pc
thin. This happens if the pc is chronically stuck in such incidents.
(Bouncers: Command phrases in the Bank that throw the pc backward, forward, up or down from the Time Track and so makes
it apparently unavailable. It's a command phase from an Engram.
Grouper: Is anything which pulls the Time Track into a bunch at one or more points. When the grouper is gone the Time Track
is perceived to be straight. Usually means an engramic command, such as "we are all together", "we are all one", and the like,
causing the Grouper phenomenon.)

There are no faults in the recordings of the Time Track. It is all there with an amazing number of details.
The pc's ability to bring all these details back may vary. Their ability to perceive their own Time Tracks
may vary. But all the original recordings are there. Sometimes it will be like such a record is on a hidden
away and long forgotten back shelf in a forgotten basement of a forgotten warehouse. Sometimes it is
like an open book right under their noses in full color. There are trickery and mechanisms built into the
Time Track itself that sometimes makes it hard to access. Snarls can be caused by Grouper incidents.
Detours can be caused by Bouncer incidents. Another type of incidents, called Deniers, will post "Do not
enter" signs which keeps the pc from looking. The incredibility of some incidents make them look like
pure fantasy and at first they may get rejected as such. But what the original recordings contain are

292
impressions from 55 sense channels, including sight, sound, smell, taste, feeling of motion, emotion, any
thoughts made at the time, pain, relative position and down the list of the 55 perceptions. It is more than
any science fiction writer or Hollywood producer could ever dream about reproducing. A Grouper is
anything which pulls the Time Track into a bundle of yarn. When the Grouper is gone the Time Track is
perceived to be straight.
Unavailability is caused by the pc's own inability to confront Bouncers and Deniers. A Bouncer throws
the pc away. It can be backward, forward, up or down from the track and so makes it apparently
unavailable. A Denier makes a part of the track unavailable by 'telling the pc' it is not there or it is
elsewhere (a Mis-director) or tells the pc it should not be viewed.
Groupers, Bouncers and Deniers can be material. They can consist of matter, energy, space and time in
the form of effort, force, mass, delusion, etc. They can also contain command phrases (statements that
group, bounce or deny). When a Grouper, Bouncer or Denier are enforced by both material and command
phrases they become most effective, making the Time Track unavailable to the pc. The Time Track has to
be accessed and run as the very first action of Engram Clearing. Unless it can be made available to the pc
he can not As-is what is on it and it will remain an aberrative factor to the pc.

A Theory About the Time Track

The following is a theory or hypothesis. As such it is not part of the technology but can be an
inspiration to further research. The thetan as a Static is not part of the physical universe. The MEST
universe has the effect upon him that it seems to condense and solidify him. Living in the MEST
universe continuously without any rehabilitation causes the thetan to become less reaching - you
might say smaller since size and reach are closely connected - and more solid. Since a thetan is
basically a Static (meaning a free spirit) it is not a natural thing for him to duplicate matter, energy,
space or time, nor certain intentions. He tends to go effect of this in the attempt and thus goes effect
to the influences of this universe. The influence itself would be of little consequence if it wasn't
because of the Time Track. But since the thetan makes this continued record of matter, energy, space
and time he gets caught up in the whole thing. A close inspection of long past incidents will also
reveal there have been many ill intended attempts to get the thetan caught up in all this. These
incidents are called Implants.
It can be theorized that rhythm is the source of present time, the continuous beat of "Now!" The
thetan wants to be in present time due to his desire to have or experience things, to interact and be
recognized. There also seem to be reason to believe that he in the distant past has been
overwhelmed by a continuous minute rhythm. Present time can in these terms be defined as a
response to a continuous rhythm of the physical universe, resulting in Here and Now.

The "Big City-life" of the MEST universe was

originally very strange to thetans. For a spirit
to try to duplicate Matter, Energy, Space and
Time was a new and difficult exercise. By
making a record of mental MEST they at least
had a constant reminder. But they got all
tangled up in it and they became more solid -
more MEST-like..

The Time Track can be understood as a response to this rhythm of the universe itself. This was
undoubtedly assisted by implants and his own Overt acts and his conviction of the usefulness and
need of a continuous record. The thetan began to respond to the physical universe by duplicating
matter, energy, space and time and creating such a record. This became an obsessive create. It was
an involuntary intention and the creation could at some point be controlled and restimulated by the

293
environment. At some later point he considered this record terribly important and after that
happened it became an aberration and could be used to trap him and aberrate him with. So when
the thetan gave up on his own ability to know and started to depend on pictures to know it was an
aberration.

Present time could be defined

as a response to a continuous
rhythm of the physical universe,
resulting in Here and Now.

Permanent and Non-Permanent Parts

Not all of the Time Track is permanently created. Large sections only get recreated the moment the
thetan's intention is directed to them. When this happens the pictures will immediately be recreated
on an automatic response level. This is what makes up the Time Track. Some parts are permanently
created, but the majority of the track gets recreated when the thetan's attention is directed to them.
The permanently created parts are the most aberrative ones. It is times of overwhelm and indecision
which almost entirely wiped out the thetan's own will and awareness. Such parts can be found in
implants and times of extreme stress. These are the parts which are in permanent restimulation. The
mechanism of permanent restimulation consists of opposing forces of comparable magnitude which
cause a stale mate and balance. This balance hangs up as it does not respond to current time and
remains "timeless". This is the anatomy of a problem and opposing goals and are called GPM's
(Goals-Problems-Mass) in Ron Hubbard's research. It is similar to the anatomy of such phenomena as
the Overt act-motivator sequence. Such mechanisms tend to hold certain portions of the Time Track
in "permanent creation" and cause them to continue to exist in present time as unresolved masses,
energies, spaces, times and significances. The intention of the physical universe (and those who have
become degraded enough to further only its ends) is to make a thetan solid, immobile and incapable
of making decisions. The fight of the thetan is to remain unsolid, mobile or immobile at will, and
capable of decision. This conflict between the thetan and the MEST universe in itself is the principal
unresolved problem and it creates timeless masses which accomplish the basic mechanisms of a
trap. The effect of the Time Track upon the thetan can then be seen as being the primary factor that
makes a thetan solid, immobile and decisionless.

You can observe different levels of solidity in

engineers. You will find the people that choose to
practice mechanical engineering are usually more
dense than chemical engineers who as a rule are
somewhat denser than electronic engineers. So
typically the choice of profession reflects a comfort
level with a certain density of mass in ones work.

A policeman would typically be more dense than a

lama.

With this endless record of the past accumulating and forming a gradient of solidification of the
thetan he eventually gets weighed down. The physical universe by itself wouldn't entrap him if it
wasn't for the Time Track. Actually, as it gives him a nice Havingness, the universe by itself could be
quite therapeutic. It apparently takes more than just living in the physical universe to become
aberrated. The main method of causing aberration and entrapment is therefore found in actions
which create or confuse his Time Track.
A thetan has things beyond Matter, Energy, Space and Time which can deteriorate. A thetan's
power of choice, his ability to keep two locations separate, his belief in self and his ethical standards
are independent of material things and can deteriorate as well. These are all important abilities and

294
 concepts to him. But since these are seen to deteriorate in part due to recordings on the Time Track
we can see him and these concepts recover when he is no longer influenced by the Time Track. As
the thetan himself makes his own Time Track, even if under compulsion, and commits his own
Overts, even on provocation, it can be said, then, that the thetan aberrates himself. But he is assisted
by enormous betrayals and his urge and need to fight them. But in fighting this fight he also becomes
guilty of aberrating others.

It is doubtful if there exists another type of being who built the physical universe and still hangs
around to trap thetans further. This is all open to speculation at this point. It seems like there are
older beings (thetans), that already are degraded to a point where they see it as their mission to cause
newer beings to go downhill.

Each Thetan had his own "Home Universe". The physical universe can in theory be understood as
being these "Home Universes" colliding, or made to collide, and make up the physical universe as a
result. At this point this is speculation and theory that still has to be researched. This is, at this point,
beyond the technology to confirm.

Working with the Time Track

With the technology we can handle the influences of the Time Track on the thetan and thus rehabilitate
him to a large extent. Further research and experiments may push upward the limits of what is possible to
reach. Any system which can help and assist the thetan to reduce the charged condition of his own Time
Track is valid processing. This statement does not include the use of various mind altering drugs or
medications as that does not help the thetan reduce the charged condition but instead seem to reduce his
ability to mental creation and at the same time reduces his awareness and ability to make decisions. Any
system which would seek to handle the charge by reducing the preclear's awareness and ability to create
and make decisions is simply degrading and not valid processing. So the way to go is to be able to handle,
control and work with the thetan in order to make him capable of reducing the charge through him
inspecting and As-is aberrative parts of the Time Track, piece by piece.

Handling Time
The first task in Engram running is to master the handling of Time on the preclear's Time Track. It must
be handled without question, uncertainty or confusion. Failing to handle the time on the pc's Time Track
with confidence, certainty and without error will result in grouping or denying the Time Track to the pc.
As it was stated in the Axioms in various ways, the time factor is very important to handle. According to
an early axiom, "the single source of aberration is Time". It is that important. The prime source of ARC
breaks in Engram running sessions is by-passing charge by time mishandling by the auditor. Under this
comes not running the incident which are the basic on a Chain. This becomes an error in time and reacts
on the pc as By-Passed charge. A smooth and ARC break free session requires gently establishing the
correct time and duration of incidents, working one's way down to the earliest incident available and in
the process ensure accurate time handling for each earlier incident that is run. This is built into the
procedure of R-3-RA itself, the basic process of Engram Clearing. But it is still important that the auditor
understands what he is doing and does it with confidence and skill. There are only a few reasons why
auditors have troubles with running Engrams on pc's. Among these are:

1. Q and A with the pain and unconsciousness of incidents.

The auditor has to have enough confront and determination to get the pc through the incident regardless

295
of any obstacles encountered. The old rule was and sill is: "What turns it on will turn it off". If the pc
turns on a feeling of terror while running an incident the cure is to get him to continue; because it was the
incident that turned it on. Another old rule says: "The way out is the way through". That would apply to
the same example. The terror is part of the incident. To park him there, looking into the lions mouth,
would be cruel. To run away from the incident will leave the terror as By-passed Charge. He wouldn't
escape the lion since it is on his Time Tack; and running away would have the lion chase him and stay
exactly the same 4 feet away from his head as when he first contacted it in the incident. "The way out is
the way through" means thus, we simply confront the beast and walk straight towards it and it will usually
behave as a little kitten. The same rule would apply to a pc seemingly going unconscious.
Unconsciousness is part of the content of any Engram. It will run out. It is not uncommon in Engram
running that pc's dope off momentarily. This is less a problem when using R-3-RA than it used to be with
earlier techniques. In R-3-RA we do extensive pre-assessment using the Meter and that ensures we find
something that will run well, deep and relative fast. In 1950 style Engram running auditors didn't have
that and as a result the pc would unexpectedly find himself in impressive Time Track scenarios he wasn't
quite prepared for. Yet the auditor would apply the above rules and successfully get the pc through it and
safely home from his Time Track safari; pc shining from his accomplished adventures and ready to go on
a new Engram safari. Another reason for trouble is:

2. Failing to handle the pc's Time Track for the pc. The handling of time was discussed above. But how
do you do it in Engram running? There are actually three ways the auditor can use to move a pc on his
Time Track: (a) By Significance - the moment something was considered.
(b) By Location - the moment the pc was at a certain location. (c) By Time alone - years ago, the date, or
years before another event. All three have time in common: "The moment when you thought _____" "The
moment you entered the burning house______" "Two years before you were wounded in battle" are
examples. They all depend on the time factor. Each mark a clear instant on the pc's Time Track with no
mistake possible. You can handle the Time Track by any one of these methods, Significance, Location,
Time.
The track will respond well to an auditor using any of these methods. Auditors will have trouble if
they can not grasp the accuracy and speed by which the Time Track responds. If they wonder if the pc
went. If they question the pc's being there. Any fumbling around will undermine or destroy their
command over the pc's Time Track. If the auditor says, "Go to 14,987,878,383 years 3 months, 8 days 6
hour and 15 minutes ago!" it will cause just that to happen when stated clearly and without any doubts. If
the auditor starts to fumble or hesitate or sound doubtful or too impressed about the big numbers the
outcome can be doubtful. In moving the Time Track about, you only move the track. The pc is always in
present time so you don't say, "You will move to". You can say "Move to", meaning the Time Track.
You don't have to say (but it would be correct) "The Time Track will move to..." In the original
procedure of 1950 they used "The Somatic strip will move to..." The Somatic strip was the recordings of
somatics on the Track. In getting to the incident you always use To. "Move To_____." In running an
Engram or incident, you always use through. "Move through to the end of that incident."
If the auditor doesn't have a good grasp of the Time Track and its composition, he won't ever be
able to run Engrams. So, obviously, the first thing to learn in Engram running is about the Time Track
itself. When the auditor knows that, he will be able to run Engrams. If the auditor does not know the
subject of the Time Track well, then he can't be taught to run Engrams. You are handling a motion
picture projector and to be able to operate that you have to be familiar and at ease with handling film. An
auditor just sitting there and being uncertain about what he is really doing will soon have film all over the
place. He will just get tangled up in more film so long as he doesn't know it is film and that he, not the
preclear, is handling it.
296
 The auditor is handling the Time
Track of the pc. He is the film
operator and has to make sure to
keep things under control.
Otherwise he and the pc will soon
have 'film strips' all over the place.

When an auditor has learned this, he will then be able to learn how to run those small parts of the Time
Track called Engrams. If an auditor can't run a pc through some pleasant experiences on the Track
flawlessly, he sure can't run a pc through the living Hell parts of the Track called Engrams.

You have to be able

to handle those small
film clips called Engrams.

An Engram Clearing auditor who can't handle the Time Track is hardly an CT-5 auditor as that's all there
is to auditing Engrams besides handling postulates. This is actually true for any process you are using.
You are handling the Time Track one way or the other. The so-called "bio-chemical approach" to the
mind is a complete misunderstanding. There is only the Time Track to affect. Bio-chemicals are
unpredictable and usually result in a subdued thetan and thus apparently bring about a result. Sometimes
it results in the thetan going exterior on a compulsive basis, but with an equally disastrous outcome.

Using Medicine and Drugs to handle the

mind is a complete misunderstanding. There
is only the Time Track. Drugs can suppress
the pc's ability to create the Track. Or they
can exteriorize him; both have bad "side
effects".

There is the thetan, there is his Time Track. The thetan gets caught in the Time Track as a result of living.
The job of the auditor is to free the thetan by untangle him from his Track. Pc is all wrapped up in film
strips. So if you have to know what you're untangling the pc from and do your work without a quiver.
Unless you do that you're going to have an awful lot of pc's suffocating and half strangled in all that film
and a lot of auditing losses for both you and your pc's.

Charge and the Time Track

Charge is what is being relieved or removed from the Time Track. Charge is the stored quantities of
energy on the Track. By running the incidents the auditor enables the pc to As-is or erase it. When this
charge is present in huge amounts the Track overwhelms the pc and he becomes unable to observe the
actual Track. Instead he may experience different phenomena, such as Dub-in. There is a scale for this. It
can be applied to the pc as a case but also to monitor his progress concerning certain sections of his Time
Track:
(1) NO TRACK - No Charge.

297
(2) FULL VISIBLE TIME TRACK - Some Charge.
(3) SPORADIC VISIBILITY OF TRACK - Some heavily charged areas.
(4) INVISIBLE TRACK - Very heavily charged areas exist (Black and Invisible Fields).
(5) DUB-IN - Some areas of Track so heavily charged pc is below consciousness in them.
(6) DUB-IN OF DUB-IN - Many areas of Track so heavily charged, the Dub-in is submerged.
(7) ONLY AWARE OF OWN EVALUATIONS - Track too heavily charged to be viewed at all.
(8) UNAWARE - Pc dull, often in a coma.
On this scale the very good, easy to run cases are at Level (3). Skilled Engram running can handle down
to Level (4). Engram running is useless from Level (4) down.

As State of Case: (1) is of course an ideal state. (2) is the clearest Clear anybody has ever seen. (3) can
run Engrams. (4) can run early track Engrams if the running is skilled. (5) has to be run on Grades 0-4
and general ARC processes. (6) has to be run carefully on recall processes. (7) responds to Objectives and
the CCH processes. (8) are best run on reach and withdraw Objective processes. By following the Grades
from Life Repair and up it will be taken care of. Results are best assured when the pc is brought up to a
certain level through Grades 0-4. Handling drugs, including the Cleansing Rundown and Objectives early
on, is important as drugs is a major factor in shutting off the Time Track. As a note, the shut off caused
by drugs is what makes the use of bio-chemicals (such as psychiatric drugs and street drugs) appear to be
effective. The pc is actually pushed down on the above scale and his Time Track is completely being
submerged.
Most mental studies, such as psycho-analysis, psychiatry and most of clinical psychology, seem to
be observations of people at (7) who considered Levels (5) and (6) and (8) as the only possible states of
case. Oddly enough they overlooked (7) (their own group) entirely.
On some portions of every Time Track in every case you will find each of the Levels momentarily
expressed. Thus the scale can also be used as an Indicator in Engram running. Thus (1) would be an
erasure. But the scale was originally designed as a tool to estimate the pc's state of case. To do that, you
estimate his chronic case level and doing so the scale is useful in programming a case and determine if he
is ready for Engram running. But any case will for shorter or longer periods of time hit these levels as a
result of processing. There is the temporary case Level. A pc going through a rough area of Track will
momentarily show the manifestations near the bottom of the scale. When full erasure of an incident is
accomplished that piece of track will appear to be at (1) and the pc in general in better shape.
As Engram running is only recommended on cases on (4) and up it can be seen to be limited to
higher level cases. A full drug handling and Grades 0-4 is what moves the case up to be able to run
Engrams well. This is the basis of the Grade Chart.

Charge and Case Level

What makes up this scale is entirely amount of charge on a case. The more heavily charged, the lower it
falls on the above scale. It is charge that prevents the pc from confronting the Time Track and submerges
the Time Track from view.

Charge can be like a blueprint that only gets recreated when

the thetan bumps into it. Or it can be permanently charged up.

298
Charge is two things (1) it is permanently stored energy or (2) stored 'blueprints' of recreatable energy.
The Meter registers charge. A very high or low Tone Arm, a sticky or dirty needle, all reveals this charge.
The chronic TA position of a case is an index of chronic charge. The movements of the TA during a
session shows relative charge in different portions of the pc's Time Track. But of more interest to an
auditor, the Meter registers released charge. You can see it blowing on the Meter. The blowing down of
the TA, the heavy falls, the loosening needle all show charge being released. The Meter shows charge
contacted (TA goes up) and then charge released (TA blows down). When the TA goes up or the needle
gets tight it reveals charge found but not yet released. TA going below the 2.0 position also means lots of
charge in restimulation. When the charge is cleaned up through auditing the charge is seen to "blow". You
will see a Blowdown of the TA - and in low TA cases (below 2.0) you will see a "bow-up" of the TA; it
will come back up in normal range.

"The whole cycle of

restimulating charge
that is then blown is
the action of auditing".

This last phenomenon is rare in modern auditing, but if you see it, that is what it means. Charge which is
restimulated but not released causes the case to "charge up". Charge already on the Time Track is being
triggered but is not yet viewed by the pc. The whole cycle of restimulating charge that is then blown is
the action of auditing. When prior charge is restimulated but not located or seen, so it can be closely
inspected and thereby blow, we have By-passed Charge and ARC Breaks. The above scale of charge on
the case is the totality of charge. Level (I) has no charge on it. Level (8) is total charge. The day to day
condition of a pc and his case, his temper, his reaction to things and brightness, depends upon two factors,
(a) the totality of charge on the case and (b) the amount of charge in restimulation. Thus a case being
processed varies in tone by (a) the totality of charge remaining on the case (b) the amount of charge in
restimulation and (c) the amount of charge blown by processing.
Charge is held in place by the basic on a Chain. If you were to only run later than the basic incidents
charge will be restimulated, then some of the charge will handled from the running. You have reduced
those incidents. But then the Chain can charge up again and very little charge is blown permanently.
Running too late on a Chain to bring about erasure is known as "grinding" an incident. An Engram is
getting run, but if it is not basic on a Chain, no adequate amount of charge is being released. With R-3-
RA we have a process that will find the right Chain to run and quickly bring the pc back to the basic
incident and basic incidents do erase - often in a spectacular manner.
Later than basic incidents are run as part of any Chain. It is the string to pull. It takes charge off the
case (and that particular Chain) by unburdening it. When charge has come off the pc is capable of finding
and running earlier incidents on that Chain.
No full erasure of incidents later than basic is possible, but charge can be removed from them
providing they are not ground out but only run lightly a time or two and then an earlier incident on the
Chain found and run. When the basic is found it is erased by going through it many times. The Basic is
the only incident which can be run through over and over. The later the incident is - further away from

299
Basic - the lighter it is run.
There is no difference in how you run a basic incident or a later one. They differ only in the number
of times through you can do with benefit. The Basic is run through many times. A somewhat later
Engram is only run through a couple of times. An Engram very late on the Chain usually only needs to be
gone through once. Otherwise all Engrams are "pictures" or facsimiles and whether it is the Basic or not
they are all run exactly the same way.
Charge is released primarily to return a thetan to be in control of his Time Track. It helps him restore
his power of choice, and Engram Clearing frees him of his most intimate trap, his own Time Track. You
cannot have sane or capable beings as long as they are trapped and overwhelmed. While this way of
thinking may go against the intentions of slave masters or degraders it is nevertheless true. The universe
is not itself a trap. But there exist beings, who themselves are beaten down and overwhelmed, that uses
this universe to degrade others. The purpose of Engram running is to release the charge which has
accumulated on a case and restore the being to a state where he can appreciate life.
All cases will sooner or later have to be run on Engrams - no matter what else has to be done. For it
is Engrams that make up the core charge of the Time Track. Those parts of the Time Track we call
Engrams are the parts which overwhelmed the thetan. These contain pain and unconsciousness; they are
therefore the recordings of the moments when a thetan was most at effect and least at cause. In these
moments then the thetan was least able to confront or be causative. The Engrams also contain the
moments when it would have been wiser to get out of the way; these are the most degrading moments to
his basic powerful ability to hold a position in space. The Engram invalidated that. The heaviest ARC
breaks a thetan has with the environment and other beings are usually also Engrams.

Charge in generated between

Plus and Minus. In terms of a
thetan: Must Reach/Must Withdraw.

Generating Charge
All these things add up to charge and the generation of charge. We have an impulse to withdraw from
something which can't be withdrawn from or a reach towards something which can't be approached or
reached. This forms a two pole system, like a two pole battery, and it generates current. This constantly
generated current is chronic charge. It works the following way in Engram running:
(a) The pc's attention is directed in the general direction of such a track record. This causes the current to
increase.
(b) The auditor directs the pc's attention more closely and accurately to the incident; the current starts to
discharge.
(c) The auditor/pc team finds the basic on the Chain and erases it. That was what composed the poles
themselves; by erasing that no further generation is possible by that Chain and it becomes incapable of
producing further charge to be restimulated.

When Basic is found and erased the whole Chain discharges. The
mechanism is permanently unplugged. The Must Reach/ Must Withdraw in
the Basic incident held the +/- Poles in place.

300
The above are the actions that are supposed to happen in Engram Clearing. If these actions do not occur
despite auditing, then there is no case betterment; so it is the auditor's responsibility to make sure they do
occur. The Time Track is created by an involuntary intention of the thetan. It is not only 'ideas' or
thought. It exists as a real thing. The Time Track is composed of space, matter, energy, time and
thoughts. The thoughts are embedded in the recordings as significance. On the above scale Level (8) is a
case where the Time Track is completely pushed out of sight by charge. It goes down to a level where a
total unawareness of thought itself exists. At Level (7) awareness of the track is restricted to having
opinions about existing charge. At Level (6) (Dub-in of Dub-in) you have all kinds of delusions. You
have pictures of pictures of the track being offered; very inaccurate - all due to heavy charge. At Level (5)
(Dub-in) the charged condition only allows inaccurate copies of the track to be viewable. At Level (4)
charge simply obscures the track. At Level (3) the charge wipes out portions of the track, but they can be
recovered. At Level (2) there is so little charge it is only enough to keep the track as a blueprint. At Level
(1) there is no charge left and no track to worry about.

A thetan can create energy by his ability to hold two poles apart. This does not have to be obsessive or
automatic. From Level (1) and up into higher states energy is generated knowingly by the thetan by his
ability to hold locations in space and poles apart. This ability degenerates again if he puts this ability on
an automatic or begins, once more, to make an automatic Time Track. But these actions by themselves
are not capable of aberrating a thetan until he runs into new violent degradation and entrapment, such as
implants. Aberration itself must be planned for and intended to occur. But the existence of the Time
Track makes it possible for it to happen and stick with him. Thus a thetan's first real mistake is to
consider his own pictures and their recorded events important. He is perfectly capable of knowing the
past without the use of pictures. Erasing the facsimiles does not mean amnesia. This false datum has been
part of how thetans 'got sold on' the idea of hanging onto their pictures. The second mistake the thetan
made was not eradicate the entrapment activities taking place. This should be done as to close the door on
becoming entrapped and aberrated again. Engram Clearing done expertly is a big step towards the state of
Clear. You get down and dirty by going down and handling the living lightening out of the very real
experiences of the Track. In the process you will unburden and erase a lot of charge and at some point in
time reach a moment where the whole Bank seems to erase. So it is a skill which must be done and done
well.

301
 State of Clear

PCs can go Clear on Engram Clearing, not on the Grades 0-4. The Grades 0-4 can produce states of
Release and even exteriorize people. These are all very worthwhile states of being to reach. Sometimes
PCs rave about this and say, "This must be Clear!" The state of Clear is, however, something else. It is
defined this way:

A Clear is a being who no longer has his own Reactive Mind.

A person in a state of Release still has his Reactive Mind. It has simply been keyed out; and on major
release states it has apparently completely vanished. It is nowhere to be found. Obviously to PCs, "that
must be Clear!" Such a state of release can last for days, weeks and even years. But it is not a permanent
state as the Bank can again key in. The PC may not suspect that this could ever happen, but it lies in the
very nature of the processes that got him there.

In Ability Clearing, Grade 0-4, we go for Key-out. In Engram Clearing, Grade 5, we go for Erasure.
Doing the Grades 0-4 have many benefits. Major problems and difficulties in a person's life gets
straightened out. As a result of Ability Clearing the PC will experience a complete new outlook on life.
He will have moved up the tone scale, awareness scale and any other scale there is. He will have looked
upon and As-is-ed mental masses in his Bank. But as we know from Engram Clearing we need to find
basic and erase the basic Engram to have an absolute permanent and stable gain in an area.
The Grades 0-4 is the fast way to unburden a case and make him capable of confronting the core of
his Bank. That does not mean that this core, the basics, are gone. It means they have lost a lot of their
power and are now much easier to get to and handle for good. So if we for a moment look at the Grades 0-
4 from the viewpoint of Engram Clearing, what has happened is, that many, many Locks and Secondaries
have been audited out. The masses of the Bank have been inspected and as a result the whole Bank is less
solid, less capable of stringing the PC along as a puppet. We have unburdened the case enormously. But
until the basic incidents are found, the postulates at the time of the incidents are found and, as a result, the
basic incidents erased, they are still capable of affecting the PC negatively. The difference between key
out and erasure is thus the key to understand the difference between Release and Clear. Grades 0-4
produce key outs and releases. Engram Clearing Produces Erasures, and ultimately Clears.
Ability Clearing is thus a preparation for Engram Clearing. We straighten the PC out, put order in
his life, relationships, and outlook on life and as a result he is in much better shape. But our hidden
motive all along was to put him into a case shape, where he can contact and erase the real basic Engrams
on the case. So why does the definition of Clear state "...a being who no longer has his own Reactive

302
Mind." What is the reason "his own" is put in there?

The Nature of a Being

The reason is: what we see as a human being, a person, is not a single-unit being. There is the phenomena
known as valences. A person can be himself, but he can also be convinced he is another person or thing
entirely. This makes the situation more complex than a single-unit being. Then there is the matter of the
thetan being in a body. You don't have that many PCs without one. The body is a very complex
organism or thing; obviously alive; obviously very complicated. It has a profound influence upon the
thetan; it is quite capable of having aberrations of its own; just ask a medical doctor. A body has a
command structure not unlike an organization or country. Here we are into the realm of the Somatic
Mind, mentioned under "What is Auditing" in beginning of the book. The Somatic Mind is sometimes
called the Genetic Entity. Ron Hubbard described all these phenomena in a book called "A History of
Man".
The Genetic Entity seems to have a Time Track of its own. It can have Engrams separate from the
Engrams on the PCs Time Track. Research of Genetic Entity is sketchy, but it seem it developed over
time to higher and more complex organisms, which supports the theory of Evolution to some extent. The
Genetic Entity is complex. There is a boss or 'head of state'. There are sub-bosses in control of specific
functions and organs. These occasionally show "a mind of their own". This can be caused by Engrams
recorded by the Genetic Entity. When they do this too much, you have a malfunctioning or sick body as a
result. Normally it all runs as a well greased machine. But if you have an organ acting up, try to address
that organ as you would a PC. You will make some amazing and alarming discoveries. You may also get
a PC who again is well.

There are other phenomena under the headline of entities. We will find units which under close
inspection seem to have a life of their own. It can be ridges full of pictures. It can be lifelike units,
possibly beings in their own rights. They can be contacted with auditing techniques and be audited and
"blow" (move away) as a result. Each one of those things can be a thinking entity. It thinks it's alive.
Some of them it may be possible to bring to life, apparently. It can think it's a being and be audited, as
long as energy is fed to it. Contacting such entities directly and auditing them is however outside the
realm of Grade 0-5. But it has to be known to Grade 0-5 PCs and auditors that other factors than the PCs
own Time Track and Bank are at work and do have an influence upon the PC. The entities follow all the
rules and laws and phenomena of single beings. Some of them may very well be single beings.

Then there are the influences of other people around your PC. From a single, simple being there are
complication after complication coming into view, when you take a real deep look. It is the complexity
and compilation of all these factors we really have to deal with in every session. It is the combinations of
all this we address when we seek to guide or handle a normal human being or PC. That is actually why
Objective Processes are so effective; they get most of these factors to go in the same direction.
In researching all this many, many things have been tried. But the complexity of a being does that
there are an infinity of wrong ways that lead you astray. And only a very few right ways to achieve the
state of Clear. There may be other ways slightly different from what you have here. The Grades as
presented, however, is a well tested path which has been in use for many, many years and walked by
thousands of happy PCs.

303
 In CT we concentrate on the PC.
The thetan, his Bank and Time Track.
There are still "loose ends" after
Clear.

What we do in Grade 0-5 is, we concentrate upon the PC, his Bank and his Time Track. We could fill
his body with drugs and get some astonishing effects. We could start to audit the Genetic Entity only,
other entities, or body organs and basically get nowhere in terms of clearing the PC. Sometimes these
things turn up as an illness or condition right in our way. Early on, this does not make much of a
difference. We constantly try to "find and audit the incident the PC is in". Before a person goes Clear the
thetan-body (body-soul) is more of a composite. Normally the PC thinks of his body as the most
important part of him, of course. Part of the Engrams run on CT-5 may thus be from this 'body-soul'
composite or the Genetic Entity. The further the PC gets in auditing the more important the PCs thetan
Time Track becomes as he begins to feel and see the difference. The Genetic Entity incidents are less part
of PCs case. What is important to audit is simple to determine, when you use a Meter. You audit what
reads well and has PCs interest. That is how the complexity is taken apart.
You may wonder, if there some day will be invented a pill, that could clear the person. There isn't.
All drugs have accomplished in terms of the mind is, drugs reduce a thetan's ability to create mental
image pictures. You have "anti-depressants" and "anti-psychotics" drugs. Over time they pretty much
destroy the person. The pictures that bothered the PC are still there and will act up again as soon as he is
off that drug or the drug simply stops working. That drugs stop working after a while is well known, even
from painkillers and sleeping pills. Sometimes drugs can help a person's ability to create pictures for a
short while. This is especially true for street drugs. That is how artists get hooked. As with most drugs/
medicines, they stop working after a while. Now the person thinks bigger doses will work, but drugs are
essentially poisons. Some drugs can make a thetan exteriorize, but usually in a traumatic or engramic
way. Sooner or later it causes the symptoms known as Out-int in a violent way.

To go Clear and achieve a permanent desirable state the Bank has to be As-is-ed and erased as described
in Road to Clear. Full recovery of a thetan's abilities seldom happens fast and cases need an awful lot of
work and auditing. It takes time and dedication to go Clear. But the end result, if you follow the rules and
laws carefully and with good heart, can be obtained. What you achieve is a permanent state. You have to
know your business to obtain this every time.
So when we say a Clear is a being who no longer has his own Reactive Mind, you should
understand, then, that this is not the end of all possible reactive influences a being is subject to. But when
we in Engram Clearing go down Engram Chain after Engram Chain and erase them, we are handling the
most important aspects of a beings case. Eventually we are only handling the PCs thetan Time Track,
incidents and his own Reactive Mind. Eventually that will 'erase', meaning the PC no longer has his own
Reactive Mind.
There are levels beyond Clear, which at great t length and in detail, address these entities and handle
the influences they have on a PC. This is an entirely new level of auditing, not covered in CT. It is
covered in the Advanced Ability Levels (also known as Operating Thetan Levels). They are described in

304
part in Filbert's book, "Excalibur Revisited", in the "Prometheus Reports" and elsewhere.

EP of Engram Clearing
The desired end phenomena of Engram Clearing is thus the state of Clear. Before 1981 and the extensive
use of R3RA is wasn't widely recognized, that people could go Clear on this auditing. The reason for this
is, that Engram running seem to be somewhat possible even after Clear. It just starts to run differently.
What is happening is, that all the entities and the body itself (the Genetic Entity or Somatic Mind) may
begin to offer incidents to run. But as a matter of fact there will be a lot of jumping from one Chain to
another, Somatics turning on and not easy to turn off again. You seem to have "a choice of basics", but
none of them making totally sense. If a PC has run well and deep and achieved good erasures and
suddenly needs a correction list twice in every session, the chances are, that the PC went Clear. The
question is asked on L3RH and will possibly read and the read be confirmed by the PC. Should the PC
express, that he believes he went Clear and you get a pattern as described here, you should cease Engram
Clearing and any Engram running. The true state of case has to be sorted out first.

Clear Intensive
This is done in a Clear Intensive. This has to be done by an independent and qualified auditor. The reason
for this is, that it is a sort of examination. Done by the same auditor, he will all too easily get caught up in
the PCs and his own enthusiasm. That is also the reason it is not included in the manual. You will have to
find an auditor qualified to deliver this service and let him do it and determine the state of case. There are
two possible outcomes of such a Clear Intensive:
1. The PC is found to have made it. He is sent to attest and will be validated as having gone Clear.
2. It is found, that the PC is not yet Clear. In this case he attests to, that he is satisfied with the outcome of
the Clear Intensive. If he has not yet completed all the Rundowns of Engram Clearing he is simply put
back on Engram Clearing and will receive more Engram running auditing.

Completing Engram Clearing

The typical outcome of Engram Clearing is, that the PC goes Clear. This happens for over 90% of all
PCs. It is however possible to complete all Rundowns of Engram Clearing and have all possible Somatics
handled without going Clear. In such a case the PC attests to the Grade being complete. The PC should
then contact a qualified Clear Intensive auditor for further service. There is a line-up of Rundowns and
processes - most of them done as solo - (meaning the PC audits himself on specific processes under
supervision) that will take him to the state of Clear.

Attested Clear, but Still has Somatics

The PC can have gone Clear and it all checked out, but he still has Somatics. This is due to the
complexities described above under Nature of a Being. The Somatics can still be addressed in advanced
auditing. There is such auditing as "Engram Clearing for Operating Thetans" or NOTS. It addresses
entities, etc. which in these cases are found to be the reason for the persistent Somatics.

305